Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 14, 2022.

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

ARCELLX, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2836   47-2855917
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

(240) 327-0603

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Rami Elghandour

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Arcellx, Inc.

25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

(240) 327-0603

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Dan Koeppen
Megan J. Baier

Jennifer Fang

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.

1301 Avenue of the Americas

40th Floor

New York, New York 10019

(212) 999-5800

   

Lisa Firenze

Jeffries L. Oliver-Li

Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP

7 World Trade Center

250 Greenwich Street

New York, New York 10007

(212) 230-8800

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

Title of each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum Aggregate

Offering Price(1)(2)

 

Amount of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $9,270

 

 

(1)

Includes offering price of any additional shares of common stock that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment, which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated January 14, 2022

P R O S P E C T U S

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is our initial public offering. We are selling             shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $             and $             per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. After pricing of the offering, we expect that the shares will trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACLX.”

Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 14 of this prospectus.

 

 

 

    

Per Shares

    

Total

 

Public offering price

   $        $    

Underwriting discount(1)

   $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $        $    

 

  (1) 

See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information regarding compensation payable to the underwriters.

The underwriters may also exercise their option to purchase up to an additional             shares from us, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price through a reserved share program to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. See “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program.”

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2022.

 

 

 

BofA Securities   SVB Leerink   Barclays   William Blair

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2022.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    1  

THE OFFERING

    10  

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

    12  

RISK FACTORS

    14  

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    81  

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

    83  

USE OF PROCEEDS

    84  

DIVIDEND POLICY

    85  

CAPITALIZATION

    86  

DILUTION

    88  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    91  

BUSINESS

    107  

MANAGEMENT

    166  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

    177  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    195  

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    198  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

    202  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

    208  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

    210  

UNDERWRITING

    214  

LEGAL MATTERS

    223  

EXPERTS

    224  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    225  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-1  

Through and including                     , 2022 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you any information other than that contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside of the United States: we have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed information and financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that may be important to you and your investment decision. You should carefully read this entire prospectus, including the sections titled “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and related notes before deciding to buy shares of our common stock. In this prospectus, unless context requires otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “Arcellx,” or “the company” refer to Arcellx, Inc. and, where appropriate, our subsidiary Subdomain, LLC.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company reimagining cell therapy through the development of innovative immunotherapies for patients with cancer and other incurable diseases. We believe cell therapies are one of the forward pillars of medicine, and our mission is to advance humanity by engineering cell therapies that are safer, more effective and more broadly accessible. Though cell therapies have shown benefits to date, cell therapies have historically been constrained to existing biologic structures, which has limited their impact and opportunity. Our novel synthetic binding scaffold, the D-Domain, was engineered to overcome the limitations of traditional Chimeric Antigen Receptor T cells (CAR-Ts). Existing cell therapy solutions, most of which use a biologic-based, single chain variable fragment (scFv) binding domain, tend to be beneficial to a limited segment of patients, often result in high toxicity, and have narrow applicability in treatable indications. We believe we can overcome these limitations by engineering a new class of D-Domain powered autologous and allogeneic CAR-Ts, including classical single infusion CAR-Ts called ddCARs and dosable and controllable universal CAR-Ts called ARC-SparX, to address hematologic cancers, solid tumors, and indications outside of oncology, such as autoimmune diseases.

At the 2021 Annual Meeting of the American Society of Hematology (ASH), we recently announced positive preliminary results from our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA, our lead ddCAR product candidate, for the treatment of patients with relapsed or refractory (r/r) multiple myeloma (MM), defined as patients with either minimal response or disease progression within 60 days of last treatment. As of the November 4, 2021 data cutoff date, of the 24 patients who had been dosed, 22 were evaluable for safety analysis and 19 were evaluable for efficacy analysis, based on follow-up of at least 1 and 3 months, respectively, following treatment using the 2016 International Myeloma Working Group (IMWG) uniform response criteria for MM. These evaluable patients comprised the dose escalation cohorts for the first dose level (DL1) (n=6) and the second dose level (DL2) (n=6) and a dose expansion cohort of DL1 (safety n=10, efficacy n=7).

Key highlights from the data presented are as follows:

 

   

All 19 patients responded for a 100% overall response rate (ORR), as defined by IMWG;

 

   

13 of 19 patients (68%) achieved complete response (CR) or stringent complete response (sCR), and an additional 3 patients (16%) achieved very good partial response (VGPR), each as defined by IMWG;

 

   

16 of 19 patients (84%) had ongoing responses with the longest response over 21 months; and

 

   

Only 1 of 22 patients (5%) and 2 of 22 patients (9%) patients experienced grade 3 cytokine release syndrome (CRS) or immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome (ICANS), respectively; no patients experienced greater than grade 3 CRS or ICANS; and all CRS and ICANS incidents resolved using standard interventions.

 

1


Table of Contents

Seventeen of the 19 patients (89%) who were evaluable for cytogenetics (analysis of genetic abnormalities within their tumor cells) had high-risk features, as defined by IMWG. The population received an average of five prior lines of therapy (with all patients having completed at least three prior lines). Nine out of 24 patients (38%) had extramedullary disease (EMD), a condition in which myeloma cells form tumors outside the bone marrow, involving one or more organs, including the liver, lymph nodes, skin, lungs, and central nervous system. EMD is associated with worse prognosis, and patients with EMD have been reported to experience lower CR rates and shorter duration of response (DOR) in clinical trials of other BCMA-targeting CAR-T therapies than non-EMD patients. Ten of 24 patients (42%) had greater than 50% bone marrow plasma cells (BMPC), which are the malignant cells that cause multiple myeloma. Patients with high numbers of BMPC are considered to have increased tumor burden, which has been associated with poor prognosis in MM clinical trials and observational studies.

We believe our preliminary Phase 1 clinical data have demonstrated that D-Domains can potentially provide meaningful clinical benefits. Our D-Domain platform consists of structurally unique binders that are small and stable. They can be consistently manufactured and easily modified to generate diverse libraries of proprietary target-binding domains. The small size and structure of our D-Domain binders compared to other antigen binding domains used in CAR constructs, such as scFvs, are illustrated below. In our preclinical studies, we have demonstrated that CARs with D-Domains exhibit higher transduction efficiency, higher surface expression, and lower tonic signaling than CARs with scFVs, which we believe can lead to cell therapies with improved therapeutic benefit and reduced toxicity. Our D-Domain platform enables us to make a range of CAR-T therapies, including ddCARs and ARC-SparX, tailored to address the complexities of cancer.

 

 

LOGO

We believe the preliminary results from our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA in an enrolled population with poor prognostic indicators demonstrate the potential for CART-ddBCMA to become a best-in-class treatment for patients suffering from r/r MM, including those with EMD. MM is the third most common hematological malignancy in the United States and Europe, with approximately 35,000 new cases diagnosed per year in the United States. Although changes in the treatment landscape for MM have increased the rates of and depth of response (antitumor activity), there is currently no cure, whether approved or in clinical development, for MM and patients typically have a life expectancy of approximately five years. In 2020, the size of the global MM market was approximately $18 billion. We estimate the current total addressable CAR-T market for r/r MM to be approximately $10 billion based on the number of patients who are receiving third line treatments and beyond.

We are preparing to initiate our iMMagine Phase 2 pivotal trial of CART-ddBCMA in r/r MM in late 2022, and if successful, intend to submit a Biologics License Application (BLA) to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). We also intend to rapidly pursue clinical development of CART-ddBCMA in earlier lines of therapy through our iMMagine-2 clinical trial.

 

2


Table of Contents

We are also advancing our novel ARC-SparX programs, ACLX-001 in r/r MM and ACLX-002 and ACLX-003 in r/r acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and high-risk myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS). ARC-SparX are adaptable versions of ddCARs where the antigen-targeting region is located on a SparX protein that can be dosed separately from the ARC-T cells, our proprietary D-Domain based universal CAR-T cells that are designed to activate only when bound to a SparX protein that is bound to an antigen on a cell. We believe that controlling ARC-T activation with SparX protein effectively separates the antigen-recognition and killing functions, which allows us to reduce toxicities. Our preclinical studies of our ARC-SparX product candidates have demonstrated that ARC-T cells can be activated by different SparX proteins that target different antigens suggesting that ARC-SparX can potentially address antigen heterogeneity, and thereby address some harder to treat indications.

We plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of ACLX-001, the first product candidate developed under our ARC-SparX platform, for the treatment of r/r MM in the first half of 2022. ACLX-001 is immunotherapeutic combination composed of our ARC-T cells and SparX proteins that target BCMA. This trial is intended to establish an ARC-SparX dosing regimen and prepare for ARC-SparX trials in expanded indications. Our lead ARC-SparX indication is AML/MDS, for which we have multiple SparX in development targeting different antigens. We plan to initiate the Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-002, an ARC-SparX product candidate targeting CD123, for the treatment of AML/MDS in the second half of 2022 and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-003, an ARC-SparX product candidate directed at another antigen associated with AML/MDS in 2024.

We have built a broad and scalable pipeline that has positioned us to capitalize on the potential of our proprietary platform technologies and achieve long-term growth and sustainability within the field of cell therapy. We believe our therapeutic approaches, ddCAR and ARC-SparX, will enable us to select mechanisms that are most appropriate for each target and indication we may choose to pursue based on underlying disease biology and patient need, such as in solid tumors, including small cell lung cancer (SCLC) and hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC). We are also integrating AI-powered discovery and computational tools to expand the applicability of our platforms.

We have worldwide rights to all of our programs which are summarized in the pipeline charts below:

 

LOGO

 

3


Table of Contents

Our D-Domain platform has broad potential utility for additional cell modalities, targets, therapeutic areas and applications and we plan to expand our pipeline beyond hematologic and solid cancers to autoimmune disease, as well as to allogeneic cell types.

The recent availability of cell therapy products, such as CAR-T cells, introduced an unprecedented “living therapeutic” modality that offers benefits well beyond what previous oncology modalities offered. For the first time, these therapeutics directly harness the strength of the patient’s own immune system to significantly reduce, even potentially eradicate, tumors. While CAR-T and other genetically modified cell therapies have shown significant progress in extending the lives of patients who often have no other treatment options, there are limitations to their broader use, including:

 

   

Limited Long Term Efficacy: FDA approved CAR-Ts may offer higher response rates compared to other available therapies, but efficacy as measured by the DOR is highly variable. For example, of the patients with B-cell lymphoma with high response rates, approximately 40% or fewer patients were in ongoing response at 18 months.

 

   

Significant Adverse Effects: These cell therapies also have the potential to cause several adverse effects. Uncontrolled cellular expansion and resulting side effects such as CRS, neurotoxicity and “on-target, off-tumor” toxicities stifle the broader use of these therapies in several key ways. Specifically, they limit the number of patients that are eligible for treatment, relegate these therapies to later lines of treatment, preclude the use of these therapies in the non-academic and outpatient settings, and increase costs to patients, payers and providers due to the need for intensive care unit access when they are used.

 

   

Narrow Applicability: Currently, CAR-T and other genetically modified cell therapies are utilized in only a few hematological oncology indications. Their activity in most tumors is primarily driven by a limited number of tumor specific antigen targets. Their utility is further limited by secondary resistance mechanisms arising in the r/r settings, as well as the antigen heterogeneity that is characteristic of some of these diseases. For example, within r/r MM, patients with EMD have been reported to experience worse outcomes in clinical trials of other BCMA-targeting CAR-T therapies than non-EMD patients.

Our mission is to advance humanity by engineering cell therapies that are safer, more effective, and broadly accessible. We plan to achieve this goal by maximizing the impact of our proprietary D-Domain binders, which enable CAR-Ts to have distinct advantages including:

 

   

Promising Clinical Data—High ORR and Durable Responses: In our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA, the ORR is currently 100% and the DOR is promising with more than half of patients with r/r MM having ongoing responses for at least one year following treatment. We believe these preliminary results demonstrate the capability of D-Domains to not only effectively bind target antigens and drive CAR-T cell proliferation but also to enable efficient killing of a substantial proportion of tumor cells. High cell surface expression and low propensity for tonic signaling of D-Domains may enable more effective interactions between the CAR and the antigen as well as reduced T-cell exhaustion, which may explain the rapid and long-term responses currently observed in our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial.

 

   

Potentially Differentiated Safety Profile: We believe the small and stable structure of the D-Domain enables a high transduction rate, resulting in a high proportion of cells expressing the CAR construct on the cell surface (CAR+ cells). A high proportion of CAR+ cells lowers the total number of T cells required to be administered which we believe may yield a therapy with an improved toxicity profile, consistent with current observations in the ongoing Phase 1 trial of CART-ddBCMA.

 

4


Table of Contents
   

Opportunity to Treat a Broader Group of Cancer Patients: We believe the preliminary positive results of our Phase 1 clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA underscores the capability to apply D-Domains across a wide variety of tumor antigen targets in the future. Based on the differentiation of the D-Domain, and the breadth and depth of our D-Domain libraries, we believe we can expand to a broader group of patients, including those with heterogeneously expressed tumor antigen and antigen targets that might be difficult to target. We are currently developing therapies within both our ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms to treat a broad variety of indications, starting with r/r MM and AML/MDS and, in the future, solid tumors.

The foundation of our competitive advantage is our proprietary technology, clinical evidence, track record of execution, manufacturing success, and assembly of a proven management team. We believe these advantages position us to achieve significant market share in a large and attractive market and to ultimately transform the cell therapy market, contributing to a significant advancement in medicine.

Our Strategy

Our strategy to achieve our mission is as follows:

 

   

Advance CART-ddBCMA to treat r/r MM patients in the United States and abroad;

 

   

Develop comprehensive ARC-SparX AML/MDS program;

 

   

Expand our pipeline to select solid tumor indications;

 

   

Apply our D-Domain technology outside of autologous CAR-T solutions;

 

   

Enable greater access to CAR-T therapy through clinical studies in broader patient populations that support improved market access;

 

   

Invest in technologies that lower customer friction, increase capacity and improve responsiveness;

 

   

Leverage novel AI and machine learning technologies to drive our discovery efforts; and

 

   

Opportunistically pursue strategic partnerships and collaborations to maximize the full potential of our platform.

Our Team

Our team and culture are critical to realizing our vision of reimagining cell therapy as one of the future pillars of medicine.

We are led by a diverse team of executives with significant experience in business, discovery, development, manufacturing, and commercialization of differentiated and novel therapies specifically in the fields of oncology, cell therapy and rare diseases. Rami Elghandour, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer at Nevro where he grew the company from a small private company to a publicly traded commercial organization with nearly $400 million in revenue. Prior to Nevro, Mr. Elghandour was an investor with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation where he led several investments, including Nevro’s Series B financing. Our Chief Medical Officer, Chris Heery, M.D., an oncologist by training, was the former Head of Clinical Trials Group for the Laboratory of Tumor Immunology and Biology at the National Cancer Institute, and previously served as Chief Medical Officer at Precision Biosciences and

 

5


Table of Contents

Bavarian Nordic. Our Chief Scientific Officer, David Tice, Ph.D., has over 20 years of biopharmaceutical research and drug development experience in oncology including 18 years at MedImmune, the global biologics research and development unit of AstraZeneca.

We have attracted a diverse and talented group of innovators and company builders to help us execute our strategy and to build a transformative cell therapy platform company. Collectively, we are driven by our shared purpose and our values.

As of December 31, 2021, we had 78 employees and we are committed to continuing to build and maintain a diverse and inclusive organization. We believe focusing on diversity and inclusion is not only the right thing to do but is also a competitive advantage. We are purposeful in our efforts to seek and retain top diverse talent from underrepresented groups as reflected throughout our organization:

 

   

Executives: 29% female; 36% diverse (defined as racial & ethnic representation);

 

   

Managers and Senior Scientists with managerial responsibilities: 32% female; 45% diverse; and

 

   

Professionals and Individual Contributor Scientific roles: 71% female; 49% diverse.

Our commitment to diversity doesn’t stop within the walls of our organization. With our mission of advancing humanity, we believe in equitable access to healthcare. Inclusive research programs that encompass real-world patient populations can contribute to addressing racial inequality in healthcare. We are dedicated to expanding representation within our clinical trials.

We also believe deeply in corporate social responsibility and being conscious stewards in our society. We are devoted to leveraging our science to make a positive impact for the patient and local communities we serve. As our organization expands, we intend to grow our community involvement and outreach efforts, and establish our corporate brand as a force for good through corporate philanthropic, patient advocacy, and employee volunteerism.

Our Key Investors and Our Financing History

Our team is further supported by a strong group of investors that share our commitment to reimaging cell therapy. Since our formation in December 2014, we have funded our operations primarily with approximately $234.8 million in gross cash proceeds from the sale and issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible promissory notes. Our investors include Adage Capital, Aju IB Investment, Asymmetry Capital Management, CaaS, CAM Capital, Cambrian Biopharma, Clough Capital Partners, JVC Investment Partners, LG Technology Ventures, Mirae Asset, New Enterprise Associates, Novo Holdings, SR One Capital Management, Quan Capital, Samsara Biocapital, Sixty Degree Capital, Soleus Capital, Surveyor Capital (a Citadel company), Suvretta Capital Management, Takeda Ventures and Terra Magnum.

Risks Associated with Our Business

Our ability to execute our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

   

We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, which makes it difficult to assess our future viability.

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Even if this offering is successful, we will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, or on acceptable terms, we may be forced to delay, reduce and/or eliminate one or more of our research and development programs, future commercialization efforts or employee headcount.

 

   

We currently generate no revenues from sales of any products and may never generate revenue or be profitable. Our product candidates are in the early stages of development. We only recently began a clinical trial to test our first product candidate in humans.

 

   

Our ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms represent novel and unproven approaches to treatment, which makes it difficult to predict the timing, results and costs of product candidate development and the likelihood of obtaining regulatory approval. In addition, we may experience difficulty in identifying appropriate target binding domains and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

 

   

Our ARC-SparX platform is highly dependent on the success of ACLX-001.

 

   

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and manufacture our product candidates.

 

   

Clinical development is a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. Our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate adequate safety and/or efficacy of any of our product candidates.

 

   

We may encounter substantial delays, including difficulties enrolling patients, in our clinical trials.

 

   

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could halt their clinical development, prevent their regulatory approval, require expansion of the trial size, limit their commercial potential, or result in significant negative consequences.

 

   

Interim, preliminary or topline data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available.

 

   

Manufacturing genetically engineered products is complex and subject to both human and systemic risks. We or our third-party manufacturers may encounter difficulties in production and sourcing and may be subject to variations and supply constraints of key components. Modifications in manufacturing may require additional studies and regulatory filings, resulting in additional costs or delay.

 

   

We may receive unexpected or unfavorable feedback from FDA or foreign health authorities regarding satisfaction of safety, purity and potency (including clinical efficacy), amongst other factors, all of which would prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization and potentially impact the development of our other product candidates.

 

   

We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

 

   

Our success is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled executive officers and employees.

 

   

We expect to significantly expand our organization, including creating additional infrastructure to support our operations as a public company and our growth as we advance our product candidates through clinical trials, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

 

7


Table of Contents
   

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our platform and our product candidates, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitive position may be adversely affected.

 

   

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

 

   

Our business is affected by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and may be significantly adversely affected as the pandemic continues or if other events out of our control disrupt our business or that of our third-party providers.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in Delaware in December 2014 under the name “Encarta Therapeutics, Inc.” In January 2016, we filed a certificate of amendment to change our name to “Arcellx, Inc.” Our principal executive offices are located at 25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878. Our telephone number is (240) 327-0603. Our website address is www.arcellx.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

We use the name Arcellx, the Arcellx logo and other marks as trademarks in the United States and other countries. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or TM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time that those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Unless we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act, we will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC, (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years, or (iv) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering. An emerging growth company may take

 

8


Table of Contents

advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

 

   

We may present only two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed financial statements for any interim period, and related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

   

We may avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

We may provide reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

   

We may not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million and our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (1) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million or (2) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

 

9


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares.

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to                  additional shares of our common stock.

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after
this offering

             shares (or              shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows: (1) to fund the development of our product candidates CART-ddBCMA, ACLX-001 and ACLX-002 and (2) for other research and development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes. See the section titled “Use of Proceeds” for more information.

 

Risk factors

See the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Reserved share program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The sales will be made at our direction by an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc. through a reserved share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus. Shares sold through our reserved share program will not be subject to lock-up restrictions, with the exception of reserved shares purchased by our directors and officers, which will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction. See the section titled “Underwriting—Reserved Share Program” for additional information.

 

Proposed Nasdaq trading symbol

ACLX

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the 139,218,480 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021 (including an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2021), and excludes the following:

 

   

28,795,570 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

   

An award of restricted stock units covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock;

 

10


Table of Contents
   

2,742,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock that we granted after September 30, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.19 per share;

 

   

6,796,903 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (2017 Plan), as of September 30, 2021, provided that we will cease granting awards under our 2017 Plan upon the effectiveness of our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (2022 Plan);

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Plan, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

   

             shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2022 ESPP), which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Each of our 2022 Plan and our 2022 ESPP provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2022 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on awards under our 2017 Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

   

No exercise of outstanding options after September 30, 2021;

 

   

No exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from us in this offering;

 

   

The conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, which will occur upon the closing of this offering; and

 

   

The filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately after the closing of this offering.

 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the condensed consolidated statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021 and the condensed consolidated balance sheet data as of September 30, 2021 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments that, in management’s opinion, are necessary to state fairly the information set forth in those condensed consolidated financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in the future and our results for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2021 or any other period. You should read the following summary financial data together with our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The summary financial data in this section are not intended to replace, and are qualified in their entirety by, our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30,     Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2020     2021     2019     2020  

Statement of Operations Data:

       

Operating expenses:

       

Research and development

  $ 18,134     $ 33,489     $ 15,766     $ 25,056  

General and administrative

    4,868       10,831       2,208       7,040  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

                  23,002                     44,320             17,974             32,096  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

    (23,002     (44,320     (17,974     (32,096
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income:

       

Other income, net

          21       2       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $ (23,002   $ (44,299   $ (17,972   $ (32,095
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss:

       

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

          (5            
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $ (23,002   $ (44,304   $     $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (15.24   $ (19.03   $ (15.39   $ (20.38
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    1,508,944       2,327,309       1,167,897       1,574,764  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

    $ (0.37     $ (0.54
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used in computing pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(1)

      119,860,063         59,354,288  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1)

The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including the pro forma effect of the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, as if such conversion had occurred on the later of the beginning of each period or the issuance date of the convertible preferred stock.

 

12


Table of Contents
     As of September 30, 2021  
     Actual     Pro
Forma(1)
    Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
           (in thousands)        
          

(unaudited)

 

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 70,027     $ 70,027     $                

Marketable securities

   $ 61,155     $ 61,155     $    

Total assets

   $ 144,963     $ 144,963     $    

Total liabilities

   $ 15,379     $ 15,379     $    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 233,379     $     $    

Accumulated deficit

   $ (109,441   $ (109,441   $    

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

   $ (103,795   $ 129,584     $    

 

(1)

The pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to (a) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of common stock, and (b) the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, each of which will occur upon the closing of this offering.

 

(2)

Reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, and total stockholders’ (deficit) equity by approximately $            million. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

 

13


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations.

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Condition and Capital Requirements

We have a limited operating history and have incurred significant losses since our inception, and we anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future, which makes it difficult to assess our future viability.

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, establishing and protecting our intellectual property portfolio, developing our D-Domain, ddCAR and ARC-SparX technologies, identifying potential new target antigens, developing product candidates and undertaking research and development, including preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates, all of which are biologics or biopharmaceuticals and require approval under a Biologics License Application (BLA). We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully initiate and complete any large-scale or pivotal clinical trials, obtain marketing approvals, manufacture commercial-scale product, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. As a result, it may be more difficult for you to accurately predict our future success or viability than it could be if we had a longer operating history or were closer to commercialization. In addition, as a young business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown challenges that may adversely affect our business.

We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue to date, and we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. We have incurred losses in each period since our inception in December 2014. Our net losses were $18.0 million and $32.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $23.0 million and $44.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As of September 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $109.4 million. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we advance our product candidates through preclinical studies and clinical trials; continue to discover and develop additional product candidates and expand our pipeline; continue to develop our D-Domain, ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms; maintain, expand, protect and enforce our intellectual property portfolio; and hire additional personnel. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue, which we do not expect will occur in the foreseeable future, as our product candidates are in preclinical or Phase 1 clinical development. Our prior and expected future losses have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ equity and working capital.

Even if this offering is successful, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding to complete the development of our product candidates.

Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly risky because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate effect or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. As our product candidates enter and advance through preclinical studies and clinical trials, we will need substantial

 

14


Table of Contents

additional funds to expand our clinical, regulatory, quality and manufacturing capabilities, whether internally or with third-party partners and collaborators, and advance our product candidates through preclinical studies and clinical trials in order to obtain marketing approval. If we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we also expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to marketing, sales, manufacturing and distribution. Furthermore, upon the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

We estimate that our net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $    million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, to fund the development of our product candidates CART-ddBCMA, ACLX-001 and ACLX-002 and for other research and development activities, expanding manufacturing capacity, working capital and other general corporate purposes. Based on our current operating plan, we believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will be sufficient to fund our planned operations for at least the next twelve months without the proceeds from this offering, but our assumptions could prove to be wrong, and we could consume capital significantly faster than we expect, requiring us to seek additional funding sources sooner than planned, through public or private financings or other sources, such as strategic collaborations. Such financing may result in dilution to stockholders, the imposition of burdensome debt covenants and repayment obligations or other restrictions that may affect our business. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

The scope, progress, timing, results and costs of developing and manufacturing our product candidates, and their components, and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials and other testing of our product candidates;

 

   

Our ability to continue our business operations and product candidate research and development, and to adapt to any changes in the regulatory approval process, manufacturing supply, or clinical trial requirements and timing due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and otherwise, including our ability to comply with new regulatory guidance or requirements on conducting clinical trials during and after the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

The costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of any of our product candidates;

 

   

The costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims, including any claims by third parties that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights;

 

   

Our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;

 

   

The costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

The extent to which our product candidates, if approved, can be offered by prescribers in various clinical settings, including academic hospitals and community practices, the acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors, and the revenue received from commercial sale of any products for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

The effect of competing technologies and market developments; and

 

15


Table of Contents
   

The extent to which we acquire or invest in other businesses, products and technologies and any other licensing or collaboration arrangements for any of our product candidates.

We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all, especially in view of the widespread impact of the COVID-19 pandemic (as further described under “—Risks Related to Our Business”). If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to decrease headcount and/or significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of our product candidates or other research and development initiatives. We could be required to seek collaborators for our product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable to us than might otherwise be available or relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to our product candidates in markets where we otherwise would seek to pursue development or commercialization ourselves. Any of the foregoing events could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, we may seek additional capital due to strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. Attempting to secure additional financing may divert our management from our day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop our product candidates.

Risks Related to Development of Our Product Candidates

Our product candidates are in the early stages of development. We have no products approved for commercial sale and have only recently began clinical trials to test our first product candidate in humans, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate our current business and predict our future success and viability.

We are early in our development efforts. We are still developing our D-Domain, ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms, and conducting drug discovery and preclinical studies for a number of product candidates while advancing our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial for CART-ddBCMA. We have treated a small number of patients as of the date hereof and our clinical experience with our initial product candidate is limited. We have not initiated clinical testing of any product candidates based on our ARC-SparX platform. Because our product candidates are in an early stage of development, there is a high risk of failure and we may never succeed in developing marketable products.

There is a high failure rate for biopharmaceutical products proceeding through clinical trials. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in later stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in earlier stage clinical trials. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. In addition, regulatory delays or rejections may be encountered as a result of many factors, including changes in regulatory policy during the period of product development.

Because of the early stage of development of our product candidates, our ability to eventually generate significant revenues from product sales will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

Identification of additional target antigens for desired indications;

 

   

Identification and development of D-Domain-based binding regions that bind to the desired target antigens;

 

   

Successful completion of preclinical studies;

 

   

Submission of INDs or other regulatory applications for our planned clinical trials or future clinical trials and authorizations from regulators to initiate clinical studies;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

Successful enrollment in, and completion of, clinical trials;

 

   

Achieving favorable results from clinical trials;

 

   

Receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

Establishing and maintaining sufficient manufacturing capabilities, whether internally or with third parties, for clinical and commercial supply;

 

   

Establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in combination with other products;

 

   

Sufficiency of our financial and other resources to complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials and commercialization activities;

 

   

Effectively competing with other therapies;

 

   

Developing and implementing successful marketing and reimbursement strategies;

 

   

Obtaining and maintaining patent, trade secret and other intellectual property protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates; and

 

   

Maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of any product following approval, if any.

If we do not achieve one or more of these requirements in a timely manner, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, which would materially harm our business.

We cannot be certain that our clinical trials will be initiated and completed on time, if at all, or whether our planned clinical strategy will be acceptable to the FDA or foreign health authorities. In addition, the COVID-19 pandemic is still evolving, and it is impossible to predict the impact this pandemic may have on the development of our product candidates, our preclinical studies and clinical trials, and our business.

To become and remain profitable, we must develop, obtain approval for and eventually commercialize products, if approved, that generate significant revenue. We do not expect to receive approval of any product candidates for many years and may never succeed in these activities. In addition, it is not uncommon for product candidates to exhibit unforeseen safety issues or inadequate efficacy when tested in humans despite promising results in preclinical animal models or earlier trials, and we may ultimately be unable to demonstrate adequate safety and efficacy of our product candidates to obtain marketing approval. Even if we obtain approval and begin commercializing one or more of our product candidates, we may never generate revenue that is significant or large enough to achieve profitability.

Even if we succeed in commercializing one or more of our product candidates, we will continue to incur substantial research and development, manufacturing and other expenditures to develop and market additional product candidates. Our failure to become or remain profitable would decrease the value of the company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations.

 

17


Table of Contents

Our ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms represent novel and unproven approaches to treatment, which makes it difficult to predict the timing, results and costs of product candidate development and the likelihood of obtaining regulatory approval. In addition, we may experience difficulty in identifying appropriate target binding domains.

We have concentrated our research and development efforts on our ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms, and our future success depends on the successful development of these platforms. Although there are other cell therapies and adapter platforms in clinical development, our platform technologies, including our D-Domain technology, have not been extensively tested over any significant period of time. In addition, while we believe that our platforms may be capable of overcoming certain challenges faced by conventional CAR-T therapies, we cannot be certain that our approach will result in the intended benefits or will not result in unforeseen negative consequences over time. As an example, we may not be able to identify D-Domain binders that can recognize certain antigen targets that we would like to pursue, or the development of the applicable D-Domain, ddCAR or SparX protein targeting such antigens may be too challenging or expensive to be commercially viable. We do not currently have any approved or commercialized products. As with other targeted therapies, off-tumor or off-target activity could delay development or require us to reengineer or abandon a particular product candidate. There can be no assurance that any problems we experience in the future related to preclinical and clinical development of our novel platforms and our product candidates will not cause significant delays or unanticipated costs or that such problems can be solved. We may also experience delays in developing sustainable, reproducible and scalable manufacturing processes or transferring those processes to manufacturing partners or developing our own internal manufacturing capabilities, which may prevent us from completing our clinical trials or commercializing our product candidates on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

Because cell therapies represent a relatively new field of cellular immunotherapy and cancer treatment generally, developing and commercializing our product candidates subjects us to a number of risks and challenges, including:

 

   

Developing and deploying consistent and reliable processes for procuring a patient’s apheresis material, engineering a patient’s T cells ex vivo and infusing the engineered T cells back into the patient;

 

   

Developing protocols for the safe administration of our product candidates;

 

   

Establishing integrated solutions in collaboration with specialty treatment centers and other clinical settings in order to reduce the burdens and complex logistics commonly associated with the administration of T cell therapies;

 

   

Conditioning patients with chemotherapy in conjunction with delivering each of our products, which may increase the risk of adverse side effects of our product candidates;

 

   

Educating medical personnel about the administration of our product candidates, particularly if our clinical trials permit expansion of participating physicians to those in various clinical settings;

 

   

Educating medical personnel regarding the potential efficacy and safety profiles of our product candidates, as well as the challenges, of incorporating our product candidates, if approved, into treatment regimens;

 

   

Sourcing, supplies for the materials used to manufacture and process our product candidates for clinical trials and, in the future, commercial sale, if our product candidates are approved;

 

   

Developing reliable and scalable manufacturing processes;

 

18


Table of Contents
   

Establishing adequate manufacturing capacity suitable for the manufacture of our product candidates in line with expanding enrollment in our clinical studies and our projected commercial requirements;

 

   

Achieving cost efficiencies in the scale-up of our manufacturing capacity;

 

   

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval from the FDA or other health authorities;

 

   

Establishing sales and marketing capabilities to successfully launch and commercialize our product candidates if and when we obtain any required regulatory approvals, and risks associated with gaining market acceptance of novel therapies if we receive approval; and

 

   

Obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors for our novel therapies in connection with commercialization of any approved product candidates.

We may not be able to successfully develop our product candidates, our technology or our other product candidates in a manner that will yield products that are safe, effective, scalable or profitable. Additionally, because our technology involves the genetic modification of patient cells ex vivo, we are subject to additional regulatory challenges and risks, including:

 

   

Regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future;

 

   

Genetically modified products in the event of improper insertion of a gene sequence into a patient’s chromosome could lead to lymphoma, leukemia or other cancers, or other aberrantly functioning cells;

 

   

Although our viral vectors are not able to replicate, there is a risk with the use of lentiviral vectors that they could lead to new or reactivated pathogenic strains of virus or other infectious diseases; and

 

   

The FDA recommends a 15-year follow-up observation period for all patients who receive treatment using gene therapies, and we may need to adopt such an observation period for our product candidates.

Moreover, public perception and awareness of cell therapy safety issues may adversely influence the willingness of subjects to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates, or if approved, of physicians to prescribe our products. Physicians, hospitals and third-party payors often are slow to adopt new products, technologies and treatment practices that require additional upfront costs and training. Treatment centers may not be willing or able to devote the personnel and establish other infrastructure required for the administration of CAR-T cell therapies. Physicians may not be willing to undergo training to adopt this novel and personalized therapy, may decide the therapy is too complex to adopt without appropriate training and may choose not to administer the therapy. Based on these and other factors, hospitals and payors may decide that the benefits of this new therapy do not or will not outweigh its costs.

Additionally, in developing our product candidates, we have not exhaustively explored different options in the design and method for manufacturing ddCARs, ARC-T cells and SparX proteins. Although we do not currently plan to change the structure of our ddCARs, ARC-T cells or SparX proteins in the near term, we may in the future find our ddCARs, ARC-T cells or SparX proteins, or any manufacturing process thereof, may be substantially improved with future design or process changes. Changes in product design and changes in the manufacturing process, equipment, or facilities may require further comparability analysis and approval by FDA before implementation, which could delay our clinical trials and product candidate development, and could

 

19


Table of Contents

require additional clinical trials, including bridging studies, to demonstrate consistent and continued safety, identity, purity and efficacy. For example, we have used a lentiviral vector to transduce the gene for the ddCAR and ARC constructs into patient T cells. In the future, we may find that another type of vector or other means of genetically modifying T cells may offer advantages, particularly as we consider inserting our ddCARs and ARC-T cells into other immune cells. Changing how we genetically modify the immune cells would necessitate additional process development, comparability studies, regulatory filings and clinical testing and delay existing product candidates.

In addition, the clinical trial requirements of the FDA and foreign health authorities and the criteria these regulators use to determine whether a product candidate is acceptable for approval, can vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use and market of the potential products. While CAR-T and other cell therapy products have made progress in recent years, only a small number of products have been approved in the United States or other markets, which makes it difficult to determine how long it will take or how much it will cost to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.

Our ARC-SparX platform is highly dependent on the success of ACLX-001.

Our ARC-SparX platform, including our AML/MDS program, is highly dependent on the success of ACLX-001, the first product candidate based on our ARC-SparX platform. ACLX-001 is an immunotherapeutic combination composed of ARC-T cells and bi-valent SparX proteins targeting BCMA, or SPRX001, for the treatment of r/r MM. The ARC-T cells and the SparX proteins comprising ACLX-001 are entirely novel and neither has been tested in humans. All SparX proteins are comprised of one or more antigen-specific binding domains fused to a protein that we refer to as the TAG. The TAG is a novel protein sequence derived from the 26kDA C-terminal fragment of human alpha fetoprotein (hAFP) and also has never been tested in humans. The ARC-T cells are designed to have a binding domain that recognizes the TAG, which we refer to as anti-TAG. The anti-TAG has also never been tested in humans. There can be no assurance that the ARC-T cells, the SparX proteins, the TAG, anti-TAG and other parts of ACLX-001 will not trigger an adverse response, cause unintended off-target recognition, limit the expected activity of the product candidates or result in other negative outcomes.

Additionally, because all product candidates in our ARC-SparX platform use the ARC-T cells, a failure with ACLX-001 will increase the actual or perceived likelihood that our other product candidates in the ARC-SparX platform will experience similar failures.

Our Phase 1 trial of ACLX-001 is intended to serve as clinical validation of our ARC-SparX platform as we seek to understand the pharmacokinetics, safety profile, and dosing strategy for future clinical development. Upon completion of the Phase 1 trial, we will leverage the learnings from this trial to advance our AML/MDS programs utilizing ARC-SparX and consider developing additional SparX for r/r MM for a broader pipeline in this disease area. If we do not successfully complete the Phase 1 trial for ACLX-001 in a timely manner or fail to achieve favorable results from the trial, we may experience significant delays or other issues in advancing our other ARC-SparX product candidates including ACLX-002, and ACLX-003 and our discovery projects, including AML-3 and AML-4.

Clinical development is a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process. Our clinical trials may fail to demonstrate adequate safety and/or efficacy of any of our product candidates, which would prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization and potentially impact the development of our other product candidates.

Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of our product candidates, including CART-ddBCMA, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive preclinical testing and clinical trials that our product candidates have adequate safety and efficacy profiles, and the manufactured drug product has quality attributes that are appropriate for use in humans. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during clinical development, and, because our product candidates are in an early stage of development, there is a high risk of failure and we may never succeed in developing marketable products.

 

20


Table of Contents

The results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials, particularly because early trials have smaller numbers of subjects tested. In addition, it is not uncommon for product candidates to exhibit unforeseen safety or efficacy issues, such as immunogenicity, when tested in humans despite promising results in preclinical animal models.

Any clinical trials that we may conduct may not demonstrate the safety and efficacy profiles necessary to obtain regulatory approval to market our product candidates. As we continue developing our product candidates, serious adverse events, undesirable side effects, or unexpected characteristics may emerge, causing us to abandon these product candidates or limit their development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the risk-benefit ratio is more acceptable.

Treatment with our product candidates may cause side effects or adverse events that are unrelated to our product candidate but may still impact the success of our clinical trials. The inclusion of patients with significant co-morbidities in our clinical trials may result in deaths or other adverse medical events due to an underlying condition or other therapies or medications that such patients may be using. As described above, any of these events could prevent us from obtaining regulatory approval or achieving or maintaining market acceptance and impair our ability to commercialize our product candidates. Because the product candidates in our platforms share similar components, such as the D-Domain, a failure of one of our clinical trials may also increase the actual or perceived likelihood that our other product candidates will experience similar failures.

In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety and efficacy results between different clinical trials of the same product candidate due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, changes in trial procedures set forth in protocols, differences in the size and type of the patient populations, changes in and adherence to the clinical trial protocols and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. If our ongoing or future clinical trials are inconclusive with respect to the safety and efficacy of our product candidates, or if we encounter safety concerns associated with our product candidates, we may:

 

   

Incur unplanned costs;

 

   

Be delayed in or prevented from obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

 

   

Obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

 

   

Obtain approval with labeling that includes significant restrictions on use or distribution or safety warnings including boxed warnings;

 

   

Be subject to changes in the way the product is administered;

 

   

Be required to perform additional clinical trials to support approval or be subject to additional post-marketing requirements;

 

   

Have regulatory authorities withdraw their approval of the product or impose restrictions on its distribution in the form of a modified Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (REMS);

 

   

Be subject to the addition of labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications;

 

   

Be sued; and/or

 

   

Experience damage to our reputation.

In addition, even if the trials are successfully completed, clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and we cannot guarantee that the FDA or foreign health authorities will interpret the

 

21


Table of Contents

results as we do, and more trials could be required before we submit our product candidates for approval. We cannot guarantee that the FDA or foreign health authorities will view any of our product candidates as having adequate safety and efficacy profiles even if favorable results are observed in these clinical trials, and we may receive unexpected or unfavorable feedback from the FDA or foreign health authorities regarding satisfaction of safety, purity and potency (including clinical efficacy), amongst other factors. To the extent that the results of the trials are not satisfactory to the FDA or foreign health authorities for support of a marketing application, approval of our product candidates may be significantly delayed, or we may be required to expend significant additional resources, which may not be available to us, to conduct additional trials in support of potential approval of our product candidates.

We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials.

We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. Events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:

 

   

Delays associated with the COVID-19 global pandemic, as further described under “—Risks Related to Our Business”;

 

   

Delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory agencies on trial design;

 

   

Delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective clinical research organizations (CROs), and clinical trial sites and obtaining required institutional review board (IRB), approval at each clinical trial site;

 

   

Delays in recruiting and enrolling suitable patients to participate in our clinical trials;

 

   

Failure to collect sufficiently viable white blood cells from patients, adequately expand or successfully transduce sufficient number of patient T cells for infusion or otherwise manufacture product candidates, or infuse patients in a timely manner with product candidate;

 

   

Failure by our CROs, other third parties or us to adhere the trial protocol or the FDA’s good clinical practices (GCPs) or applicable regulatory guidelines in other countries;

 

   

Third-party contractors becoming debarred or suspended or otherwise penalized by the FDA or foreign health authorities for violations of applicable regulatory requirements;

 

   

Delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of our product candidates to the clinical trial sites, including due to a facility manufacturing any of our product candidates or any of their components being ordered by the FDA or foreign health authorities to temporarily or permanently shut down due to violations of current good manufacturing practices (cGMPs) regulations or other applicable requirements, or infections or cross-contaminations of product candidates in the manufacturing process;

 

   

Delays in having patients complete participation in a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

   

Clinical trial sites or patients dropping out of a trial or experiencing changing health or other conditions that require removing them from the trial;

 

   

Discovering that product candidates have unforeseen safety issues, undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

To the extent that we conduct clinical trials in foreign countries, the failure of enrolled patients in foreign countries to adhere to clinical protocol as a result of differences in healthcare services or cultural customs, managing additional administrative burdens associated with foreign regulatory schemes, as well as political and economic risks relevant to such foreign countries;

 

   

Receiving untimely or unfavorable feedback from applicable regulatory authorities regarding the trial or requests from regulatory authorities to modify the design of a trial;

 

   

Suspensions or terminations by IRBs or Data Safety Monitoring Boards (DSMBs) or internal clinical holds and/or clinical holds from or by regulatory authorities;

 

   

Lack of adequate funding to continue operations; or

 

   

Changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols and/or amendments to INDs.

Any inability to successfully complete our clinical trials could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to raise capital, generate revenues from product sales and enter into or maintain collaboration arrangements. In addition, if we make material manufacturing changes to our product candidates or change manufacturers, we may need to conduct additional bridging or comparability studies. Clinical trial delays could also shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

If we encounter delays or difficulties enrolling patients in our clinical trials and/or retention of patients in clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

We may experience difficulties in patient enrollment in our clinical trials for a variety of reasons. The timely completion of clinical trials in accordance with their protocols depends, among other things, on our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients who remain in the trial until completion of treatment and adequate follow-up. The enrollment of patients depends on many factors, including:

 

   

Inability to enroll, or delay in enrollment of, patients due to outbreaks and public health crises, such as the COVID-19 global pandemic, as further described under “—Risks Related to Our Business”;

 

   

The patient eligibility criteria defined in the protocol;

 

   

The perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate being studied;

 

   

The size of the patient population required for analysis of the trial’s primary endpoints;

 

   

The proximity of patients to trial sites;

 

   

The design of the trial;

 

   

Our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

 

   

Our ability to obtain and maintain patient consent;

 

   

Reporting of the preliminary results of any of our clinical trials; and

 

   

The risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the trials before completion of treatment and adequate follow-up.

 

23


Table of Contents

In addition, our clinical trials will compete with other clinical trials for product candidates that are in the same therapeutic areas as our product candidates, and this competition will reduce the number and types of patients available to us because some patients who might have opted to enroll in our trials may instead opt to enroll in a trial being conducted by one of our competitors. Since the number of qualified clinical investigation sites is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which will reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials at such clinical trial sites. Delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of our ongoing and planned clinical trials, which could prevent completion or commencement of these trials and adversely affect our ability to advance the development of our product candidates.

Interim, preliminary or topline data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publish interim, preliminary or topline data from clinical trials. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Preliminary or topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary or topline data previously published. As a result, interim, preliminary and topline data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Adverse differences between interim, preliminary or topline data and final data could significantly harm our reputation and business prospects.

Moreover, preliminary, interim and topline data are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as more patient data become available when patients mature on study, patient enrollment continues or as other ongoing or future clinical trials with a product candidate further develop. Past results of clinical trials may not be predictive of future results.

In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically more extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is the material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure. Any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise regarding a particular product candidate or our business. Similarly, even if we are able to complete our planned and ongoing preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates according to our current development timeline, the positive results from such preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates may not be replicated in subsequent preclinical studies or clinical trial results.

Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in early-stage development and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical and other nonclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in preclinical studies and clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Moreover, preclinical, nonclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or other regulatory approval.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could halt their clinical development, prevent their regulatory approval, require expansion of the trial size, limit their commercial potential, or result in significant negative consequences.

Our product candidates involve genetically modified T cell-based immunotherapies. A number of genetically modified cell therapies, such as CAR-based products, have potentially severe side effects, including CRS and neurotoxicity, that can escalate and require intensive medical intervention and result in injury or death to the patients.

 

24


Table of Contents

There is no guarantee that our product candidates will not have side effects similar to those seen in other genetically modified cell therapies or that we will be able to prevent side effects from escalating to an unsafe level for our patients. Additionally, our initial product candidates are directed at treating patients with r/r MM. These patients are often elderly and/or have significant co-morbidities, and we expect they will receive our product candidate as a last line of therapy after most others therapies have failed, and these patients may be particularly susceptible to safety and toxicity risks. In addition, these side effects may not be appropriately recognized or managed by the treating medical staff, as toxicities resulting from T cell therapy may be complicated and difficult to manage, which could result in patient death or other significant issues. Additionally, it can be difficult to determine if the serious adverse or unexpected side effects were caused by the product candidate or another factor, especially in oncology subjects who may suffer from other medical conditions and be taking other medications.

We have designed a new binding domain that we believe should have low immunogenicity because we also removed potentially immunogenic sequences from their binding domains, which we refer to as “deimmunization.” However, it has never been tested in humans outside of our current Phase 1 trial and we cannot guarantee that there will not be any unexpected side effects from this binding domain or the SparX proteins that we plan to test as part of our product candidates. Although we have completed multiple preclinical studies designed to screen for toxicity caused by unintended off-target recognition in vivo by our novel binding domains, our product candidates may still cause unintended off-target recognition in patients. Additionally, our genetically modified T-cells, the ddCARs and the ARC-T cells, may still bind targets other than the target antigens or the TAG on our SparX proteins, respectively. If significant unexpected binding or off-target binding occurs in normal tissue, our product candidates may target and kill the normal tissue in a patient, leading to serious and potentially fatal adverse events, undesirable side effects, toxicities or other unexpected characteristics. Detection of any significant unexpected or off-target binding may halt or delay any ongoing clinical trials for our product candidates and prevent or delay regulatory approval. While we have developed a preclinical screening process to identify cross-reactivity of our product candidates, we cannot be certain that this process will identify all potential off-target tissue that our product candidates may interact with. Any unexpected or off-target binding that impacts patient safety could materially impact our ability to advance our product candidates into clinical trials and ability to proceed to marketing approval and commercialization.

If serious adverse events or undesirable side effects arise, we could be required to suspend, delay, or halt our clinical trials and regulatory authorities could deny approval or require us to limit development of that product candidate to certain uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. Undesirable side effects could also result in an expansion in the size of our clinical trials, increasing the expected costs and timeline of our clinical trials. Side effects that are observed during the trial, whether treatment related or not, could also affect patient recruitment for future trials or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims.

Further, if serious adverse events or undesirable side effects are identified during development or after approval and are determined to be attributed to any of our product candidates, we may be required to develop REMS to ensure that the benefits of treatment with such product candidate outweigh the risks for each potential patient, which may include, among other things, a communication plan to health care practitioners, patient education, extensive patient monitoring or distribution systems and processes that are highly controlled, restrictive and more costly than what is typical for the industry.

Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

 

25


Table of Contents

Manufacturing genetically engineered products is complex and subject to both human and systemic risks. We or our third-party manufacturers may encounter difficulties in production and sourcing and may be subject to variations and supply constraints of key components. If we or any of our third-party manufacturers encounter such difficulties, our ability to provide supply of our product candidates for clinical trials or our products for patients, if approved, could be delayed or prevented.

The manufacture of biological drug products, such as ddCARs and ARC-SparX, the components thereof, and the viral vectors used to manufacture these product candidates and components, is complex and requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Manufacturers of biologic products often encounter difficulties in production and sourcing, particularly in scaling up or out, validating the production process and assuring high reliability of the manufacturing processes (including the absence of contamination), in light of variations and supply constraints of key components. These problems include logistics and shipping, difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, including consistency, stability, purity and efficacy of the product, product testing, operator error and availability of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with strictly enforced federal, state and foreign regulations. Furthermore, if contaminants are discovered in our supply of our product candidates or in the manufacturing facilities, such manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and remedy the contamination. We cannot assure you that any stability, purity, and efficacy failures, deficiencies, or other issues relating to the manufacture of our product candidates will not occur in the future.

Additionally, our product candidates are derived from cells collected from our patients and such cells may vary in type and quality as the patients may vary in age, stage of disease, and history of treatment among many other factors. We have strict specifications for the patient cell material and the product candidates we manufacture, including certain specifications that are reviewed and approved by regulatory authorities. The patient cell material variability may exceed our manufacturing process capability or deviate from the specified ranges, and result in failure in production of the patient therapy, lower quality batches, or even require adjustments to the specifications approved by authorities. The patient cell material may also be variable in factors that we currently may not be detecting with the analytical methods used or may not know how to measure and we may discover failures with the material after production. We may not be able to deliver the quality and consistency of our cell therapy products that we need or may need to re-collect cell material which can increase costs and/or cause delay, adversely impact patient outcomes and otherwise harm our clinical trials, reputation, business and prospects.

We may fail to manage the logistics of collecting and shipping patient material to the manufacturing site and shipping the product candidate back to the relevant parties and experience delays or shortages of certain clinical or commercial grade supplies and components. Logistical and shipment delays and problems caused by us, our vendors or other factors not in our control, including the pandemic, business interruptions, global supply chain issues, and weather, could prevent or delay the delivery of product candidates to patients. Additionally, we have to maintain a complex chain of identity and chain of custody with respect to patient material as it moves to the manufacturing facility, through the manufacturing processes and back to the patient. Failure to maintain chain of identity and chain of custody could result in patient death, loss of product or regulatory action.

Material modifications in the methods of product candidate manufacturing may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates progress from preclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials to marketing approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods, materials and processes, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize yield, manufacturing batch size, minimize costs and achieve consistent purity, identity, potency, quality and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause our product candidates to perform differently and could affect planned or other clinical trials conducted with product

 

26


Table of Contents

candidates produced using the modified manufacturing methods, materials, and processes. This could delay completion of clinical trials and could require non-clinical or clinical bridging and comparability studies, which could increase costs, delay approval of our product candidates and jeopardize our ability to commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

If we or our third-party manufacturers use hazardous and biological materials in a manner that causes injury or violates applicable law, we may be liable for damages.

Our research and development activities involve the controlled use of potentially hazardous substances, including chemical and biological materials, by our third-party manufacturers. We currently outsource all manufacturing to third parties, but we and our manufacturers are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations in the United States governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of medical and hazardous materials. Although we believe that our manufacturers’ procedures for using, handling, storing and disposing of these materials comply with legally prescribed standards, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from medical or hazardous materials. As a result of any such contamination or injury, we may incur liability or local, city, state or federal authorities may curtail the use of these materials and interrupt our business operations. In the event of an accident, we could be held liable for damages or penalized with fines, and the liability could exceed our resources. We do not currently have any insurance for liabilities arising from medical or hazardous materials. Compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations is expensive, and current or future environmental regulations may impair our research, development and production efforts, which could harm our business, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

The process for treating cancer patients using T cell therapy is subject to human and systemic risks.

The “vein-to-vein” cycle for treating cancer patients using T cell therapy typically takes approximately four to six weeks and involves a large number of steps and human participants. First, the patient’s lymphocytes are isolated by apheresis at the clinical site and shipped to the manufacturing site. Under cGMP conditions at the manufacturing site, the patient’s lymphocytes are washed, and then enriched for CD3-positive T cells using specialized reagents. After overnight culture and T cell activation, the T cells are transduced using lentiviral vector transduction technology to introduce the CAR and ARC genetic construct into the enriched T cell population. At the completion of T cell transduction, the T cells are expanded for several days, harvested, formulated into the final drug product and then cryopreserved for delivery to patients. In the United States, samples of the final product are subjected to several release tests which must fulfill specified criteria for the drug product to be released for infusion. These include sterility, identity, purity, potency and other tests. We are subject to stringent regulatory and quality standards in the course of a T cell therapy treatment process, and we cannot assure you that our quality control and assurance efforts will be successful or that the risk of human or systemic errors in these processes can be eliminated.

Prior treatments can alter the cancer and negatively impact chances for achieving clinical activity with our product candidates.

Patients with hematological cancers typically receive highly toxic chemotherapy as their initial treatments that can impact the viability of the T cells collected from the patient and may contribute to highly variable responses to CAR-T cell therapies. Patients could also have received prior therapies that target the same target antigen on the cancer cells as our intended product candidate and thereby these patients may have cancer cells with low or no expression of the target antigen. As a result, our product candidates may not recognize the cancer cell and may fail to achieve clinical activity.

We may not be able to file additional INDs to commence additional clinical trials on the timelines we expect, and even if we are able to, the FDA may not permit us to proceed.

We expect to submit additional INDs for our current and future product candidates. However, our timing for submitting these INDs is dependent on the results of further research. Additionally, we cannot be sure

 

27


Table of Contents

that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing further clinical trials to begin, or that, once clinical trials have begun, issues will not arise that suspend or terminate such clinical trials. Additionally, even if the FDA agrees with the design and implementation of the clinical trials set forth in an IND, we cannot guarantee that the FDA will not change its requirements in the future. These risks also apply to other clinical trials we may seek to commence under other INDs or amendments to existing INDs.

The market opportunities for certain of our product candidates may be limited to those patients who are ineligible for or have failed prior treatments and may be small, and our projections regarding the size of the addressable market may be incorrect.

We are initially developing CART-ddBCMA as a last line therapy for patients with r/r MM with plans to pursue label expansion into earlier lines of therapy. However, there is no guarantee that it, or any of our product candidates, even if approved, would be approved for earlier lines of therapy and any approved products may end up having a smaller market opportunity than we anticipated. Additionally, our projections of both the number of people who have the cancers we are targeting, as well as the size of the subset patient population who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on our beliefs and estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations, or market research and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these cancers. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for our product candidates may be limited or may not be amenable to treatment with our product candidates. As a result, the number of patients may turn out to be fewer than expected.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and operational resources, we must prioritize our research programs and will need to focus our discovery and development on select product candidates and indications. Correctly prioritizing our research and development activities is particularly important for us due to the breadth of potential product candidates and indications that we intend to utilize with our clinical development strategy. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. As an example, although we believe that targeting BCMA initially before targeting other antigens will help us validate our platforms more easily, the risks associated with MM patients and the competition in cell therapies targeting BCMA, among others, could outweigh the benefits. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may also relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

The biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by intense competition and rapid innovation. Our competitors may be able to develop other products or drugs that are able to achieve similar or better results or make it difficult for us to develop our product candidates on a timely basis by limiting our access to patients, clinical trial sites, manufacturers and other resources. Our competitors include large and specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies, academic research institutions and governmental agencies, and public and private research institutions. We believe the key competitive factors that will affect the development and commercial success of our product candidates are safety, efficacy, ensuring consistent quality and purity of the

 

28


Table of Contents

product candidates, delivery, price and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

We anticipate substantial direct competition from other organizations developing advanced CAR-T or other types of genetically modified cell therapies due to their promising clinical therapeutic effect in clinical trials, including 2seventy, Abbvie, Allogene, Amgen, Autolus, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Caribou Biosciences, CARsgen, Cartesian, Cellectis, Cellular Biomedicine Group, Celyad, Crispr, Gracell, GSK, Innovent, Johnson & Johnson, Legend, Novartis, Pfizer, Poseida Therapeutics, Precision BioSciences, Pregene, and Regeneron. In addition, we expect to also compete with companies developing:

 

   

T cells with CARs that are reactive to tumor associated antigens;

 

   

T cells with T-cell receptors (TCRs) that are reactive to tumor associated antigens;

 

   

T-cells with adapter platforms;

 

   

Bispecifics that bring T cells and diseased cells into close proximity with each other;

 

   

Other immune cells that can be targeted using antibodies;

 

   

Natural killer (NK)-based cell therapies;

 

   

In vivo CAR-T therapeutics; and

 

   

Allogeneic cell therapies.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff, greater access to clinical sites and patients, experienced regulatory, marketing and manufacturing teams and well-established sales forces. In addition, many of these competitors are active in seeking patent protection and licensing arrangements in anticipation of collecting royalties for use of technology that they have developed. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors, either alone or with collaborative partners, may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing on an exclusive basis drug or biologic products that are more effective, safer, more easily commercialized or less costly than our product candidates or may develop proprietary technologies or secure patent protection that we may need for the development of our technologies and products.

Even if we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates, the availability and price of our competitors’ products could limit the demand and the price we are able to charge for our product candidates. We may not be able to implement our business plan if the acceptance of our product candidates is inhibited by price competition or the reluctance of physicians to switch from existing methods of treatment to our product candidates, or if physicians switch to other new drug or biologic products or choose to reserve our product candidates for use in limited circumstances. For additional information regarding our competition, see “Business—Competition.”

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business is affected by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and may be significantly adversely affected as the pandemic continues or if other events out of our control disrupt our business or that of our third party providers.

While the extent of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and financial results is uncertain, a continued and prolonged public health crisis such as the COVID-19 pandemic could have a material

 

29


Table of Contents

negative impact on our business, financial condition and operating results. We have experienced and may in the future experience disruptions from COVID-19 to our business in a number of ways, including:

 

   

Delays in supply chain and manufacturing, including the closure of apheresis collection centers, suspension of cell transport, limitations on transfer of technology, shutdown of manufacturing facilities and delays in delivery of supplies and reagents;

 

   

Delays in discovery and preclinical efforts;

 

   

Changes to procedures or shut down, or reduction in capacity, of clinical trial sites due to limited availability of clinical trial staff, reduced number of inpatient intensive care unit beds for patients receiving cell therapies, diversion of healthcare resources away from clinical trials and other business considerations;

 

   

Limited patient access, enrollment and participation due to travel restrictions and safety concerns, as well as housing and travel difficulties for out of town patients and relatives; and

 

   

Changes in regulatory and other requirements for conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials during the pandemic.

We may be required to develop and implement additional clinical trial policies and procedures designed to help protect subjects from the COVID-19 virus. For example, in March 2020, the FDA issued a guidance on conducting clinical trials during the pandemic, which was updated in July 2020, January 2021 and August 2021. The guidance describes a number of considerations for sponsors of clinical trials impacted by the pandemic, including the requirement to include in the clinical trial report (or as a separate document) contingency measures implemented to manage the trial and any disruption of the trial as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic; a list of all subjects affected by the COVID-19 pandemic-related trial disruptions by unique subject identifier and by investigational site and a description of how the individual’s participation was altered; and analyses and corresponding discussions that address the impact of implemented contingency measures (e.g., participant discontinuation from investigational product and/or trial, alternative procedures used to collect critical safety and/or efficacy data) on the safety and efficacy results reported for the trial. In its most recent update to this guidance, the FDA addressed questions received from clinical practitioners who are adapting their operations in a pandemic environment. These questions focused on, among other things, when to suspend, continue or initiate a trial and how to submit changes to protocols for INDs and handle remote site monitoring visits. There is no assurance that this guidance governing clinical trials during the pandemic will remain in effect or, even if it does, that it will help address the risks and challenges enumerated above.

Other potential impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our ongoing clinical trial include patient dosing and trial monitoring, which may be paused or delayed due to changes in policies at various clinical sites, federal, state, local or foreign laws, rules and regulations, including quarantines or other travel restrictions, prioritization of healthcare resources toward pandemic efforts, including diminished attention of physicians serving as our clinical trial investigators and reduced availability of site staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trial, interruption or delays in the operations of the FDA, or other reasons related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

If the COVID-19 pandemic continues, other aspects of our ongoing clinical trial and future planned clinical trials may be adversely affected, delayed or interrupted, including, for example, site initiation, patient recruitment and enrollment, availability of clinical trial materials, clinical trial site data monitoring and efficacy, safety and translational data collection, and data analysis. Some patients and clinical investigators may not be able to comply with clinical trial protocols and patients may choose to withdraw from our trials or we may have to pause enrollment or we may choose to or be required to pause enrollment and/or patient dosing in our ongoing or planned clinical trials in order to preserve health resources and protect trial participants. It is unknown how long these pauses or disruptions could continue. Patients may need to withdraw due to COVID-19 infections or experience increased adverse events and deaths in our clinical trials due to COVID-19 related infections, which may result in increased complications due to immune suppression from our lymphodepletion regimen.

 

30


Table of Contents

In addition, we currently rely on third parties to, among other things, manufacture raw materials, manufacture our product candidates for our ongoing clinical trial, ship investigation drugs and clinical trial samples, perform quality testing and supply other goods and services to run our business. If any such third party in our supply chain for materials is adversely impacted by effects from the COVID-19 pandemic, including staffing shortages, production slowdowns and disruptions in delivery systems, our supply chain may be disrupted and our costs could be increased, limiting our ability to manufacture our product candidates for our ongoing clinical trial and planned future clinical trials and conduct our research and development operations as planned.

We previously closed our offices and requested that most of our personnel, including all of our administrative employees, work remotely, restricted on-site staff to only those personnel and contractors who must perform essential activities that must be completed on-site and limited the number of staff in any given research and development laboratory. Our increased reliance on personnel working from home may negatively impact productivity, or disrupt, delay, or otherwise adversely impact our business. In addition, this could increase our cyber security risk, create data accessibility concerns, and make us more susceptible to communication disruptions, any of which could adversely impact our business operations or delay necessary interactions with local and federal regulators, ethics committees, manufacturing sites, research or clinical trial sites and other important agencies and contractors. Further, we and our third-party service providers, including our CROs, the clinical trial sites, our manufacturers and suppliers, may experience staffing shortages.

Our employees and contractors conducting research and development activities may not be able to access our laboratory for an extended period of time as a result of the closure of our offices and the possibility that governmental authorities further modify current restrictions. In addition, when our facilities are open, we could encounter delays in connection with implementing precautionary measures to mitigate the risk of exposing our facilities and employees to COVID-19 or otherwise in connection with addressing an actual or potential exposure to COVID-19 (for example, temporarily closing all or a portion of a facility or disinfecting all or a portion of a facility that may have been exposed to COVID-19). As a result, this could delay timely completion of preclinical activities, including completing IND/Clinical Trial Application (CTA)-enabling studies or our ability to select future development candidates, and initiation of additional clinical trials for our other development programs.

Health regulatory agencies globally may experience disruptions in their operations as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The FDA or foreign health authorities may have slower response times or be under-resourced to continue to monitor our ongoing clinical trial and, as a result, review, inspection, and other timelines may be materially delayed. It is unknown how long these disruptions could continue, were they to occur. Any elongation or de-prioritization of our clinical trial or delay in regulatory review resulting from such disruptions could materially affect the development of our product candidates.

The trading prices for shares of other biopharmaceutical companies have been highly volatile as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and following this offering the trading prices for shares of our common stock could also experience high volatility. As a result, we may face difficulties raising capital through sales of our common stock or such sales may be on unfavorable terms. In addition, a recession, depression or other sustained adverse market event resulting from the spread of the COVID-19 could materially and adversely affect our business and the value of our common stock.

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to evolve. The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business operations is highly uncertain and subject to change and will depend on future developments, which cannot be accurately predicted, including the duration of the pandemic, additional or modified government actions, and the actions taken to contain COVID-19 or address its impact, among others. We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or impacts on our business, our clinical trials, our research programs, healthcare systems or the global economy. We will continue to monitor the situation closely.

In addition, our business could be significantly adversely affected by other business disruptions to us or our third-party providers that could seriously harm our potential future revenue and financial condition and

 

31


Table of Contents

increase our costs and expenses. Our operations, and those of our CROs, contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs) and other contractors, consultants, and third parties could be subject to other global pandemics, earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions, for which we are predominantly self-insured. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses. We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce and process our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business, financial condition and stock price.

As widely reported, global credit and financial markets have experienced volatility and disruptions recently including severely diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability, and increased inflationary risk. There can be no assurance that further deterioration in credit and financial markets and confidence in economic conditions will not occur. Our general business strategy may be adversely affected by any such economic downturn, volatile business environment or continued unpredictable and unstable market conditions. If the current equity and credit markets deteriorate, or do not improve, it may make any necessary equity or debt financing more difficult, more costly, and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could have a material adverse effect on our growth strategy, financial performance and stock price and could require us to delay or abandon clinical development plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our current service providers, manufacturers and other partners may not survive these difficult economic times, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

As of September 30, 2021, we had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $131.2 million. While we are not aware of any downgrades, material losses, or other significant deterioration in the fair value of our cash equivalents and marketable securities since September 30, 2021, no assurance can be given that further deterioration of the global credit and financial markets would not negatively impact our current portfolio of cash equivalents and marketable securities or our ability to meet our financing objectives. Furthermore, our stock price may decline due in part to the volatility of the stock market and the general economic downturn.

We are highly dependent on our key personnel, and if we are not successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific and medical personnel. We are highly dependent on our management, scientific and medical personnel. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers, other key employees and other scientific and medical advisors, and an inability to find suitable replacements could result in delays in product development and harm our business.

To induce valuable employees to remain at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we have provided stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time may be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. Despite our efforts to retain valuable employees, members of our management, scientific and development teams may terminate their employment with us on short notice. Although we have employment agreements with our key employees, these employment agreements provide for at-will employment, which means that any of our employees could leave our employment at any time, with or without notice. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled junior, mid-level and senior managers as well as junior, mid-level and senior scientific and medical personnel.

 

32


Table of Contents

We expect to grow the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of December 31, 2021, we had 78 employees. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop, and as we transition into operating as a public company, we expect to need additional research, development, clinical, quality assurance, statistical analysis, managerial, operational, sales, marketing, financial and other personnel, as well as additional facilities to expand our operations, including for in-house manufacturing capabilities. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

   

Identifying, recruiting, integrating, maintaining and motivating additional employees;

 

   

Managing our internal development efforts effectively, including the clinical and FDA review process for our product candidates, while complying with our contractual obligations to contractors and other third parties; and

 

   

Improving our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures.

Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize our product candidates will depend, in part, on our ability to effectively manage any future growth, and our management may have to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from day-to-day activities in order to devote a substantial amount of time to managing these growth activities.

We currently rely and for the foreseeable future will continue to rely on certain independent organizations, advisors and/or consultants to provide certain services, including regulatory advice, clinical trial support and drug product manufacturing. There can be no assurance that the services of independent organizations, advisors and consultants will continue to be available to us on a timely basis when needed and at a reasonable cost, or that we can find qualified replacements. In addition, if we are unable to effectively manage our outsourced activities or if the quality or accuracy of the services provided by consultants is compromised for any reason, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates or otherwise advance our business. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent contractors and consultants on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

We do intend to transition some regulatory, clinical trial execution, and manufacturing capabilities in-house, but in order to do so, will need to identify, recruit and build experienced teams.

If we are not able to effectively expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our groups of consultants and contractors, or we are not able to effectively build out new facilities to accommodate this expansion, we may not be able to successfully implement the tasks necessary to further develop and commercialize our product candidates and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our third-party CROs or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of the development programs of our product candidates.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and future CROs and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such material system failure or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could

 

33


Table of Contents

result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we currently rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates and to conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

Our business operations and current and future relationships with investigators, health care professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers will be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws, health information privacy and security laws, and other healthcare laws and regulations. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties. We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, vendors and agents acting on behalf of us or our affiliates. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct that fails to: comply with the regulations of the FDA or foreign health authorities; provide true, complete and accurate information to the FDA or foreign health authorities; comply with manufacturing standards we have established; comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us.

We will face increasing regulation as we advance our product candidates through clinical trials and pursue commercialization, if approved.

If we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our potential exposure under such laws and regulations will increase significantly, and our costs associated with compliance with such laws and regulations are also likely to increase. These laws may impact, among other things, our current activities with principal investigators and research patients, as well as proposed and future sales, marketing and education programs. In particular, the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of patient recruitment for clinical trials. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to the following:

 

   

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return for, either the referral of an individual, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs.

 

   

The federal civil and criminal false claims laws, including the civil False Claims Act (FCA), that can be enforced by private citizens through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, prohibit individuals or entities from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. No specific intent to defraud is required under the civil FCA. The criminal FCA provides for criminal penalties for submitting false claims, including imprisonment and criminal fines.

 

34


Table of Contents
   

The Civil Monetary Penalty Act of 1981 and implementing regulations, which impose penalties against any person or entity that, among other things, is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal healthcare program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent, or offered or transferred remuneration to a federal healthcare beneficiary that a person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s decision to order or receive items or services reimbursable by the government from a particular provider or supplier.

 

   

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by any trick or device a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters.

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), and their respective implementing regulations, which impose requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates that perform services for them that involve the use, or disclosure of, individually identifiable health information, relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization.

 

   

The federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, created under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively, the Affordable Care Act (ACA), and its implementing regulations, which require applicable manufacturers of covered drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) information related to payments or other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Additionally, effective January 1, 2022, for data collected in 2021 and reported to CMS in 2022, such reporting obligations with respect to payments and transfers of value made in the previous year were expanded to include the following non-physician covered recipients: physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, certified registered nurse anesthetists and anesthesiologist assistants, and certified nurse-midwives.

 

   

Additional requirements and regulations applicable to the distribution of pharmaceutical products, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, price reporting, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products. Pricing and rebate programs must also comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the U.S. Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and more recent requirements in the ACA. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

 

   

Federal consumer protection and unfair competition laws, which broadly regulate marketplace activities and activities that potentially harm consumers.

 

35


Table of Contents

Additionally, we are subject to state and foreign equivalents of each of the healthcare laws described above, among others, some of which may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of the payor.

Effective upon the closing of this offering, we will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent inappropriate conduct may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements will comply with applicable healthcare laws may involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental and enforcement authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law interpreting applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations. In addition, the approval and commercialization of any of our product candidates outside the United States will also likely subject us to foreign equivalents of the healthcare laws mentioned above, among other foreign laws.

We may not realize the benefits of any acquisitions, in-licenses or strategic alliances that we enter into.

In the future, we may seek and form strategic alliances, create joint ventures or collaborations, or enter into acquisitions or additional licensing arrangements with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our existing technologies and product candidates, including artificial intelligence, machine learning and other technology-based platforms that may supplement our discovery efforts.

These transactions can entail numerous operational and financial risks, including exposure to unknown liabilities, disruption of our business and diversion of our management’s time and attention in order to manage a collaboration or develop acquired products, product candidates or technologies, incurrence of substantial debt or dilutive issuances of equity securities to pay transaction consideration or costs, higher than expected collaboration, acquisition or integration costs, write-downs of assets or goodwill or impairment charges, increased amortization expenses, difficulty and cost in facilitating the collaboration or combining the operations and personnel of any acquired business, impairment of relationships with key suppliers, manufacturers or customers of any acquired business due to changes in management and ownership and the inability to retain key employees of any acquired business. As a result, if we enter into acquisition or in-license agreements or strategic partnerships, we may not be able to realize the benefit of such transactions if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture, which could delay our timelines or otherwise adversely affect our business. We also cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license, we will achieve the revenue or specific net income that justifies such transaction or such other benefits that led us to enter into the arrangement.

We may become exposed to costly and damaging product liability claims, either when testing our product candidates in the clinic or at the commercial stage, and our product liability insurance may not cover all damages from such claims.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if our product candidates cause or are perceived to cause injury or are found to be otherwise unsuitable during clinical testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability

 

36


Table of Contents

or a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required to limit commercialization of our product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

   

Decreased demand for our product candidates or products that we may develop;

 

   

Impairment of our business reputation;

 

   

Withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

   

Initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

   

Costs to defend the related litigation;

 

   

A diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

   

Substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

   

Product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

   

Loss of revenue;

 

   

Exhaustion of any available insurance and our capital resources;

 

   

The inability to commercialize any product candidate; and

 

   

A decline in our share price.

Failure to obtain or retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the commercialization of products we develop, alone or with corporate collaborators. We may have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts. Even if our agreements with any future corporate collaborators entitle us to indemnification against losses, such indemnification may not be available or adequate should any claim arise.

Patients with cancer and other diseases targeted by our product candidates are often already in severe and advanced stages of disease and have both known and unknown significant pre-existing and potentially life-threatening health risks. During the course of treatment, patients may suffer adverse events, including death, for reasons that may be related to our product candidates. Such events could subject us to costly litigation, require us to pay substantial amounts of money to injured patients, delay, negatively impact or end our opportunity to receive or maintain regulatory approval to market our product candidates, or require us to suspend or abandon our commercialization efforts. Even in a circumstance in which we do not believe that an adverse event is related to our product candidates, the investigation into the circumstance may be time-consuming or inconclusive. These investigations may interrupt our sales efforts, delay our regulatory approval process in other countries, or impact and limit the type of regulatory approvals our product candidates receive or maintain. As a result of these factors, a product liability claim, even if successfully defended, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Although we maintain product liability insurance coverage, such insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage each time we commence

 

37


Table of Contents

a clinical trial and if we successfully commercialize any product candidate. As the expense of insurance coverage is increasing, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. If a successful product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of insured liabilities, our assets may not be sufficient to cover such claims and our business operations could be impaired.

Changes in tax laws or in their implementation or interpretation may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Recent changes in tax law may adversely affect our business or financial condition. For example, in 2021, there have been numerous changes proposed to U.S. federal income tax law, including an increase to the U.S. corporate tax rate, international business operations reform and the imposition of a global minimum tax. Many countries, including the United States, and organizations such as the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development are also actively considering changes to existing tax laws or have proposed or enacted new laws that could increase our tax obligations in countries where we do business or cause us to change the way we operate our business. Any of these developments or changes in federal, state, or international tax laws or tax rulings could adversely affect our effective tax rate and our operating results. We urge prospective investors in our common stock to consult with their legal and tax advisors with respect to any recently enacted tax legislation, or proposed changes in law, and the potential tax consequences of investing in or holding our common stock.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) by 5-percent shareholders in its equity ownership over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change taxable income may be limited. As a result of our most recent private placements and other transactions that have occurred over the past three years, we may have experienced, and, upon closing of this offering, may experience, an “ownership change.” We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As of December 31, 2020, we had U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $61.1 million and $59.2 million, respectively, and U.S. federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.9 million, which could be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” We also have net operating loss carryforwards and credits for state tax purposes, which may be impaired or otherwise subject to limitation. In addition, we will be unable to use our net operating loss carryforwards and credits if we do not attain profitability sufficient to offset our available net operating loss carryforwards and credits prior to their expiration.

Risks Related to Reliance on Third Parties

We rely and will rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials. If these third parties do not properly and successfully carry out their contractual duties or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval of or commercialize our product candidates.

We do not have the ability to conduct all aspects of our preclinical testing or clinical trials ourselves. We depend and will depend upon independent investigators and collaborators, such as medical institutions, CROs, CMOs and strategic partners to conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials under agreements with us. We expect to negotiate budgets and contracts with CROs, trial sites and CMOs, which may result in delays to our development timelines and increased costs. We will rely heavily on these third parties over the course of our clinical trials, and we control only certain aspects of their activities. As a result, we have less direct control over the conduct, timing and completion of these clinical trials and the management of data developed through clinical trials than would be the case if we were relying entirely upon our own staff. Nevertheless, we are responsible for

 

38


Table of Contents

ensuring that each of our studies is conducted in accordance with applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards, and our reliance on third parties does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. We and these third parties are required to comply with GCPs, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA or foreign health authorities for product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP regulations, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or foreign health authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, such regulatory authorities will determine that any of our clinical trials comply with the GCP regulations. In addition, our clinical trials must be conducted with biologic product produced under cGMP regulations and may require a significant number of test patients. Our failure or any failure by these third parties to comply with these regulations or to recruit a sufficient number of patients may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process. Moreover, our business may be implicated if any of these third parties violates federal or state fraud and abuse or false claims laws and regulations or healthcare privacy and security laws.

Any third parties conducting our clinical trials are not and will not be our employees and, except for remedies available to us pursuant to our agreements with such third parties, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our ongoing product candidates. These third parties may also have relationships with other commercial entities, including our competitors, for whom they may also be conducting clinical trials or other development activities, which could affect their performance on our behalf. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols or regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to complete development of, obtain regulatory approval of or successfully commercialize our product candidates. As a result, our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed.

If any of our relationships with these third parties terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative providers or do so on commercially reasonable terms. Switching or adding third parties to conduct our clinical trials involves substantial cost and requires extensive management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new third party commences work. As a result, delays may occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines.

We rely and expect to continue to rely on third parties to manufacture our clinical product supplies, and we may rely on third parties for at least a portion of the manufacturing process of our product candidates, if approved. Our business could be harmed if those third parties fail to provide us with sufficient quantities of product supplies or product candidates or fail to do so at acceptable quality levels or prices.

We do not currently own any facility that may be used as a clinical-scale manufacturing and processing facility, and we rely on outside vendors to manufacture supplies and process our product candidates. For certain of our components or product candidates, we rely on single suppliers or manufacturers to supply or manufacture, but we plan to expand the number of suppliers and manufacturers as we advance our product candidates through clinical development. Our product candidates are not yet manufactured or processed on a commercial scale and we may remain unable to do so for any of our product candidates.

Although in the future we may develop our own manufacturing facilities, we may also continue to use third parties as part of our manufacturing processes and may, in any event, never be successful in developing our own manufacturing facilities. Our anticipated reliance on third-party manufacturers exposes us to the following risks:

 

   

We may be unable to identify manufacturers on acceptable terms or at all because the number of potential manufacturers is limited and the FDA must inspect any manufacturers for current cGMP.

 

39


Table of Contents
   

Non-compliance of our third-party manufacturers with requirements of our marketing application(s). In addition, a new manufacturer would have to be educated in, or develop substantially equivalent processes for, the production of our product candidates.

 

   

Third-party manufacturers may have little or no experience with our product candidates, and therefore may require a significant amount of support from us in order to implement and maintain the infrastructure and processes required to manufacture our product candidates.

 

   

Third-party manufacturers might be unable to timely manufacture our product candidates or produce the quantity and quality required to meet our clinical and commercial needs, if any.

 

   

Third-party manufacturers may not be able to execute our manufacturing procedures and other logistical support requirements appropriately.

 

   

Third-party manufacturers may not perform as agreed, may not devote sufficient resources to our product candidates or may not remain in the contract manufacturing business for the time required to supply our clinical trials or to successfully produce, store, and distribute our products, if any.

 

   

Manufacturers are subject to ongoing periodic unannounced inspection by the FDA and corresponding state agencies to ensure strict compliance with cGMP and other government regulations and corresponding foreign standards. We do not have control over third-party manufacturers’ compliance with these regulations and standards.

 

   

We may not own, or may have to share, the intellectual property rights to any improvements made by our third-party manufacturers in the manufacturing processes for our product candidates.

 

   

Our third-party manufacturers could breach or terminate their agreements with us, and we may be required to pay fees upon suspension or termination of the agreement even if the manufacturers do not deliver adequate supply of the product candidates or their components.

 

   

Raw materials and components used in the manufacturing processes, particularly those for which we have no other source or supplier, may not be available or may not be suitable or acceptable for use due to

 

   

Our third-party manufacturers may have unacceptable or inconsistent product quality success rates and yields, and we have no direct control over their ability to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel.

Each of these risks could delay or prevent the completion of our clinical trials or the approval of any of our product candidates by the FDA, result in higher costs or adversely impact commercialization of our product candidates. In addition, we will rely on third parties to perform certain specification tests on our product candidates prior to delivery to patients. If these tests are not appropriately done and test data are not reliable, patients could be put at risk of serious harm and the FDA could place significant restrictions on our company until deficiencies are remedied. Furthermore, our or a third party’s failure to execute on our manufacturing requirements, to do so on commercially reasonable terms or to comply with cGMP could adversely affect our business in a number of ways, including:

 

   

An inability to initiate or continue clinical trials of our product candidates under development;

 

   

Delay in submitting regulatory applications, or receiving marketing approvals, for our product candidates;

 

   

Loss of the cooperation of future collaborators;

 

40


Table of Contents
   

Subjecting third-party manufacturing facilities or our manufacturing facilities to additional inspections by regulatory authorities;

 

   

Requirements to cease development or to recall batches of our product candidates; and

 

   

In the event of approval to market and commercialize our product candidates, an inability to meet commercial demands for our product or any other future product candidates.

If any CMO with whom we contract fails to perform its obligations, we may be forced to enter into an agreement with a different CMO, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In such scenario, our clinical trials supply could be delayed significantly as we establish alternative supply sources. In some cases, the technical skills required to manufacture our products or product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original CMO and we may have difficulty, or there may be contractual restrictions prohibiting us from, transferring such skills to a back-up or alternate supplier, or we may be unable to transfer such skills at all. In addition, if we are required to change CMOs for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new CMO maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations. We will also need to verify, such as through a manufacturing comparability study, that any new manufacturing process will produce our product candidate according to the specifications previously submitted to the FDA or another regulatory authority. The delays associated with the verification of a new CMO could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates or commercialize our products in a timely manner or within budget. In addition, changes in manufacturers often involve changes in manufacturing procedures and processes, which could require that we conduct bridging studies between our prior clinical supply used in our clinical trials and that of any new manufacturer. We may be unsuccessful in demonstrating the comparability of clinical supplies which could require the conduct of additional clinical trials.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we rely on third parties to research and develop and to manufacture our product candidates, we must share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s independent discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. For example, any academic institution that we may collaborate with will likely expect to be granted rights to publish data arising out of such collaboration and any joint research and development programs may require us to share trade secrets under the terms of our research and development or similar agreements. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

 

41


Table of Contents

We may in the future seek to establish collaborations, and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

We may in the future seek collaboration arrangements with other parties for the development or commercialization of our product candidates. The success of any collaboration arrangements may depend on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these arrangements. Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding clinical development and commercialization matters can lead to delays in the development process or commercializing the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision making authority.

Collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies and other third parties often are terminated or are allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration could adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

Any future collaborations we might enter into may pose a number of risks, including the following:

 

   

Collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

 

   

Collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of product candidates that achieve regulatory approval or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities;

 

   

Collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

   

Collaborators could fail to make timely regulatory submissions for a product candidate;

 

   

Collaborators may not comply with all applicable regulatory requirements or may fail to report safety data in accordance with all applicable regulatory requirements, which could subject them or us to regulatory enforcement actions;

 

   

Collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;

 

   

Product candidates discovered in collaboration with us may be viewed by our collaborators as competitive with their own product candidates or products, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of our product candidates;

 

   

A collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more of our product candidates that achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product candidate or product;

 

   

Disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time consuming and expensive;

 

42


Table of Contents
   

Collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation; and

 

   

Collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability.

In addition, if we establish one or more collaborations, all of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus would also apply to the activities of any such future collaborators.

If any collaborations we might enter into in the future do not result in the successful development and commercialization of products or if one of our future collaborators subsequently terminates its agreement with us, we may not receive any future research funding or milestone or royalty payments under such potential future collaboration. If we do not receive the funding we expect under the agreements, our development of our product candidates could be delayed and we may need additional resources to develop our product candidates and our platforms.

Additionally, if any future collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us. If one of our future collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and our reputation in the business and financial communities could be adversely affected.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for any collaboration will depend upon, among other things, our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors.

If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to fund and undertake development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we fail to enter into collaborations and do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market or continue to develop our platforms and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain sufficient intellectual property protection for our platforms and our product candidates, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products may be adversely affected.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our platforms, product candidates and research programs. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel discoveries and technologies that are important to our business. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our product candidates or their intended uses or that effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies, products or product candidates.

 

43


Table of Contents

Obtaining and enforcing patents is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications or maintain and/or enforce patents that may issue based on our patent applications, at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development results before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Although we enter into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to patentable aspects of our research and development output, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract research organizations, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties, any of these parties may breach these agreements and disclose such results before a patent application is filed, thereby jeopardizing our ability to seek patent protection. Defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, for example with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, etc., although we are unaware of any such defects that we believe are of material import.

If we, or any future licensors or licensees, fail to establish, maintain or protect such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such product candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

Composition of matter patents for biological and pharmaceutical products such as proprietary binding domains and CAR-based product candidates often provide a strong form of intellectual property protection for these types of products without regard to any method of use. We cannot be certain that the claims in our pending patent applications covering composition of matter of our product candidates will be considered patentable by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), or by patent offices in foreign countries, or that the claims in any of our issued patents will be considered valid and enforceable by courts or administrative tribunals in the United States or foreign countries.

The patent position of biopharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and in recent years has been the subject of much litigation, resulting in court decisions, including Supreme Court decisions, that have increased uncertainties as to the ability to enforce patent rights in the future. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States, or vice versa.

Further, we may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates or their intended uses, and as a result the impact of such third-party intellectual property rights upon the patentability of our own patents and patent applications, as well as the impact of such third-party intellectual property upon our freedom to operate, is highly uncertain. Patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our patents or pending patent applications may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. For example, we may be subject to a third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or become involved in post-grant review procedures, derivations, reexaminations, or inter partes review proceedings, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others

 

44


Table of Contents

from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. In addition, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. Any failure to obtain or maintain patent protection with respect to our product candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining patents for which we have applied.

Pending patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications. The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or any of our potential future development partners will be successful in protecting our product candidates by obtaining and defending patents. These risks and uncertainties include the following:

 

   

The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case;

 

   

The coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance;

 

   

Patent applications may not result in any patents being issued;

 

   

Patents that may be issued or in-licensed may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, narrowed, found to be unenforceable or otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage;

 

   

Our competitors, many of whom have substantially greater resources and many of whom have made significant investments in competing technologies, may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with or eliminate our ability to make, use, and sell our potential product candidates;

 

   

There may be significant pressure on the U.S. government and international governmental bodies to limit the scope of patent protection both in the United States and abroad for disease treatments that prove successful, as a matter of public policy regarding worldwide health concerns; and

 

   

Countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing product candidates.

Any of the foregoing events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may not identify relevant third-party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third-party patent, which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our products.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third-party patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction.

 

45


Table of Contents

The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third-party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates. Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products.

If our efforts to protect the proprietary nature of the intellectual property related to our technologies are not adequate, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market.

We rely upon a combination of patents, confidentiality agreements, trade secret protection and intellectual property and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our technologies. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market.

We have pending U.S. and foreign patent applications in our portfolio; however, we cannot predict:

 

   

If and when patents will issue based on our patent applications;

 

   

The scope of protection of any patent issuing based on our patent applications;

 

   

The degree and range of protection any issued patents will afford us against competitors including whether third parties will find ways to invalidate or otherwise circumvent our patents;

 

   

Whether any of our intellectual property will provide any competitive advantage;

 

   

Whether or not others will obtain patents claiming aspects similar to those covered by our patents and patent applications;

 

   

Whether we will need to initiate or defend litigation or administrative proceedings to enforce and/or defend our patent rights, which may be costly whether we win or lose; or

 

   

Whether the patent applications that we own or may in-license will result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries.

We cannot be certain that the claims in our pending patent applications directed to our product candidates and/or technologies will be considered patentable by the USPTO or by patent offices in foreign countries. There can be no assurance that any such patent applications will issue as granted patents. One aspect of the determination of patentability of our inventions depends on the scope and content of the “prior art,” information that was or is deemed available to a person of skill in the relevant art prior to the priority date of the claimed invention. There may be prior art of which we are not aware that may affect the patentability of our patent claims or, if issued, affect the validity or enforceability of a patent claim. Even if the patents do issue based on our patent applications, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, patents in our portfolio may not adequately exclude third parties from practicing relevant technology or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of our intellectual property position with respect to our product candidates is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop and threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates. In the event of litigation or administrative proceedings, we cannot be certain that the claims in any of our issued patents will be considered valid by courts or administrative tribunals in the United States or foreign countries.

 

46


Table of Contents

The strength of patents in the biotechnology and cell therapy fields involve complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent applications that we own or may in-license may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or uses thereof in the United States or in other foreign countries. Even if the patents do successfully issue, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patents and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property or prevent others from designing around our claims. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patent applications we hold with respect to our product candidates is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, and threaten our ability to commercialize, our product candidates. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials, the period of time during which we could market our product candidates under patent protection would be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we were the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates. Furthermore, for U.S. applications in which all claims are entitled to a priority date before March 16, 2013, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third party or instituted by the USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. Various post grant review proceedings, such as inter partes review and post grant review, are available for any interested third party to challenge the patentability of claims issued in patents to us. While these post grant review proceedings have been used less frequently to invalidate biotech patents, they have been successful regarding other technologies, and these relatively new procedures are still changing, and those changes might affect future results.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we seek to rely on trade secret protection, confidentiality agreements, and other agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our product discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information, or technology that is not covered by patents. Although we require all of our employees to assign their inventions to us, and require all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information, or technology to enter into confidentiality agreements, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized material disclosure of our intellectual property to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

Numerous factors may limit any potential competitive advantage provided by our intellectual property rights.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights, whether owned or in-licensed, is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, provide a barrier to entry against our competitors or potential competitors, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. Moreover, if a third party has intellectual property rights that cover the practice of our technology, we may not be able to fully exercise or extract value from our intellectual property rights. The following examples are illustrative:

 

   

Pending patent applications that we own or may license may not lead to issued patents;

 

   

Patents, should they issue, that we own or may license, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be challenged and held invalid or unenforceable;

 

47


Table of Contents
   

Others may be able to develop and/or practice technology that is similar to our technology or aspects of our technology but that is not covered by the claims of any patents that we own or may license, should any such patents issue;

 

   

Third parties may compete with us in jurisdictions where we do not pursue and obtain patent protection;

 

   

We (or any licensors) might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by a pending patent application that we own or may license;

 

   

We (or any licensors) might not have been the first to file patent applications covering a particular invention;

 

   

Others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

   

We may not be able to obtain necessary licenses on reasonable terms or at all;

 

   

Third parties may assert an ownership interest in our intellectual property and, if successful, such disputes may preclude us from exercising exclusive rights, or any rights at all, over that intellectual property;

 

   

We may need to initiate litigation or administrative proceedings to enforce and/or defend our patent rights, which will be costly whether we win or lose;

 

   

We may not be able to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets or other proprietary information;

 

   

We may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

 

   

The patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business and results of operation.

Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our product discovery and development efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our avoiding infringement of the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including interference, reexamination, and post grant review proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. Generally, conducting clinical trials and other development activities in the United States is not considered an act of infringement. If and when one of our product candidates is approved by the FDA, a third party may then seek to enforce its patent by filing a patent infringement lawsuit against us. While we do not believe that any claims that could otherwise materially adversely affect commercialization of our product candidates, if approved, are

 

48


Table of Contents

valid and enforceable, we may be incorrect in this belief, or we may not be able to prove it in a litigation. In this regard, patents issued in the United States by law enjoy a presumption of validity that can be rebutted only with evidence that is “clear and convincing,” a heightened standard of proof. There may be third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates. Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending patent applications, which may later result in issued patents that our product candidates may infringe. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Moreover, we may fail to identify relevant patents or incorrectly conclude that a patent is invalid, not enforceable, exhausted, or not infringed by our activities. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing processes of our product candidates, constructs or molecules used in or formed during the manufacturing processes, or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize the product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire or they are finally determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. Similarly, if any third-party patent were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, the holders of any such patent may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the product candidate unless we obtained a license or until such patent expires or is finally determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our ability to commercialize our product candidates may be impaired or delayed, which could in turn significantly harm our business.

Parties making claims against us may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop and commercialize our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, could involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties or redesign our infringing products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. We cannot predict whether any such license would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. Furthermore, even in the absence of litigation, we may need or may choose to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize our product candidates, which could harm our business significantly.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors or other third parties may infringe our patents, trademarks, copyrights or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that one or more of our patents is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful infringement claim against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties or redesign our infringing products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure.

Post-grant proceedings, including interference proceedings, provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the validity or priority of inventions with respect to our patents or those

 

49


Table of Contents

of any licensors. An unfavorable outcome could result in a loss of our current patent rights and could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Litigation or post-grant proceedings may result in a decision adverse to our interests and, even if we are successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent, alone or with any licensors, misappropriation of our trade secrets or confidential information, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that even if a third-party is infringing our issued patent, any patents that may be issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our stockholders, or it may be otherwise impractical or undesirable to enforce our intellectual property against some third parties. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution. In addition, the uncertainties associated with litigation could compromise our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our clinical trials, continue our internal research programs, in-license needed technology or other product candidates, or enter into development partnerships that would help us bring our product candidates to market.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. Failure by us or any licensor to maintain protection of our patent portfolio could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Patent terms may be inadequate to protect our competitive position on our product candidates for an adequate amount of time.

Patent rights are of limited duration. In the United States, if all maintenance fees are paid timely, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first effective filing date. Given the amount of time

 

50


Table of Contents

required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such product candidates are commercialized. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from biosimilar or generic products. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing product candidates similar or identical to ours. Upon issuance in the United States, a patent’s life can be increased based on certain delays caused by the USPTO, but this increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution. A patent term extension based on regulatory delay may be available in the United States. However, only a single patent can be extended for each marketing approval, and any patent can be extended only once, for a single product. Moreover, the scope of protection during the period of the patent term extension does not extend to the full scope of the claim, but instead only to the scope of the product as approved. Laws governing analogous patent term extensions in foreign jurisdictions vary widely, as do laws governing the ability to obtain multiple patents from a single patent family. Additionally, we may not receive an extension if we fail to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, apply within applicable deadlines, fail to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise fail to satisfy applicable requirements. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration, or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product will be shortened and our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration to launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially.

Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or the USPTO.

If we or a licensing partner initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate, as applicable, is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, inter parties review, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (e.g., opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we, our patent counsel and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States could increase the uncertainties and costs, and may diminish our ability to protect our inventions, obtain, maintain, and enforce our intellectual property rights and, more generally, could affect the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our owned and any licensed patents. Patent reform legislation in the United States and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (the Leahy-Smith Act), signed into law on September 16, 2011, could increase those uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

 

51


Table of Contents

In addition, the patent positions of companies in the development and commercialization of pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents and patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting, and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection or licenses but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets, and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our intellectual property and proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or may license.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we or any of our licensors is forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

Although we are not currently aware of any claims challenging the inventorship of our patents or ownership of our intellectual property, we may in the future be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an interest in our patents or other intellectual property as an inventor or co-inventor. We generally enter into confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, and contractors. These agreements generally provide that inventions conceived by the party in the course of rendering services to us will be our exclusive property. However, those agreements may not be honored and may not effectively assign intellectual property rights to us. Moreover, there may be some circumstances, where we are unable to negotiate for such ownership rights. Disputes regarding ownership or inventorship of intellectual property can also arise in other contexts, such as collaborations and sponsored

 

52


Table of Contents

research. If we are subject to a dispute challenging our rights in or to patents or other intellectual property, such a dispute could be expensive and time consuming. If we were unsuccessful, we could lose valuable rights in intellectual property that we regard as our own, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties.

We may receive confidential and proprietary information from third parties. In addition, we employ individuals who were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. We may be subject to claims that we or our employees, consultants or independent contractors have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or other confidential information of these third parties or our employees’ former employers or our consultants’ or contractors’ current or former clients or customers. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may become subject to claims that we caused an employee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non-solicitation agreement, or that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, used or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information of a former employer or competitor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial cost and be a distraction to our management and employees. If we are not successful, we could lose access or exclusive access to valuable intellectual property.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for our technology and product candidates, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Detecting the disclosure or misappropriation of a trade secret and enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our current or future trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or descriptive determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections of our applications by the USPTO or in other foreign jurisdictions. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks.

 

53


Table of Contents

Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. We may license our trademarks and trade names to third parties, such as distributors. Though these license agreements may provide guidelines for how our trademarks and trade names may be used, a breach of these agreements or misuse of our trademarks and tradenames by our licensees may jeopardize our rights in or diminish the goodwill associated with our trademarks and trade names.

Moreover, any name we may propose to use with our product candidate in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. Similar requirements exist in Europe. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA (or an equivalent administrative body in a foreign jurisdiction) objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, it may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. Furthermore, in many countries, owning and maintaining a trademark registration may not provide an adequate defense against a subsequent infringement claim asserted by the owner of a senior trademark. At times, competitors or other third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we assert trademark infringement claims, a court may determine that the marks we have asserted are invalid or unenforceable, or that the party against whom we have asserted trademark infringement has superior rights to the marks in question. In this case, we could ultimately be forced to cease use of such trademarks.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

We may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates. The denial or delay of any such approval would delay commercialization and have a material adverse effect on our potential to generate revenue, our business and our results of operations.

The research, development, testing, manufacturing, labeling, packaging, approval, promotion, advertising, storage, recordkeeping, marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and export and import of drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, and by foreign health authorities in other countries. These regulations differ from country to country. In the United States, we are not permitted to market our product candidates until we receive regulatory approval from the FDA. The process of obtaining regulatory approval is expensive, often takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and can vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved, as well as the target indications and patient population. Despite the time and expense invested in clinical development of product candidates, regulatory approval is never guaranteed. To gain approval to market our product candidates, we must provide clinical data that adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product for the intended indication. We have not yet obtained regulatory approval to market any of our product candidates in the United States or any other country. Our business depends upon obtaining these regulatory approvals. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of our product candidates for many reasons, including:

 

   

Our inability to satisfactorily demonstrate that the product candidates have acceptable safety and efficacy profiles for the requested indication;

 

   

The FDA’s disagreement with our trial designs or the interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

The population studied in the clinical trial may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assess safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

54


Table of Contents
   

Our inability to demonstrate that clinical or other benefits of our product candidates outweigh any safety or other perceived risks;

 

   

The FDA’s determination that additional preclinical or clinical trials are required;

 

   

The FDA’s non-approval of the formulation, labeling or the specifications of our product candidates;

 

   

The FDA’s failure to accept the manufacturing processes, drug product characteristics or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract; or

 

   

The potential for approval policies or regulations of the FDA to significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval of any regulatory filing for our product candidates, the FDA may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly additional post-approval clinical trials. The FDA may also approve our product candidates for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested, and the FDA may not approve the labeling that we believe is necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates. If FDA requires us to narrow our indications to smaller patient subsets, our market opportunities for our product candidates, if approved, and our ability to generate revenues may be materially limited. To the extent we seek regulatory approval in foreign countries, we may face challenges similar to those described above with regulatory authorities in applicable jurisdictions.

Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approval for any of our product candidates would delay or prevent commercialization of our product candidates and would materially adversely impact our business, results of operations and prospects.

The FDA regulatory approval process is lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable, and we may experience significant delays in the clinical development and regulatory approval of our product candidates or be unable to generate product revenue.

We have not previously submitted a BLA to the FDA or similar marketing applications to foreign health authorities. A BLA must include extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to establish the product candidate’s safety, purity and efficacy for each desired indication. The BLA must also include significant information regarding the manufacturing controls for the product. The novel nature of our product candidates may introduce uncertain, complex, expensive and lengthy challenges that could impact regulatory approval. Even if we eventually complete clinical testing and receive approval of any regulatory filing for our product candidates, the FDA or foreign health authorities may approve our product candidates for a more limited indication or a narrower patient population than we originally requested.

We may also experience delays in completing planned clinical trials for a variety of reasons, including delays related to:

 

   

The availability of financial resources to commence and complete the planned trials;

 

   

Reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

   

Obtaining approval at each clinical trial site by an IRB or ethics committee;

 

   

Recruiting suitable patients to participate in a trial;

 

55


Table of Contents
   

Enrolling and retaining sufficient number of patients to complete a trial, including post-treatment follow-ups;

 

   

Clinical trial sites deviating from trial protocol or dropping out of a trial;

 

   

Adding new clinical trial sites; or

 

   

Manufacturing sufficient quantities of qualified materials under cGMPs and applying them on a subject by subject basis for use in clinical trials.

We could also experience delays in physicians enrolling patients in clinical trials of our product candidates in lieu of prescribing existing treatments or other clinical trials. Furthermore, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the IRBs for the institutions in which such trials are being conducted, the Data Monitoring Committee for such trial, or by the FDA or foreign health authorities due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or foreign health authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product candidate, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience termination of, or delays in the completion of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenue will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue.

Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the manufacturing processes and inspection of manufacturing facilities by the relevant regulatory authority. The FDA or foreign health authorities may fail to approve our manufacturing processes or facilities, whether run by us or our CMOs. In addition, if we make manufacturing changes to our product candidates in the future, we may need to conduct additional preclinical and/or clinical studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions.

Many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates. Applications for our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including but not limited to the following:

 

   

The FDA or foreign health authorities may disagree with the design, implementation or data analyses of our clinical trials;

 

   

The FDA or foreign health authorities may determine that our product candidate(s) do not have adequate risk-benefit ratio or have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use;

 

   

The population studied in the clinical program may not be sufficiently broad or representative to assure efficacy and safety in the full population for which we seek approval;

 

   

The FDA or foreign health authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

 

   

The data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of a BLA or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

   

The FDA or foreign health authorities may fail to approve the manufacturing processes, test procedures and specifications or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

 

56


Table of Contents
   

The approval policies or regulations of the FDA or foreign health authorities may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

We have or may pursue Fast Track, orphan drug, and/or RMAT designations from the FDA for one or more of our product candidates. Even if one or more of our product candidates receive Fast Track, orphan drug, and/or RMAT designations, we may be unable to obtain and maintain the benefits associated with such designations. These designations may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and will not increase the likelihood that such product candidates will receive marketing approval.

To date, CART-ddBCMA has been granted Fast Track, orphan drug, and Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy (RMAT) designations by the FDA. In the future, we may pursue one or more similar designations for other product candidates.

Fast Track designation is designed to facilitate the development and expedite the review of therapies for serious conditions with an unmet medical need. Programs with Fast Track designation may benefit from early and frequent communications with the FDA, potential priority review and the ability to submit a rolling application for regulatory review. Fast Track designation applies to both the product candidate and the specific indication for which it is being studied. However, if we do not continue to meet the criteria of the Fast Track designation, or if our clinical trials are delayed, suspended or terminated, or put on clinical hold due to unexpected adverse events or issues with clinical supply, we will not receive the benefits associated with the Fast Track program. Furthermore, Fast Track designation does not change the standards for approval. Fast Track designation alone does not guarantee qualification for the FDA’s priority review procedures. Fast track designation also does not guarantee our product candidate will be approved in a timely manner, if at all.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States. In the European Union, the prevalence of the condition must not be more than 5 in 10,000. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. If a product that has orphan drug designation from the FDA subsequently receives the first FDA approval for a particular active ingredient for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a BLA, to market the same biologic for the same indication, for seven years, except in limited circumstances such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan product exclusivity or if FDA finds that the holder of the orphan exclusivity has not shown that it can ensure the availability of sufficient quantities of the orphan product to meet the needs of patients with the disease or condition for which the product was designated. Even if we or our collaborators obtain orphan designation to a product candidate, we may not be the first to obtain marketing approval for any particular orphan indication due to the uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical products. The scope of exclusivity is limited to the scope of any approved indication, even if the scope of the orphan designation is broader than the approved indication. Additionally, exclusive marketing rights may be limited if we or our collaborators seek approval for an indication broader than the orphan designated indication and may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition. Further, even if a product obtains orphan drug exclusivity, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs with different active moieties can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve a product with the same active moiety for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later product is safer, more effective, or makes a major contribution to patient care. Furthermore, the FDA can waive orphan exclusivity if we or our collaborators are unable to manufacture sufficient supply of the product. If we or our collaborators do not receive or maintain orphan drug designation to product candidates for which we seek such designation, it could limit our ability to realize revenues from such product candidates.

 

57


Table of Contents

A company may request RMAT designation of its product candidate, which designation may be granted if the product meets the following criteria: (1) it is a cell therapy, therapeutic tissue engineering product, human cell and tissue product, or any combination product using such therapies or products, with limited exceptions; (2) it is intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; and (3) preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. RMAT designation provides potential benefits that include more frequent meetings with FDA to discuss the development plan for the product candidate, and potential eligibility for rolling review and priority review. Products granted RMAT designation may also be eligible for accelerated approval on the basis of a surrogate or intermediate endpoint reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit, or reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites, including through expansion to additional sites post-approval, if appropriate. RMAT-designated products that receive accelerated approval may, as appropriate, fulfill their post-approval requirements through the submission of clinical evidence, clinical studies, patient registries, or other sources of real world evidence (such as electronic health records); through the collection of larger confirmatory data sets; or via post-approval monitoring of all patients treated with such therapy prior to approval of the therapy. RMAT designation does not change the standards for product approval, and there is no assurance that any such designation or eligibility will result in expedited review or approval or that the approved indication will not be narrower than the indication covered by the RMAT designation. Additionally, RMAT designation can be revoked if the criteria for eligibility cease to be met as clinical data emerges.

We may pursue Breakthrough Therapy designation for one or more of our product candidates in the future. Even if granted by the FDA, such designation may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that the product candidate will receive marketing approval.

A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For drugs that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for priority review if supported by clinical data at the time of the submission of the BLA.

Although Breakthrough Designation or access to any other expedited program may expedite the development or approval process, it does not change the standards for approval. We may not experience faster development timelines or achieve faster review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. For example, the time required to identify and resolve issues relating to manufacturing and controls, the acquisition of a sufficient supply of our product for clinical trial purposes or the need to conduct additional nonclinical or clinical studies may delay approval by the FDA, even if the product qualifies for breakthrough designation or access to any other expedited program. Access to an expedited program may also be withdrawn by the FDA if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Additionally, qualification for any expedited review procedure does not ensure that we will ultimately obtain regulatory approval for such product candidate.

If approved, our investigational products regulated as biologics may face competition from biosimilars approved through an abbreviated regulatory pathway.

The ACA includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (BPCIA), which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biologic products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biologic product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the

 

58


Table of Contents

FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a BLA for the competing product containing the sponsor’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity, and potency of the other company’s product. The law is complex and is still being interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation, and meaning are subject to uncertainty.

We believe that any of our product candidates approved as a biologic product under a BLA should qualify for the 12-year period of exclusivity. However, there is a risk that this exclusivity could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our investigational medicines to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for generic competition sooner than anticipated. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar, once licensed, will be substituted for any one of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biologic products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing. If competitors are able to obtain regulatory approval for biosimilars referencing our products, our products may become subject to competition from such biosimilars, with the attendant competitive pressure and consequences.

Even if we receive regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or experience unanticipated problems with our product candidates.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates will require surveillance to monitor the safety of the product candidate. The FDA may also require REMS as a condition of approving our product candidates, which could include requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. In addition, if the FDA or foreign health authorities approve our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, import, export and recordkeeping for our product candidates will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and GCPs for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with our product candidates, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

   

Restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of our product candidates, withdrawal of the product from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

   

Fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

Refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of license approvals;

 

   

Withdrawal of the drug from the market or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

 

   

Adverse publicity, fines, warning letters or holds on clinical trials;

 

   

Product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of our product candidates; and

 

   

Injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

 

59


Table of Contents

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

The FDA strictly regulates manufacturers’ promotional claims of drug products. In particular, a drug product may not be promoted by manufacturers for uses that are not approved by the FDA, as reflected in the FDA-approved labeling, although healthcare professionals are permitted to use drug products for off-label uses. The FDA, the Department of Justice, the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services, among other government agencies, actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting manufacturers’ promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including large civil and criminal fines, penalties, and enforcement actions. The FDA has also imposed consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed for companies that engaged in such prohibited activities. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of our approved product candidates, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions. Failure to obtain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions would prevent our product candidates from being marketed abroad.

In addition to regulations in the United States, to market and sell our products in the European Union, many Asian countries and other jurisdictions, we must obtain separate regulatory approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements, both from a clinical and manufacturing perspective. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory or payor authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory or payor authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants marketing approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval. A product candidate that has been approved for sale in a particular country may not receive reimbursement approval in that country. We may not be able to obtain approvals from regulatory authorities or payor authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all.

We may also submit marketing applications in other countries, such as countries in Europe or Asia. We may not be able to file for regulatory approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any jurisdiction. Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we are unable to obtain approval of any of our product candidates by regulatory or payor authorities

 

60


Table of Contents

in the European Union, Asia or elsewhere, or if we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in foreign jurisdictions, the commercial prospects of that product candidate may be significantly diminished, and our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed.

Even if we obtain FDA approval of any of our product candidates, we may never obtain approval or commercialize such products outside of the United States, which would limit our ability to realize their full market potential.

In order to market any product outside of the United States, we must establish and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries, and regulatory approval in one country does not mean that regulatory approval will be obtained in any other country. Approval procedures vary among countries and can involve additional product testing and validation and additional administrative review periods. Seeking foreign regulatory approvals could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and may require additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, which would be costly and time consuming. Regulatory requirements can vary widely from country to country and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in those countries. Satisfying these and other regulatory requirements is costly, time consuming, uncertain and subject to unanticipated delays. In addition, our failure to obtain regulatory approval in any country may delay or have negative effects on the process for regulatory approval in other countries. We do not have any product candidates approved for sale in any jurisdiction, including international markets, and we do not have experience in obtaining regulatory approval in international markets. If we fail to comply with regulatory requirements in international markets or fail to obtain and maintain required approvals, our ability to realize the full market potential of our products will be harmed.

The impact of recent healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in healthcare spending on us is currently unknown, and may adversely affect our business model.

Our revenue prospects could be affected by changes in healthcare spending and policy in the United States and abroad. We operate in a highly regulated industry and new laws, regulations or judicial decisions, or new interpretations of existing laws, regulations or decisions, related to healthcare availability, the method of delivery or payment for healthcare products and services could negatively impact our business, operations and financial condition.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare, including proposals aimed at lowering prescription drug prices and increasing competition for prescription drugs, as well as additional regulation on pharmaceutical transparency and reporting requirements, any of which could negatively impact our future profitability and increase our compliance burden. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future, including future challenges or significant revisions to the ACA. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare and/or impose price controls may adversely affect:

 

   

The demand for our product candidates, if we obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

Our ability to set a price that we believe is fair for our products;

 

   

Our ability to obtain coverage and reimbursement approval for a product;

 

   

Our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability;

 

   

The level of taxes that we are required to pay; and

 

   

The availability of capital.

 

61


Table of Contents

Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

Risks Related to Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

Even if we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates, the products may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients, hospitals, cancer treatment centers and others in the medical community.

If any of our product candidates receive marketing approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community. For example, existing cell therapies are currently offered only in tertiary academic hospitals that have intensive care units that can support the safety and toxicity issues associated with cell therapies. If we are unable to demonstrate sufficient safety to permit a broader use of our product candidates, we may not generate significant product revenue and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

The clinical indications for which our product candidates are approved;

 

   

The willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

   

Physicians, hospitals, cancer treatment centers and patients considering our product candidates as a safe, pure and effective treatment;

 

   

The potential and perceived advantages of our product candidates over alternative treatments;

 

   

Our ability to demonstrate the advantages of our product candidates over other conventional CAR-T therapies;

 

   

The perceived prevalence and severity of any side effects for our product candidates compared to the prevalence and severity of any side effects for conventional CAR-T products and other cell therapies;

 

   

Product labeling, limitations, warnings or product insert requirements of the FDA or foreign health authorities;

 

   

The timing of market introduction of our product candidates as well as competitive products;

 

   

The cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

   

The availability of adequate coverage, reimbursement and pricing by third-party payors and government authorities;

 

   

The willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of coverage by third-party payors and government authorities;

 

   

Relative convenience and ease of administration, including as compared to alternative treatments and competitive therapies; and

 

   

The effectiveness of our sales and marketing efforts.

 

62


Table of Contents

If our product candidates are approved but fail to achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients, hospitals, cancer treatment centers or others in the medical community, we will not be able to generate significant revenue.

Even if our products achieve market acceptance, we may not be able to maintain that market acceptance over time if new products or technologies are introduced that are more favorably received than our products, are more cost effective or render our products obsolete.

We may face difficulties from changes to current regulations and future legislation. Current and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to commercialize our drugs, if approved, and affect the prices we may obtain, including changes in coverage and reimbursement policies in certain market segments for our product candidates, which could make it difficult for us to sell our product candidates, if approved, profitably.

Existing regulatory policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained, and we may not achieve or sustain profitability. In both domestic and foreign markets, successful sales of our product candidates, if approved, will depend on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. In addition, because our product candidates represent novel approaches to the treatment of cancer and autoimmune diseases, we cannot accurately estimate the potential revenue from our product candidates.

Patients who receive medical treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and commercial payors is critical to new product acceptance.

Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which drugs and treatments they will cover and the amount of reimbursement. Reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:

 

   

A covered benefit under its health plan;

 

   

Medically necessary and has acceptable risk-benefit ratio;

 

   

Appropriate for the specific patient;

 

   

Cost-effective; and

 

   

Neither experimental nor investigational.

Obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to the payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our products. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate for us to achieve or sustain profitability or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Due to the high costs associated with cell therapies, patients are unlikely to use our product candidates unless coverage is provided or reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our product candidates.

 

63


Table of Contents

In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

We intend to seek approval to market our product candidates in both the United States and in selected foreign jurisdictions. If we obtain approval in one or more foreign jurisdictions for our product candidates, we will be subject to rules and regulations in those jurisdictions. In some foreign countries, particularly those in the European Union, the pricing of biologics is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after obtaining marketing approval of a product candidate. In addition, market acceptance and sales of our product candidates will depend significantly on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors for our product candidates and may be affected by existing and future healthcare reform measures.

The ACA made extensive changes to the delivery of health care in the United States. We expect that the rebates, discounts, taxes and other costs resulting from the ACA over time will have a negative effect on our expenses and profitability in the future. The ACA contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. For example, the ACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by increasing the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs. Additionally, for a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program.

Since the enactment of the ACA, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. In June 2021, the United States Supreme Court held that Texas and other challengers had no legal standing to challenge the ACA, dismissing the case without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Accordingly, the ACA remains in effect in its current form. It is unclear how this Supreme Court decision, future litigation, or healthcare measures promulgated by the Biden administration will impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Complying with any new legislation or changes in healthcare regulation could be time-intensive and expensive, resulting in material adverse effect on our business.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, included reductions to CMS payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension implemented under various COVID-19 relief legislation from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2022, followed by a 1% payment adjustment from April 1, 2022 to June 30, 2022, and a 2% payment adjustment beginning July 1, 2022, unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the ATRA), which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. Legislators, regulators and third-party payers may continue to put forth proposals to reduce costs while expanding individual healthcare benefits, including proposals that impose additional limitations on the rates we will be able to charge for our product candidates, if approved, or the amount of reimbursement available for such approved products from governmental agencies or third-party payers. Current and future healthcare reform legislation and policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. We cannot predict what other health care programs and regulations will ultimately be implemented at the federal or state level or the effect of any future legislation or regulation in the United States may have on our business.

 

64


Table of Contents

There has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. For example, in 2020, HHS and CMS issued various rules that are expected to impact, among others, price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Part D, fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers, manufacturer price reporting requirements under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including regulations that affect manufacturer-sponsored patient assistance programs subject to pharmacy benefit manager accumulator programs and Best Price reporting related to certain value-based purchasing arrangements, and manufacturer price reporting under Medicare Part B. Multiple lawsuits have been brought against HHS challenging various aspects of the rules. In January 2021, the Biden administration issued a “regulatory freeze” memorandum that directs department and agency heads to review new or pending rules of the prior administration. Under the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, effective January 1, 2024, the statutory cap on Medicaid Drug Rebate Program rebates that manufacturers pay to state Medicaid programs will be eliminated. Elimination of this cap may require pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay more in rebates than it receives on the sale of products, which could have a material impact on our business. Further, in July 2021, the Biden administration released an executive order, “Promoting Competition in the American Economy,” with multiple provisions aimed at increasing competition for prescription drugs. In response to this executive order, HHS released a Comprehensive Plan for Addressing High Drug Prices that outlines principles for drug pricing reform and potential legislative policies that Congress could pursue to advance these principles. In addition, Congress is considering legislation that, if passed, could have significant impact on prices of prescription drugs covered by Medicare, including limitations on drug price increases. The impact of these regulations and any future healthcare measures and agency rules implemented by the Biden administration on us and the pharmaceutical industry as a whole is currently unknown. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our product candidates if approved. Complying with any new legislation and regulatory changes could be time-intensive and expensive, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business.

At the state level, individual states are increasingly passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures. For example, a number of states are considering or have recently enacted state drug price transparency and reporting laws that could substantially increase our compliance burdens and expose us to greater liability under such state laws once we begin commercialization after obtaining regulatory approval for any of our products. These measures could reduce the demand for our products, if approved, or impose additional pricing pressures on how much we can charge for our products if approved.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-approval testing and other requirements.

We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or in other jurisdictions. If we or our collaborators are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we or our collaborators are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, our product candidates may lose any marketing approval that may have been obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would adversely affect our business.

 

65


Table of Contents

We currently have no marketing and sales organization and have limited experience in marketing cell therapy products. If we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, if approved, we may not be able to generate product revenue.

We currently have no sales, marketing or distribution capabilities and have limited experience in marketing cell therapy products. To achieve commercial success for any approved product for which we retain sales and marketing responsibilities, we must either develop a sales and marketing organization, which would be expensive and time consuming, or outsource these functions to other third parties. In the future, we may choose to build a focused sales and marketing infrastructure to sell, or participate in sales activities with our collaborators for, some of our product candidates if and when they are approved.

There are risks involved with both establishing our own sales and marketing capabilities and entering into arrangements with third parties to perform these services. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel. We may have little or no control over the marketing and sales efforts of third parties conducting such activities on our behalf and our revenue from product sales may be lower than if we had commercialized our product candidates in-house. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of our product candidates.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to develop adequate in-house sales and distribution capabilities or establish or maintain relationships with third-party collaborators to commercialize any product in the United States or abroad.

Failure to comply with health and data protection laws and regulations could lead to government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business.

We may be subject to or affected by data protection laws and regulations, such as laws and regulations that address privacy and data security. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including federal and state health information privacy laws, state data breach notification laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws, such as Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, govern the collection, use, disclosure and protection of health information and other personal information could apply to our operations. In addition, we may obtain health information from third parties, including research institutions from which we obtain clinical trial data, that are subject to privacy and security requirements under HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and its implementing rules and regulations. Depending on the facts and circumstances, we could be subject to criminal penalties if we knowingly obtain, use, or disclose individually identifiable health information maintained by a HIPAA-covered entity in a manner that is not authorized or permitted by HIPAA.

In addition, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) took effect in January 2020 and became enforceable in July 2020. The CCPA created new individual privacy rights for California consumers (as the word is broadly defined in the law) and placed increased privacy and security obligations on many organizations that handle personal information of consumers or households. The CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosure to consumers about such companies’ data collection, use and sharing practices, provide such consumers a new right to opt-out of certain sales or transfers of personal information, and provides consumers with a new cause of action for certain data breaches. Additionally, California voters voted to approve the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA) in November 2020, which modifies the CCPA significantly, potentially resulting in further uncertainty and requiring us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply. The CCPA and CPRA may impact our business activities and increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Many similar privacy laws have been proposed at the federal level and in other states.

 

66


Table of Contents

Compliance with data protection laws and regulations could require us to take on more onerous obligations in our contracts, increase our costs of legal compliance, restrict our ability to collect, use and disclose data, or in some cases, impact our ability to operate in certain jurisdictions. Failure to comply with data protection laws and regulations could result in government investigations and/or enforcement actions (which could include civil, criminal, and administrative penalties), private litigation and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Moreover, clinical trial subjects about whom we or our potential collaborators obtain information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may contractually limit our ability to use and disclose the information. Claims that we have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

A variety of risks associated with seeking regulatory approval for and marketing our product candidates internationally could materially adversely affect our business.

We plan to seek regulatory approval of our product candidates outside of the United States and, accordingly, we expect that we will be subject to additional risks related to operating in foreign countries if we obtain the necessary approvals, including:

 

   

Differing regulatory requirements in foreign countries, including constraints on manufacturing;

 

   

Additional trials in foreign countries;

 

   

Requirement to secure and validate region-specific manufacturing and clinical and commercial supply;

 

   

Unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers, price and exchange controls and other regulatory requirements;

 

   

Economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;

 

   

Compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;

 

   

Foreign taxes, including withholding of payroll taxes;

 

   

Foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenue, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;

 

   

Difficulties staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

   

Workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

 

   

Potential liability under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 or comparable foreign regulations;

 

   

Challenges enforcing our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States;

 

67


Table of Contents
   

Production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

 

   

Business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war, global pandemics and terrorism.

These and other risks associated with our international operations, including relating to data privacy and security, may materially adversely affect our ability to attain or maintain profitable operations.

The European Union system for authorization of medicinal products for human use offers several routes: the centralized procedure, the decentralized procedure, and the mutual recognition procedure, as well as domestic national routes. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for all European Union Member States as well as the European Economic Area (EEA) countries of Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway. The centralized procedure is mandatory for certain categories of investigational products, including human products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, including cancer, AIDS, diabetes and neurodegenerative illness; orphan medicinal products; and medicinal products manufactured using biotechnological processes. Applications for marketing authorization for such medicines must be submitted to the European Medicines Agency (EMA), in which the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP) is generally responsible for conducting the initial assessment of a product.

The decentralized and mutual recognition procedures are applicable to the majority of conventional medicinal products and are both based on the principle of recognition of a marketing authorization by one or more Member States. Any national marketing authorization granted by a European Union Member State’s national authority can be used to support an application for its mutual recognition by other Member States. Marketing authorization applications can also be submitted directly to the Member State’s national competent authority under the national route (if the centralized route is not compulsory). Following Brexit, there are now multiple routes to obtain a marketing authorization in the United Kingdom, Great Britain or Northern Ireland, including national routes and international routes. The application procedure will depend on the relevant procedure chosen. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, any marketing approvals, as a result of Brexit or otherwise, may force us to restrict or delay efforts to seek regulatory approval in the United Kingdom for our product candidates, which could significantly and materially harm our business. Further, even after obtaining market authorization, differences in GMP, pharmacovigilance, and other regulatory requirements in different jurisdictions can increase our compliance costs and exposure to potential liability.

Inadequate funding for the FDA, the SEC and other government agencies could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels and the ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and statutory, regulatory and policy changes and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies, such as recent furloughs or government shutdowns, may also increase the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business.

Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, since March 2020 when foreign and domestic inspections of facilities were largely placed on hold, the FDA has been working to resume routine surveillance,

 

68


Table of Contents

bioresearch monitoring and pre-approval inspections on a prioritized basis. The FDA has developed a rating system to assist in determining when and where it is safest to conduct prioritized domestic inspections. As of May 2021, certain inspections, such as foreign preapproval, surveillance, and for-cause inspections that are not deemed mission-critical, remain temporarily postponed. In April 2021, the FDA issued guidance for industry formally announcing plans to employ remote interactive evaluations, using risk management methods, to meet user fee commitments and goal dates and in May 2021 announced plans to continue progress toward resuming standard operational levels. Should FDA determine that an inspection is necessary for approval and an inspection cannot be completed during the review cycle due to restrictions on travel, and the FDA does not determine a remote interactive evaluation to be adequate, the FDA has stated that it generally intends to issue a complete response letter or defer action on the application until an inspection can be completed. In 2020 and 2021, a number of companies announced receipt of complete response letters due to the FDA’s inability to complete required inspections for their applications. As of May 26, 2021, the FDA noted it was continuing to ensure timely reviews of applications for medical products during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic in line with its user fee performance goals and conducting mission critical domestic and foreign inspections to ensure compliance of manufacturing facilities with FDA quality standards. However, the FDA may not be able to continue its current pace and review timelines could be extended, including where a pre-approval inspection or an inspection of clinical sites is required and due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and travel restrictions, the FDA is unable to complete such required inspections during the review period. Regulatory authorities outside the U.S. may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and may experience delays in their regulatory activities. If a prolonged government shutdown or other disruption occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Future shutdowns or other disruptions could also affect other government agencies such as the SEC, which may also impact our business by delaying review of our public filings, to the extent such review is necessary, and our ability to access the public markets.

Regulatory authorities outside the United States may also impose similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA or other regulatory authorities to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business activities may be subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, as well as U.S. and certain foreign export controls, trade sanctions, and import laws and regulations, all of which can subject us to criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations.

Our business activities may be subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the FCPA), and similar anti-bribery or anti-corruption laws, regulations or rules of other countries in which we operate. These laws generally prohibit companies and their employees and third party business partners, representatives and agents from engaging in corruption and bribery, including offering, promising, giving or authorizing the provision of anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a government official or commercial party in order to influence official action, direct business to any person, gain any improper advantage, or obtain or retain business. The FCPA also requires public companies to make and keep books and records that accurately and fairly reflect the transactions of the corporation and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. Our business is heavily regulated and therefore involves significant interaction with government officials, including potentially officials of non-U.S. governments.

Additionally, in many countries, healthcare providers are employed by the government, and the purchasers of biopharmaceuticals are government entities. As a result, our dealings with these providers and purchasers are subject to regulation and such healthcare providers and employees of such purchasers may be considered “foreign officials” as defined in the FCPA. Recently, the SEC and Department of Justice have increased their FCPA enforcement activities with respect to biotechnology companies. In addition to our own

 

69


Table of Contents

employees, we may in the future leverage third parties to conduct our business abroad, such as obtaining government licenses and approvals. We and our third-party business partners, representatives and agents may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies, state-owned or affiliated entities and we may be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, our third-party business partners, representatives and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities. There is no certainty that our employees or the employees of our third-party business partners, representatives and agents will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, debarment from U.S. government contracts, substantial diversion of management’s attention, significant legal fees and fines, severe criminal or civil sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and prohibitions on the conduct of our business. Any such violations could include prohibitions on our ability to offer our products in one or more countries and could materially damage our reputation, our brand, our international expansion efforts, our ability to attract and retain employees, and our business, prospects, operating results, financial condition and stock price.

In addition, our products may be subject to U.S. and foreign export controls, trade sanctions and import laws and regulations. Governmental regulation of the import or export of our products, or our failure to obtain any required import or export authorization for our products, when applicable, could harm our business. Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the provision of certain products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. If we fail to comply with export and import regulations and such economic sanctions, penalties could be imposed, including fines and/or denial of certain export privileges.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

We do not know whether an active, liquid, and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and, as a result, it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering, there was no public trading market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares quickly or at the market price if trading in shares of our common stock is not active. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which our common stock will trade after this offering. As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price, at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable, or at all. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic partnerships or acquire companies or products by using our shares of our common stock as consideration.

The price of shares of our common stock may be volatile and may be adversely impacted by future events, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, many of which are beyond our control, including limited trading volume. In addition to the factors discussed in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include:

 

   

Our decision to initiate a clinical trial, not to initiate a clinical trial, or to terminate an existing clinical trial;

 

70


Table of Contents
   

The commencement, enrollment, or results of the clinical trials of our product candidates or any future clinical trials we may conduct, or changes in the development status of our product candidates;

 

   

Results from ongoing clinical trials and future clinical trials of our competitors;

 

   

Any delay in our regulatory filings for our product candidates and any adverse development or perceived adverse development with respect to the applicable regulatory authority’s review of such filings, including without limitation the FDA’s issuance of a “refusal to file” letter or a request for additional information;

 

   

Our failure to achieve product development goals in the timeframes we announce;

 

   

Adverse results or delays in clinical trials;

 

   

Adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of our product candidates;

 

   

Changes in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates, including, but not limited to, clinical trial requirements for approvals;

 

   

Adverse developments concerning our manufacturers;

 

   

Our inability to obtain adequate supply for any product candidate, or any component thereof, or approved product or inability to do so at acceptable prices;

 

   

Our inability to establish collaborations if needed;

 

   

Our failure to commercialize our product candidates;

 

   

Unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of our product candidates;

 

   

Introduction of new products or other therapies offered by us or our competitors;

 

   

Announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

   

Additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

   

Our ability to effectively manage our growth;

 

   

The size and growth of our initial cancer target markets;

 

   

Our ability to successfully treat additional types of cancers or at different stages;

 

   

Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

 

   

Our cash position;

 

   

Our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;

 

   

Publication of research reports about us or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

71


Table of Contents
   

Changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

 

   

Our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

 

   

Overall performance of the equity markets;

 

   

The expiration of market stand-off or contractual lock-up agreements;

 

   

Sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future;

 

   

Trading volume of our common stock;

 

   

Changes in accounting practices;

 

   

Ineffectiveness of our internal controls;

 

   

Disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters, and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

 

   

Significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

   

General political and economic conditions, including the impact of the COVID-19 global pandemic; and

 

   

Other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In addition, the stock market in general, and biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. If the market price of our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no, or very few, securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price may decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Prior to this offering, our executive officers, directors, and 5% stockholders beneficially owned approximately 60.7% of our voting stock as of September 30, 2021, and, assuming the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, that same group will hold

 

72


Table of Contents

approximately             % of our outstanding voting stock immediately after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and excluding any purchases of shares in this offering or our reserved share program by any in this group). Therefore, even after this offering, these stockholders will have the ability to influence us through this ownership position. These stockholders may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our common stock that you may feel are in your best interests as one of our stockholders. Further, the significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the market price of our common stock due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.

The initial public offering price will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Investors purchasing common stock in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. As a result, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $             per share, based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Further, investors purchasing common stock in this offering will contribute approximately             % of the total amount invested by stockholders since our inception, but will own only approximately             % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

This dilution is due to our investors who purchased shares prior to this offering having paid substantially less when they purchased their shares than the price offered to the public in this offering and the exercise of stock options granted to our employees. To the extent that outstanding stock options are exercised, we issue restricted stock to our employees under our equity incentive plans or if we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock in each case at per share prices below the price to the public in this offering, there will be further dilution to new investors. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing common stock in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see “Dilution.”

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) enacted in April 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (Sarbanes-Oxley Act), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years following the year in which we complete this offering, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which requires, among other things, that the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates to exceed $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

73


Table of Contents

Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period under the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of issuers who are required to comply with the effective dates for new or revised accounting standards that are applicable to public companies, which may make comparison of our financials to those of other public companies more difficult. As a result, changes in rules of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or their interpretation, the adoption of new guidance, or the application of existing guidance to changes in our business could significantly affect our financial position and results of operations.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time and resources to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company or a smaller reporting company, we will incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act), which will require, among other things, that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. Compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public companies requires considerable time and attention of management. We cannot assure you that we will satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC and the Nasdaq Stock Market (Nasdaq) to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as “say on pay” and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five years from the pricing of this offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that we will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Stockholder activism, the current political environment, and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and regulations implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. We expect the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. If these

 

74


Table of Contents

requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as executive officers.

Substantial amounts of our outstanding shares may be sold into the market when lock-up or market standoff periods pertaining to this offering end. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock by our existing stockholders in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after the lock-up and other legal restrictions on resale discussed in this prospectus lapse, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of              shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction in the public market immediately following this offering, unless purchased by our affiliates. The underwriters, however, may, in their discretion, permit our officers, directors, and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.

The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. In addition, upon completion of this offering, approximately              shares of common stock that are either subject to outstanding equity awards or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up and stand-off agreements described above and applicable securities laws. We plan to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), all              shares of our common stock that we may issue under our equity incentive plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up and stand-off agreements described above.

After this offering, the holders of up to 136,422,468 shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for shares held by affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

The market price of the shares of our common stock could decline as a result of the sale of a substantial number of our shares of common stock in the public market or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell their shares.

Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

We expect that significant additional capital may be needed in the future to continue our planned operations, which include conducting clinical trials, pursuing commercialization efforts, expanding research and development activities, and operating as a public company. To raise capital, we may sell common stock,

 

75


Table of Contents

convertible securities, or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell common stock, convertible securities, or other equity securities, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. Such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences, and privileges senior to the holders of our common stock, including shares of common stock sold in this offering. If we raise additional funds through up-front payments or milestone payments pursuant to strategic collaborations with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our drug candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.

Pursuant to the 2022 Plan, which will become effective upon the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors or its duly authorized committee is authorized to grant equity awards to our employees, directors, and consultants.

Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to equity awards under the 2022 Plan will be              shares, plus shares subject to awards granted under our 2017 Plan that, after the date of stockholder approval of the 2022 Plan, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full or are forfeited to or repurchased by us (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2022 Plan pursuant to awards under the 2017 Plan is              shares). The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2022 Plan shall be cumulatively increased on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2023 fiscal year and ending on the ten year anniversary of the date our board of directors approves the 2022 Plan equal to the least of              shares,             % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares determined by the administrator of the 2022 Plan. Unless the administrator of the 2022 Plan elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.

Further, we expect to adopt our 2022 ESPP, which will become effective upon the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and pursuant to which our employees may receive the right to purchase shares of our common stock.

Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock available for sale under our 2022 ESPP will be              shares. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale under our 2022 ESPP shall be cumulatively increased on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the first enrollment date (if any) occurs under the 2022 ESPP and ending on the twenty year anniversary of the date our board of directors approves the 2022 ESPP equal to the least of              shares,            % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares determined by the administrator of the 2022 ESPP. Unless the administrator of the 2022 ESPP elects not to increase the number of shares available for future grant each year, our stockholders may experience additional dilution, which could cause our stock price to fall.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In connection with this offering, we intend to begin the process of documenting, reviewing, and improving our internal controls and procedures for compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will require annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have begun recruiting additional finance and accounting personnel with certain skill sets that we will need as a public company.

 

76


Table of Contents

Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes, and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and harm our business. We may discover weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our consolidated financial statements. Our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, our investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, the market price of our stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis may harm our stock price and make it more difficult for us to effectively market and sell our service to new and existing customers.

If we are unable to maintain effective internal controls, our business, financial position and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the facts that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively or in ways that increase the value of our share price.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled “Use of Proceeds,” and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Because of the number and variability of factors that will determine our use of the net proceeds from this offering, their ultimate use may vary substantially from their currently intended use. Our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase or maintain the value of your investment. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities, to fund the development of our product candidates CART-ddBCMA, ACLX-001 and ACLX-002 and for other research and development activities, working capital and other general corporate purposes. However, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering and our existing cash, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The

 

77


Table of Contents

amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the ongoing status of and results from clinical trials and other studies, the product approval process with the FDA, and the scope of our commercialization efforts, as well as any strategic collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates, any unforeseen cash needs, and our investments and acquisitions. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business, result in financial losses that could cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates.

Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our stockholders. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock, so any returns will be limited to the capital appreciation of our stock.

You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation, and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. Any return to stockholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation of their stock, which may never occur.

Certain provisions under our charter documents and Delaware law could delay or prevent a change of control, which could limit the market price of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are to become effective upon the closing of this offering, will contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions include:

 

   

A board of directors divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, such that not all members of the board will be elected at one time, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

 

   

The exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of our board of directors or the resignation, death, disqualification or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

   

A prohibition on stockholder action through written consent, which requires that all stockholder actions be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;

 

   

A requirement that special meetings of stockholders be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our President, or our board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors, which could delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;

 

   

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to our board of directors, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us;

 

78


Table of Contents
   

A requirement that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote, which could delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of our board of directors;

 

   

A requirement of approval of not less than two-thirds of all outstanding shares of our voting stock to amend any bylaws by stockholder action or to amend specific provisions of our certificate of incorporation, which may inhibit the ability of an acquirer to affect such amendments to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and

 

   

The authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock on terms determined by the board of directors without stockholder approval, which preferred stock may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock and could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer.

In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. However, we have not opted out of this provision. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer, or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and limit opportunities for you to realize value in a corporate transaction.

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another state court in Delaware) is the exclusive forum for the following (except for any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court or for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction):

 

   

Any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

 

   

Any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty;

 

   

Any action asserting a claim against us arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL), our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; and

 

   

Any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal-affairs doctrine.

 

79


Table of Contents

This provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the U.S. federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction.

Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision shall not apply to any claim brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act.

These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our amended and restated bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could seriously harm our business.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business, operating results, or financial condition.

 

80


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, plans for our product candidates, planned preclinical studies and clinical trials, results of clinical trials, future research and development costs, regulatory approvals, timing and likelihood of success, as well as plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that are in some cases beyond our control and may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

   

The impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic or other related disruptions on our business;

 

   

The ability of our clinical trials to demonstrate safety and efficacy of our product candidates, and other favorable results;

 

   

Our plans relating to the clinical development of our product candidates, including the disease areas to be evaluated;

 

   

The timing and focus of our clinical trials, and the reporting of data from those trials;

 

   

Our ability to take advantage of expedited regulatory pathways for our product candidates;

 

   

Our plans relating to commercializing our product candidates, if approved, including the geographic areas of focus and sales strategy;

 

   

The expected benefits of potential strategic collaborations with third parties and our ability to attract collaborators with development, regulatory and commercialization expertise;

 

   

The size of the market opportunity for our product candidates and our ability to maximize those opportunities;

 

   

The success of competing therapies that are or may become available;

 

   

Our estimates of the number of patients who suffer from the diseases we are targeting and the number of participants that will enroll in our clinical trials;

 

   

The beneficial characteristics, safety, efficacy and therapeutic effects of our product candidates;

 

   

The timing or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals, including our expectation to seek special designations, such as orphan drug designation, for our product candidates for various diseases;

 

   

Our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our product candidates;

 

   

Our ability to adequately secure our information technology systems and the regulated data stored therein, as required by law;

 

81


Table of Contents
   

The pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved;

 

   

Our plans relating to the further development and manufacturing of our product candidates, including for additional indications that we may pursue;

 

   

Existing regulations and regulatory developments in the United States and other jurisdictions;

 

   

Our plans and ability to obtain or protect intellectual property rights, including extensions of existing patent terms where available;

 

   

Our reliance on third parties to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates and manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

The need to hire additional personnel and our ability to attract and retain such personnel;

 

   

The accuracy of our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

 

   

Our financial performance;

 

   

The sufficiency of our existing cash and cash equivalents to fund our future operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;

 

   

Our expectations regarding the period during which we will qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act; and

 

   

Our anticipated use of our existing resources and the proceeds from this offering.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about our business, the industry in which we operate and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and these forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or development. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this prospectus, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain and you are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

82


Table of Contents

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the potential markets for our product candidates, including data regarding the estimated size of such markets and the incidence of certain medical conditions. We obtained the industry, market and similar data set forth in this prospectus from our internal estimates and research and from academic and industry research, publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including governmental agencies. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. While we believe that the data we use from third parties are reliable, we have not separately verified these data. Further, while we believe our internal research is reliable, such research has not been verified by any third party. You are cautioned not to give undue weight to any such information, projections and estimates.

 

83


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $            million, or approximately $            million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We do not expect that a change in the initial public offering price or the number of shares by these amounts would have a material effect on our uses of the proceeds from this offering, although it may accelerate the time at which we will need to seek additional capital.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, establish a public market for our common stock and facilitate our future access to the public capital markets. We currently anticipate that we will use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:

 

   

Approximately $             million to fund the development of CART-ddBCMA, our first product candidate based on our ddCAR platform, as a treatment for r/r MM through iMMagine, our planned Phase 2 pivotal clinical trial;

 

   

Approximately $             million to fund the development of product candidates under our ARC-SparX platform, including our planned Phase 1 clinical trials of ACLX-001 as a treatment for r/r MM and ACLX-002 as a treatment for r/r AML and high risk MDS; and

 

   

The remaining proceeds, if any, for other research and development opportunities, developing our manufacturing capacity, working capital and general corporate purposes.

We believe opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through license or acquisitions of, or investments in, complementary businesses, products or technologies. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific licenses, acquisitions or investments at this time, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for these purposes.

Although we believe that our available cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to fund our planned operations for at least twelve months following the date of this offering without the proceeds from this offering, this belief is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of preclinical studies and any ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future, the timing of regulatory submissions, any funding we may obtain through future collaborations, if any, and any unforeseen cash needs.

Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

84


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock since our inception. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements and contractual restrictions of then-existing debt instruments and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant.

 

85


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and capitalization as of September 30, 2021, as follows:

 

   

On an actual basis;

 

   

On a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2021 into an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and the filing and effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

 

   

On a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect our issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of September 30, 2021  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted (1)
 
     (in thousands, except per share data)  
    

(unaudited)

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

   $ 131,182     $ 131,182     $               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 136,422,468 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   $ 233,379          

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;             shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

              

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 185,000,000 shares authorized, 2,796,012 shares issued and outstanding, actual;             shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited);            shares authorized,             shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     3       139    

Additional paid-in capital

     5,648       238,891    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (5     (5  

Accumulated deficit

     (109,441     (109,441  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (103,795     129,584    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 129,584     $ 129,854     $    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this

 

86


Table of Contents
  prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the 139,218,480 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021 (including an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2021), and excludes the following:

 

   

28,795,570 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

   

An award of restricted stock units covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock;

 

   

2,742,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock that we granted after September 30, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.19 per share;

 

   

6,796,903 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan, as of September 30, 2021, provided that we will cease granting awards under our 2017 Plan upon the effectiveness of our 2022 Plan;

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Plan, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2022 ESPP, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Each of our 2022 Plan and our 2022 ESPP provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2022 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on awards under our 2017 Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

 

87


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2021 was approximately $(105.6) million, or $(37.79) per share of our common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) is the amount of our total tangible assets, adjusted to remove capitalized deferred offering costs we expect to recognize as an offset to the proceeds from this offering, less our total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock, which is not included within our stockholders’ (deficit) equity. Historical net tangible book value per share represents historical net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021.

Our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2021 was approximately $127.7 million, or $0.92 per share of our common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total historical net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2021, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2021, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

After giving further effect to our sale of            shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2021 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $            to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of $            to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed initial public offering price per share paid by new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2021

   $ (37.79  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2021

     38.71    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2021

     0.92    

Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

    
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors purchasing shares in this offering

     $    
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering by $            per share, assuming

 

88


Table of Contents

the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            and decrease the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            and increase the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $            , assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase             additional shares of common stock in this offering in full at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus and assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $            per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $             per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of September 30, 2021, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us on an as converted to common stock basis, the total consideration paid, or to be paid and the weighted-average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing stockholders and by new investors in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Weighted-
Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

     139,218,480               $                             $                

Investors participating in this offering

                         
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $          100  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The table above assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase             additional shares in this offering. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be reduced to approximately    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by new investors participating in the offering would be increased to approximately    % of the total number of shares outstanding after this offering.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $            million, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price.

 

89


Table of Contents

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the 139,218,480 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021 (including an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock as of September 30, 2021), and excludes the following:

 

   

28,795,570 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share;

 

   

An award of restricted stock units covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock;

 

   

2,742,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options to purchase shares of our common stock that we granted after September 30, 2021, at a weighted-average exercise price of $1.19 per share;

 

   

6,796,903 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2017 Plan, as of September 30, 2021, provided that we will cease granting awards under our 2017 Plan upon the effectiveness of our 2022 Plan;

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2022 Plan, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part; and

 

   

            shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2022 ESPP, which will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Each of our 2022 Plan and our 2022 ESPP provides for annual automatic increases in the number of shares reserved thereunder, and our 2022 Plan also provides for increases to the number of shares that may be granted thereunder based on awards under our 2017 Plan that expire, are forfeited, or otherwise repurchased by us, as more fully described in the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans.”

To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised or new options are issued under the equity benefit plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock in the future, in each case at per share prices below the price to the public in this offering, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

90


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, include forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. For convenience of presentation, some of the numbers have been rounded in the text below. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company reimagining cell therapy through the development of innovative immunotherapies for patients with cancer and other incurable diseases. We believe cell therapies are one of the forward pillars of medicine and our mission is to advance humanity by engineering cell therapies that are safer, more effective and more broadly accessible. Though cell therapies have shown benefits to date, cell therapies have historically been constrained to existing biologic structures, which has limited their impact and opportunity. Our novel synthetic binding scaffold, the D-Domain, was engineered to overcome the limitations of traditional Chimeric Antigen Receptor T-cells (CAR-Ts). Existing cell therapy solutions, most of which use a biologic-based, single chain variable fragment (scFv) binding domain, tend to be beneficial to a limited segment of patients, often result in high toxicity, and have narrow applicability in treatable indications. We believe we can overcome these limitations by engineering a new class of D-Domain powered autologous and allogeneic CAR-Ts, including classical single infusion CAR-Ts called ddCARs and dosable and controllable universal CAR-Ts called ARC-SparX, to address hematologic cancers, solid tumors, or indications outside of oncology such as autoimmune diseases. We recently announced positive preliminary results from our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA, our lead ddCAR product candidate, for treatment of relapsed or refractory (r/r) Multiple Myeloma (MM), that demonstrate that D-Domains can potentially provide meaningful clinical benefits. We plan to initiate additional trials with CART-ddBCMA including iMMagine, our Phase 2 pivotal trial in r/r MM, in late 2022, as well as expansion studies to earlier lines of therapy. We are also advancing our novel ARC-SparX programs, ACLX-001 in r/r MM and ACLX-002 and ACLX-003 in r/r acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and high risk myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS). We plan to initiate Phase 1 clinical trials for ACLX-001 and ACLX-002 in 2022 and a Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-003 in 2024. We are also exploring indications in solid tumors, as well as integrating AI-powered discovery and computational tools to expand the applicability of our platforms.

Since our formation, we have devoted substantially all our resources to discovering and developing our product candidates. We have incurred significant operating losses to date. Our net losses were $18.0 million and $32.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, and $23.0 million and $44.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

As of September 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $109.4 million. These losses have resulted primarily from costs incurred in connection with research and development activities and general and administrative costs associated with our operations. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future, and our net losses may fluctuate significantly from period to period, depending on the timing of and expenditures on our planned research and development activities. We expect our operating expenses and capital requirements will increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, as we:

 

   

Expand the clinical program for CART-ddBCMA to include expanded enrollment of the Phase 1 clinical trial, the initiation of the planned Phase 2 pivotal trial and subsequent clinical trials focused on earlier lines of therapy;

 

91


Table of Contents
   

Grow our supply and contract manufacturing infrastructure to support the continued development of CART-ddBCMA;

 

   

Initiate clinical trials to evaluate our lead ARC-SparX product candidates, ACLX-001, ACLX-002 and ACLX-003;

 

   

Expand our pipeline of product candidates, including through our own product discovery and development efforts or through acquisition or in-licensing;

 

   

Continue to develop our proprietary platforms to extend their use;

 

   

Attract, hire and retain additional clinical, scientific, manufacturing, management and administrative personnel;

 

   

Add operational, financial, and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development, as well as to support our transition to a public reporting company;

 

   

Require increased manufacturing capabilities with third parties for our preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

Determine and execute our long-term manufacturing strategy;

 

   

Pursue regulatory approval of product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

 

   

Establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidate for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

 

   

Obtain, maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio, and

 

   

Incur costs associated with being a public company, including legal, accounting and auditing, investor relations, and compliance.

As a result, we will require substantial additional funding to develop our product candidates and our platforms and to support our continuing operations. Our ability to generate product revenue will depend on the successful development, regulatory approval, and eventual commercialization of one or more of our product candidates. Until such time that we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, marketing and distribution arrangements, other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We may be unable to raise additional funds or to enter into such agreements or arrangements on favorable terms, if at all. Our failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition, and could force us to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development or future commercialization efforts. We may also be required to grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the pace and results of our development efforts. We cannot assure you that we will ever be profitable or generate positive cash flow from operating activities.

To date, we have not had any products approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales and we have accumulated significant losses. Since our formation in December 2014 through September 30, 2021, we have funded our operations primarily with an aggregate of $234.8 million in gross cash proceeds from the sale and issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible promissory notes. As of September 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $131.2 million. Based

 

92


Table of Contents

on our expected operating cash requirements and capital expenditures, we believe our current cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities together with the proceeds from this offering are adequate to fund operations for at least twelve months from the date of this offering.

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to present substantial public health and economic challenges around the world, and to date has led to the implementation of various responses, including government-imposed quarantines, stay-at-home orders, travel restrictions, mandated business closures and other public health safety measures.

We continue to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on all aspects of our business, including how it has and will continue to impact our operations and the operations of our suppliers, vendors and business partners, and may take further precautionary and preemptive actions as may be required by federal, state or local authorities. In addition, we have taken steps to minimize the current environment’s impact on our business and strategy, including devising contingency plans and securing additional resources from third party service providers. For the safety of our employees and families, we have introduced enhanced safety measures in our facilities.

Beyond the impact on our pipeline, the extent to which COVID-19 ultimately impacts our business, results of operations and financial condition will depend on future developments, which remain highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the duration of the outbreak, the emergence of new variants, new information that may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 or the effectiveness of actions taken to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, including vaccination campaigns, among others. If we or any of the third parties with whom we engage, however, were to experience any additional shutdowns or other prolonged business disruptions, our ability to conduct our business in the manner and on the timelines presently planned could be materially or negatively affected, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although to date, our business has not been materially impacted by COVID-19, it is possible that our clinical development timelines could be negatively affected by COVID-19, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. See “Risk Factors” for additional discussion of the potential adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We have not generated any revenue from product sales and do not expect to do so in the near future. In the future, we may generate, revenue from payments received under collaboration agreements, which could include payments of upfront fees, license fees, milestone-based payments, and reimbursements for research and development efforts. However, there can be no assurance as to when we will generate such revenue, if at all.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses account for a significant portion of our operating expenses and consist primarily of external and internal costs incurred in connection with our CART-ddBCMA program, the development of our ARC-SparX product candidates and the ongoing discovery and development efforts for additional product candidates.

 

93


Table of Contents

External expenses include:

 

   

Payments to third parties in connection with the clinical development of our product candidates, including CROs and consultants;

 

   

The cost of manufacturing products for use in our preclinical studies and clinical trials, including payments to CMOs and consultants;

 

   

Payments to third parties in connection with the preclinical development of our product candidates, including outsourced professional scientific development services, consulting research fees and for sponsored research arrangements with third parties;

 

   

Laboratory supplies used in the preclinical development of our product candidates; and

 

   

Allocated facilities, depreciation, and other expenses, which include direct or allocated expenses for IT, rent and maintenance of facilities.

Internal expenses include employee-related costs, including salaries, related benefits and share-based compensation expense for employees engaged in research and development functions.

We expense research and development costs in the periods in which they are incurred. We track external costs on a program-by-program basis beginning with lead candidate selection. External costs that are not allocated to a program are classified as preclinical and discovery costs. We do not track internal costs by program because these costs are deployed across multiple programs, and as such, are not separately classified.

Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. As a result, we expect that our research and development expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we advance CART-ddBCMA into a Phase 2 pivotal trial; initiate clinical trials for our ARC-SparX product candidates, including ACLX-001 and ACLX-002; continue to discover and develop additional product candidates to expand our pipeline; maintain, expand, protect and enforce our intellectual property portfolio; and hire additional personnel.

The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain, and we do not believe it is possible at this time to accurately project the nature, timing and estimated costs of the efforts necessary to complete the development of, and obtain regulatory approval for, any of our product candidates. To the extent our product candidates continue to advance into clinical trials, as well as advance into larger and later-stage clinical trials, our expenses will increase substantially and may become more variable. We are also unable to predict when, if ever, we will generate revenue from our product candidates to offset these expenses. Because of the early stage of development of our product candidates, our ability to eventually generate significant revenues from product sales will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

Identification of additional target antigens for desired indications;

 

   

Identification and development of D-Domain-based binding regions that bind to the desired target antigens;

 

   

Successful completion of preclinical studies;

 

   

Submission of INDs or other regulatory applications for our planned clinical trials or future clinical trials and authorizations from regulators to initiate clinical studies;

 

   

Successful enrollment in, and completion of, clinical trials;

 

94


Table of Contents
   

Achieving favorable results from clinical trials;

 

   

Receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

 

   

Establishing and maintaining sufficient manufacturing capabilities, whether internally or with third parties, or arrangements for clinical supplies;

 

   

Sufficiency of our financial and other resources to complete the necessary preclinical studies and clinical trials;

 

   

Effectively competing with other therapies;

 

   

Developing and implementing successful marketing and reimbursement strategies;

 

   

Obtaining and maintaining patent, trade secret and other intellectual property protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates; and

 

   

Maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of any product following approval, if any.

Any changes in the outcome of any of these factors could significantly impact the costs, timing and viability associated with the development of our product candidates and our ability to generate significant revenues from product sales.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, related benefits, and share-based compensation expense for personnel in executive, finance and administrative functions. General and administrative expenses also include allocated facilities, depreciation and other expenses, which include direct or allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and insurance, not otherwise included in research and development expenses, as well as professional fees for legal, patent, consulting, investor and public relations, accounting and audit services.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase as we increase our headcount to support the growth of the company. We further expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase substantially following the completion of this offering, as we will incur substantially higher expenses relating to accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance, director and officer insurance and investor and public relations as a result of being a public company.

Other Income, net

Other income, net consists primarily of interest earned on our cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash and marketable securities. As a condition of our lease agreement for our company headquarters, we are required to maintain cash collateral on deposit in a segregated money market bank account equal to the required security deposit, which is presented as part of restricted cash. The bank may restrict withdrawals or transfers by or on our behalf, but we are entitled to retain any and all interest earned on this account. Our interest income has not been significant to date due to low interest earned on invested balances.

 

95


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2021

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
(in thousands)    2020      2021      Change  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 18,134      $ 33,489      $ 15,355  

General and administrative

     4,868        10,831        5,963  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     23,002        44,320        21,318  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (23,002      (44,320      (21,318
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income:

        

Other income, net

            21        21  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (23,002    $ (44,299    $ (21,297
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $18.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $33.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $15.4 million. This increase was driven primarily by $9.7 million of higher external costs associated with our CART-ddBCMA clinical trial and, $2.3 million of higher external costs related to preclinical development of our other product candidates. Additionally, there was an increase of $3.4 million in personnel costs related to the addition of research and development, clinical, and regulatory employees.

The break-down of our external and internal research and development costs is as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
        
(in thousands)    2020      2021      Change  

External costs

        

CART-ddBCMA

   $ 1,703      $ 11,413      $ 9,710  

Preclinical and discovery costs

     11,456        13,684        2,228  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total external costs

     13,159        25,097        11,938  

Internal costs

     4,975        8,392        3,417  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 18,134      $ 33,489      $ 15,355  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $4.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 compared to $10.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, an increase of $5.9 million. This increase was driven primarily by an increase of $4.6 million in personnel related costs due to an increase in headcount coupled with increases of $0.5 million in professional fees related to legal, consultants and accounting and audit services, and $0.6 million in other expenses.

 

96


Table of Contents

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
        
(in thousands)    2019      2020      Change  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 15,766      $ 25,056      $ 9,290  

General and administrative

     2,208        7,040        4,832  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,974        32,096        14,122  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (17,974      (32,096      (14,122
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other income:

        

Other income, net

     2        1        (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (17,972    $ (32,095    $ (14,123
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were $15.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $9.3 million. This increase was driven by $1.5 million of higher external costs associated with our CART-ddBCMA clinical trial and $4.5 million of higher external costs related to preclinical development of our other product candidates. Additionally, there was an increase of $3.3 million in personnel costs related to the addition of research and development, clinical, and regulatory employees.

The break-down of our external and internal research and development costs is as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
        
(in thousands)    2019      2020      Change  

External costs

        

CART-ddBCMA

   $ 2,487      $ 3,986      $ 1,499  

Preclinical and discovery costs

     9,857        14,365        4,508  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total external costs

     12,344        18,351        6,007  

Internal costs

     3,422        6,705        3,283  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

   $ 15,766      $ 25,056      $ 9,290  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses were $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, an increase of $4.8 million. This increase was driven primarily by an increase of $2.4 million in personnel related costs due to an increase in headcount coupled with increases of $1.9 million in professional fees related to legal, consultants and accounting and audit services.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of September 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $131.2 million. Since inception, we have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operations. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021, we had net losses of $23.0 million and $44.3 million, respectively, and we expect to incur substantial additional losses in future periods. As of September 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $109.4 million.

 

97


Table of Contents

We have historically financed our operations primarily through the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock. Through September 30, 2021, we have financed our operations with an aggregate of $234.8 million in gross cash proceeds from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible promissory notes. Based on our expected operating cash requirements and capital expenditures, we believe our current cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities together with the proceeds from this offering are adequate to fund operations for at least twelve months from the date of this offering.

To date, we have not generated any revenue. We do not expect to generate any meaningful revenue unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of, and commercialize any of, our product candidates or enter into collaborative agreements with third parties, and we do not know when, or if, either will occur. We expect to continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates and begin to commercialize any approved products. We are subject to all of the risks typically related to the development of new product candidates, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. Moreover, following the completion of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company.

We will continue to require additional capital to develop our product candidates and to fund operations for the foreseeable future. We may seek to raise capital through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, marketing and distribution arrangements, other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, for which the requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

   

The scope, progress, timing, results and costs of developing and manufacturing our product candidates, and their components, and conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials and other testing of our product candidates;

 

   

Our ability to continue our business operations and product candidate research and development, and to adapt to any changes in the regulatory approval process, manufacturing supply, or clinical trial requirements and timing due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and otherwise, including our ability to comply with new regulatory guidance or requirements on conducting clinical trials during and after the COVID-19 pandemic;

 

   

The costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of any of our product candidates;

 

   

The costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights, and defending any intellectual property-related claims, including any claims by third parties that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights;

 

   

Our ability to establish and maintain strategic collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of any such agreements, including the timing and amount of any future milestone, royalty or other payments due under any such agreement;

 

   

The costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

The extent to which our product candidates, if approved, can be offered by prescribers in various clinical settings, including academic hospitals and community practices, the acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors, and the revenue received from commercial sale of any products for which we receive marketing approval;

 

   

The effect of competing technologies and market developments; and

 

98


Table of Contents
   

The extent to which we acquire or invest in other businesses, products and technologies and any other licensing or collaboration arrangements for any of our product candidates.

A change in the outcome of any of these or other variables with respect to the development of any of our product candidates could significantly change the costs and timing associated with the development of that product candidate. Furthermore, our operating plans may change in the future, and we will continue to require additional capital to meet operational needs and capital requirements associated with such operating plans. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience dilution. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us additional covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, repurchase our common stock, make certain investments or engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. Any debt financing or additional equity that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders.

Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. Our failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategies. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce, or terminate some or all of our development programs and clinical trials or we may also be required to sell or license to others rights to our product candidates in certain territories or indications that we would prefer to develop and commercialize ourselves. If we are required to enter into collaborations and other arrangements to supplement our funds, we may have to give up certain rights that limit our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates or we may have to accept other terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders, which could materially affect our business and financial condition.

See the section of this prospectus titled “Risk Factors” for additional risks associated with our substantial capital requirements.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth a summary of the primary sources and uses of cash for each of the periods presented below:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
(in thousands)    2019     2020     2020     2021  

Net cash used in operating activities

   $ (18,772   $ (28,662   $ (21,382   $ (32,692

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,832     (888     (280     (62,313

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     42,652       41,656       (1,232     118,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   $ 20,048     $ 12,106     $ (22,894   $ 23,431  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 of $18.8 million was primarily attributable to our net loss of $18.0 million and net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.3 million, partially offset by non-cash charges for depreciation and share-based compensation of $0.5 million.

Net cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 of $28.7 million was primarily attributable to our net loss of $32.1 million partially offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.7 million and non-cash charges for depreciation and share-based compensation of $1.7 million.

Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 of $21.4 million was primarily attributable to our net loss of $23.0 million partially offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.4 million and non-cash charges for depreciation and share-based compensation of $1.2 million.

 

99


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 of $32.7 million was primarily attributable to our net loss of $44.3 million, partially offset by net changes in operating assets and liabilities of $7.0 million and non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization and share-based compensation of $4.6 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities of $3.8 million and $0.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively, was attributable to purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities of $0.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 was attributable to purchases of property and equipment.

Net cash used in investing activities of $62.3 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was attributable to $1.0 million of property and equipment purchases and $61.3 million of purchases of marketable securities.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities of $42.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily consisted of proceeds of $42.6 million from the sale of shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of transaction costs, and proceeds of $0.1 million from the issuance of restricted stock purchase awards upon the early exercise of stock options.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $41.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 primarily consisted of proceeds of $42.8 million from the sale of shares of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of transaction costs, proceeds of $0.1 million from the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of stock options, partially offset by the payment of deferred offering costs of $1.2 million.

Net cash used in financing activities of $1.2 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 consisted almost entirely of payments made for deferred offering costs related to the initial public offering.

Net cash provided by financing activities of $118.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 primarily consisted of proceeds of $119.1 million from the sale of shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of transaction costs, and $0.4 million from the exercise of stock options. These proceeds were partially offset by payments under the capital leases for equipment used in our product development of $0.4 million and payments of deferred offering costs of $0.7 million.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our non-cancelable contractual obligations as of September 30, 2021:

 

(in thousands):    Payment Due By Period  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More Than
5 Years
 

Operating lease obligations(1)

   $ 7,489      $ 775      $ 2,601      $ 4,113      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Capital lease obligations

   $ 377      $ 33      $ 344      $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Payments due for our lease of office, laboratory and manufacturing space in Gaithersburg, Maryland.

We lease certain office and lab space in Gaithersburg, Maryland under a non-cancelable operating lease that has a term that expires in 2030 unless renewed. Rent expense is recorded on a straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases.

 

100


Table of Contents

In addition, we have entered into contracts in the normal course of business with CROs, CMOs and other third parties for preclinical research studies and testing, clinical trials and manufacturing services. These contracts do not contain any minimum purchase commitments and are cancelable by us upon prior notice and, as a result, are not included in the table of contractual obligations and commitments above. Payments due upon cancellation consist only of payments for services provided and expenses incurred, including non-cancelable obligations of our service providers, up to the date of cancellation. We have entered into agreements with certain vendors for the provision of goods and services, which include manufacturing services with CMOs and development services with CROs. These agreements may include certain provisions for purchase obligations and termination obligations that could require payments for the cancellation of committed purchase obligations or for early termination of the agreements. The amount of the cancellation or termination payments vary and are based on the timing of the cancellation or termination and the specific terms of the agreement. In addition, certain agreements with our CMOs and third-party vendors contain development and commercial milestone payments and low single-digit royalties on worldwide net sales for certain products we sell that incorporate certain goods provided by our manufacturers and suppliers. Certain of these agreements contain development milestones of up to $18.7 million in the aggregate and commercial milestones of up to $52 million in the aggregate, along with royalty buyout provisions. We have not included any contingent payment obligations, such as milestones or royalties, in the table above as the amount, timing and likelihood of such payments are not known.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) in the United States. The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, costs and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events, and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on a periodic basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Research and development expenses, including clinical trial accruals and related expenses

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. Research and development costs consist primarily of salaries and benefits of research and development personnel, costs related to research activities, preclinical studies, and overhead and facility-related costs. We account for advanced payments, including non-refundable amounts, for goods or services that will be used in future research and development activities as expenses when the related goods have been received or when the service has been performed, or such a time when we do not expect the goods to be delivered or services to be performed, rather than when the payment is made.

Expenses related to clinical trials are accrued based on estimates and/or representations from service providers regarding work performed, including actual level of patient enrollment, completion of patient studies and progress of the clinical trials. Other incidental costs related to patient enrollment or treatment are accrued when reasonably certain. Similarly, we accrue expenses related to the work performed by contract manufacturing organizations based on the progress of the work performed. If the amounts that we are obligated to pay under

 

101


Table of Contents

clinical trial agreements and manufacturing agreements are modified (for instance, as a result of changes in the clinical trial protocol or scope of work to be performed), the accruals are adjusted accordingly. Revisions to contractual payment obligations are charged to expense in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become reasonably certain.

Share-based compensation

We account for share-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718). ASC 718 requires all share-based payments to employees, and directors, including grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards or restricted stock units to employees, and directors of the company, to be recognized as expense in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss based on their grant date fair values ratably over the requisite service period. Our policy is to account for forfeitures as they occur.

We estimate the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing (Black-Scholes) model for stock option grants to both employees and non-employees and the fair value of common stock to determine the fair value of restricted stock. We will reconsider the use of the Black-Scholes model if additional information becomes available in the future that indicates another model would be more appropriate or if grants issued in future periods have characteristics that prevent their value from being reasonably estimated using this model.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions. Our methodology for developing the assumptions used in the valuation model are as follows:

Fair Value of Common Stock—See the subsection titled “Determination of the fair value of our common stock and fair value of total equity” below.

Expected Dividend Yield—We have never declared or paid dividends and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

Expected Volatility—Due to the lack of a public market for our common stock and lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our computation of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of public companies with similar characteristics to us (e.g., public entities of similar size, complexity, stage of development and industry focus). The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with expected term assumption.

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options.

Expected Term—We use the simplified method as prescribed by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees as we do not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.

The fair value of restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, and restricted stock units (collectively, awards) without a market condition (e.g., certain market capitalization thresholds) is determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date. Vesting of awards is accelerated for certain employees in the event of a change in control or in the event that we remove the employee with or without cause from their position.

We estimate the fair value of awards subject to both a market condition and a performance condition on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model. For awards with vesting subject to the fulfillment of both market and performance conditions, share-based compensation expense is recognized using the accelerated

 

102


Table of Contents

attribution method at the time the achievement of the performance condition becomes probable. The amount of share-based compensation expense is dependent on our periodic assessment of the probability of the performance condition being satisfied and our estimate, which may vary over time, of the number of shares that will ultimately be issued. If the performance condition is not met, no compensation expense is recognized, and any previously recognized compensation cost is reversed.

In applying the Monte Carlo simulation model, we simulated our total equity value as of an expected change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement. For each simulated value, the total equity value is allocated to the various classes of equity in our capital structure according to the characteristics of that capital structure, such as the number of shares of each class of equity, seniority levels, liquidation preferences and conversion values for redeemable convertible preferred stock, and participation thresholds for common stock and each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The fair value of the restricted stock units (RSUs) is the average of the discounted proceeds to the common stock across all simulated paths.

The Monte Carlo simulation model requires various subjective assumptions that represent our best estimates of the fair value of common stock, expected equity volatility, risk-free interest rate, discount period, expected dividend yield, and time to change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement:

Fair Value of Total Equity—See the subsection titled “Determination of the fair value of our common stock and fair value of total equity” below.

Expected Equity Volatility—Due to the lack of a public market for our common stock and the lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our computation of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of public companies with similar characteristics to us (e.g., public entities of similar size, complexity, stage of development, and industry focus). The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with expected change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement.

Risk-Free Interest Rate and Discount Period—The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected time to change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement. The discount period is the period between the valuation date and the assumed change in control event date, with the assumption that all equity shares in the capital structure are paid out in cash.

Expected Dividend Yield—We have never declared or paid dividends and have no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

Time to Change in Control Event—The time to change in control event is based on our best estimate of a change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement.

Determination of the fair value of our common stock and fair value of total equity

Given the lack of an active public market for our common stock and other equity instruments, the fair value of our common stock and total equity is determined by the board of directors with input from management and consideration of third-party valuation reports. In the absence of a public trading market, and as a clinical-stage company with no significant revenues, we believe that it is appropriate to consider a range of factors to determine the fair market value of the common stock at each grant date and resulting total equity value. In determining the fair value of our common stock and total equity value, we use methodologies, approaches, and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ (AICPA)

 

103


Table of Contents

Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In addition, we considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from the independent third-party valuation firm. The factors included (1) our achievement of clinical and operational milestones; (2) the significant risks associated with our stage of development; (3) capital market conditions for life science companies, particularly similarly situated, privately held, early-stage life science companies; (4) our available cash, financial condition, and results of operations; (5) the most recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock; and (6) the preferential rights of the outstanding preferred stock.

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, our board of directors considered the following methods:

 

   

Probability-weighted expected return method. The PWERM is a scenario-based analysis that estimates the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for the business, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible forecasted outcomes as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome is discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at a non-marketable indication of value for the common stock.

 

   

Option pricing method. Under the OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options, representing the present value of the expected future returns to the stockholders, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

 

   

Hybrid return method. The hybrid return method is a blended approach using aspects of both the PWERM and OPM, in which the equity value in one of the scenarios is calculated using an OPM.

Based on our early stage of development and other relevant factors, for valuations performed prior to May 2020, we determined that the hybrid method was the most appropriate method for allocating our enterprise value to determine the estimated fair value of our common stock and total equity value. Under the hybrid method, we analyzed various scenarios, including one scenario where we would remain an independent and private company, where the OPM is utilized, and an alternative scenario of a liquidation where the PWERM was utilized, with the outcome of each scenario combined into a single probability-weighted valuation. Starting in May 2020, we introduced alternative scenarios of a merger and an initial public offering where the PWERM was utilized. In the PWERM, we established our enterprise value utilizing a valuation multiple based on precedent initial public offerings. The enterprise value determined under the PWERM and OPM was weighted according to our board of directors’ estimate of the probability of the occurrence of the particular discrete event as of the valuation date. The resulting equity value for the common stock was then divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at the date of the valuation to derive a per share value on a non-marketable basis. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock on a marketable basis, we then applied a discount for lack of marketability which we derived based on inputs including a company-specific volatility rate, a term equal to the expected time to a future liquidity event and a risk-free rate equal to the yield on U.S. treasury notes of similar duration.

Application of these approaches involves the use of estimates, judgment, and assumptions that are highly complex and subjective, such as those regarding our expected future revenue, expenses, and cash flows, discount rates, market multiples, the selection of comparable companies, and the probability of future events. Changes in any or all of these estimates and assumptions, or the relationships between those assumptions, impact our valuations as of each valuation date and may have a material impact on the valuation of common stock. The assumptions underlying these valuations represent our management’s best estimate, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change

 

104


Table of Contents

and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different.

Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock on the date of grant.

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (JOBS Act). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time that those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Unless we affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act, we will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC, (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years, or (iv) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company,

 

   

We may present only two years of audited financial statements, plus unaudited condensed financial statements for any interim period, and related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

   

We may avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

   

We may provide reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and

 

   

We may not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates plus the proposed aggregate amount of gross proceeds to us as a result of this offering is less than $700.0 million and our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company after this offering if either (1) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250.0 million or (2) our annual revenue is less than $100.0 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700.0 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company,

 

105


Table of Contents

we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

A description of recently issued and recently adopted accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position and results of operations is disclosed in Note 2 to our annual consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities. As of September 30, 2021, we held cash and cash equivalents of $70.0 million and restricted cash of $0.2 million. We generally hold our cash in a checking account and restricted cash in interest-bearing money market accounts. Additionally, as part of our treasury management strategy, we invest in highly rated debt securities consisting entirely of corporate bonds, which we have the ability to liquidate within one-day should the need for additional cash arise. Accordingly, we believe our exposure to credit risk on our marketable securities portfolio is low. As of September 30, 2021, we held marketable securities of $61.2 million. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash equivalents, restricted cash, and marketable securities.

Effects of Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and research, manufacturing and development costs. We believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

106


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biotechnology company reimagining cell therapy through the development of innovative immunotherapies for patients with cancer and other incurable diseases. We believe cell therapies are one of the forward pillars of medicine, and our mission is to advance humanity by engineering cell therapies that are safer, more effective and more broadly accessible. Though cell therapies have shown benefits to date, cell therapies have historically been constrained to existing biologic structures, which has limited their impact and opportunity. Our novel synthetic binding scaffold, the D-Domain, was engineered to overcome the limitations of traditional Chimeric Antigen Receptor T cells (CAR-Ts). Existing cell therapy solutions, most of which use a biologic-based, single chain variable fragment (scFv) binding domain, tend to be beneficial to a limited segment of patients, often result in high toxicity, and have narrow applicability in treatable indications. We believe we can overcome these limitations by engineering a new class of D-Domain powered autologous and allogeneic CAR-Ts, including classical single infusion CAR-Ts called ddCARs and dosable and controllable universal CAR-Ts called ARC-SparX, to address hematologic cancers, solid tumors, and indications outside of oncology, such as autoimmune diseases.

Our lead ddCAR product candidate, CART-ddBCMA, is in Phase 1 clinical development for the treatment of patients with relapsed or refractory (r/r) multiple myeloma (MM), defined as patients with either minimal response or disease progression within 60 days of last treatment. Preliminary results from the trial have demonstrated that D-Domains can potentially provide meaningful clinical benefits. We plan to initiate additional trials of CART-ddBCMA, including iMMagine, our Phase 2 pivotal trial for treatment of r/r MM, in late 2022 as well as expansion trials for earlier lines of therapy. We are also advancing our novel ARC-SparX programs, ACLX-001 in r/r MM and ACLX-002 and ACLX-003 in r/r acute myeloid leukemia (AML) and high-risk myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS). We plan to initiate Phase 1 clinical trials for ACLX-001 and ACLX-002 in 2022 and a Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-003 in 2024. We are also exploring indications in solid tumors, as well as integrating AI-powered discovery and computational tools to expand the applicability of our platforms.

 

LOGO

                Our D-Domain platform consists of structurally unique binders that are small and stable. They can be consistently manufactured and easily modified to generate diverse libraries of proprietary target-binding domains. The small size and structure of our D-Domain binders compared to other antigen binding domains used in CAR constructs, such as scFvs, are illustrated to the right. The D-Domain platform enables us to make a range of CAR-T therapies, including ddCARs and ARC-SparX, tailored to the complexities of cancer. In our preclinical studies of CARs with D-Domains and scFVs, we have demonstrated that the D-Domains result in higher transduction efficiency, higher surface expression, and lower tonic signaling relative to scFVs, which we believe can lead to cell therapies with improved therapeutic benefit and reduced toxicity.

 

At the 2021 Annual Meeting of the American Society of Hematology (ASH), we recently announced positive preliminary results from our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial for CART-ddBCMA for the treatment of r/r MM. As of the November 4, 2021 data cutoff date, of the 24 patients who had been dosed, 22 were evaluable for safety analysis and 19 were evaluable for efficacy analysis, based on follow-up of at least 1 and 3 months, respectively, following treatment using the 2016 International Myeloma Working Group (IMWG) uniform response criteria for MM. These evaluable patients comprised the dose escalation cohorts for the first dose level (DL1) (n=6) and the second dose level (DL2) (n=6) and a dose expansion cohort of DL1 (safety n=10, efficacy n=7).

Key highlights from the data presented are as follows:

 

   

All 19 patients responded for a 100% overall response rate (ORR) as defined by IMWG;

 

107


Table of Contents
   

13 of 19 patients (68%) achieved complete response (CR) or stringent complete response (sCR), and an additional 3 patients (16%) achieved very good partial response (VGPR), each as defined by IMWG;

 

   

16 of 19 patients (84%) had ongoing responses with the longest response over 21 months; and

 

   

Only 1 of 22 patients (5%) and 2 of 22 patients (9%) patients experienced grade 3 cytokine release syndrome (CRS) or immune effector cell-associated neurotoxicity syndrome (ICANS), respectively; no patients experienced greater than grade 3 CRS or ICANS; and all CRS and ICANS incidents resolved using standard interventions.

Seventeen of the 19 patients (89%) who were evaluable for cytogenetics (analysis of genetic abnormalities within their tumor cells) had high-risk features as defined by IMWG. The population received an average of five prior lines of therapy (with all patients having completed at least three prior lines). Nine out of 24 patients (38%) had extramedullary disease (EMD), a condition in which myeloma cells form tumors outside the bone marrow, involving one or more organs, including the liver, lymph nodes, skin, lungs, and central nervous system. EMD is associated with worse prognosis, and patients with EMD have been reported to experience lower CR rates and shorter duration of response (DOR) in clinical trials of other BCMA-targeting CAR-T therapies than non-EMD patients. Ten of 24 (42%) patients had greater than 50% bone marrow plasma cells (BMPC), which are the malignant cells that cause multiple myeloma. Patients with high numbers of BMPC are considered to have increased tumor burden, which has been associated with poor prognosis in MM clinical trials and observational studies. We believe these preliminary positive results in an enrolled population with poor prognostic indicators not only reflect the potential benefit of the D-Domain, but also demonstrate the potential for CART-ddBCMA to become a best-in-class treatment for patients suffering from r/r MM, including those with EMD.

MM is the third most common hematological malignancy in the United States and Europe, with approximately 35,000 new cases diagnosed per year in the United States. Although changes in the treatment landscape for MM have increased the rates of and depth of response (antitumor activity), there is currently no cure, whether approved or in clinical development, for MM and patients typically have a life expectancy of approximately five years. In 2020, the size of the global MM market was approximately $18 billion. We estimate the current total addressable CAR-T market for r/r MM to be approximately $10 billion based on the number of patients who are receiving third line treatments and beyond.

We are preparing to initiate our iMMagine Phase 2 pivotal trial of CART-ddBCMA in r/r MM by the end of 2022, and if successful, intend to submit a Biologics License Application (BLA) to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA). We also intend to rapidly pursue clinical development of CART-ddBCMA in earlier lines of therapy through our iMMagine-2 clinical trial.

ARC-SparX are adaptable versions of ddCARs where the antigen-targeting region is located on a SparX protein that can be dosed separately from the ARC-T cells, our proprietary D-Domain based universal CAR-T cells that are designed to activate only when bound to a SparX protein that is bound to an antigen on a cell. We believe that controlling ARC-T activation with SparX protein effectively separates the antigen-recognition and killing functions, which allows us to reduce toxicities. Our preclinical studies of our ARC-SparX product candidates have demonstrated that ARC-T cells can be activated by different SparX proteins that target different antigens, suggesting that ARC-SparX can potentially address antigen heterogeneity, and thereby address some harder to treat indications.

We plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial of ACLX-001, the first product candidate developed under our ARC-SparX platform, for the treatment of r/r MM in the first half of 2022. ACLX-001 is immunotherapeutic combination composed of our ARC-T cells and SparX proteins that target BCMA. This trial is intended to establish an ARC-SparX dosing regimen and prepare for ARC-SparX trials in expanded indications. Our lead ARC-SparX indication is AML/MDS, for which we have multiple SparX in development targeting different antigens. We plan to initiate the Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-002, an ARC-SparX product candidate targeting

 

108


Table of Contents

CD123, for the treatment of AML/MDS in the second half of 2022 and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-003, an ARC-SparX product candidate directed at another antigen associated with AML/MDS in 2024.

We have built a broad and scalable pipeline that has positioned us to capitalize on the potential of our proprietary platform technologies and achieve long-term growth and sustainability within the field of cell therapy. We believe our therapeutic approaches, ddCAR and ARC-SparX, will enable us to select mechanisms that are most appropriate for each target and indication we may choose to pursue based on underlying disease biology and patient need, such as in solid tumors, including small cell lung cancer (SCLC) and hepatocellular carcinoma (HCC).

We have worldwide rights to all of our programs which are summarized in the pipeline charts below:

 

LOGO

Our D-Domain platform has broad potential utility for additional cell modalities, targets, therapeutic areas and applications and we plan to expand our pipeline beyond hematologic and solid cancers to autoimmune disease, as well as to allogeneic cell types.

The foundation of our competitive advantage is our proprietary technology, clinical evidence, track record of execution, manufacturing success, and assembly of a proven management team. We believe these advantages position us to achieve significant market share in a large and attractive market and to ultimately transform the cell therapy market, contributing to a significant advancement in medicine.

Our Team

Our team and culture are critical to realizing our vision of reimagining cell therapy as one of the future pillars of medicine.

We are led by a diverse team of executives with significant experience in business, discovery, development, manufacturing, and commercialization of differentiated and novel therapies specifically in the fields of oncology, cell therapy and rare diseases. Rami Elghandour, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer at Nevro where he grew the company from a small private company to a publicly traded commercial organization with nearly $400 million in revenue. Prior to

 

109


Table of Contents

Nevro, Mr. Elghandour was an investor with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation where he led several investments, including Nevro’s Series B financing. Our Chief Medical Officer, Chris Heery, M.D., an oncologist by training, was the former Head of Clinical Trials Group for the Laboratory of Tumor Immunology and Biology at the National Cancer Institute, and previously served as Chief Medical Officer at Precision Biosciences and Bavarian Nordic. Our Chief Scientific Officer, David Tice, Ph.D., has over 20 years of biopharmaceutical research and drug development experience in oncology including 18 years at MedImmune, the global biologics research and development unit of AstraZeneca.

We have attracted a diverse and talented group of innovators and company builders to help us execute our strategy and to build a transformative cell therapy platform company. Collectively, we are driven by our shared purpose and our values.

As of December 31, 2021, we had 78 employees and are committed to continuing to build and maintain a diverse and inclusive organization. We believe focusing on diversity and inclusion is not only the right thing to do but is also a competitive advantage. We are purposeful in our efforts to seek and retain top diverse talent from underrepresented groups as reflected throughout our organization:

 

   

Executives: 29% female; 36% diverse (defined as racial & ethnic representation);

 

   

Managers and Senior Scientists with managerial responsibilities: 32% female; 45% diverse; and

 

   

Professionals and Individual Contributor Scientific roles: 71% female; 49% diverse.

Our commitment to diversity doesn’t stop within the walls of our organization. With our mission of advancing humanity, we believe in equitable access to healthcare. Inclusive research programs that encompass real-world patient populations can contribute to addressing racial inequality in healthcare. We are dedicated to expanding representation within our clinical trials.

We also believe deeply in corporate social responsibility and being conscious stewards in our society. We are devoted to leveraging our science to make a positive impact for the patient and local communities we serve. As our organization expands, we intend to grow our community involvement and outreach efforts, and establish our corporate brand as a force for good through corporate philanthropic, patient advocacy, and employee volunteerism.

Our Key Investors and Our Financing History

Our team is further supported by a strong group of investors that share our commitment to reimaging cell therapy. Since our formation in December 2014, we have funded our operations primarily with approximately $234.8 million in gross cash proceeds from the sale and issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and convertible promissory notes. Our investors include Adage Capital, Aju IB Investment, Asymmetry Capital Management, CaaS, CAM Capital, Cambrian Biopharma, Clough Capital Partners, JVC Investment Partners, LG Technology Ventures, Mirae Asset, New Enterprise Associates, Novo Holdings, SR One Capital Management, Quan Capital, Samsara Biocapital, Sixty Degree Capital, Soleus Capital, Surveyor Capital (a Citadel company), Suvretta Capital Management, Takeda Ventures and Terra Magnum.

Our Strategy

Our mission is to advance humanity by engineering cell therapies that are safer, more effective, and more broadly accessible. Our strategy to achieve this patient-centric goal is as follows:

 

   

Advance CART-ddBCMA to treat r/r MM patients in the United States and abroad: Based on the current results of our Phase 1 trial, we believe we have demonstrated that CART-ddBCMA can deliver deep and durable anti-tumor responses for r/r MM patients. We plan to initiate a Phase 2 pivotal trial in late 2022. We also intend to rapidly pursue clinical development of

 

110


Table of Contents
 

CART-ddBCMA in earlier lines of therapy and plan to initiate clinical trials of CART-ddBCMA in other key geographies, such as Europe and Asia, in order to gain significant market share in the existing $18 billion global MM market.

 

   

Develop comprehensive ARC-SparX AML/MDS program: Our strategy is to build a comprehensive AML/MDS CAR-T solution with development of various SparX proteins for personalized therapy tailored to the molecular profile of each AML/MDS patient’s disease. We believe AML/MDS is particularly well suited to the ARC-SparX approach given the heterogeneity of AML/MDS antigen targets and the high unmet need of the indication. We plan to initiate the Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-002, an ARC-SparX product candidate targeting CD123, for the treatment of AML/MDS in the second half of 2022 and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-003, an ARC-SparX product candidate directed at another antigen associated with AML/MDS in 2024.

 

   

Expand our pipeline to select solid tumor indications: As we validate the benefits of our D-Domain technology through our ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms, we plan to diversify development programs beyond hematologic tumors to solid tumors. We believe this combination of therapeutic platforms will allow us to select mechanisms that are most appropriate for each target and indication we choose to pursue based on underlying disease biology and patient need. We continue to invest in solid tumor programs, including SCLC and HCC.

 

   

Apply our D-Domain technology outside of autologous CAR-T solutions: Since D-Domain binders can be applied across cell modalities, we plan to expand beyond autologous T cells into healthy donor- and/or iPSC-derived allogeneic T cells, as well as other cell types such as natural killer (NK) cells. At the same time, we intend to expand our discovery efforts to generate D-Domain binders against additional targets which can then be deployed across either or both of our ddCAR or ARC-SparX platforms as well as any of the cell types we are pursuing. Ultimately, we hope to develop multiple therapeutic options incorporating different mechanisms, cell modalities, and targets to treat hematologic cancers, solid tumors, and indications outside of oncology, such as autoimmune diseases.

 

   

Enable greater access to CAR-T therapy through clinical studies in broader patient populations that support improved market access: Initial studies in CAR-T have focused on demonstrating efficacy in patients refractory to multiple lines of therapies, resulting in approval and utilization in a limited segment of patients with late-stage disease. We intend to run clinical trials demonstrating the benefit of CAR-T as an earlier therapy option, supporting increased market access to broaden the number of patients eligible for the therapy.

 

   

Invest in technologies that enable access: As demand for CAR-Ts continues to increase, we plan to invest in technologies ranging from manufacturing to logistics and demand planning that enable lower customer friction and improved responsiveness. We believe these investments can help us provide much needed access to patients and clinicians and differentiate us in the marketplace.

 

   

Leverage novel technologies to drive our discovery efforts: We intend to invest in applications of artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML) to help accelerate our discovery pipeline by mining our D-Domain libraries to identify indication-specific SparX proteins. We believe this investment has the potential to improve the efficiency of our drug development efforts by accelerating clinical trial timelines and increasing the probability of success of the programs that we advance.

 

   

Opportunistically pursue strategic partnerships and collaborations to maximize the full potential of our platform: Our versatile platforms have broad potential applicability in areas outside of oncology, including autoimmune diseases. We intend to evaluate strategic partners with proven clinical development and commercialization capabilities for certain targets or assets that do not overlap with our internal programs or our core focus.

 

111


Table of Contents

Cell Therapy Background & Current Limitations

Background

T cells are a key component of the immune system that can target diseased cells for elimination through the recognition of cell surface antigens. A growing understanding of the immune system over the years and advances in cell, gene and protein engineering have led to approved genetically modified cell therapy products.

Genetically modified cell therapy involves isolating immune cells, modifying them outside of the patient’s body and then reintroducing them into the patient to destroy diseased cells. Such cell therapies have largely focused on using the patient’s own T cells (autologous approach) to express engineered antigen receptor complexes, such as TCRs or CARs. The extracellular binding domain of the TCR or CAR recognizes the antigen, and, after the T cell binds with the cell expressing the antigen, the intracellular signaling domain induces cell killing and activates pathways specific for the T cell’s proliferation and survival.

The recent availability of cell therapy products introduced an unprecedented “living therapeutic” modality that offers benefits well beyond what previous oncology modalities offered. For the first time, these therapeutics directly harness the strength of the patient’s own immune system to significantly reduce, even potentially eradicate, tumors. Initially evaluated in indications where patients were refractory to multiple lines of therapy and had generally exhausted their therapeutic options, adoptive cell therapies have shown response rates that exceed many other available modalities. Particularly striking is that these responses are achieved with a single, personalized administration of the cell therapy, generally achieving rapid responses and resolving toxicities in days to weeks. This transformative therapy results in extended quality of life benefits without maintenance or additional treatment.

As of November 19, 2021, there are five FDA approved CAR-T cell therapies: Abecma (idecabtagene vicleucel), which has been approved by the FDA for treatment of adult patients with r/r MM after four or more prior lines of therapy, Breyanzi (lisocabtagene maraleucel), which has been approved by the FDA for treatment of adult patients with r/r large B-cell lymphoma (LBCL) after two or more lines of systemic therapy, Kymriah (tisagenlecleucel), which has been approved by the FDA for treatment of patients up to 25 years of age with r/r B-cell precursor acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) that is refractory or in second or later relapse and adult patients with r/r LBCL after two or more lines of systemic therapy, Tecartus (brexucabtagene autoleucel), which has been approved by the FDA for treatment of adult patients with r/r mantle cell lymphoma and adult patients with r/r ALL, and Yescarta (axicabtagene ciloleucel), which has been approved by the FDA for treatment of adult patients with r/r LBCL after two or more lines of systemic therapy and adult patients with r/r follicular lymphoma after two or more lines of systemic therapy.

Hematologic cancers represent a robust and growing market opportunity for CAR-T cell therapies. These cancers, which include leukemia, lymphoma and myeloma, account for approximately 10% of all cancer incidence in 2020. Sales of CAR-T therapies in hematologic cancers exceeded $1 billion in 2020 and are expected to grow approximately two-fold in 2021. We estimate that the total market opportunity for cell therapy in hematologic cancers is approximately $66 billion.

Current Limitations

While CAR-T and other genetically modified cell therapies have shown significant progress in extending the lives of patients who often have no other treatment options, there are limitations to their broader use, including:

 

   

Limited Long-Term Efficacy: FDA approved CAR-Ts may offer higher response rates compared to other available therapies, but efficacy as measured by the DOR is highly variable. For example, according to published results for Yescarta in the Zuma-1 clinical trial, Kymriah in the JULIET clinical trial, and Abecma in the KarMMa clinical trial, approximately 40% or fewer patients were in ongoing response at 18 months.

 

112


Table of Contents
   

Significant Adverse Effects: These cell therapies also have the potential to cause several adverse effects. Uncontrolled cellular expansion and resulting side effects such as CRS, neurotoxicity and “on-target, off-tumor” toxicities stifle the broader use of these therapies in several key ways. Specifically, they limit the number of patients that are eligible for treatment, relegate these therapies to later lines of treatment, preclude the use of these therapies in the non-academic and outpatient settings, and increase costs to patients, payers and providers due to the need for intensive care unit access when they are used.

 

   

Narrow Applicability: Currently, CAR-T and other genetically modified cell therapies are utilized in only a few hematological oncology indications. Their activity in most tumors is primarily driven by a limited number of tumor specific antigen targets. Their utility is further limited by secondary resistance mechanisms arising in the r/r settings, as well as the antigen heterogeneity that is characteristic of some of these diseases. For example, within r/r MM, patients with EMD have been reported to experience worse outcomes in clinical trials of other BCMA-targeting CAR-T therapies than non-EMD patients.

Our Solution

Our mission is to advance humanity by engineering cell therapies that are safer, more effective, and broadly accessible. We plan to achieve this goal by maximizing the impact of our proprietary D-Domain binders, which enable CAR-Ts to have distinct advantages including:

 

   

Promising Clinical Data—High ORR and Durable Responses: In our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA, the ORR is currently 100% and the DOR is promising with more than half of patients with r/r MM having ongoing responses for at least one year following treatment. We believe these preliminary results demonstrate the capability of D-Domains to not only effectively bind target antigens and drive CAR-T cell proliferation, but also to efficiently kill substantial proportion of tumor cells. High cell surface expression and low propensity for tonic signaling of D-Domains may enable more effective interactions between the CAR and the antigen as well as reduced T-cell exhaustion, which may explain the rapid and long term responses currently observed in our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial.

 

   

Potential Differentiated Safety Profile: We believe the small and stable structure of the D-Domain enables a high transduction rate, resulting in a high proportion of cells expressing the CAR construct on the cell surface (CAR+ cells). A high proportion of CAR+ cells lowers the total number of T cells required to be administered which we believe may yield a therapy with an improved toxicity profile, consistent with current observations in the ongoing Phase 1 trial of CART-ddBCMA.

 

   

Opportunity to Treat a Broader Group of Patients: We believe the preliminary positive results of our Phase 1 clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA underscore the capability to apply D-Domains across a wide variety of tumor antigen targets in the future. Based on the differentiation of the D-Domain, and the breadth and depth of our D-Domain libraries, we believe we can expand to a broader group of patients, including those with heterogeneously expressed tumor antigens and antigen targets that might be difficult to target. We are currently developing therapies within both our ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms to treat a broad variety of indications, starting with r/r MM and AML/MDS, and, in the future, including solid tumors.

The foundation of our proprietary platforms is our D-Domain technology, that has generated promising initial clinical data. We believe our D-Domain technology is a transformational platform that enables us to take the right approach for the right indication within cell therapy. The strengths of the D-Domains are its size, stability, and structure which make it a unique and essential building block for making next generation CAR-Ts to deliver on the promise of this therapeutic category which is poised to be one of the forward pillars of medicine. Our method of generating D-Domains, and the individual binders themselves are protected in our patent portfolio, which consists of over 14 U.S. and international patents and over 50 U.S. and international pending applications.

 

113


Table of Contents

We are generating D-Domains against multiple targets which can then be deployed to create a new class of D-Domain powered autologous and allogeneic CAR-Ts, including ddCARs and ARC-SparX, to address hematologic cancers, solid tumors, and indications outside of oncology such as autoimmune diseases. ddCARs are single infusion CAR-Ts enhanced with our D-Domains as the antigen recognition motif. ARC-SparX are adaptable versions of ddCARs where the SparX protein is dosed separately from the ARC-T cell. Our ARC-T cells are dosable and controllable, universal CAR-Ts designed to activate only when combined with a SparX protein that is bound to an antigen on a cell.

 

 

LOGO

ddCAR Platform

We use our ddCAR platform to generate single infusion therapies where our D-Domain binder replaces the scFvs. The ddCAR is composed of an intracellular T cell signaling domain similar to traditional CARs fused to our D-Domain, which functions as the extracellular antigen binding region. Upon engagement with the antigen on a target cell, the ddCAR signals to activate the T cell to kill the target cell.

 

 

LOGO

 

114


Table of Contents

The D-Domain was developed to overcome limitations of existing CAR-T therapies by employing a novel synthetic binding domain as a replacement to the traditionally used antigen binding domains for conventional CAR-T therapies, known as scFvs. The result is a structurally unique binder that is small, stable, and can be modified to generate a diverse library of proprietary target-binding domains.

Structurally Unique D-Domains: D-Domains are short polypeptides that spontaneously fold into a stable triple alpha-helical structure. The D-Domain is derived from a 73 amino acid synthetic protein, α-3D, that has no known homolog in nature or apparent function as first described in a paper by Walsh, et al. that appeared in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences in 1999. This domain is devoid of post-translational glycosylation or disulfide bonds leading to consistent manufacturability via microbial, fungal or mammalian protein expression. Additional key structural features of the D-Domain are as follows:

 

   

Small Size: The figure below showcases the small size of the 8kDa D-Domain compared to other antigen binding domains used in CAR constructs such as the scFv and bi-valent camelid VHh structure of approximately 25kDa. A smaller antigen binding domain will decrease the overall lentiviral construct size which may improve transduction efficiency. The small antigen binding domain may also function to improve the immunological synapse formation and thus CAR-T cell killing.

 

 

LOGO

 

115


Table of Contents
   

Hydrophobic Core: The figure below depicts the three-dimensional structure of the D-Domain highlighting the triple alpha helical bundle with the tight hydrophobic core (in red). The hydrophobic core results in ultrafast folding kinetics of the D-Domain creating a stable structure when expressed in cells.

 

 

LOGO

 

   

Stability: D-Domains are highly stable proteins compared to scFvs which facilitates expression of CARs on T cells and manufacturing of SparX proteins. As shown in the middle panels of the figure below, using size exclusion chromatography, we have demonstrated that a higher level of monomeric protein content can be purified from human embryonic kidney (HEK) 293 cells expressing D-Domain-based SparX proteins compared to scFv, indicating lower levels of aggregation of the D-Domain based SparX proteins and thus greater stability. In addition, we have tested the thermal stability of D-Domains as compared to a PD-L1 binding scFv by heating them to temperatures about 100 degrees Celsius and measuring the retention of PD-L1 binding. As shown in the panels on the far right, D-Domains that were heated to the indicated temperatures retained greater PD-L1 binding as compared to the PD-L1-binding scFv, demonstrating the thermal stability of the D-Domains.

 

 

LOGO

 

116


Table of Contents

When utilized in CARs, we believe the structural properties of the D-Domain translate into unique benefits of high transduction rates, high cell surface expression, and low tonic signaling. In the context of ddCARs, we believe the D-Domain structure creates an efficient and scalable cell manufacturing process, as demonstrated by our high CAR+ rate, yield, and viability of cell product made to date. See “—Manufacturing and Delivery—CART-ddBCMA Cell and ARC-T Cell.”

 

   

High Transduction Rate: In the manufacturing of CART-ddBCMA, we have achieved transduction rates ranging from approximately 60% to 85% in over 20 lots tested. We believe this high transduction efficiency may improve product consistency and reduce the number of untransduced T cells administered to patients that do not contribute to efficacy but may contribute to toxicity. Our high transduction rate compares favorably with previously published Phase 1 data regarding the transduction rates for Abecma (then known as bb2121) and JNJ-4528, a CAR-T therapy being developed by Janssen, as shown in the left panel of the figure below. While we believe these data suggest that CART-ddBCMA has a meaningful advantage in transduction efficiency over existing CAR-T therapies, these data are based on a cross-trial comparison and not a head-to-head clinical trial and may not be directly comparable due to differences in trial designs and methodologies. As manufacturing processes and vectors can also be vastly different across cell products, we also engineered a vector where the D-Domain was replaced by an scFv targeting BCMA while leaving all other conditions identical to isolate the effects on transduction from using a D-Domain as compared to scFv. As shown in the right panel of the figure below, our CART-ddBCMA transduced T cells demonstrated superior transduction efficiency when compared to scFv transduced T cells derived from multiple normal human donors.

 

 

Clinical Transduction Efficiency*

 

         LOGO

  

Preclinical Transduction Efficiency

 

LOGO

 

117


Table of Contents
   

High Cell Surface Expression: Coincident with higher transduction rates, the expression of the CAR on the surface of the T cell is higher with CARs employing a D-Domain compared with an scFv. As shown in the figure below, the CAR expression on the surface of T cells of six normal human donors was uniformly higher using a BCMA-binding D-Domain as compared to a BCMA-binding scFv. We believe that higher CAR cell surface density may help drive activation against low antigen-expressing target cells.

CAR Surface Expression on T Cell

 

LOGO

 

118


Table of Contents
   

Low Tonic Signaling: Tonic signaling occurs in CAR-T cells when the CAR construct signals without engaging an antigen on a target cell, which can exhaust a T cell prematurely. Tonic signaling has been described in the literature for several scFv-based CARs. To determine the percentage of D-Domains that induce tonic signaling, we examined 42 D-Domains isolated from two different screening campaigns for their ability to signal without antigen stimulation when incorporated into a CAR construct. Pooled data indicated that only 3 out of the 42 D-Domains exhibited a level of tonic signaling above background, as measured by relative luciferase units, a signal detecting CAR activation, as represented by the blue dots in the left hand column of the figure below. In contrast, the 42 D-Domains exhibited a much higher level of CAR activation in the presence of the CAR antigen, as illustrated by the right hand column of the figure below. We believe the low propensity for tonic signaling of D-Domain-based CARs may lower T cell exhaustion.

 

 

LOGO

 

   

Engineered D-Domain Scaffolds: The structural features of the D-Domain make it particularly well suited as a scaffold protein that can be modified by inserting selected amino acids to generate diverse libraries of proprietary target-binding domains. We create highly diverse libraries of variants of α-3D by randomly replacing 12-14 amino acid residues (blue regions in the figure below) on the outward facing surface of α-3D with one of 18 amino acids.

 

 

LOGO

We screen the resulting libraries for potential target-binding domains and engineer further variants with the appropriate target binding profiles to enhance target specificity, optimize binding affinity, and remove potentially immunogenic sequences, a process we refer to as “deimmunization”. We use rigorous target selection criteria applied to genomic and proteomic datasets generated from public, collaborator, and internal sources. We

 

119


Table of Contents

internally validate expression profiles for all antigens under evaluation to select the best targets. At the same time, all the reagents needed to screen our proprietary D-Domain libraries for specific binders to the antigen are generated and qualified. Over a dozen D-Domain binders to a variety of tumor antigens have already been generated to date. We have also identified and characterized several target-binding domains for certain therapeutic targets, such as BCMA, CD123, CS1, HER2, and PD-L1. AI-based approaches are employed to assist in optimization and continue to be developed to enhance our discovery process. Applying all these discovery methods, the engineered D-Domains are incorporated into our genetically modified T cells in our ddCAR and ARC-SparX platform.

ARC-SparX Platform

Our ARC-SparX platform is a controllable and adaptable modular therapy that builds on ddCARs by replacing the antigen binding domain of the T cell with a novel synthetic binding domain that recognizes only SparX proteins, which contain the antigen binding domain. When the SparX protein’s antigen binding domain recognizes and binds to the antigen on a diseased cell, it recruits the ARC-T cell to kill the diseased cell.

 

LOGO

Our ARC-T cells are designed to remain in an inactive state, or silenced, and activate only when combined with a SparX protein that is bound to an antigen on a cell. We believe that controlling ARC-T activation with SparX protein effectively separates the antigen-recognition and killing functions. By separating these functions, our approach renders the killing function of the ARC-T cell dependent on the antigen specificity and dose of the SparX protein rather than on uncontrolled CAR-T proliferation as is the case with conventional CAR-T therapy. We believe unregulated killing, which induces severe toxicities, can be mitigated with our approach by adjusting the dose and schedule of SparX protein administration. Additionally, stopping the dose of the SparX protein periodically can allow the ARC-T cells to rest after activation lowering the risk of T-cell exhaustion, which is a common cause of rapid decline of genetically modified T cells.

Soluble Protein Antigen Receptor X-linkers (SparX protein)

All SparX proteins are comprised of one or more antigen-specific binding domains from our D-Domain library, fused to a protein that we refer to as the TAG. The TAG is a protein designed to be recognized by our

 

120


Table of Contents

ARC-T cells, which have a D-Domain-based binding moiety that is specific to the TAG, which we call the anti-TAG. This TAG/anti-TAG design is critical to the universality of our ARC-T cells as it allows such cells to bind any SparX protein, because each SparX protein contains the same TAG. As SparX proteins bind their target antigen on diseased cells, they display the TAG thereby “tagging” such cell as one that should be killed by an ARC-T cell.

The TAG we have built into our SparX proteins is a ~26 kDa C-terminal fragment of human alpha fetoprotein (hAFP). We selected and engineered the TAG for our SparX proteins for the following reasons:

 

   

Humans have a pre-established tolerance to hAFP from experiencing high levels in utero and as pregnant mothers. We believe that creating our TAG from a normal human protein will reduce the likelihood of immunogenicity of the TAG and by extension, the SparX protein containing the TAG.

 

   

We believe the small size of the SparX protein will allow it to penetrate complex tumor microenvironments with a half-life short enough (estimated to be several hours in humans) that physicians could manage an emerging toxicity by withholding or decreasing the next SparX protein dose thereby causing the ARC-T cells to deactivate. Such control is not possible with most mAb-based adapters due to their half-life of several weeks.

 

   

The TAG can also be readily fused to multiple binding regions, enabling SparX proteins to be multi-valent or multi-specific.

Because the antigen-specific binding domains on the SparX protein differ by only 12-14 amino acids on the outer faces of the scaffold, the manufacturing process for each SparX protein is substantially similar regardless of specificity. SparX proteins can be readily produced in microbial, yeast and mammalian expression systems, and development is underway on subcutaneous formulations. We also expect the pharmacokinetics of all SparX proteins to be similar and believe that we can leverage the learnings from clinical trials of one SparX protein to inform the design of later trials for other SparX proteins.

Antigen Receptor Complex (ARC)

The ARC is similar to CARs in that both are engineered chimeric transmembrane receptors, where the engagement of the extracellular antigen binding domain induces activation of the intracellular domain resulting in the T cell’s proliferative and cytolytic activity. However, in lieu of the scFv extracellular binding domain of conventional CAR-T therapies, the extracellular domain of the ARC is comprised of our proprietary binding D-Domain that is designed to exclusively bind the TAG and not hAFP or any other known proteins or antigens. Thus the ARC-T remains in an inactive state, or silenced, in the absence of our proprietary SparX protein. The ARC signals through a similar mechanism as traditional second-generation CARs since they share the same intracellular signaling regions of 4-1BB and CD3-zeta with the only difference arising from when the T cells are activated.

Additionally, because all ARC-T cells are intended to express a TAG-specific binding domain rather than a cell surface antigen-specific binding domain, the manufacturing of ARC-T is more scalable than in conventional CAR-T therapies in that ARC-T’s comprise the same drug product irrespective of clinical indication. The same lentiviral vector comprising the universal ARC and a similar T-cell transduction process can be used for every patient regardless of disease or target antigen. With conventional CAR-T therapy, different viral vectors, each with a different T-cell transduction process, need to be used to make new CAR-T cells when physicians want to target a new antigen. This represents a significant manufacturing and regulatory advantage. In the longer term, engineering an allogeneic ARC-T cell presents the opportunity for a truly universal cell therapy that could be manufactured to be an “off-the-shelf” option that physicians can use regardless of disease or target antigen. Moreover, ARC-T cells could be redirected to kill cells expressing different antigens just by changing the SparX protein. This universal nature of the ARC-T cell can provide substantial flexibility to the physician and

 

121


Table of Contents

allow for dynamic treatments that can respond quickly to the changing profile of a disease such as cancer, unlike a conventional CAR-T therapy.

Benefits of the ARC-SparX Platform

We believe the key benefits to our ARC-SparX platform are driven by the controllable and adaptable characteristics and present an opportunity in indications where toxicities, heterogeneity, or on target off tumor effects represent a challenge:

Limiting Severe T Cell-Associated Toxicity through Dose Regulation of SparX Protein. Our ARC-T cells do not bind directly to the diseased cell. Rather, the SparX protein is designed to recognize and bind one or more specific antigens on the diseased cells and then flag such cells for destruction. The ARC-T cells bind the SparX protein and once the triple complex of ARC-T cell plus SparX protein plus antigen-expressing cell is formed, the ARC-T cell is activated to kill the antigen-expressing cell. The ARC-T cell remains in an inactive state, or silenced, in the absence of our proprietary SparX proteins as it is designed to only bind the TAG. Our ARC-T cells are activated only when combined with a SparX protein that is bound to an antigen on a cell.

Conventional non-D-Domain based CAR-T therapies bind directly to the target cell and kill it in a rapid and unregulated manner that often induces severe toxicities including CRS and neurotoxicity. In contrast, our preclinical in vitro and in vivo data support the view that the killing function and expansion of the ARC-T cell can be controlled by the dose of SparX protein administered. More SparX protein leads to more tumor killing and T cell activity while less SparX protein results in less killing and expansion. By varying SparX protein dose and/or its schedule of administration, physicians can control the ARC-T killing function and expansion and thus control the corresponding potential toxicities in a manner analogous to that used for other therapeutics such as small molecules and antibodies.

We have conducted preclinical studies in which we have observed the ability of SparX proteins to control the killing function of ARC-T cells in a dose-dependent manner, as exemplified in the figure below. In this study, mice were given a BCMA-expressing tumor followed by a constant number of ARC-T cells. In the first group of five mice (left), a high dose (3 mg/kg) of a SparX protein that could not bind the tumor was injected daily (Control). Because the Control SparX could not bind the tumor, the tumor grew as evidenced by the intense blue, green and red colors. The second, third and fourth groups (left to right) of mice received a high (3 mg/kg), medium (0.3 mg/kg) or low (0.03 mg/kg) dose, respectively, of a mono-valent BCMA-binding SparX protein. The low dose had little to no impact on tumor growth, the medium dose had immediate anti-tumor activity when compared to the Control, and the high dose cleared the tumor as shown by the complete absence of color, indicating that SparX protein targeting a tumor can modulate the extent of tumor killing in vivo.

Tumor Killing is Dose Dependent

 

 

LOGO

 

122


Table of Contents

We anticipate that SparX proteins will be available in intravenous and potentially subcutaneous formulations and that physicians will be able to routinely utilize both forms of administration in the outpatient setting while patients may periodically (e.g., weekly) self-administer subcutaneous formulations in the home setting. In follow up visits, the physician can assess the patient for adverse events (AEs) and disease response and then accordingly dose-modify or change the SparX protein(s) with the objective of limiting toxicity. Physicians are already well versed in managing the treatment of patients with an arsenal of anticancer therapies such as small molecules and mAbs, where dose modification is common. The ARC-SparX platform follows a similar paradigm, where the physician can control toxicities by dose modifying or switch to a different SparX protein in the case of r/r disease.

Additionally, intermittent dosing of SparX protein can allow ARC-T cells to rest between doses because the predicted half-life of SparX proteins of a few hours allows the SparX to naturally decay and limit constant ARC-T stimulation. The periods of rest may lower the risk of T-cell exhaustion.

Should we demonstrate the ability for ARC-T cells to be activated in a dose dependent manner we believe physicians would be able to better manage toxicities such as CRS and neurotoxicity as they emerge and before they escalate to unsafe levels, which should lead to an improved safety profile for our ARC-SparX platform.

Expanded Access to Treatment. Due to the potential for severe toxicities, patients with co-morbidities or advanced age are often not eligible or not encouraged to pursue currently available CAR-T therapies. We believe SparX-mediated control of the ARC-T cells may improve upon the safety profile of current CAR-T therapies thereby expanding patient eligibility criteria.

Furthermore, less than 7% of oncology/hematology practices in the United States currently are authorized to administer and manage CAR-T therapies. If physicians are better able to control toxicities associated with cell therapies through dosing and thus reduce the need for intensive care support, we envision enabling community practices to treat their patients with such therapies, including in the outpatient setting, rather than referring them to one of the few authorized sites.

The figure below shows the general treatment plan, which consists of a single initial infusion of ARC-T cells in the outpatient setting followed by periodic administration of the SparX protein.

 

 

LOGO

Increased Adaptability of Treatment Regimen. Because ARC-T cells are not antigen-specific, they can be adapted to changing disease conditions. Due to tumor heterogeneity and downregulation or loss of the target antigen, r/r disease remains a significant issue for CAR-T therapy. On our ARC-SparX platform, physicians can administer different SparX proteins to redirect the same ARC-T cells to new antigens. This is particularly important in the relapse and refractory settings where tumors may be heterogeneous or downregulate expression of the antigen(s) targeted by the initial SparX proteins. We believe our platform can address refractory disease caused by tumor heterogeneity by using different SparX proteins that target different antigens. This will be particularly important as we move beyond B cell malignancies into indications like AML/MDS or solid tumors. We believe that our ARC-SparX platform can address these issues because the same ARC-T cells can be redirected in vivo to target different antigens through the administration of different SparX proteins for personalized therapy tailored to the molecular profile for each patient’s disease.

 

123


Table of Contents

Our preclinical studies support the ability of ARC-T cells to kill heterogeneous tumors through sequential administration of SparX proteins with different target specificity. We used an in vivo model in which NSG mice were injected with NALM-6-GFP/Luc expressing either BCMA (97%) or CD123 (3%). We chose this approach as it mimics the antigen heterogeneity often observed in many patient’s tumors. With only 3% of the tumor cells positive for CD123, daily dosing with SparX B had little effect on tumor growth compared to mice which received a non-binding control SparX. In contrast, SparX A had significant anti-tumor activity by day 7 following ARC-T and SparX administration, but tumors rapidly regrew. As shown in the figure below, the tumor cells that regrew were characterized to be completely CD123 positive. However, all the measurable tumor cells could be eliminated by redirecting ARC-T cells through sequential administration of SparX A followed by SparX B. Taken together, these data support the ability of ARC-T cells to be redirected in vivo to kill heterogenous tumors that are refractory to single antigen targeting.

SparX product treating heterogenous disease

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

124


Table of Contents

Custom Logic-Gated Therapeutics to Enable Selectivity. The unique properties of D-Domains and our ability to engineer them allow us to create mono-valent, multi-valent, or multi-specific SparX to optimize antigen binding affinity and improve efficacy. Bi-specific SparX proteins can be designed as an ‘OR’ gate to target two different antigens for broader tumor cell recognition when faced with antigen heterogeneity or an ‘AND’ gate to more specifically identify diseased cells that uniquely co-express two antigens but spare healthy cells that express only one antigen. We believe an AND-gated SparX may be well suited for targeting solid tumors where it has been challenging to kill the tumor while preserving normal cells that also express the antigen.

AND-gated Bi-specific targeting

 

LOGO

As a general matter, SparX proteins do not permanently bind antigens. When both binding domains of a bi-specific antigen are bound to a cell, each binding domain may unbind, but the likelihood of both unbinding at the same time is lower, and therefore, bi-specific SparX proteins are more likely to stay attached to the cells. Through affinity engineering, we believe that if we decrease the affinity of each single antigen binding D-Domain to its target, then the SparX protein will not bind or stay bound long enough for an ARC-T cell to engage and kill the cell bearing only a single antigen. Thus, through engineering and controlled dosing, the AND-gated bispecific SparX proteins can drive greater specificity for dual-antigen expressing tumor cells over single antigen expressing normal cells to avoid the typical on-target off-tumor related toxicities observed with so many conventional CAR-T products targeting solid tumor antigens.

Efficient and Streamlined Manufacturing Across All Programs. ARC-T cells are genetically modified to express the same anti-TAG binding receptor to be used in every patient, regardless of disease or the target-specificity of the SparX protein. We believe this feature may enable use of the same lentiviral vector and similar cell processing, resulting in a scalable manufacturing process that is applicable to every patient across all programs. We have also established manufacturing processes for SparX proteins utilizing a cost-effective microbial-based expression system and purification process. Because each SparX protein is substantially similar regardless of specificity, the manufacturing and purification processes for each SparX protein is substantially similar regardless of specificity. For more details, see “—Manufacturing and Delivery.”

 

125


Table of Contents

Efficient Regulatory Process. Because the ARC-T cell manufacturing process is identical across all ARC-SparX programs, the regulatory requirements will be shared across the platform. This has distinct advantages that will span global regulatory filings from IND through post BLA requirements.

Our Pipeline Approach

We are leveraging the full breadth of our platform by matching ddCARs and ARC-SparX with the indications in which they would be most effective based on the biology, patients, and market dynamics.

In MM, we plan to:

 

   

Evaluate the efficacy of our lead product candidate, CART-ddBCMA, in our iMMagine Phase 2 pivotal trial in r/r MM and seek regulatory approval;

 

   

Pursue expanded access to CART-ddBCMA through label expansion clinical trials, which we refer to as iMMagine-2;

 

   

Pursue clinical development of CART-ddBCMA in other key geographies, such as Europe and Asia; and

 

   

Evaluate the potential of our ARC-SparX technology through our planned Phase 1 clinical trial of ACLX-001 in r/r MM.

In AML/MDS, we plan to:

 

   

Pursue AML/MDS with a library of SparX proteins beginning with ACLX-002 and ACLX-003; and

 

   

Explore trials that evaluate the use of a single administration of ARC-T cells together with a combination of SparX proteins engineered to target different AML and MDS antigens, including AML-3 and AML-4, to extend the power of the platform.

In additional indications, including solid tumors, we plan to:

 

   

Extend benefits of our D-Domain platform by applying ddCARs and ARC-SparXs to new indications, including SCLC and HCC.

 

126


Table of Contents

Our Pipeline

We have built a broad and scalable pipeline that has positioned us to capitalize on the potential of our proprietary platform technologies and achieve long-term growth and sustainability within the field of cell therapy. We have worldwide rights to all of our programs which are summarized in the pipeline charts below:

 

 

LOGO

Our Multiple Myeloma Program

Our MM program is led by our CART-ddBCMA product candidate, which is an autologous cell therapy comprised of D-Domain powered T cells that have been genetically modified to recognize and kill specific cells expressing BCMA, a target antigen for multiple myeloma. We are advancing our CART-ddBCMA product through our iMMagine Phase 2 pivotal trial in patients with r/r MM, which we plan to initiate in late 2022 and thereafter pursue U.S. regulatory approval. CART-ddBCMA has been granted Fast Track and Orphan Drug by the FDA. In May 2021, we also received Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy (RMAT) designation for CART-ddBCMA for the treatment of multiple myeloma. Following completion of enrollment for our iMMagine Phase 2 pivotal trial, we plan to continue to enroll more patients into additional clinical trials, to support label expansion to enter into earlier lines of therapy and include patients who have had prior BCMA-targeted. We also plan to pursue international clinical trials to expand into geographic locations in Europe and Asia-Pacific. We are also advancing our initial ARC-SparX program, ACLX-001, an immunotherapeutic combination composed of ARC-T cells and bi-valent SparX proteins targeting BCMA, to treat r/r MM. This program is designed to lay the foundation for our ARC-SparX platform.

Market Opportunity

MM is a type of hematological cancer in which diseased plasma cells proliferate and accumulate in the bone marrow, crowding out healthy blood cells and causing bone lesions, loss of bone density and bone fractures. These abnormal plasma cells also produce excessive quantities of an abnormal immunoglobulin fragment called a myeloma protein (M protein) causing kidney damage and impairing the patient’s immune function.

MM is the third most common hematological malignancy in the United States and Europe, representing approximately 10% of all hematological cancer cases, 20% of deaths due to hematological malignancies and

 

127


Table of Contents

impacting over 100,000 patients globally each year. The Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) Program database projects that approximately 35,000 new cases of MM in the United States and over 35,000 new cases in six select markets within Europe and Asia.

The median age of MM patients at diagnosis is 69 years with one-third of patients diagnosed at an age of at least 75 years. Because MM tends to afflict patients at an advanced stage of life, patients often have multiple co-morbidities and toxicities that can quickly escalate and become life-endangering. Despite the development and use of multiple new therapies, including second generation proteasome inhibitors (PI) and immunomodulatory drugs (IMiD), stem cell transplantation and CD38-binding monoclonal antibodies, the five-year survival rate is still approximately 50% and MM remains incurable in most patients.

Most patients eventually relapse after treatment, and those who relapse following treatment with second generation PIs and IMiDs have a median event-free-survival of only 5 months and median overall survival of only 9 months. The outcomes of patients following treatment with CD38-binding antibodies are also poor with response rates of approximately 30%, median progression-free-survival (mPFS) of 3.4 months and median overall survival of 9 months.

Currently, multiple BCMA-targeting therapies are in development or under regulatory review, including T cell engagers (TCEs), antibody drug conjugates (ADCs) and CAR-T therapies. Along similar lines, TCEs and CAR-T therapies targeting CD19 and BCMA have been developed and approved for the treatment of certain CD19 and BCMA positive hematological malignancies.

In 2020, the size of the global MM market was approximately $18 billion. We estimate the current total addressable CAR-T market for r/r MM to be approximately $10 billion based on the number of patients who are receiving third line treatments and beyond.

As of November 19, 2021, the only CAR-T therapy targeting BCMA that has been approved by the FDA is Abecma. Bristol Myers Squib is currently enrolling clinical trials targeting expansion of Abecma, currently approved only as a fifth line of therapy, into earlier lines of treatment. The BCMA-targeting ADC, Blenrep is also an approved product and has reported an ORR of 31%, which is considerably lower than the 72% ORR for Abecma. Additionally, Abecma has shown a greater mPFS of 11.1 months, compared with the mPFS of approximately 3 months with Blenrep. Another BCMA-targeting CAR-T therapy, cilta cel, which is being developed by Legend/Johnson & Johnson, has demonstrated a CR rate of 85% and mPFS that will exceed 20 months. Although such responses are a step forward, there remains a need for improved overall response and durability. Across the clinical trials of Abecma and cilta cel, the presence of EMD has been a poor prognostic factor. In these clinical trials, patients with EMD have had lower CR rate, shorter DOR, and shorter PFS. In the Phase 1 trial of cilta cel (LEGEND-2), for instance, the CR rate was approximately 60% in patients with EMD (compared with approximately 80% in non-EMD patients) and mPFS was 8.1 months for patients with EMD (versus 25 months in non-EMD patients).

CART-ddBCMA: Phase 1 Trial Preliminary Results

The CART-ddBCMA Phase 1 multi-center, open label, trial is the first involving one of our proprietary D-Domains and was designed to test CART-ddBCMA in r/r MM patients to evaluate the safety profile of escalating dose levels (DL) and to expand enrollment at a selected dose to further characterize the efficacy and safety profile of that dose. To be eligible, patients must have had at least 3 prior lines of treatment, which had to include an immunomodulatory drug (IMiD), a proteosome inhibitor (PI), and an anti-CD38 antibody, be refractory to the most recent line of therapy, have an ECOG performance status of 0 or 1, have measurable disease, and have adequate function of vital organs. If eligible, patients were enrolled, underwent leukapheresis (apheresis), and could receive bridging therapy while cell manufacturing occurred. When CART-ddBCMA cell manufacturing was complete, patients received lymphodepleting (LD) chemotherapy with fludarabine (Flu) and cyclophosphamide (Cy) on days -5, -4, and -3. On day 0, patients received an intravenous infusion of CART-ddBCMA. After infusion, patients were evaluated at fixed intervals for assessment of AEs and evidence of

 

128


Table of Contents

objective response using PET/CT scan, serum measurement of M-protein (including heavy or light chain measurement), and measurement of number of malignant plasma cells in bone marrow aspirates. Safety data are assessed for dose limiting toxicity in the first 28 days following infusion and will be collected throughout the trial. Long-term safety data will be collected for up to 15 years per health authority guidelines. Efficacy data are assessed pursuant to the International Myeloma Working Group (IMWG) criteria on a monthly basis for the first 6 months and then quarterly for up to two years, or upon symptomatic relapse.

 

 

LOGO

The IMWG uniform response criteria have been utilized in registration studies of approved myeloma drugs. The IMWG uniform response criteria assess efficacy of treatment options for myeloma and allow for a comparison of efficacy between treatment strategies in clinical trials, strict definitions for responses, as shown in the table below, and classifications to improve detail and clarify inconsistent interpretations across clinical trials. The IMWG criteria for sCR, CR, VGPR, and PR are summarized below.

 

   

stringent Complete Response (sCR): Complete response (as defined below) plus normal free light chain (FLC) ratio and absence of clonal cells in bone marrow biopsy by immunohistochemistry (kappa to lambda light chain ratio (k/l) £4:1 or ³1:2 for k or l patients, respectively, after counting ³100 plasma cells).

 

   

Complete Response (CR): Negative immunofixation in the serum and urine; and disappearance of any soft tissue plasmacytomas; and <5% plasma cells in bone marrow aspirates.

 

   

Very Good Partial Response (VGPR): Serum and urine M protein, detectable by immunofixation but not on electrophoresis; or ³90% reduction in serum M protein plus urine M protein level <100 mg/24 hr.

 

   

Partial Response (PR): ³50% reduction of serum M protein plus reduction in 24-hour urinary M protein by ³90% or to <200 mg/24 h; or if the serum and urine M protein are unmeasurable, a ³50% decrease in the difference between involved and uninvolved FLC levels is required in place of the M protein criteria and if serum-free light assay is also unmeasurable, ³50% reduction in plasma cells is required in place of M protein, provided baseline BMPC percentage was ³30%. In addition to these criteria, if present at baseline, a ³50% reduction in the size (SPD) of soft tissue plasmacytomas is also required.

Overall Response Rate (ORR) includes patients that achieved sCR, CR, VGPR or PR. sCR and CR do not indicate that the patient was cured of the condition, as the disease is currently incurable.

The clinical trial began enrollment in December 2019 and the first patient was dosed in February 2020. Three clinical trial sites have participated to date. Additional sites are planned for initiation in 2022. We have

 

129


Table of Contents

completed the dose escalation component with 6 patients each enrolled in DL1 (100 x 106 cells) and DL2 (300 x 106 cells). The preliminary data from the dose escalation were presented at the 2021 Annual Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO). Based on the nearly identical ORR in each DL and the observed potential for increased toxicity in DL2, we are currently expanding enrollment at DL1. As of the data cut-off date of November 4, 2021, we have enrolled and dosed an aggregate of 18 patients at DL1. Most recently, data were presented at the 2021 Annual Meeting of ASH. In the efficacy analysis, 19 patients with at least 3 months follow up were included. For the safety analysis, 22 patients were included based on having more than 1 month of follow up.

 

 

LOGO

Subjects followed for <3 months are not yet evaluable for efficacy analyses.

All subjects followed for >1 month are eligible for safety analysis.

 

130


Table of Contents

The median age of enrolled patients was 66 years (range 44-76). Thirteen (54%) patients were male and 11 were female (46%). Bone marrow replacement of >50% with malignant plasma cells was present in 10 (42%) of patients and 9 (38%) had EMD. Of those for whom cytogenetic evaluation had been performed (n=19), 17 (89%) had high-risk cytogenetics. The median number of prior lines of therapy was 5 (range 3-16). Twenty (83%) patients had triple class refractory disease and 17 (71%) had penta-refractory disease. Taken together, these demographic data indicate the patient population enrolled in this study had poor prognosis with expected median overall survival in the range of 6-8 months based on published analyses of patients with similar characteristics.

 

 

LOGO

*Note: some subjects were not evaluable or data were not available at time of data cut (November 4, 2021).

BMPC = bone marrow plasma cells.

HSCT = hematopoietic stem cell transplant.

 

131


Table of Contents

Of the efficacy evaluable population (n=19), the objective response rate (ORR) was 100%. The complete response rate (complete or stringent complete response; CR/sCR) was 68% (13/19), with 3 additional responses being VGPR (16%), resulting in a rate of response at depth of VGPR or better of 84% (16/19). We have observed deepening of responses over time, with an increasing proportion of patients who reach sCR/CR with each month on study, which is suggestive that patients treated more recently may still reach deeper responses.

CART-ddBCMA Phase 1 ORR and Depth of Response over Time

 

LOGO

As of the November 4, 2021 data cutoff date, amongst the patients who were dosed in DL1 at least 12 months prior with a median follow-up of 539 days, 4 of 6 (67%) were in ongoing response, with an mPFS that exceeded 489 days (~16 months), which could continue to lengthen with further follow-up. Of the 15 patients evaluable for minimal residual disease (MRD) testing, 14 were MRD negative at some level, and 12 had no measurable MRD to ³10-5 cells, including 7 who had no measurable MRD at 10-6 cells.

 

132


Table of Contents

A plot of each patient’s response and DOR with MRD response as of the data cutoff date of November 4, 2021, with adjustments to reflect the two disease progressions that occurred since then, is presented below. Responses are ongoing for 14 patients (74%) as of the filing date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. As a result, median DOR (mDOR) has not yet been reached. For patients in the dose escalation cohort (n=12), ORR was 100% and CR rate was 75% as of November 4, 2021, and mDOR and mPFS could not yet be calculated due to 7 patients having ongoing responses, but they will exceed 10.2 and 11.1 months, respectively.

 

 

LOGO

MRD testing at 10-4 was considered indeterminate; patients with MRD assessment at 10-5 and 10-6 were considered “true negative” for correlation with clinical outcome.

Subjects followed for <3 months are not yet evaluable for efficacy analyses.

* Reflects update to 11/04/2021 data with two patient progressions

In the United States, it is estimated that up to 20% of the r/r MM population has EMD. Patients with EMD in clinical trials of other BCMA-targeting CAR-T therapies have been reported to experience worse outcomes, including lower ORR, lower CR rates, shorter mPFS, and shorter mDOR, than non-EMD patients. In our Phase 1 trial, 38% of all enrolled patients and 58% of the patients in our dose escalation cohort had EMD.

As of the data cutoff date of November 4, 2021, the ORR was 100% and CR rate was 86% for the 7 patients in our dose escalation cohort with EMD who were evaluable for efficacy. mDoR and mPFS could not be calculated due to 4 (of 7) patients having ongoing responses, but they will exceed 11.7 and 12.6 months, respectively. The Phase 1 results of cilta cel (LEGEND-2) as presented at ASH 2020, indicated that ORR was 82.4%, CR rate was approximately 60%, and mPFS was 8.1 months for patients with EMD (mDOR was not reported). Results from the pivotal trial of cilta cel (CARTITUDE-1) did not present separate results for patients with and without EMD, but notably, as the proportion of patients with EMD decreased from 30% in the LEGEND-2 trial to 13% in the CARTITUDE-1 trial, the reported ORR, CR rate, mPFS, and mDOR were all improved compared to LEGEND-2. The data presented in this paragraph are based on cross-trial comparisons and not head-to-head clinical trials and may not be directly comparable due to differences in trial designs and methodologies. Nevertheless, we believe the preliminary results for patients with EMD treated with CART-ddBCMA show a potential for CART-ddBCMA to be a best-in-class treatment for r/r MM for patients with EMD.

We also expect that with additional enrollment in the expansion cohort, the overall patient population tested in our Phase 1 trial will more closely approximate the general r/r MM population without adjustment to the enrollment process, but we intend to take operational steps in our planned pivotal trial of CART-ddBCMA to ensure the population enrolled is representative of the disease at large.

 

133


Table of Contents

Of the dosed patients, 22 were evaluable for safety analysis. The rate of AEs of grade 3 or higher CRS and ICANS are of special interest (AESIs). A potential difference was observed in the incidence of these events in DL2 compared with DL1. In DL2 (n=6), 1 patient had a grade 3 CRS event and another had a grade 3 ICANS event. No events of grade 3 or higher CRS or ICANS occurred in the 6-patient dose escalation cohort of DL1, but 1 out of 10 patients had a grade 3 ICANS event in the dose expansion cohort. In combined analysis of all patients in DL1, 100% had a grade 1 or 2 CRS event but 0% had grade 3 or higher CRS. The median time to onset of CRS was 1 (range 0-6) day(s) and median duration was 6.5 (range 2-8) days. The median time to ICANS onset was 3 days (range 2-4 days) with a median duration of 8 days (4-9 days). Only 1 (~6%) grade 3 (or higher) ICANS event occurred in DL1. All cases of ICANS and CRS resolved with standard interventions, such as tocilizumab and dexamethasone. We are conducting analyses to determine whether any patients may be treated as an outpatient. Additional AEs, regardless of attribution, were presented at the ASH 2021 Annual Meeting and are presented in the figures below. The observed AEs are consistent with those of other autologous CAR-T cells in clinical trials and in commercial use.

 

 

LOGO

 

134


Table of Contents

LOGO

Clinical samples have been analyzed to demonstrate mechanism of action and characterize the cell expansion kinetics of CART-ddBCMA in the phase 1 trial. We have measured CAR-T cell number using polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to quantify the number of gene copies, i.e. vector copy number (VCN), of the CAR from the peripheral blood cells of patients. The pattern of cell expansion is consistent between patients and dose levels. The peak expansion of CART-ddBCMA most commonly occurs on day 9 (range 7-14) and in most subjects, CART-ddBCMA is no longer measurable at day 120. There has been no correlation between peak CART-ddBCMA quantity in the peripheral blood and the best overall response (BORR). Two graphs (one with all doses combined; one separated by dose) demonstrating CART-ddBCMA quantification in peripheral blood over time are shown in the figures below. In the dose escalation cohort, there was no difference in the peak number of CART-ddBCMA cells in the peripheral blood in DL1 versus DL2. However, in DL2, the peak number was reached on day 10, while the peak occurred at day 14 in DL1. We believe this suggests that the higher dose level may have driven more rapid expansion and therefore more cytokine-related adverse events.

 

135


Table of Contents

CART-ddBCMA cell quantification using PCR to quantify VCN at sequential timepoints (n=21 patients)

 

 

LOGO                      

 

LOGO

 

136


Table of Contents
     Median time to
peak, days
    Range, days  

DL1

    14       9-21  

DL2

    10       7-14  

Combined

    11       7-21  

We intend to provide further updates on the results of the ongoing Phase 1 trial at the 2022 Annual Meetings of ASCO and ASH this June and December, respectively.

iMMagine: Planned Phase 2 Pivotal Trial of CART-ddBCMA

Our planned Phase 2 pivotal trial of CART-ddBCMA in r/r MM, the iMMagine trial, is scheduled to begin enrollment in 2022. We expect the trial will be a single-arm, open-label, evaluation of the efficacy of CART-ddBCMA, as measured by the primary endpoint of ORR. Secondary endpoints will include sCR/CR rate and duration of response of a single infusion of CART-ddBCMA after lymphodepleting chemotherapy. The primary endpoint was selected based on historical precedent of the primary endpoint used in other CAR-T pivotal trials and the selection of this primary endpoint has been reviewed and agreed with the FDA. Based upon feedback from regulatory authorities, we plan to include a total of approximately 110 patients in an integrated analysis of efficacy and safety, which may include patients from the Phase 1 trial, provided all requirements of the iMMagine trial apply to those patients. We plan to enroll approximately 80 patients in the iMMagine trial and expect a median follow-up requirement of approximately 12 months. This trial will be conducted at institutions in the United States only. Secondary and/or exploratory endpoints will include duration of response, progression free survival (PFS), overall survival (OS), CR/sCR rate, assessment of minimal residual disease, further characterization of the safety profile of CART-ddBCMA in a larger patient population, and confirmatory correlative biomarker analysis for pharmacology, predictive biomarkers of depth and duration of response, and manufactured CART-ddBCMA cell phenotyping. Assuming positive data from this clinical trial, we plan to file a BLA in 2025.

CART-ddBCMA: Earlier Lines of Therapy (iMMagine-2) and Post-BCMA Targeted Therapy

Ultimately, we believe the use of CART-ddBCMA will move to earlier lines of therapy in MM so following completing enrollment of the iMMagine trial, we plan to initiate enrollment of a clinical trial designed to evaluate efficacy of CART-ddBCMA in additional populations, which we refer to as the iMMagine-2 program. Similar to other CAR-T therapies targeting BCMA, we plan to focus on enrollment of patients in earlier lines of therapy that have high risk of recurrence and/or presence of MRD. Additionally, we will enroll a cohort of patients who have been treated with prior BCMA-targeting therapy to determine efficacy and safety in this population. We will seek to demonstrate in the iMMagine-2 trial that CART-ddBCMA can provide clinical benefit in patients in earlier line populations.

CART-ddBCMA: Future Clinical Plans

We also plan to initiate clinical trials of CART-ddBCMA in other key geographies, such as Europe and Asia.

ACLX-001 (BCMA): Planned Clinical Development

Our first ARC-SparX program is ACLX-001, an immunotherapeutic combination composed of ARC-T cells and bi-valent SparX proteins targeting BCMA, or SPRX001, for the treatment of r/r MM. We have received FDA clearance for our IND application to advance ACLX-001 into clinical development, where we will use our ARC-T cells for the first time in combination with SPRX001. We are currently preparing applications for Fast Track, Orphan Drug and RMAT designations. We plan to initiate our Phase 1 dose-escalation clinical trial of ACLX-001 in the first half of 2022, utilizing the same antigen binding domain as CART-ddBCMA. This trial is intended to serve as clinical validation of our ARC-SparX platform as we seek to understand PK, safety profile, and dosing strategy for future clinical development. We intend to present interim clinical data of the Phase 1 trial of ACLX-001 in 2023.

 

137


Table of Contents

Escalation of the ARC-T cell dose and escalation of the SPRX001 dose may happen in parallel and/or in series depending on observations of safety and efficacy in each combination dose level. In addition, the clinical trial is designed to allow flexibility in the frequency of SPRX001 administration based on observed pharmacokinetics of SPRX001 and ARC-T cell expansion kinetics. Preclinical data suggest that frequency of dosing may be a key factor for the efficacy and safety of ACLX-001 due to the ability to control ARC T interaction with tumor cells (via antigen binding) through SPRX001.

The clinical trial design is intended to accelerate the timeline to meaningful clinical data as compared with more standard dose evaluation approaches. The primary objective of the trial is to identify a dosing regimen that does not exceed the maximally tolerated dose (MTD) and achieves clinical benefit comparable to what has been observed in our Phase 1 clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA. The primary endpoint of the trial will be to determine the incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs), including dose limiting toxicities (DLTs). Upon completion of the Phase 1 trial, we will leverage the learnings from this trial to advance our AML/MDS programs utilizing ARC-SparX and consider developing additional SparX for r/r MM for a broader pipeline in this disease area.

Our AML/MDS Programs

With the ARC-SparX platform we are developing a comprehensive solution for personalized therapy tailored to the molecular profile of an AML/MDS patient’s disease.

Diseased cells from AML and high risk MDS patients often have a complex cytogenetic profile that leads to significant clonal heterogeneity. This heterogeneity exists not only between patients but also within an individual’s disease. Traditional targeted therapies including CAR-Ts have struggled to drive deep and durable responses because they target only a fraction of the patient’s diseased cells. In addition, traditional CAR-T targets in AML/MDS such as CD33, CD123 and CLL1 are expressed on normal myeloid cells, including progenitor cell populations, which may lead to prolonged myelosuppression.

We intend to build a library of SparX proteins targeting different AML and MDS antigens that can be used in any combination depending on the molecular profile of a patient’s diseased cells to combat disease heterogeneity. Furthermore, we believe the controllability of the ARC-SparX platform will give physicians the ability to turn off the therapy once disease is controlled to allow for faster recovery of the normal myeloid compartment and thus less toxicity. We plan to initiate the Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-002 for AML/MDS in the second half of 2022 and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-003, an ARC-SparX product candidate directed at another antigen associated with AML/MDS in 2024.

Background, Current Treatments and Limitations

Acute myeloid leukemia (AML), also referred to as acute myelogenous leukemia, arises from healthy bone marrow stem cells that have accumulated multiple genetic mutations causing the mutated stem cells to grow uncontrollably. The aggressive growth of AML cells in the bone marrow disrupts the development of healthy blood cells including white cells, red cells and platelets. The net result is that AML patients often present with anemia (too few red blood cells), infections (caused by too few functioning white blood cells) or frequent bleeding and bruising (caused by too few platelets). The aggressive growth of AML in the bone marrow and blood, its disruption of normal blood cell production and the lack of durable treatments leave AML patients with a 28.7% five-year survival rate.

According to the National Cancer Institute SEER database, there were estimated to be 64,512 people living with AML in the USA in 2017. In 2020, new cases were estimated to have been approximately 19,940, with 11,180 deaths. The disease accounts for approximately 1.1% of all new cancers, but is the most common acute leukemia affecting adults. AML also represents approximately 20% of childhood leukemia.

 

138


Table of Contents

The standard of care for the majority of AML patients consists of induction chemotherapy (cytarabine and anthracycline) followed by additional rounds of chemotherapy with or without stem cell transplant. Although approximately two-thirds of patients achieve remission, relapse often occurs within the first 18 months following treatment. The high relapse rate points to the need for new therapies capable of extending disease free survival. We believe there is a critical need to develop new therapeutic modalities with greater safety and efficacy, especially for patients with r/r AML.

Currently, new therapies for AML have many limitations. The lead candidates of small molecule inhibitors of proteins that are over-expressed or otherwise dysregulated in AML show only modest efficacy with short duration of response. Antibody-based therapeutics, including antibody-drug conjugates and bispecifics, have thus far shown limited efficacy and in some cases, significant toxicities. Additionally, CAR-T therapy is being deployed with specificity for various targets including CD33, CD123, FLT3, CLL1, CD19, IL1RAP and NKG2DL. Many of these therapies are in the early stages of clinical development. The common theme across the various therapeutic modalities described above is the need for new therapies with enhanced efficacy and improved safety.

Myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) is a closely related disease in which a population of abnormal myeloid stem cells develop in the bone marrow. Depending on the type of abnormal, or dysplastic cell that emerges, patients may experience a specific decrease in red blood cells, or one of the disease-fighting cell populations referred to as monocytes, neutrophils and dendritic cells. Like AML, MDS impacts the elderly with patients often diagnosed in their 70s. The incidence of MDS has been estimated to be as low as 10,000 new cases per year in the United States. MDS is considered to be a type of cancer because about one-third of MDS patients progress to AML. Standard therapy for MDS is cytarabine alone or in combination with idarubicin or daunorubicin. Stem cell transplant can cure MDS but the advanced age of onset and co-morbidities often limit MDS patient transplant eligibility due to the toxicity of typical transplant conditioning regimens, especially for those patients characterized with high risk MDS. Thus, new therapies are needed for MDS patients as well.

ACLX-002 (CD123): Preclinical Development

Our first AML/MDS product candidate is ACLX-002, which is be an immunotherapeutic combination agent composed of the same ARC-T cells used in ACLX-001, together with mono-valent SparX proteins that each contain a binding domain directed at CD123.

Based on the potential validation of our ARC-SparX platform in our planned Phase 1 clinical trial of ACLX-001, we intend to advance our ARC-SparX platform into myeloid diseases by initiating our Phase 1 clinical trial for ACLX-002 in the second half of 2022 for the treatment of r/r AML and high-risk MDS. We are currently preparing applications for Fast Track, Orphan Drug and RMAT designations after IND review is complete.

The in vitro cytolytic activity of ACLX-002 was assessed by co-culturing a CD123-expressing human AML tumor, MOLM-14-GFP/Luc. For the negative control, we used ARC-T cells together with a SparX protein that could not bind the tumor (Negative Control). As shown in the figure below, ACLX-002 exhibited dose-dependent MOLM-14 killing across a broad range of SparX protein concentrations (10-4 nM to 102 nM); p<0.0001). In contrast, the same ARC-T cells failed to kill MOLM-14 cells in the presence of the Negative Control SparX. Each data point shows the mean standard deviation for triple replicates where the significance of the comparison of the dose response curves for ACLX-002 and ARC-T dosed together with the Negative Control SparX has a p-value less than 0.0001.

 

139


Table of Contents

In Vitro Cell Killing of Human MOLM-14-GFP/Luc Tumors by ACLX-002 is Dependent on SPRX002 Dose

 

 

LOGO

The in vivo anti-tumor activity of ACLX-002 was compared to that of a CAR-T cell with a scFv-based binding domain directed at CD123 (CART-CD123). NSG mice were injected on Day 0 with MOLM-14-GFP/Luc, a CD123 expressing human AML cell line, the presence of which can be quantitated by a co-expressed GFP and Luc. We monitored tumor growth by using BLI to measure bioluminescence produced by diseased cells. Six days after MOLM-14 injection, the first group of mice received 5 million CART-CD123 cells, the second group received 5 million ARC-T cells with 1 mg/kg daily (q.d.) of the Negative Control SparX that does not bind the tumor. Mice in the third, fourth and fifth groups each received 5 million ARC-T cells along with doses of 1 mg/kg bi-valent SparX proteins targeting CD123 (SPRX002) q.d., 1 mg/kg SPRX002 dosed every other day (q.o.d.) and 0.3 mg/kg q.o.d. respectively. Each treatment group contained 4 or 5 mice. Mice were imaged weekly for four weeks with an additional imaging on the third day following treatment because this cell line grows quickly. As expected, tumors in mice receiving the Negative Control SparX grew quickly while tumors in mice receiving the CART-CD123 were largely eliminated within 28 days of CART-CD123 administration. The CART-CD123 treatment group as well as all three ACLX-002 treatment groups of mice were observed to have significant anti-tumor activity on days 3, 7 and 14 after receiving treatment (p<0.001). Among mice receiving 1 mg/kg of SPRX002 q.d. or q.o.d., tumors were also mostly cleared within 28 days. Mice treated with 0.3 mg/kg SPRX002 q.o.d displayed robust anti-tumor activity but did not fully clear the tumors by Day 28. These results demonstrate tumor killing that is comparable to that observed with the CART-CD123 and dependent on SPRX002 dose and schedule.

 

140


Table of Contents

ACLX-002 Clearance of MOLM-14-GFP/Luc Tumors is Dependent on Both Dose and Schedule of SPRX002

 

 

LOGO

ACLX-002 (CD123): Planned Clinical Development

We plan to begin clinical development of ACLX-002 in the second half of 2022 with initiation of a Phase 1, dose escalation trial of both ARC-T cells and SPRX002 in advanced AML and/or MDS. Escalation of the ARC-T cell dose and escalation of the SPRX002 dose may happen in parallel and/or in series depending on observations of safety and efficacy in each combination dose level. In addition, the clinical trial is designed for flexibility in the frequency of SPRX002 administration based on observed pharmacokinetics of SPRX002 and ARC-T cell expansion kinetics. Preclinical data suggest that frequency of dosing may be a key factor for the efficacy and safety of ACLX-002 due to the ability to control ARC-T interaction with tumor cells (via antigen binding) through SPRX002.

The clinical trial design is intended to accelerate the timeline to meaningful clinical data as compared with more standard dose evaluation approaches. The primary objective of the trial is to identify a recommended phase 2 dose (RP2D) that does not exceed the MTD and achieves evidence of clear clinical benefit. The primary endpoint of the trial will be to determine the incidence of TEAEs, including DLTs.

Assuming positive data from the planned Phase 1 trial of ACLX-002, we expect that we will likely conduct Phase 2 trial of ACLX-002 to further study its potential efficacy. Depending on observed efficacy, this trial has the potential to be a pivotal trial from which data could support the filing of a BLA with FDA. We plan to develop ACLX-002 in combination with additional SparX proteins against additional target antigens with the goal of overcoming tumor antigen heterogeneity in AML/MDS.

 

141


Table of Contents

ACLX-003

We have also identified a group of high priority antigen targets associated with AML/MDS through internal analyses and conversations with key opinion leaders and are developing additional SparX proteins against such target antigens. We anticipate initiating a Phase 1 clinical trial for our next most advanced AML/MDS ARC-SparX product candidate, which we refer to as ACLX-003, in 2024.

The in vitro cytolytic activity of ACLX-003 was assessed by co-culturing a CD123-expressing human AML tumor, MV4-11-GFP/Luc. As shown in the left panel of the figure below, ACLX-003 exhibited dose-dependent MV4-11 killing that was comparable to that seen with ACLX-002. A second AML tumor model, MOLM-14-GFP/Luc, was used to evaluate the in vivo anti-tumor activity of ACLX-003. Six days after MOLM-14 injection, mice received 5 million ARC-T cells with daily administration of 3 mg/kg SPRX003 or 0.3 mg/kg SPRX002. As shown in the right panel of the figure below, tumors in mice receiving either SPRX003 or SPRX002 were eliminated within 14 days of ARC-T administration. These results demonstrate that ACLX-003 is capable of curing mice harboring AML tumors, and we are currently evaluating the anti-tumor activity of lower doses of SPRX003.

Comparable in vitro and in vivo Activity Observed Between ACLX-002 and ACLX-003

 

LOGO

Other AML/MDS Product Candidates

We have also isolated D-Domain binders to several other high value AML/MDS targets and plan to progress them in our pipeline to add to our AML/MDS SparX library. In two of our discovery projects, which we refer to as AML-3 and AML-4, we have engineered D-Domains into SparX proteins that bind to AML-3 and AML-4 targets, respectively, and both are undergoing further evaluation. Additionally, we are building a map of target expression in primary AML patient tumors to understand how our targets may eventually be combined to combat the inherent heterogeneity of the disease.

Our Solid Tumor Program

We intend to develop multiple assets and novel technology to combat a variety of solid tumor indications while leveraging the strengths of each of our existing therapeutic platforms.

ddCARs may be best suited for targets that have high homogeneous tumor cell expression with little to no normal cell expression with potential for a wide therapeutic window. We are continuing to build ddCARs where the target biology supports this approach. To this end, we have selected D-Domain binders to an attractive target that we are evaluating as a ddCAR to potentially treat patients with HCC.

 

142


Table of Contents

Some solid tumors have been shown to contain a high level of heterogeneity within an individual’s tumor. Where this heterogeneity exists, we believe a library of SparX proteins targeting a specific solid tumor patient population has the potential to drive deep and durable responses beyond those produced by any single targeting therapeutic. We currently have engineered novel SparX proteins for various solid tumor-associated antigens, some with overlapping expression in specific patient populations such as SCLC, that together may allow ARC-SparX product candidates to overcome antigen heterogeneity of the disease.

Targeting solid tumors with cellular therapy presents additional hurdles such as on-target off-tumor toxicity as well as physical and immunological barriers. We intend to use a multi-pronged approach employing innovative technological solutions such as AND-gated SparX proteins as well as technologies designed to enhance the persistence and function of ddCAR or ARC-T cells in the tumor environment. We also intend to employ clinical and translational strategies such as combinations with checkpoint inhibitors to boost activity of ddCAR or ARC-T cells to further overcome some common immunological barriers to successful CAR-T therapy.

Additional Indications and Applications of Our Technology

We believe our platform technologies lend themselves to a broad array of potential applications, including:

Novel Targets. We believe our platforms are well suited to safely and rapidly explore targeting of novel antigens that would be otherwise challenging to target with a conventional CAR-Ts. We have successfully generated D-Domain binders to over a dozen tumor antigens and are employing sophisticated tools, such as AI and ML, to optimize these assets. We employ AI-based approaches to assist in the optimization of D-Domain properties and continue to develop AI-based approaches to enhance our discovery process. We currently use an in-silico immunogenicity risk assessment and deimmunization platform using an ML algorithm for predicting potential immunogenic epitopes. We also use AI-based protein structure determination programs to analyze the surface chemistry of our D-Domains to better determine aspects such as library design and hit optimization. We believe further implementation of AI and ML can assist in other areas of the discovery process such as D-Domain affinity optimization from deep learning of analysis of thousands of D-Domain sequences from our panning and screening campaigns.

Allogeneic Cell Therapy Products and Other Immune Cell Therapies. We believe it will be important for patients to have both autologous and allogeneic cell therapy options as both therapeutic options mature, including therapies derived from T cells and NK cells. We believe allogeneic cell therapies may not be a fit for all indications and as such we expect to develop them where applicable as another tool in our fight against cancer that includes our autologous ddCARs and ARC-SparX. While our initial clinical programs utilize autologous ARC-T cells, we also anticipate developing allogeneic cell therapy technologies to target the broadest indications and/or create an off-the-shelf universal cell therapy.

Indications Beyond Oncology. As the field of adoptive cell therapy looks to apply the technology beyond oncology, including transplantation, autoimmune, cardiac, infectious and neurological diseases, so too do we seek to explore such opportunities. We envision expanding into treatments for antibody-mediated autoimmune diseases, such as refractory systemic lupus erythematosus, refractory primary Sjogren’s syndrome, or thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura. For example, published scientific studies have shown that clearance of plasma cells within patients that have antibody-mediated autoimmune diseases have resulted in improvement in clinical symptoms. We can test CART-ddBCMA or ACLX-001 in these settings to eliminate normal plasma cells for patients with these severe autoimmune diseases.

Diagnostics. Our D-Domains or SparX proteins may be used in various diagnostic settings much like monoclonal antibodies or antibody fragments. As an example, we can envision labeling SparX proteins with a radiotracer for imaging tumors in patients as a patient selection tool prior to starting therapy with that same SparX together with ARC-T cells.

 

143


Table of Contents

Antibody Alternatives. Our binding domains have many positive attributes over scFv binding domains that we believe could allow them to be used as an scFv alternative in non-cell therapy applications and serve as the foundation to creating a new class of therapeutic antibody alternatives.

Manufacturing and Delivery

Our manufacturing process is consistent across CART-ddBCMA cells and ARC-T cells. This consistent process enables flexibility of cell product production within a site using the same equipment and consistent protocols, utilizing product specific viral vector input. As we advance clinical development of multiple product candidates across our ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms, we have secured key components, including lentiviral vector, and capacity from our manufacturing partners to ensure we are able to complete enrollment for our planned CART-ddBCMA Phase 2 pivotal trial, earlier line clinical trial of CART-ddBCMA, and our planned Phase 1 trial of ACLX-001.

CART-ddBCMA Cell and ARC-T Cell

We currently rely on third parties for the manufacture and release testing of viral vectors and product candidates for clinical testing. We also currently rely on third parties for patient apheresis material logistics, as well as to package, label, store and distribute our product candidates. As we progress through development to commercialization, we will leverage our best-in-class vendors and evaluate other options to secure commercial-scale capacity.

Our current cell manufacturing supplier has proven to be a reliable partner for the CART-ddBCMA Phase 1 trial, releasing 100% of initiated cell product runs to date, and will continue to deliver cell product for CART-ddBCMA Phase 1 expansion trial. Of the first 20 lots, cell product for CART-ddBCMA has thus far had a mean viability of 98%, a mean CAR+ rate of 74%, and a mean yield of nearly one billion cells, more than sufficient for our intended therapeutic dose of 100 million cells.

Viability by Lot: Viability is reported as the percentage of viable cells in the drug product with an acceptance limit of 70%. Based on over 20 lots of CART-ddBCMA run to date, we have achieved a mean of 98%, well above the acceptance level.

 

 

LOGO

 

144


Table of Contents

%CAR+ by Lot: CAR positive, as defined by proportion of cells expressing the CAR construct on the cell surface, is well above acceptance levels, as well as published competitor reports. A high proportion of CAR+ cells lowers the total number of T cells required to be administered.

 

 

LOGO

Yield (million of cells): Based on our CART-ddBCMA process, our mean yield is nearly one billion cells, surpassing the levels needed for both our low dose of 100 million cells and our high dose of 300 million cells.

 

 

LOGO

We are continuing to invest in process improvements to reduce the overall process time and improve costs. Our D-Domain, due to its stability, has demonstrated a high transduction rate resulting in a more efficient manufacturing process. We believe this will translate to improved processes that will reduce the time to intervention for patients.

We have established partnerships with established and experienced cell therapy contract manufacturers to supply clinical materials and manufacturing capabilities for our clinical trials. As we scale to

 

145


Table of Contents

commercialization, we will increase capacity with our current suppliers and evaluate other options to secure commercial-scale capacity.

The manufacturing process for our ARC-T cells is consistent with the CART-ddBCMA process. However, cells are transduced with a lentiviral vector encoding our universal ARC, which is a CAR with an anti-TAG binding domain, in lieu of a lentiviral vector encoding the CAR construct with a ddBCMA binding domain. Because our ARC-T cells are designed to express the same TAG-specific binding domain rather than a cell surface antigen-specific binding domain, the same lentiviral vector encoding the universal ARC can be used for every patient regardless of disease or target antigen.

SparX Protein

We manufacture SparX proteins in-house for most research activities, but we use a third-party CMO for most preclinical studies, and all clinical trials. We produce research SparX proteins in mammalian and microbial systems using fermentation and protein purification strategies that we believe can be scaled for commercial purposes. The purified SparX protein is formulated to the desired concentration and then put into the desired formulation buffer. Every SparX protein is monitored throughout the purification process and afterwards using an array of analytical tests that assess SparX protein size, binding activity and potential biophysical changes in the SparX protein. We anticipate the process will evolve over time to improve yields, quality and quantity of recovered SparX protein.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including the oncology subsector, are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on intellectual property. Any candidate that we successfully develop and commercialize will have to compete with existing therapies as well as therapies that may be developed in the future. While we believe our D-Domain, ddCAR and ARC-SparX platforms and scientific expertise provide us with a number of key advantages, we face substantial competition from many different sources, including large pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies, academic research institutions and governmental agencies, and public and private research institutions.

We anticipate substantial direct competition from other organizations developing advanced CAR-Ts, other types of genetically modified cell therapies, or other anti-BCMA biologics due to their promising clinical therapeutic effect in clinical trials including: 2seventy, Abbvie, Allogene, Amgen, Autolus, Bristol-Myers Squibb, CARSgen, Cartesian, Cellular Biomedicine Group, Gracell, GSK, Innovent, Johnson & Johnson, Legend, Novartis, Pfizer, Poseida Therapeutics, Precision BioSciences, Pregene, and Regeneron. In addition, some companies, such as Allogene, Caribou Biosciences, Cellectis, Celyad, and Crispr, are developing allogeneic cell therapies that could compete with our product candidate.

We cannot predict whether other types of CAR-T or other genetically modified cell therapies may be developed and demonstrate greater efficacy, and we may have direct and substantial competition from such therapies in the future. Further, despite the unique approach that we have developed to address the limitations of CAR-T and other types of genetically modified cell therapies, we expect to face increasing competition as new, more effective treatments for cancer enter the market and further advancements in technologies are made. We expect market adoption of any treatments that we develop and commercialize to be dependent on, among other things, efficacy, safety, delivery, price and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their collaboration partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, gene therapy and cell therapy industries may result in even more resources being

 

146


Table of Contents

concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our product candidates.

Commercialization

In light of our stage of development, we have not yet established a commercial organization or distribution capabilities. Prior to approval of any of our product candidates, we intend to develop a commercialization infrastructure for those products. We will initially focus on the United States and be prepared to expand to other key markets as subsequent regulatory approvals are received. While we are preparing to launch on our own we will continue to evaluate partnership opportunities to provide commercialization infrastructure, including sales and marketing and commercial distribution.

Development, Evaluation and License Agreement with Pfenex Inc.

In December 2018, we entered into a Development, Evaluation and License Agreement with Pfenex Inc. pursuant to which we obtained the option to obtain worldwide, sublicensable, exclusive licenses to incorporate certain proprietary SparX proteins into our ARC-SparX platform. Under the terms of the agreement, Pfenex is eligible to receive development funding in addition to development, regulatory and commercial milestones up to an aggregate of $19.3125 million for each product incorporating a SparX protein expressed using a production strain based on the technology licensed from Pfenex, as well as low single-digit royalties during the royalty term on worldwide net sales of any such products. The royalty term is on a licensed SparX protein-by-licensed SparX protein and country-by-country basis and the shorter of (i) ten years from the date of first commercial sale and (ii) three months after the launch of a generic drug in such country. Such royalties for combination product are subject to certain net sales adjustments. Arcellx may terminate its licenses to individual proprietary SparX proteins at any time upon prior written notice. Either party may terminate for a materially uncured breach subject to a disputed breach resolution mechanism.

Intellectual Property

Developing intellectual property is a vital component of our business plan for maximizing return on our investments. We actively develop intellectual property that we believe is important to our business, including seeking, maintaining, enforcing and defending United States and international patent rights for our product candidates, processes, and our discovery, development, and therapeutic platforms. We pursue, maintain and defend patent rights in strategic areas to protect the technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the commercial development of our business and our competitive position. We also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of the technology, inventions and improvements that cannot be patented but are important to the development of our business and competitive position. We have spent considerable effort securing intellectual property rights, including patent rights related to our proprietary D-Domain binding domain, ARC and SparX protein technologies and to our product candidates.

We own three patent families directed to the proprietary D-Domain binding domain technology.

 

   

The first patent family includes three pending U.S. non-provisional applications, and several pending foreign patent applications in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, the Eurasian Patent Organization, the European Patent Organization, Indonesia, India, Israel, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Philippines, and Singapore. The family further includes three issued U.S. patents (U.S. Pat. Nos 10,662,248, 10,647,775 and 11,008,397), two granted European patents (EP Pat. Nos. 3280432 and 3280433) and nine patents granted (or applications allowed) in other commercially significant jurisdictions (Australian Pat. No. 2016246426, Israeli Pat. No. 254907,

 

147


Table of Contents
 

Indonesian Pat. No. 2018/07812, Japanese Pat. Nos. 6871232 and 6873101, Mexican Pat. No. 2017012679, Singaporean Pat. No. 11201708257U, and South African Pat. No. 2017/06875). EP Pat. No. 3280432 has been validated in Albania, Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Switzerland/Liechtenstein, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Germany, Denmark, Estonia, Spain, Finland, France, United Kingdom, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Iceland, Italy, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Latvia, Monaco, North Macedonia, Malta, Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Serbia, Sweden, Slovenia, Slovakia, San Marino, and Turkey; EP Pat. No. 3280433 is being validated in Belgium, Switzerland/Liechtenstein, Germany, Denmark, Spain, France, United Kingdom, Italy, Luxembourg, Monaco, Netherlands, Norway, and Sweden. Both EP patents were registered in Hong Kong. The patent family broadly covers libraries of our proprietary D-Domain binding domains, compositions comprising our proprietary D-Domain binding domains and methods of using our proprietary D-Domain binding domains. Compositions covered by the issued/granted claims include fusion polypeptides comprising our proprietary D-Domain binding domain and CARs comprising our proprietary D-Domain binding domains. Methods covered by the issued/granted claims include the use of CARs comprising our proprietary D-Domain binding domain in the treatment of cancer. The issued/granted claims encompass CART-ddBCMA and universal ARC-T cells, ACLX001: BCMA and ACLX002: CD123 SparXs, and methods of using thereof in the treatment of cancer. Any patent issuing from the first family is expected to expire in 2036, not including any patent term adjustment and patent term extension.

 

   

The second patent family is directed to proprietary D-Domain binding domains that bind commercially relevant target antigens and fusion polypeptides containing these domains. The second family includes an international application, three pending U.S. non-provisional applications, and pending foreign patent applications in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, the Eurasian Patent Organization, the European Patent Organization, Indonesia, India, Israel, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa, and Hong Kong. Any patent issuing from the second family is expected to expire in 2038, not including any patent term adjustment and patent term extension.

 

   

The third patent family is directed to proprietary D-Domain binding domains that bind commercially relevant target antigens and fusion polypeptides containing these domains. The family includes a pending U.S. provisional patent application. We plan to convert the pending application into an international application. Any patent issuing from the family is expected to expire in 2042, not including any patent term adjustment and patent term extension.

We also own two patent families directed to the proprietary ARC-SparX platform technology.

 

   

One patent family is directed to our ARC construct and SparX protein technologies, and to methods of using them in T cell-based and other therapeutic applications. The family includes a pending U.S. non-provisional application, and pending foreign patent applications in Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, the Eurasian Patent Organization, the European Patent Organization, Indonesia, India, Israel, Japan, the Republic of Korea, Mexico, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa, and Hong Kong. Any patent issuing from the family is expected to expire in 2038, not including any patent term adjustment and patent term extension.

 

   

A second patent family is directed to dosing regimens for employing the proprietary ARC-SparX platform technology in therapeutic methods. The family includes a U.S. provisional patent application. We plan to convert the pending application into an international application. Any patent issuing from the family is expected to expire in 2042, not including any patent term adjustment and patent term extension.

 

148


Table of Contents

In addition to patent protection, we also rely on trademark registration, trade secrets, know how, other proprietary information and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position.

Our trademark portfolio currently contains pending U.S. trademark applications for the ARCELLX, ARC-T, SPARX, SPARX PROTEINS and SPARX PROTEIN trademarks.

We seek to protect and maintain the confidentiality of proprietary information to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. Therefore, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual’s relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specified circumstances. Our agreements with employees also provide that all inventions conceived by the employee in the course of employment with us or from the employee’s use of our confidential information are our exclusive property. However, such confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements can be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach.

The patent and other intellectual property positions of biotechnology companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. Our commercial success will also depend in part on not infringing upon the proprietary rights of third parties. It is uncertain whether the issuance of any third-party patent would require us to alter our development, commercial strategies, drugs or processes, or to obtain licenses or cease certain activities. Our breach of any license agreements or our failure to obtain a license to proprietary rights required to develop or commercialize our future products may have a material adverse impact on us. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings in the USPTO to determine priority of invention.

For more information on these risks and other comprehensive risks related to our intellectual property, see “Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property.”

Government Regulation

Government authorities in the United States at the federal, state and local level and in other countries regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of biopharmaceutical products. Generally, before a new biopharmaceutical product can be marketed, considerable data demonstrating its quality, safety, purity and potency must be obtained, organized into a format specific for each regulatory authority, submitted for review and approved by the regulatory authority. Potency is interpreted to mean the specific ability or capacity of the product, as indicated by appropriate laboratory tests or by adequately controlled clinical data obtained through the administration of the product in the manner intended, to effect a given result.

U.S. Biopharmaceutical Development

In the United States, the FDA regulates biopharmaceuticals under the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) and the Public Health Service Act (PHSA). Biopharmaceuticals also are subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance

 

149


Table of Contents

with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or post-market may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, product recalls or market withdrawals, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement and civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

Biologics must be licensed by the FDA under the PHSA through the submission of a BLA before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The process generally involves the following:

 

   

Completion of extensive preclinical studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including studies conducted in accordance with good laboratory practice (GLP) requirements;

 

   

Submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

   

Approval by an independent institutional review board (IRB), or ethics committee at each clinical trial site before each trial may be initiated;

 

   

Performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, GCP requirements and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the potency, purity and safety of the investigational product for each proposed indication;

 

   

Submission to the FDA of a BLA;

 

   

A determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of a BLA to accept the filing for review;

 

   

Satisfactory completion of a FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the biologic will be produced to assess compliance with cGMP, requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biologic’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

 

   

Potential FDA audit of the preclinical study and/or clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the BLA;

 

   

FDA review and approval of the BLA, including consideration of the views of any FDA advisory committee, prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the biologic in the United States; and

 

   

Compliance with any post-approval requirements, including the potential requirement to implement a REMS, and the potential requirement to conduct post-approval studies.

The data required to support a BLA are generated in two distinct developmental stages: preclinical and clinical. The preclinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources.

Preclinical Studies and IND

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product biochemistry, formulation and stability, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the potential for toxicity and to establish a rationale for therapeutic use for supporting subsequent clinical testing. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations

 

150


Table of Contents

and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety/toxicology studies. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational product to humans and must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. Some long-term preclinical testing, such as animal tests of reproductive adverse events and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the trial on clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

Clinical Trials

The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control, in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety and assess efficacy. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Furthermore, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB for each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. There also are requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries.

A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside of the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to the FDA in support of a BLA. The FDA will accept a well-designed and well-conducted foreign clinical trial not conducted under an IND if the trial was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary.

Clinical trials in the United States generally are conducted in three sequential phases, known as Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3, and may overlap.

 

   

Phase 1 clinical trials generally involve a small number of healthy volunteers or disease-affected patients who are initially exposed to a single dose and then multiple doses of the product candidate. The primary purpose of these clinical trials is to assess the metabolism, pharmacologic action, tolerability and safety of the drug.

 

   

Phase 2 clinical trials involve studies in disease-affected patients to determine the dose required to produce the desired benefits. At the same time, safety and further pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic information is collected, possible adverse effects and safety risks are identified and a preliminary evaluation of efficacy is conducted.

 

   

Phase 3 clinical trials generally involve a large number of patients at multiple sites and are designed to provide the data necessary to demonstrate the effectiveness of the product for its intended use, its safety in use and to establish the overall benefit/risk relationship of the product and provide an adequate basis for product approval. These trials may include comparisons with placebo and/or other comparator treatments. The duration of treatment is often extended to mimic the actual use of a product during marketing.

 

151


Table of Contents

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the performance of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of approval of a BLA.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies suggesting a significant risk to humans exposed to the investigational product, findings from animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure.

Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, if at all. The FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the investigational product has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Additionally, some clinical trials are overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board (DSMB) or committee. This group provides authorization for whether a trial may move forward at designated check-points based on access to certain data from the trial. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and also must develop additional information about the biochemical and physical characteristics of the investigational product as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product and, among other things, companies must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidates do not undergo unacceptable deterioration over their shelf life.

Further, as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the extent and length of which are uncertain, we will be required to develop and implement additional clinical trial policies and procedures designed to help protect trial participants from the COVID-19 virus, which may include using telemedicine visits and remote monitoring of patients and clinical sites. We will also need to ensure data from our clinical studies that may be disrupted as a result of the pandemic is collected pursuant to the trial protocol and is consistent with GCPs, with any material protocol deviation reviewed and approved by the site IRB. Patients who may miss scheduled appoints, any interruption in trial drug supply, or other consequence that may result in incomplete data being generated during a trial as a result of the pandemic must be adequately documented and justified.

For example, on March 18, 2020 and in subsequent updates, the FDA issued a guidance on conducting clinical trials during the pandemic. The guidance describes a number of considerations for sponsors of clinical trials impacted by the pandemic, including the requirement to include in the clinical trial report (or as a separate document) contingency measures implemented to manage the trial and any disruption of the trial as a result of COVID-19; a list of all trial participants affected by COVID-19-related trial disruption by unique subject identifier and by investigational site, and a description of how the individual’s participation was altered; and analyses and corresponding discussions that address the impact of implemented contingency measures (e.g., participant discontinuation from investigational product and/or trial, alternative procedures used to collect critical safety and/or efficacy data) on the safety and efficacy results reported for the trial.

 

152


Table of Contents

Compliance with cGMP and GTP Requirements

Before approving a BLA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in full compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The PHSA emphasizes the importance of manufacturing control for products like biologics whose attributes cannot be precisely defined.

The FDA also will not approve the product if the manufacturer is not in compliance with GTP. These standards are found in FDA regulations and guidances that govern the methods used in, and the facilities and controls used for, the manufacture of human cells, tissues, and cellular and tissue-based products (HCT/Ps), which are human cells or tissue intended for implantation, transplant, infusion, or transfer into a human recipient. The primary intent of the GTP requirements is to ensure that cell and tissue-based products are manufactured in a manner designed to prevent the introduction, transmission, and spread of communicable disease. FDA regulations also require tissue establishments to register and list their HCT/Ps with the FDA and, when applicable, to evaluate donors through screening and testing.

Manufacturers and others involved in the manufacture and distribution of products must also register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies. Both domestic and foreign manufacturing establishments must register and provide additional information to the FDA upon their initial participation in the manufacturing process. Any product manufactured by or imported from a facility that has not registered, whether foreign or domestic, is deemed misbranded under the FDCA. Establishments may be subject to periodic unannounced inspections by government authorities to ensure compliance with cGMPs and other laws. Inspection that follow a “risk based schedule” may result in certain establishments being inspected more frequently. Manufacturers may also have to provide, on request, electronic or physical records regarding their establishments. Delaying, denying, limiting, or refusing inspection by the FDA may lead to a product being deemed to be adulterated.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional preclinical studies and must also develop additional information about the physical characteristics of the biologic product candidate as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product candidate in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. To help reduce the risk of the introduction of adventitious agents or of causing other adverse events with the use of biologic products, the PHSA emphasizes the importance of manufacturing control for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other requirements, the sponsor must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, potency and purity of the final biologic product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the biologic product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

BLA Review Process

Following completion of the clinical trials, data is analyzed to assess whether the investigational product is safe and effective for the proposed indicated use or uses. The results of preclinical studies and clinical trials are then submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA, along with proposed labeling, biochemistry and manufacturing information to ensure product quality, identity, purity and other relevant data. In short, the BLA is a request for approval to market the biologic for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of safety, purity and potency for a biologic. The application may include both negative and ambiguous results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as positive findings. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a product’s use or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product to the satisfaction of the FDA. FDA approval of a BLA must be obtained before a biologic may be marketed in the United States.

 

153


Table of Contents

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA), as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a user fee. FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. According to the FDA’s FY 2022 fee schedule, effective through September 30, 2022, the user fee for an application requiring clinical data, such as a BLA, is approximately $3.1 million. PDUFA also imposes an annual program fee for each marketed human biologic ($369,413 in FY 2022) and an annual establishment fee on facilities used to manufacture prescription biologics. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

The FDA reviews all submitted BLAs before it accepts them for filing and may request additional information rather than accepting the BLA for filing. The FDA must make a decision on accepting a BLA for filing within 60 days of receipt. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review of the BLA. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under PDUFA, the FDA has 10 months, from the filing date, in which to complete its initial review of an original BLA and respond to the applicant, and six months from the filing date of an original BLA designated for priority review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority BLAs, and the review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification.

Before approving a BLA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facilities for the new product to determine whether they comply with cGMP requirements. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. The FDA also may audit data from clinical trials to ensure compliance with GCP requirements. Additionally, the FDA may refer applications for novel drug products or drug products which present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes physicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions, if any. The FDA is not bound by recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations when making decisions on approval. The FDA likely will reanalyze the clinical trial data, which could result in extensive discussions between the FDA and the applicant during the review process. After the FDA evaluates a BLA, it will issue an approval letter or a Complete Response Letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application will not be approved in its present form. A Complete Response Letter usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the BLA identified by the FDA. The Complete Response Letter may require additional clinical data, additional pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial(s) and/or other significant and time-consuming requirements related to clinical trials, preclinical studies or manufacturing. If a Complete Response Letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application. Even if such data and information are submitted, the FDA may decide that the BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than we interpret the same data.

Orphan Drugs

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product.

For biologic drug products, an orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

 

154


Table of Contents

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same indication for seven years from the date of such approval, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity by means of greater effectiveness, greater safety or providing a major contribution to patient care or in instances of drug supply issues. However, competitors may receive approval of either a different product for the same indication or the same product for a different indication but that could be used off-label in the orphan indication. Orphan drug exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval before we do for the same product, as defined by the FDA, for the same indication we are seeking approval, or if a product candidate is determined to be contained within the scope of the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If one of our products designated as an orphan drug receives marketing approval for an indication broader than the indication for which it is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan drug exclusivity.

The period of exclusivity begins on the date that the marketing application is approved by the FDA and has historically been interpreted by FDA to apply to the indication for which the product has been designated. In September 2021, however, the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit held that, for the purpose of determining the scope of exclusivity, the term “same disease or condition” means the designated “rare disease or condition” and could not be interpreted by the Agency to mean the “indication or use.” Thus, the court concluded, orphan drug exclusivity applies to the entire designated disease or condition rather than the “indication or use.” It is unclear how this court decision will be implemented by FDA.

Orphan drug exclusivity will not bar approval of another product under certain circumstances, including if the company with orphan drug exclusivity is not able to meet market demand or the subsequent product with the same drug for the same condition is shown to be clinically superior to the approved product on the basis of greater efficacy or safety, or providing a major contribution to patient care. This is the case despite an earlier court opinion holding that the Orphan Drug Act unambiguously required the FDA to recognize orphan drug exclusivity regardless of a showing of clinical superiority.

Orphan drug status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, requirements and benefits.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

The FDA has a fast track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new drug products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new drug products are eligible for fast track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preclinical or clinical data demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Fast track designation applies to both the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. For biologics, the sponsor can request the FDA to designate the product for fast track status any time before receiving a BLA approval, but ideally no later than the pre-BLA meeting.

Any product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a fast track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product is eligible for priority review if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety and effectiveness compared to available therapies.

A product may also be eligible for accelerated approval, if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies. In addition, it must demonstrate an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality (IMM), which is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a

 

155


Table of Contents

biologic receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. If the FDA concludes that a biologic shown to be potent can be safely used only if distribution or use is restricted, it may require such post-marketing restrictions as it deems necessary to assure safe use of the product.

Additionally, a drug product may be eligible for designation as a breakthrough therapy if the product is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drug products, to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the product may demonstrate substantial improvement over currently approved therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. The benefits of breakthrough therapy designation include the same benefits as fast track designation, plus intensive guidance from the FDA to ensure an efficient drug development program. Fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval, but may expedite the development or approval process.

RMAT Designation

As part of the 21st Century Cures Act, Congress created the Regenerative Medicine Advanced Therapy (RMAT) designation to facilitate an efficient development program for, and expedite review of, a product candidate that meets the following criteria: (1) it qualifies as a RMAT, which is defined as a cell therapy, therapeutic tissue engineering product, human cell and tissue product, or any combination product using such therapies or products, with limited exceptions; (2) it is intended to treat, modify, reverse, or cure a serious or life-threatening disease or condition; and (3) preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug has the potential to address unmet medical needs for such a disease or condition. A sponsor may request that the FDA designate a drug as a RMAT concurrently with or at any time after submission of an IND. The FDA has 60 calendar days to determine whether the drug meets the criteria. A BLA for a regenerative medicine therapy that has received RMAT designation may be eligible for priority review or accelerated approval through use of surrogate or intermediate endpoints reasonably likely to predict long-term clinical benefit, or reliance upon data obtained from a meaningful number of sites. Benefits of RMAT designation also include early interactions with FDA to discuss any potential surrogate or intermediate endpoint to be used to support accelerated approval. A regenerative medicine therapy with RMAT designation that is granted accelerated approval and is subject to post-approval requirements may, as appropriate, fulfill such requirements through the submission of clinical evidence from clinical trials, patient registries, or other sources of real world evidence, such as electronic health records; the collection of larger confirmatory data sets; or post-approval monitoring of all patients treated with such therapy prior to its approval. Like some of FDA’s other expedited development programs, RMAT designation does not change the standards for approval but may help expedite the development or approval process.

Abbreviated Licensure Pathway of Biological Products as Biosimilars or Interchangeable Biosimilars

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or Affordable Care Act (ACA), signed into law in 2010, includes the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 (BPCIA), which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be highly similar to an FDA-licensed reference biological product. The BPCIA attempts to minimize duplicative testing, and thereby lower development costs and increase patient access to affordable treatments. An application for licensure of a biosimilar product must include information demonstrating biosimilarity based upon the following, unless the FDA determines otherwise:

 

   

Analytical studies demonstrating that the proposed biosimilar product is highly similar to the approved product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components;

 

   

Animal studies (including the assessment of toxicity); and

 

   

A clinical trial or trials (including the assessment of immunogenicity and pharmacokinetic or pharmacodynamic) sufficient to demonstrate safety, purity and potency in one or more conditions for which the reference product is licensed and intended to be used.

 

156


Table of Contents

In addition, an application must include information demonstrating that:

 

   

The proposed biosimilar product and reference product utilize the same mechanism of action for the condition(s) of use prescribed, recommended or suggested in the proposed labeling, but only to the extent the mechanism(s) of action are known for the reference product;

 

   

The condition or conditions of use prescribed, recommended or suggested in the labeling for the proposed biosimilar product have been previously approved for the reference product;

 

   

The route of administration, the dosage form and the strength of the proposed biosimilar product are the same as those for the reference product; and

 

   

The facility in which the biological product is manufactured, processed, packed or held meets standards designed to assure that the biological product continues to be safe, pure and potent.

Biosimilarity means that the biological product is highly similar to the reference product notwithstanding minor differences in clinically inactive components, and that there are no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of the safety, purity and potency of the product. In addition, the law provides for a designation of “interchangeability” between the reference and biosimilar products, whereby the biosimilar may be substituted for the reference product without the intervention of the healthcare provider who prescribed the reference product. The higher standard of interchangeability must be demonstrated by information sufficient to show that:

 

   

The proposed product is biosimilar to the reference product;

 

   

The proposed product is expected to produce the same clinical result as the reference product in any given patient; and

 

   

For a product that is administered more than once to an individual, the risk to the patient in terms of safety or diminished efficacy of alternating or switching between the biosimilar and the reference product is no greater than the risk of using the reference product without such alternation or switch.

FDA approval is required before a biosimilar may be marketed in the United States. However, complexities associated with the large and intricate structures of biological products and the process by which such products are manufactured pose significant hurdles to the FDA’s implementation of the law that are still being worked out by the FDA. For example, the FDA has discretion over the kind and amount of scientific evidence—laboratory, preclinical and/or clinical—required to demonstrate biosimilarity to a licensed biological product.

The timing of final FDA approval of a biosimilar for commercial distribution depends on a variety of factors, including whether the manufacturer of the branded product is entitled to one or more statutory exclusivity periods, during which time the FDA is prohibited from approving any products that are biosimilar to the branded product. The FDA cannot approve a biosimilar application for twelve years from the date of first licensure of the reference product. Additionally, a biosimilar product sponsor may not submit an application for four years from the date of first licensure of the reference product. A reference product may also be entitled to exclusivity under other statutory provisions. For example, a reference product designated for a rare disease or condition (an orphan drug) may be entitled to seven years of exclusivity, in which case no product that is biosimilar to the reference product may be approved until either the end of the twelve-year period provided under the biosimilarity statute or the end of the seven-year orphan drug exclusivity period, whichever occurs later. In certain circumstances, a regulatory exclusivity period can extend beyond the life of a patent, and thus block biosimilarity applications from being approved on or after the patent expiration date. In addition, the FDA may under certain circumstances extend the exclusivity period for the reference product by an additional six months if the FDA requests, and the manufacturer undertakes, studies on the effect of its product in children, a so-called pediatric extension.

 

157


Table of Contents

Post-Approval Requirements

Following approval of a new product, the manufacturer and the approved product are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, monitoring and record-keeping requirements, requirements to report adverse experiences and comply with promotion and advertising requirements, which include restrictions on promoting drugs for unapproved uses or patient populations, known as “off-label use,” and limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such uses. Prescription drug promotional materials must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug product, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain FDA approval of a new application or supplement, which may require the development of additional data or preclinical studies and clinical trials.

The FDA may also place other conditions on approvals including the requirement for REMS, to assure the safe use of the product. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Any of these limitations on approval or marketing could restrict the commercial promotion, distribution, prescription or dispensing of products. Product approvals may be withdrawn for non-compliance with regulatory standards or if problems occur following initial marketing.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

   

Restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market, or product recalls;

 

   

Warning letters, or holds on post-approval clinical studies;

 

   

Refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications;

 

   

Applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

 

   

Product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

   

Injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs and biologics may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

Other U.S. Regulatory Matters

Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, including the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), other divisions of the Department of Health and Human Services, the

 

158


Table of Contents

Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency, and state and local governments.

For example, in the United States, sales, marketing and scientific and educational programs must also comply with state and federal fraud and abuse laws. These laws include the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which makes it illegal for any person, including a prescription drug manufacturer (or a party acting on its behalf), to knowingly and willfully solicit, receive, offer or pay any remuneration that is intended to induce or reward referrals, including the purchase, recommendation, order or prescription of a particular drug, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program, such as Medicare or Medicaid. Violations of this law are punishable by up to five years in prison, criminal fines, administrative civil money penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs. Moreover, the ACA provides that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act.

Pricing and rebate programs must comply with the Medicaid rebate requirements of the U.S. Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1990 and more recent requirements in the ACA. If products are made available to authorized users of the Federal Supply Schedule of the General Services Administration, additional laws and requirements apply. Products must meet applicable child-resistant packaging requirements under the U.S. Poison Prevention Packaging Act. Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities also are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws.

The distribution of biologic and pharmaceutical products is subject to additional requirements and regulations, including extensive record-keeping, licensing, storage and security requirements intended to prevent the unauthorized sale of pharmaceutical products.

The failure to comply with any of these laws or regulatory requirements subjects firms to possible legal or regulatory action. Depending on the circumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, requests for recall, seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals or refusal to allow a firm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Prohibitions or restrictions on sales or withdrawal of future products marketed by us could materially affect our business in an adverse way.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: changes to our manufacturing arrangements; additions or modifications to product labeling; the recall or discontinuation of our products; or additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business.

U.S. Patent-Term Restoration and Marketing Exclusivity

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of any future product candidates, some of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits restoration of the patent term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and FDA regulatory review process. Patent-term restoration, however, cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent-term restoration period is generally one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a BLA plus the time between the submission date of a BLA and the approval of that application, except that the review period is reduced by any time during which the applicant failed to exercise due diligence. Only one patent applicable to an approved drug is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with the FDA, reviews and

 

159


Table of Contents

approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration. In the future, we may apply for restoration of patent term for our currently owned or licensed patents to add patent life beyond its current expiration date, depending on the expected length of the clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of the relevant BLA.

Government Regulation Outside of the United States

In addition to regulations in the United States, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions where we seek to commercialize any of our product candidates, including countries in Europe and Asia. Such foreign regulations govern, among other things, research and development, clinical trials, testing, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, record keeping, distribution, reporting, advertising and other promotional practices involving biological products as well as authorization and approval of our product candidates. Because biologically sourced raw materials are subject to unique contamination risks, their use may be restricted in some countries.

Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product candidate, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of a clinical trial or marketing of a product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar approval process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application, or CTA, much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In the European Union, for example, a CTA must be submitted for each clinical trial to each country’s national health authority and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and an IRB, respectively. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country’s requirements, the corresponding clinical trial may proceed. The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements, applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

European Union Drug Development

Similar to the United States, the various phases of preclinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls. Although the E.U. Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC has sought to harmonize the E.U. clinical trials regulatory framework, setting out common rules for the control and authorization of clinical trials in the European Union, the E.U. Member States have transposed and applied the provisions of the Directive differently. This has led to significant variations in the member state regimes. Under the current regime, before a clinical trial can be initiated, it must be approved in each of the E.U. countries where the trial is to be conducted by two distinct bodies: the National Competent Authority (NCA) and one or more Ethics Committees (ECs). Under the current regime, all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

The E.U. clinical trials legislation currently is undergoing a transition process mainly aimed at harmonizing and streamlining clinical-trial authorization, simplifying adverse-event reporting procedures, improving the supervision of clinical trials and increasing their transparency. Recently enacted Clinical Trials Regulation EU No 536/2014 ensures that the rules for conducting clinical trials in the European Union will be identical. In the meantime, Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC continues to govern all clinical trials performed in the European Union.

 

160


Table of Contents

E.U. Drug Review and Approval

In the European Economic Area (EEA), which is comprised of the 27 Member States of the European Union (including Norway and excluding Croatia), Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization (MA). There are two types of Marketing Authorizations:

 

   

The Community MA is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP), of the European Medicines Agency (EMA), and is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, advanced-therapy medicines such as gene-therapy, somatic cell-therapy or tissue-engineered medicines and medicinal products containing a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV, AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or for products that are in the interest of public health in the European Union.

 

   

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure. Under the Decentralized Procedure an identical dossier is submitted to the competent authorities of each of the Member States in which the MA is sought, one of which is selected by the applicant as the Reference Member State (RMS). The competent authority of the RMS prepares a draft assessment report, a draft summary of the product characteristics (SPC) and a draft of the labeling and package leaflet, which are sent to the other Member States (referred to as the Member States Concerned) for their approval. If the Member States Concerned raise no objections, based on a potential serious risk to public health, to the assessment, SPC, labeling or packaging proposed by the RMS, the product is subsequently granted a national MA in all the Member States (i.e., in the RMS and the Member States Concerned).

Under the above described procedures, before granting the MA, the EMA or the competent authorities of the member states of the EEA make an assessment of the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy.

PRIME Designation in the EU

In March 2016, the EMA launched an initiative to facilitate development of product candidates in indications, often rare, for which few or no therapies currently exist. The PRIority Medicines (PRIME) scheme is intended to encourage drug development in areas of unmet medical need and provides accelerated assessment of products representing substantial innovation reviewed under the centralized procedure. Products from small- and medium-sized enterprises may qualify for earlier entry into the PRIME scheme than larger companies. Many benefits accrue to sponsors of product candidates with PRIME designation, including but not limited to, early and proactive regulatory dialogue with the EMA, frequent discussions on clinical trial designs and other development program elements, and accelerated marketing authorization application assessment once a dossier has been submitted. Importantly, a dedicated EMA contact and rapporteur from CHMP or Committee for Advanced Therapies are appointed early in the PRIME scheme facilitating increased understanding of the product at the EMA’s Committee level. A kick-off meeting initiates these relationships and includes a team of multidisciplinary experts at the EMA to provide guidance on the overall development and regulatory strategies.

 

161


Table of Contents

Orphan Drug Designation and Exclusivity

Regulation (EC) No 141/2000 and Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000 provide that a product can be designated as an orphan drug by the European Commission if its sponsor can establish: that the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of (1) a life threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than five in ten thousand persons in the European Union when the application is made, or (2) a life threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition in the European Union and that without incentives it is unlikely that the marketing of the drug in the European Union would generate sufficient return to justify the necessary investment. For either of these conditions, the applicant must demonstrate that there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the European Union or, if such method exists, the drug will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition.

An orphan drug designation provides a number of benefits, including fee reductions, regulatory assistance, and the possibility to apply for a centralized European Union marketing authorization. Marketing authorization for an orphan drug leads to a ten year period of market exclusivity. During this market exclusivity period, neither the EMA nor the European Commission or the member states can accept an application or grant a marketing authorization for a “similar medicinal product.” A “similar medicinal product” is defined as a medicinal product containing a similar active substance or substances as contained in an authorized orphan medicinal product, and which is intended for the same therapeutic indication. The market exclusivity period for the authorized therapeutic indication may, however, be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation because, for example, the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify market exclusivity.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of our products will depend, in part, on the extent to which our products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. In the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists. Accordingly, decisions regarding the extent of coverage and amount of reimbursement to be provided for any of our products will be made on a payor-by-payor basis. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.

The United States government, state legislatures, and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid healthcare costs, including price-controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. For example, the ACA contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products through increased rebates for drugs reimbursed by Medicaid programs, extension of Medicaid rebates to Medicaid managed care plans, mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries and annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of general controls and measures, coupled with the tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceutical drugs.

The Medicaid Drug Rebate Program requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into and have in effect a national rebate agreement with the Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services as a condition for states to receive federal matching funds for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs furnished to Medicaid patients. The ACA made several changes to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including increasing pharmaceutical manufacturers’ rebate liability by raising the minimum basic Medicaid rebate on most branded prescription drugs from 15.1% of average manufacturer price (AMP), to 23.1% of AMP and adding a new rebate calculation for “line extensions” (i.e., new formulations, such as extended release formulations) of solid oral dosage forms of branded products, as well as potentially impacting their rebate liability by modifying the

 

162


Table of Contents

statutory definition of AMP. The ACA also expanded the universe of Medicaid utilization subject to drug rebates by requiring pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay rebates on Medicaid managed care utilization and by enlarging the population potentially eligible for Medicaid drug benefits. The CMS has proposed to expand Medicaid rebate liability to the territories of the United States as well.

The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (MMA), established the Medicare Part D program to provide a voluntary prescription drug benefit to Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities that provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. While all Medicare drug plans must give at least a standard level of coverage set by Medicare, Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan likely will be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.

For a drug product to receive federal reimbursement under the Medicaid or Medicare Part B programs, or to be sold directly to U.S. government agencies, the manufacturer must extend discounts to entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program. The required 340B discount on a given product is calculated based on the AMP and Medicaid rebate amounts reported by the manufacturer.

There has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. For example, in 2020, the HHS and the CMS issued various rules that are expected to impact, among others, price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Part D, fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers, manufacturer price reporting requirements under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, including regulations that affect manufacturer-sponsored patient assistance programs subject to pharmacy benefit manager accumulator programs and Best Price reporting related to certain value-based purchasing arrangements, and manufacturer price reporting under Medicare Part B. Multiple lawsuits have been brought against the HHS challenging various aspects of the rules. In January 2021, the Biden administration issued a “regulatory freeze” memorandum that directs department and agency heads to review new or pending rules of the prior administration. Under the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, effective January 1, 2024, the statutory cap on Medicaid Drug Rebate Program rebates that manufacturers pay to state Medicaid programs will be eliminated. Elimination of this cap may require pharmaceutical manufacturers to pay more in rebates than it receives on the sale of products, which could have a material impact on our business. Further, in July 2021, the Biden administration released an executive order, “Promoting Competition in the American Economy,” with multiple provisions aimed at increasing competition for prescription drugs. In response to this executive order, the HHS released a Comprehensive Plan for Addressing High Drug Prices that outlines principles for drug pricing reform and potential legislative policies that Congress could pursue to advance these principles. In addition, Congress is considering legislation that, if passed, could have significant impact on prices of prescription drugs covered by Medicare, including limitations on drug price increases. The impact of these regulations and any future healthcare measures and agency rules implemented by the Biden administration on us and the pharmaceutical industry as a whole is currently unknown. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare

 

163


Table of Contents

reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our product candidates if approved. Complying with any new legislation and regulatory changes could be time-intensive and expensive, resulting in a material adverse effect on our business.

At the state level, legislatures have increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. For example, a number of states are considering or have recently enacted state drug price transparency and reporting laws that could substantially increase our compliance burdens and expose us to greater liability under such state laws once we begin commercialization. These and other health reform measures that are implemented may have a material adverse effect on our operations.

As noted above, the marketability of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. There is an increasing emphasis on cost containment measures in the United States with respect to healthcare costs and prescription drug prices and we expect it will continue to increase and exert greater pressure on pharmaceutical pricing. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

We are unable to predict the future course of federal or state healthcare legislation in the United States directed at broadening the availability of healthcare and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. These and any further changes in the law or regulatory framework could reduce our ability to generate revenue in the future or increase our costs, either of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. It is also possible that additional governmental action will be taken to address the COVID-19 pandemic. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations, and other payers of healthcare services and medical products to contain or reduce costs of healthcare and/or impose price controls may adversely affect the demand for our product candidates, if approved, and our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

In addition, in most foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement, in order to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product in the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our products. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally, prices tend to be significantly lower.

Employees and Human Capital

As of December 31, 2021, we had 78 full-time employees, 61 of whom were engaged in research and development activities. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered under a collective bargaining agreement. Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants. The principal purposes of our equity and cash incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of stock-based and cash-based compensation awards, in order to increase stockholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.

 

164


Table of Contents

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters are located in Gaithersburg, Maryland, where we lease 13,571 square feet of office and laboratory space pursuant to a lease agreement that expires on January 31, 2030. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our near-term needs but expect to need additional space as we grow. We believe that suitable additional or alternative space would be available as required in the future on commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings. We are not currently a party to any litigation or legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

165


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of January 14, 2022:

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers:

     

Rami Elghandour

     43      President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

Christopher Heery, M.D.

     42     

Chief Medical Officer

Lance Thibault, C.P.A.

     56      Interim Chief Financial Officer

Key Employees:

     

Narinder Singh, M.S.

     49     

Chief Technical Officer

Neeraj P. Teotia

     46      Chief Commercial Officer

David Tice, Ph.D.

     51     

Chief Scientific Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

     

Ali Behbahani, M.D.(1)(3)

     45      Director

Raymond Camahort, Ph.D.*

     43      Director

Jill Carroll, M.S.(2)(3)

     46      Director

David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A.(1)(2)

     57      Director

Kavita Patel, M.D.(2)

     48      Director

Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D.(3)

     72      Director

Derek Yoon(1)

     47      Director

 

*

Dr. Camahort has notified us that he will resign from our board of directors contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

(1)

Member of the audit committee

(2)

Member of the compensation committee

(3)

Member of the corporate governance and nominating committee

Executive Officers

Rami Elghandour has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors since January 2021. Previously, Mr. Elghandour served in various roles at Nevro Corp., a medical device company, from October 2012 to March 2019 including President, Chief Business Officer and most recently Chief Executive Officer and as a member of the board of Nevro Corp. from May 2016 to March 2019. From September 2008 to October 2012, Mr. Elghandour managed investments for Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (JJDC), the venture investing arm of Johnson & Johnson (NYSE:JNJ), where he led several investments and served on the board of directors of a number of private companies, including Nevro’s board of directors. Additionally, he led strategic initiatives in the development and management of JJDC’s portfolio. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Elghandour worked for Advanced Neuromodulation Systems, Inc. (acquired by St. Jude Medical), a medical device company, where he led firmware design and development on several implantable neurostimulators. Mr. Elghandour received an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Rutgers University School of Engineering. We believe that Mr. Elghandour is qualified to serve on our board due to his investment and engineering experience, strategic track record, and his service as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Christopher Heery, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since April 2021. Previously, Dr. Heery, served as Chief Medical Officer of Precision BioSciences, Inc., a genome editing company, from May 2019 to April 2021, where he oversaw the clinical development of one of the first allogeneic CAR-T cell platforms and provided clinical insight into clinical efforts for gene editing therapeutics. Dr. Heery also served as

 

166


Table of Contents

Chief Medical Officer at Bavarian Nordic A/S, a biotechnology company, from October 2016 to April 2019, where he oversaw clinical development programs for its immune-oncology and infectious disease portfolios. Prior to that, he was a Staff Clinician and then an Associate Research Physician and Head of the Clinical Trials Group of the Laboratory of Tumor Immunology and Biology at the National Cancer Institute (NCI), a U.S. government health agency, from April 2012 to November 2013 and November 2013 to September 2016, respectively, where he was part of a larger effort to create new immunotherapies for the treatment of cancer. He joined the NCI Medical Oncology Branch as a Medical Oncology Fellow in 2009 and also served as an Adjunct Appointment in the Genitourinary Malignancies Branch. Dr. Heery is board certified in Medical Oncology and Internal Medicine. He received a B.A. from Duke University and a M.D. from East Carolina University Brody School of Medicine, and completed his internal medicine residency at the University of Illinois at Chicago.

Lance Thibault, C.P.A. has served as our Interim Chief Financial Officer since January 2022. Since January 2014, Mr. Thibault has served as managing director of Danforth Advisors, LLC providing operational, financial and strategic services at a number of private and public pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including as Interim Chief Financial Officer of Aadi Bioscience, Inc. (NASDAQ: AADI) from July 2021 to November 2021, as Acting Chief Financial Officer of Pieris Pharmaceuticals, Inc (NASDAQ: PIRS) from February 2017 to April 2018, and as Interim Chief Financial Officer of Proteostasis Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: PTI) from April 2015 to August 2016. Prior to 2010, Mr. Thibault was Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of deCODE genetics, Inc. (NASDAQ: DCGN), and a director at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Thibault is a Certified Public Accountant and received his B.S. in Accountancy from Bentley University.

Key Employees

Narinder Singh, M.S. has served as our Chief Technical Officer since October 2021. Prior to joining us, Mr. Singh was Chief Technical Officer at Forte Biosciences (Nasdaq:FBRX), a clinical-stage, biopharmaceutical company focused on dermatology, from August 2021 to October 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Singh was Head of Technical Operations at Aimmune, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from July 2020 to July 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Singh served as Senior Vice President, Pharmaceutical Sciences and Manufacturing at Genocea Biosciences, a biopharmaceutical company, from March 2018 to July 2020, and as Vice President, Drug Product Development & Manufacturing at Momenta Pharmaceuticals, a biotechnology company, from July 2015 to March 2018. From May 1997 to July 2015, Mr. Singh served in a variety of technical leadership roles in drug product development and commercialization at Amgen Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Mr. Singh holds an Integrated M. Tech in Biochemical Engineering and Biotechnology from the Indian Institute of Technology in Delhi, India; an M.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Houston; and an M.B.A. from the UCLA Anderson School of Management.

Neeraj Teotia has served as our Chief Commercial Officer since April 2021. Previously, Mr. Teotia served as Vice President, Marketing of Nevro Corp. (NYSE:NVRO), a medical device company, from May 2016 to April 2021, having held roles of increasing responsibility in marketing since joining Nevro as Director, Marketing in April 2014. From July 2012 to April 2014, Mr. Teotia served as a Director, New Business Development in the Global Surgery Group at Johnson & Johnson (NYSE:JNJ), a diversified healthcare company, where he was responsible for assessing various licensing and acquisition opportunities. Prior to his role in New Business Development, Mr. Teotia worked in various marketing, licensing & acquisitions and research & development roles within the medical device group at Johnson & Johnson. Mr. Teotia received an M.B.A. from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University and holds a B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.

David Tice, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since July 2021 and previously served as our Vice President, Research and Translational Sciences after joining our company in April 2020. Previously, Dr. Tice served as Senior Director at MedImmune, the global biologics research and development unit of AstraZeneca (Nasdaq:AZN), from 2002 to April 2020. While serving as the head of the antibody drug conjugate strategic area at AstraZeneca, Dr. Tice managed a portfolio of over 20 pipeline projects spanning discovery to

 

167


Table of Contents

Phase 1. Prior to this experience, Dr. Tice worked at Genentech from 1999 to 2002 where he focused on genomics-based target discovery and monoclonal antibody targeting in cancer. Dr. Tice received his B.S. in Biology from Virginia Tech before receiving his Ph.D. in Molecular Medicine from the University of Virginia.

Non-Employee Directors

Ali Behbahani, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2015. Dr. Behbahani joined New Enterprise Associates (NEA), a venture capital firm, in 2007 and is currently a general partner on the healthcare team. Prior to joining NEA, he worked as an intern and later as a consultant in business development at The Medicines Company, a specialty pharmaceutical company developing acute care cardiovascular products. He previously held positions as a Venture Associate at Morgan Stanley Venture Partners from 2000 to 2002 and as a Healthcare Investment Banking Analyst at Lehman Brothers from 1998 to 2000. He has been a member of the board of directors of Genocea Biosciences (Nasdaq:GNCA) since February 2018, Oyster Point Pharma (Nasdaq:OYST) since July 2017, Monte Rosa Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq:GLUE) since April 2020, Nkarta, Inc. (Nasdaq:NKTX) since August 2019, Black Diamond Therapeutics (Nasdaq:BDTX) since December 2018, CRISPR Therapeutics AG (Nasdaq:CRSP) since April 2015, Adaptimmune Therapeutics Plc (Nasdaq:ADAP) since September 2014, CVRx, Inc. (Nasdaq: CVRX) since July 2013, Minerva Surgical, Inc. (Nasdaq: UTRS) since May 2011, and was on the board of Nevro Corp. (NYSE:NVRO) from August 2014 to March 2019. Dr. Behbahani received a B.S. in biomedical engineering, electrical engineering and chemistry from Duke University, an M.B.A. from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine. We believe that Dr. Behbahani is qualified to serve on our board due to his experience in life sciences and his experience as a member of the boards of directors of multiple companies in the life science industry.

Raymond Camahort, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2021. Dr. Camahort has been employed at Novo Ventures (US) Inc. in Boston, Massachusetts since 2015, where he served as an associate from 2015 to 2019 and a principal from January 2020 to present. Dr. Camahort has also served on the board of directors of Inspirna, Inc. since October 2021, and has served as a Board Observer at Checkmate Pharmaceuticals and Stride Bio. He has over 15 years of combined research, business development, and venture capital experience, with expertise in biochemistry, molecular biology, and genetics. Dr. Camahort was an associate at the Harvard University Office of Technology Development from September 2013 to October 2015 where he worked to commercialize technologies developed in both chemistry and stem cell/regenerative biology. Dr. Camahort completed a National Institute of Health (NIH) post-doctoral training fellowship at Harvard University from July 2009 to September 2013 while concurrently holding a business development position at Partners Healthcare Research Ventures and Licensing from February 2013 to August 2013. Dr. Camahort holds a Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in biochemistry and molecular biology, and a BS in biological sciences from the University of California Santa Barbara. We believe Dr. Camahort is qualified to serve on our board due to his experience as an investor and his extensive experience in life sciences.

Jill Carroll, M.S. has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2017. Ms. Carroll has served as partner of SR One Capital Management, LP (S.R. One), an entity affiliated with SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, LP since September 2020. Prior to S.R. One, Ms. Carroll was principal at S.R. One, Limited, initially joining as a Senior Associate in September 2011. From August 2010 to August 2011, Ms. Carroll served as a VP, Corporate Development at Limerick Biopharma. Between May 2004 and August 2010, Ms. Carroll was served as the Senior Director, Strategic Planning & Corporate Development at Dynavax Technologies (Nasdaq:DVAX), where she was involved in multiple pharma-partnering deals, as well as substantial private and public financings. Ms. Carroll also served as a director at Clearview Projects from Sept 2001 to May 2004 and as a consultant specializing in health care at Mercer Management Consulting from March 1999 to July 2001. Ms. Carroll is a member of the board of directors of HotSpot Therapeutics and Odyssey Therapeutics. Ms. Carroll received her B.S. in Chemistry from Duke University and her M.S. in Biochemistry, Cellular and Molecular Biology from Johns Hopkins University. We believe that Ms. Carroll is qualified to serve our board of directors because of her substantial experience as an investor and her prior management experience as a consultant and as an executive.

 

168


Table of Contents

David C. Lubner, M.S., C.P.A. has served as a director of our company since August 2020. Mr. Lubner served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Ra Pharmaceuticals Inc., a biotechnology company acquired by UCB S.A. in April 2020, from January 2016 until June 2020. Before joining Ra Pharmaceuticals, Mr. Lubner served as Chief Financial Officer of Tetraphase Pharmaceuticals from its inception in 2006 to 2016, as Chief Financial Officer of PharMetrics from 1999 until it was acquired by IMS Health in 2005 and as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ProScript from 1996 to 1999, where Velcade® (bortezomib), a therapy widely used for the treatment of the blood cancer multiple myeloma, was discovered. Mr. Lubner serves as a member of the board of directors of Dyne Therapeutics Inc. (Nasdaq:DYNE), Gemini Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq:GMTX), Vor Biopharma Inc. (Nasdaq:VOR), Point Biopharma, Inc. (Nasdaq:PNT) and several other private companies, and Mr. Lubner previously served on the board of directors of Nightstar Therapeutics plc from 2017 until it was acquired by Biogen in June 2019 and Therapeutics Acquisition Corporation (d/b/a as Research Alliance Corp. I.), a blank check company focused on the healthcare industry. Mr. Lubner is a Certified Public Accountant and is a member of the American Institute of CPAs. He received his B.S. in business administration from Northeastern University and an M.S. in taxation from Bentley University. We believe that Mr. Lubner is qualified to serve on our board based on his financial and senior executive leadership experience and his biotechnology company board experience, including serving as an audit committee chair.

Kavita Patel, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since December 2021. Dr. Patel has been employed as a primary care physician at Mary’s Center in Washington, DC since January 2020. Since January 2011, Dr. Patel has served as a Nonresident Fellow at the Brookings Institution. Dr. Patel has also served as a venture partner at NEA since 2017. Dr. Patel previously served in leadership roles at Johns Hopkins from 2011 to 2018. From 2009 to 2010, she served as Director of Policy for the Office on Intergovernmental Affairs and Public Engagement at The White House. From 2007 to 2009, she served as policy analyst and trusted aide and was part of the senior staff of the Health, Education, Labor and Pensions (HELP) Committee under Senator Edward Kennedy’s leadership. Dr. Patel currently serves as a member of the board of directors of several non-profit organizations, including SSM Healthcare, a non-profit integrated delivery system. She has also served as a member of the Health and Human Services (HHS) Physician Focused Payment Model Technical Advisory Committee from 2016 to 2021. Dr. Patel’s prior research in healthcare quality and community approaches to mental illness have earned national recognition and she has published numerous papers and book chapters on healthcare reform and health policy. Dr. Patel previously served on the board of directors of Tesaro, Inc. (Nasdaq: TSRO) from 2016 to 2018. Dr. Patel currently serves on the board of directors of Sigilon Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq: SGTX), SelectQuote, Inc. (NYSE: SLQT) and Intelligent Medicine Acquisition Corp. (NASDAQ: IQMD). Dr. Patel earned an M.D. from University of Texas Health Science Center, an M.S. in Health Services Research from the University of California Los Angeles and her B.A. from the University of Texas at Austin. We believe that Dr. Patel is qualified to serve our board of directors because of her clinical and business experience and history as a policy maker, hospital administrator and practicing clinician.

Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2019. Dr. Williams is currently President and CEO of a private cell therapy company, Walking Fish Therapeutics, and has been venture partner at Quan Capital, a life sciences venture fund, since August 2018. Dr. Williams founded Five Prime Therapeutics (Nasdaq:FPRX), a biotechnology company, in December 2001, served as Five Prime’s Executive Chairman from July 2003 to January 2012 and January 2018 to December 2018, as President and Chief Executive Officer from August 2011 to December 2017 and as a member of Five Prime’s board of directors from January 2002 until December 2019. Previously, Dr. Williams spent seven years at Chiron Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company, now Novartis Vaccines and Diagnostics, Inc., most recently as its Chief Scientific Officer. Prior to joining Chiron, Dr. Williams was a professor of medicine at the University of California, San Francisco and served as Director of the University Cardiovascular Research Institution and Daiichi Research Center. Dr. Williams has also served on the faculties of Harvard Medical School and Massachusetts General Hospital and co-founded COR Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company focused on cardiovascular disease. He is a member of the National Academy of Sciences and a fellow of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences. Dr. Williams is currently on the board of directors of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (Nasdaq:PTGX) and Neoleukin Therapeutics (Nasdaq:NLTX) and was previously a member of the board of

 

169


Table of Contents

directors of Chiron, COR Therapeutics and Beckman Coulter, Inc., each of which was a public company during his service as a director. Dr. Williams received a B.S. from Rice University and an M.D. and a Ph.D. from Duke University. We believe that Dr. Williams’ experience in drug discovery and development and in executive positions at several pharmaceutical companies, his experience as a founder of a publicly traded healthcare company and his service as a director of other publicly traded healthcare companies give him the qualifications, skills and financial expertise to serve on our board of directors.

Derek Yoon has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Yoon has been employed as President & CEO at Solasta Ventures (previously known as Aju IB Investment) (Solasta), a venture capital firm, since November 2013 and a member of the board of directors of Solasta since July 2019. Since December 2017, Mr. Yoon has served as member of the board of directors of Trefoil Therapeutics, and between December 2015 and August 2017, Mr. Yoon served on the board of directors of Clearside Biomedical (Nasdaq:CLSD). Prior to Solasta, Mr. Yoon was a Portfolio Manager with RBS Citizens from April 2011 to November 2013. From July 2009 to April 2011, Mr. Yoon was an Investment Manager at Berwind Private Equity. From October 1999 to July 2007, Mr. Yoon was Investment Manager at Kibo Capital in South Korea. Mr. Yoon received a Master of Finance from Boston College and a M.B.A. from Babson College. Mr. Yoon also received a B.S. in Chemical Engineering from Yonsei University in South Korea. We believe Mr. Yoon is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his experience in life sciences and his experience as a member of the boards of directors of multiple companies in the life science industry.

Board Composition

Our board of directors currently consists of eight members, with one vacancy. One of our current directors, Dr. Camahort, has notified us that he will resign from our board of directors contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. After the completion of this offering, the number of directors will be fixed by our board of directors, subject to the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. Each of our current directors will continue to serve as a director until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

   

The Class I directors will be Ali Behbahani, M.D., Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D. and Derek Yoon, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2023;

 

   

The Class II directors will be Jill Carroll, M.S. and Kavita Patel, M.D., and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2024; and

 

   

The Class III directors will be Rami Elghandour, and David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A., and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2025.

At each annual meeting of stockholders, upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, the successor to each such director in the class will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following his or her election and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified, in accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one third of our directors.

This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

 

170


Table of Contents

Director Independence

Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. Under the rules of Nasdaq, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within one year of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of Nasdaq require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and corporate governance and nominating committees be independent. Audit committee members and compensation committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 and Rule 10C-1, respectively, under the Exchange Act. Under the rules of Nasdaq, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 and under the rules of Nasdaq, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10C-1 and under the rules of Nasdaq, the board of directors of a listed company must affirmatively determine that each member of the compensation committee is independent, including a consideration of all factors specifically relevant to determining whether the director has a relationship to the company that is material to that director’s ability to be independent from management in connection with the duties of a compensation committee member, including, but not limited to: (i) the source of compensation of such director, including any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee paid by the company to such director and (ii) whether such director is affiliated with the company, a subsidiary of the company or an affiliate of a subsidiary of the company.

Our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that Ali Behbahani, M.D., Jill Carroll, M.S., David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A., Kavita Patel, M.D., Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D., and Derek Yoon representing six of our eight directors, do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of Nasdaq. Mr. Elghandour is not an independent director because he is our President and Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors did not review the independence of Raymond Camahort, Ph.D., as Dr. Camahort has notified us that he will resign from our board of directors contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Leadership Structure

Mr. Elghandour serves as both our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. In addition, our board does not have a lead independent director at this time, but will continue to monitor and evaluate the appropriateness of our board leadership structure. Our board believes that Mr. Elghandour’s service as both Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer is in the best interest of the Company and its stockholders.

 

171


Table of Contents

Mr. Elghandour possesses detailed and in-depth knowledge of the issues, opportunities and challenges facing us and our business and is thus best positioned to develop agendas that ensure that the Board’s time and attention are focused on the most critical matters. Specifically, his combined role enables decisive leadership, ensures clear accountability, and enhances our ability to communicate our message and strategy clearly and consistently to our stockholders, employees, customers and manufacturers.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

Our board of directors has an active role, as a whole and also at the committee level, in overseeing the management of our risks. Our board of directors is responsible for general oversight of risks and regular review of information regarding our risks, including credit risks, liquidity risks and operational risks. The compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements. The audit committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to accounting matters and financial reporting. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks associated with the independence of our board of directors and potential conflicts of interest. Although each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our entire board of directors is regularly informed through discussions from committee members about such risks. Our board of directors believes its administration of its risk oversight function has not negatively affected the board of directors’ leadership structure.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our audit committee will be David Luber, M.S., C.P.A., Ali Behbahani, M.D., and Derek Yoon. David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A. will be the chair of our audit committee and David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A. will be our audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and possesses financial sophistication, as defined under the rules of Nasdaq. Our audit committee will oversee our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assist our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems. Our audit committee will also:

 

   

Select and hire the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

   

Help to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

Approve audit and non-audit services and fees;

 

   

Review financial statements and discuss with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual audited and quarterly financial statements, the results of the independent audit and the quarterly reviews and the reports and certifications regarding internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls;

 

   

Prepare the audit committee report that the SEC requires to be included in our annual proxy statement;

 

   

Review reports and communications from the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

   

Review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

Review our policies on risk assessment and risk management;

 

   

Review and monitor conflicts of interest situations, and approve or prohibit any involvement in matters that may involve a conflict of interest or taking of a corporate opportunity;

 

172


Table of Contents
   

Review related party transactions; and

 

   

Establish and oversee procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of accounting related complaints and the confidential submission by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters.

Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will satisfy the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Compensation Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our compensation committee will be Kavita Patel, M.D., Jill Carroll, M.S., and David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A. Jill Carroll, M.S. will be the chair of our compensation committee. Our compensation committee will oversee our compensation policies, plans and benefits programs. The compensation committee will also:

 

   

Oversee our overall compensation philosophy and compensation policies, plans and benefit programs;

 

   

Review and approve or recommend to the board of directors for approval compensation for our executive officers and directors;

 

   

Prepare the compensation committee report that the SEC will require to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

   

Administer our equity compensation plans.

Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will satisfy the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of our corporate governance and nominating committee will be Ali Behbahani, M.D., Jill Carroll, M.S., and Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D. Ali Behbahani, M.D. will be the chair of our corporate governance and nominating committee. Our corporate governance and nominating committee will oversee and assist our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. Specifically, the corporate governance and nominating committee will:

 

   

Identify, evaluate and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding nominees for election to our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

Consider and make recommendations to our board of directors regarding the composition of our board of directors and its committees;

 

   

Review developments in corporate governance practices;

 

   

Evaluate the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting; and

 

   

Evaluate the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors.

Our corporate governance and nominating committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, which will satisfy the applicable rules of the SEC and the listing standards of Nasdaq.

 

173


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Prior to this offering, we have not implemented a formal policy with respect to compensation payable to our non-employee directors. We reimburse our directors for expenses associated with attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees. Following the completion of this offering, we expect to implement an annual cash and equity compensation program for our non-employee directors.

The following table presents the total compensation that each of our then non-employee directors received during the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

     Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash ($)
     Option
Awards ($)(2)(3)
     All Other
Compensation
($)
     Total ($)  

Tiba Aynechi, Ph.D.(1)

                           

Ali Behbahani, M.D.

                           

Raymond Camahort, Ph.D.

                           

Jill Carroll, M.S.

                           

David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A.

            510,185               510,185  

Kavita Patel, M.D.

            409,379               409,379  

Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D.

                           

Derek Yoon

                           

 

(1)

Dr. Ayenchi resigned from our board of directors on November 8, 2021.

(2)

The amounts disclosed represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the award as calculated in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the award disclosed in this column are set forth in Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the directors upon vesting of the applicable awards.

(3)

As of December 31, 2021, Mr. Lubner held stock options to purchase 610,000 shares of our common stock and Dr. Patel held stock options to purchase 435,000 shares of our common stock. None of our other non-employee directors held stock awards or option awards as of December 31, 2021.

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. Mr. Elghandour was an employee director during 2021. See the section titled “Executive Compensation” for additional information about Mr. Elghandour’s compensation.

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect our board of directors to adopt, and our stockholders to approve, a new compensation policy for our non-employee directors that will be effective as of the date of the first sale of shares to the general public pursuant to this offering. This policy was developed with input from our independent compensation consultant regarding practices and compensation levels at comparable companies. It is designed to attract, retain, and reward non-employee directors.

Under this compensation policy, each non-employee director will receive the cash and equity compensation for board services described below. We also will reimburse our non-employee directors for reasonable, customary, and documented travel expenses to board of directors or committee meetings.

The compensation policy includes a maximum annual limit of $750,000 of cash retainers or fees and equity awards that may be paid, issued, or granted to a non-employee director in any fiscal year, increased to $1,000,000 in the first year an individual becomes a non-employee director. For purposes of this limitation, the value of equity awards is based on the grant date fair value (determined in accordance with GAAP). Any cash

 

174


Table of Contents

compensation paid or equity awards granted to a person for their services as an employee, or for their services as a consultant (other than as a non-employee director), will not count for purposes of the limitation. The maximum limit does not reflect the intended size of any potential compensation or equity awards to our non-employee directors.

Cash compensation

Following the completion of this offering, non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following cash compensation for their services under the outside director compensation policy:

 

   

$40,000 per year for service as a board member;

 

   

$20,000 per year for service as a lead independent director;

 

   

$15,000 per year for service as chair of the audit committee;

 

   

$7,500 per year for service as a member of the audit committee;

 

   

$10,000 per year for service as chair of the compensation committee;

 

   

$5,000 per year for service as a member of the compensation committee;

 

   

$8,000 per year for service as chair of the corporate governance and nominating committee; and

 

   

$4,000 per year for service as a member of the corporate governance and nominating committee.

Each non-employee director who serves as the chair of a committee will receive only the additional annual cash fee as the chair of the committee, and not the annual fee as a member of the committee, provided that each non-employee director who serves as the lead independent director will receive the annual fee for service as a board member and an additional annual fee as the lead independent director. All cash payments to non-employee directors are paid quarterly in arrears on a pro-rated basis.

Equity compensation

Initial Award: Each person who first becomes a non-employee director after the date of the effective date of the policy will receive, on the first trading date on or after the date on which the person first becomes a non-employee director, an initial award of a stock option (the Initial Award) covering a number of shares of our common stock having a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with GAAP) equal to $600,000; provided that any resulting fraction will be rounded down to the nearest whole share. Each Initial Award will vest as follows: 1/3rd of the shares subject to the Initial Award will be scheduled to vest each year following the grant date on the anniversary of the grant date, in each case subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a non-employee director through the applicable vesting date. If the person was a member of our board of directors and also an employee, becoming a non-employee director due to termination of employment will not entitle them to Initial Awards.

Annual Award: Each non-employee director automatically will receive, on the first trading day immediately following each annual meeting of our stockholders following the effective date of the policy, an annual award of a stock option (each, an Annual Award) covering a number of shares of our common stock having a grant date fair value (determined in accordance with GAAP) of $300,000; provided that the first Annual Award granted to an individual who first becomes a non-employee director following the effective date of the policy will have a grant date fair value equal to the product of (A) $300,000 multiplied by (B) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is equal to the number of fully completed days between the non-employee director’s initial start date and the date of the first annual meeting of our stockholders to occur after such individual first becomes

 

175


Table of Contents

a non-employee director, and (ii) the denominator of which is 365; and provided further that any resulting fraction will be rounded down to the nearest whole share. Each Annual Award will vest as follows: 100% of the shares subject to the Annual Award will be scheduled to vest upon the earlier of the one year anniversary of the grant date or the next annual meeting of our stockholders that occurs following the grant date, in each case subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a non-employee director through the applicable vesting date.

In the event of a “change in control” (as defined in our 2022 Plan), each non-employee director will fully vest in their outstanding company equity awards issued under the director compensation policy, including any Initial Award or Annual Award, immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control provided that the non-employee director continues to be a non-employee director through such date.

Outside Director Awards in Connection with Our Initial Public Offering

In addition to the equity awards to be received under our outside director compensation policy, our board of directors has approved grants of options to purchase shares of our common stock (Director IPO Options) to Ali Behbahani, Jill Carroll, David Lubner, Kavita Patel and Derek Yoon pursuant to the terms of the 2022 Plan and the form of option agreement thereunder, subject to each such individual continuing to serve as one of our non-employee directors through the date of grant. The Director IPO Options will be granted on the date of the pricing of our initial public offering. Each Director IPO Option will cover a number of shares of our common stock such that the grant date fair value of the Director IPO Option, as determined under GAAP, will be equal to $600,000. All of the shares subject to each Director IPO Option shall vest as follows: 25% of the shares subject to a Director IPO Option will be scheduled to vest on the one year anniversary of the date of grant, and 1/48th of the shares subject to such Director IPO Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the date of grant, in each case subject to the non-employee director continuing to be a non-employee director through the applicable vesting date. Each Director IPO Option will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Inside Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has been an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions or, in the absence of any such committee, the entire board of directors) of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Jill Carroll, M.S. and David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A. have or may be deemed to have an interest in certain transactions requiring disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act. These transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members are disclosed in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions,” and such disclosure is incorporated by reference herein.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website at www.arcellx.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to such code, or any waivers of its requirements, applicable to any principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions or our directors on our website identified above. Information contained on, or that can be accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

176


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for 2021 are:

 

   

Rami Elghandour, our current President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

David Hilbert, our former President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Christopher Heery, our current Chief Medical Officer; and

 

   

Neeraj Teotia, our current Chief Commercial Officer.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2021.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)(1)
    Stock Awards
($)
    Option
Awards ($)(2)
    Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(3)
    Total ($)  

Rami Elghandour

    2021       470,272       234,932                 (4)      12,299,542 (5)            8,700                  

President and Chief Executive Officer

               

David Hilbert, Ph.D.

    2021       416,433       166,400             431,865 (6)            8,700       1,023,398  

Former President and Chief Executive Officer

               

Christopher Heery, M.D.

    2021       295,336       192,337             1,535,520 (7)            8,700       2,031,893  

Chief Medical Officer

               

Neeraj Teotia

    2021       245,785       97,644             1,535,960 (8)            7,381       1,886,770  

Chief Commercial Officer

               

 

(1)

The amounts reported represent discretionary bonuses to be paid in lump sum in March 2022 based upon the achievement of company goals for the year ended December 31, 2021, as determined by our board of directors.

(2)

The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the options disclosed in this column are set forth in Note 2 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

The amounts reported represent matching contributions under our 401(k) plan.

(4)

The amount reported represents the grant date fair value of a restricted stock unit award covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Elghandour on June 9, 2021, in the amount of $             as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718.

(5)

The amount reported represents the sum of the following: (i) the grant date fair value of the stock option to purchase 5,878,407 shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Elghandour on February 6, 2021 with an exercise price of $1.57 per share, in the amount of $7,784,451 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, (ii) the incremental increase in the fair value of the stock option originally granted to Mr. Elghandour on February 6, 2021 arising from the repricing of such stock option from an exercise price of $1.57 per share to an exercise price of $1.14 per share on June 9, 2021, in the amount of $213,700 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, and (iii) the grant date fair value of the stock option to purchase 4,610,250 shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Elghandour on June 9, 2021 with an exercise price of $1.14 per share, in the amount of $4,301,391 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718.

 

177


Table of Contents
(6)

The amount reported represents the grant date fair value of the stock option to purchase 450,000 shares of our common stock granted to Dr. Hilbert on June 9, 2021 with an exercise price of $1.14 per share, in the amount of $431,865 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718.

(7)

The amount reported represents the grant date fair value of the stock option to purchase 1,600,000 shares of our common stock granted to Dr. Heery on June 9, 2021 with an exercise price of $1.14 per share, in the amount of $1,535,520 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718.

(8)

The amount reported represents the sum of the following: (i) the grant date fair value of the stock option to purchase 1,400,000 shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Teotia on June 9, 2021 with an exercise price of $1.14 per share, in the amount of $1,343,580 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, and (ii) the grant date fair value of the stock option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock granted to Mr. Teotia on October 21, 2021 with an exercise price of $1.14 per share, in the amount of $192,380 as computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2021:

 

        Option Awards   Stock Awards  

Name

  Grant Date(1)   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Option
Exercise
Price
($)(2)
    Option
Expiration
Date
  Number of
Shares of
Stock that
Have Not
Vested (#)
    Market
Value of
Shares
of Stock
That
Have  Not
Vested
($)(3)
 

Rami Elghandour

  2/6/2021     5,878,407 (4)      —         1.14 (5)    2/6/2031    
  6/9/2021     4,610,250 (6)      —         1.14     6/9/2031    
  6/9/2021     —         —             5,244,329 (7)      6,345,638  

David Hilbert, Ph.D.

  9/18/2018     1,135,489 (8)      —         0.14     9/18/2028    
  1/31/2020     2,066,710 (9)      —         0.58     1/31/2030    
  6/9/2021     450,000 (10)      —         1.14     6/9/2031    

Christopher Heery, M.D.

  6/9/2021     1,440,000 (11)      —         1.14     6/9/2031    
  6/9/2021     160,000 (12)      —         1.14     6/9/2031    

Neeraj Teotia

  6/9/2021     1,374,000 (13)      —         1.14     6/9/2031    
  6/9/2021     26,000 (14)      —         1.14     6/9/2031    
  10/21/2021     200,000 (15)      —         1.14     10/21/2031    

 

(1)

Each of the outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock was granted pursuant to our 2017 Plan.

(2)

Except as otherwise provided below, this column represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.

(3)

This column represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of December 31, 2021, the market value has been calculated based on an estimated per-share common stock value of $1.21 per share as of December 31, 2021.

(4)

1/36th of the shares subject to this option vest monthly after the vesting commencement date of January 22, 2021, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option. See the section title “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers—Rami Elghandour” for additional terms regarding Mr. Elghandour’s stock options.

 

178


Table of Contents
(5)

This stock option was originally granted with an exercise price of $1.57 per share. It was repriced by our board of directors on June 9, 2021 from an exercise price of $1.57 per share to an exercise price of $1.14 per share. No other terms or conditions of the option were changed in connection with the repricing.

(6)

1/36th of the shares subject to this option vest monthly after the vesting commencement date of January 22, 2021, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option. See the section title “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers—Rami Elghandour” for additional terms regarding Mr. Elghandour’s stock options.

(7)

See the section title “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers—Rami Elghandour” for vesting details of Mr. Elghandour’s restricted stock units.

(8)

1/4th of the shares subject to this option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of July 18, 2018 and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(9)

1/4th of the shares subject to this option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of August 9, 2019 and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(10)

1/48th of the shares subject to this option vest monthly after the vesting commencement date of June 9, 2021, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(11)

1/4th of the shares subject to this option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of April 26, 2021 and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(12)

1/48th of the shares subject to this option vest monthly after the vesting commencement date of June 9, 2021, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(13)

1/4th of the shares subject to this option vested on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date of April 5, 2021 and 1/48th of the shares vest monthly thereafter, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(14)

1/48th of the shares subject to this option vest monthly after the vesting commencement date of June 9, 2021, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(15)

1/48th of the shares subject to this option vest monthly after the vesting commencement date of October 13, 2021, subject to the optionee’s continued status as a service provider through each vest date. All of the shares underlying this option are subject to an early exercise provision, pursuant to which the optionee may

 

179


Table of Contents
  exercise the option for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers

We have entered into employment offer letter agreements with certain of our named executive officers in connection with their employment with us. These offer letters provide for “at will” employment.

Rami Elghandour

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect to enter into a new confirmatory offer letter agreement with Mr. Elghandour, our Chief Executive Officer. This agreement has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Elghandour’s annual base salary will be $565,000 and he will be eligible for an annual target cash incentive payment of up to 55% of his annual base salary. Mr. Elghandour will also be eligible to receive certain severance benefits upon an involuntary termination pursuant to a Change in Control and Severance Agreement he is expected to enter into with us, as described in more detail below under the section titled “Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control”.

Rami Elghandour Equity Awards

On February 6, 2021, we granted Mr. Elghandour an option to purchase 5,878,407 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.57 per share, subject to the terms and conditions of our 2017 Plan and a stock option agreement thereunder (the Elghandour Initial Option). On June 9, 2021, our board of directors amended the exercise price of the Elghandour Initial Option from $1.57 per share to $1.14 per share. The Elghandour Initial Option may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to Mr. Elghandour executing a restricted stock purchase agreement. The Elghandour Initial Option will vest as to 1/36th of the shares subject to the Elghandour Initial Option on each monthly anniversary of January 22, 2021, subject to Mr. Elghandour continuing to be a service provider through each vesting date. The Elghandour Initial Option will, to the extent vested, be exercisable through the earlier of February 6, 2031 or the 36 month anniversary of the date Mr. Elghandour ceases to be a service provider, subject to the terms of our 2017 Plan. Mr. Elghandour will be permitted to exercise the Elghandour Initial Option through the issuance of a full recourse promissory note and security agreement in a reasonable form provided by us.

On June 9, 2021, we granted Mr. Elghandour an option to purchase 4,610,250 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $1.14 per share, subject to the terms and conditions of our 2017 Plan and a stock option agreement thereunder (the Elghandour Second Option). The Elghandour Second Option may be exercised prior to vesting, subject to Mr. Elghandour executing a restricted stock purchase agreement. The Elghandour Second Option will vest pursuant to the same vesting schedule as the Elghandour Initial Option. The Elghandour Second Option will, to the extent vested, be exercisable through the earlier of June 9, 2031 or the 36 month anniversary of the date Mr. Elghandour ceases to be a service provider, subject to the terms of our 2017 Plan. Mr. Elghandour will be permitted to exercise the Elghandour Second Option through the issuance of a full recourse promissory note and security agreement in a reasonable form provided by us.

On June 9, 2021, we granted Mr. Elghandour an award of restricted stock units covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock, subject to the terms and conditions of our 2017 Plan and a restricted stock unit award agreement thereunder (the Elghandour Initial RSU Award). On December 7, 2021, we amended the Elghandour Initial RSU Award (the Elghandour Amended Initial RSU Award). The Elghandour Amended Initial RSU Award will vest pursuant to a service component and a performance component. The service component will be satisfied if Mr. Elghandour remains a service provider through the date that our board of directors determines that the applicable performance component is satisfied. The performance component will be satisfied upon our achievement of a company value, as defined in the award agreement underlying the Elghandour Amended Initial RSU Award, as follows: upon achievement of a company value that is equal to $2,500,000,000, or the minimum threshold, 1/6th of the shares subject to the Elghandour Amended Initial RSU Award will vest; upon achievement of a company value that is equal to or

 

180


Table of Contents

greater than $5,000,000,000, or the maximum threshold, 100% of the shares subject to the Elghandour Amended Initial RSU Award will vest; and upon achievement of a company value that is between the minimum threshold and the maximum threshold, a portion of the shares subject to the Elghandour Amended Initial RSU Award will vest between 1/6th and 100% based on straight line linear interpolation. Prior to our initial public offering (including through an underwritten offering, a special purpose acquisition company transaction, or a direct listing), company value will only be measured upon a change in control (as defined in our 2017 Plan) based on the aggregate amount of deal consideration paid at the closing of such change in control by an acquirer for our shares of common stock. Following our initial public offering, company value will be measured either (i) on a change in control pursuant to the formula in the preceding sentence or (ii) on June 30 and December 31 of each year following the expiration of any lockup period related to such initial public offering, and will be measured based on the sum of our total market capitalization as of the applicable measurement date, based on the average closing trading price of one share of our common stock over the 60 day period ending on the day prior to such measurement date, less the aggregate value of all cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities held by us on the applicable measurement date.

David Hilbert, Ph.D.

We have entered into a Transition and Release Agreement with Dr. Hilbert, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, that provided the terms and conditions for Dr. Hilbert’s transition from an employee and Chief Technical Officer of our company to a consultant of our company effective January 2, 2022 (the Transition Agreement). During the period Dr. Hilbert continues service as a consultant, he will continue to vest in any outstanding stock option awards he holds subject to the terms of such awards and our 2017 Plan. In exchange for a general release of claims as set forth in the Transition Agreement, Dr. Hilbert is entitled to (i) a lump sum equal to six (6) months of his base salary, and (ii) a lump sum of $75,000, which is equal to his bonus award previously approved by our board of directors on March 17, 2021. We will also continue to provide monthly payments for 12 months in an amount equal to the monthly Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, premium that Dr. Hilbert would have been required to pay to continue his group health coverage. In addition, Dr. Hilbert is also eligible to receive a bonus of 40% of his annual salary for fiscal year 2021 (target amount of $166,400). This bonus will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion.

Christopher Heery, M.D.

We have entered into a confirmatory employment letter with Dr. Heery, our Chief Medical Officer. The confirmatory employment letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Dr. Heery’s current annual base salary is $430,000 and his annual target bonus is 40% of his annual base salary.

Neeraj Teotia

We have entered into a confirmatory employment letter with Mr. Teotia, our Chief Commercial Officer. The confirmatory employment letter has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Teotia’s annual base salary will be $400,000 and his annual target bonus is 40% of his annual base salary.

Arrangement with our Interim Chief Financial Officer

On January 7, 2022, we entered into a consulting agreement with Danforth Advisors, LLC, where Mr. Thibault is a consultant, providing for the engagement of Mr. Thibault as our interim chief financial officer (the Danforth Agreement). Pursuant to the Danforth Agreement, Mr. Thibault will be responsible for our accounting and finance functions and will serve as our principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Mr. Thibault is providing services to us under the Danforth Agreement as an independent contractor. The Danforth Agreement may be terminated by us or Danforth (a) with “cause” upon 30 days prior written notice to the other party or (b) without “cause” upon 60 days prior written notice to the other party. As consideration under the agreement, we pay Danforth consulting fees generally based on hourly rates as enumerated in the agreement.

 

181


Table of Contents

Executive Equity Awards in Connection with Our Initial Public Offering

To reward our executive officers for helping to achieve our initial public offering, our board of directors has approved grants of options to purchase shares of our common stock (Executive IPO Options) to certain of our executive officers, including each of our named executive officers, pursuant to the terms of the 2022 Plan and the form of option agreement thereunder, subject to each such individual continuing to serve as an employee through the date of grant. The Executive IPO Options will be granted on the date of the pricing of our initial public offering. Each Executive IPO Option will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant. The shares subject to each Executive IPO Option shall vest as follows: 1/48th of the shares subject to such Executive IPO Option shall vest monthly after the date of grant, in each case subject to the executive continuing to be a service provider through the applicable vesting date. The Executive IPO Option granted to Rami Elghandour will cover                  shares of our common stock, the Executive IPO Option granted to Christopher Heery will cover                  shares of our common stock, and the Executive IPO Option granted to Neeraj Teotia will cover                  shares of our common stock.

In addition, as part of our annual equity grant cycle, our board of directors has approved grants of options to purchase shares of our common stock (Executive Annual Options) and grants of restricted stock units covering shares of our common stock (Executive Annual RSU Awards) to certain of our executive officers, including each of our named executive officers, pursuant to the terms of the 2022 Plan and the form of option agreement or restricted stock unit award agreement, as applicable, thereunder, subject to each such individual continuing to serve as an employee through the applicable date of grant.

The Executive Annual Options will be granted on the date of the pricing of our initial public offering. Each Executive Annual Option will have a per share exercise price equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant. The shares subject to each Executive Annual Option shall vest as follows: 1/48th of the shares subject to such Executive Annual Option shall vest monthly after the date of grant, in each case subject to the executive continuing to be a service provider through the applicable vesting date. The Executive Annual Option granted to Rami Elghandour will cover                  shares of our common stock, the Executive Annual Option granted to Christopher Heery will cover                  shares of our common stock, and the Executive Annual Option granted to Neeraj Teotia will cover                  shares of our common stock.

The Executive Annual RSU Awards will be granted following our initial public offering on the effective date of the registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock that will be subject to the 2022 Plan. Each Executive Annual RSU Award shall vest as follows: 1/3rd of the shares subject to an Executive Annual RSU Award will be scheduled to vest on each annual anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the executive continuing to be a service provider through the applicable vesting date. The Executive Annual RSU Award granted to Rami Elghandour will cover                  shares of our common stock, the Executive Annual RSU Award granted to Christopher Heery will cover                  shares of our common stock, and the Executive Annual RSU Award granted to Neeraj Teotia will cover                  shares of our common stock.

Our board of directors has approved the grant of restricted stock units covering shares of our common stock (the Elghandour Second RSU Award) to Rami Elghandour, pursuant to the terms of the 2022 Plan and the form of restricted stock unit award agreement thereunder, subject to Mr. Elghandour continuing to serve as an employee through the date of grant. The Elghandour Second RSU Award will be granted following our initial public offering on the effective date of the registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of our common stock that will be subject to the 2022 Plan. The Elghandour Second RSU Award shall vest pursuant to the same vesting schedule as the Elghandour Amended Initial RSU Award. The Elghandour Second RSU Award will cover                  shares of our common stock.

 

182


Table of Contents

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

Change in Control and Severance Agreements

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will approve, and certain of our named executive officers and certain other of our key employees will enter into, change in control and severance agreements, effective as of the date of the first sale of shares to the general public pursuant to this offering.

Pursuant to certain of our named executive officers’ change in control and severance agreements, if, within the 3 month period prior to or the 24 month period following a “change in control” (as defined in the applicable agreement), we terminate the employment of the applicable named executive officer without “cause” (excluding death or disability) or such executive resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the applicable agreement), and within 60 days following such termination, such named executive officer executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable, such named executive officer will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to the sum of 18 months (24 months with respect to Mr. Elghandour) of such named executive officer’s then current annual base salary and 150% (200% with respect to Mr. Elghandour) of such named executive officer’s annual target bonus, less applicable withholdings, (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for such named executive officer and such executive’s respective eligible dependents for up to 18 months (24 months with respect to Mr. Elghandour), and (iii) vesting acceleration as to 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of such named executive officer’s then outstanding equity awards subject to time-based vesting conditions (and in the case of awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions, such awards will be treated as provided for in the applicable award agreement governing such award).

Pursuant to certain of our named executive officers’ change in control and severance agreements, if, outside of the 3 month period prior to or the 24 month period following a “change in control”, we terminate the employment of the applicable named executive officer without cause (excluding death or disability) or, with respect to Mr. Elghandour, he resigns for good reason, and within 60 days following such termination, such named executive officer executes a waiver and release of claims in our favor that becomes effective and irrevocable, such named executive officer will be entitled to receive (i) a lump sum payment equal to 12 months of such named executive officer’s then current annual base salary (as well as, with respect to Mr. Elghandour, 100% of such named executive officer’s annual target bonus), (ii) reimbursement of premiums to maintain group health insurance continuation benefits pursuant to “COBRA” for such named executive officer and such executive’s respective eligible dependents for up to 12 months, (iii) a lump sum payment equal to such named executive officer’s annual target bonus, prorated by multiplying such amount by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of days during which the executive was employed with us in the calendar year that the termination occurs, and (y) the denominator of which is 365, and (iv) with respect to Mr. Elghandour, vesting acceleration as to a number of the then-unvested shares subject to each of such named executive officer’s then-outstanding compensatory equity awards subject to time-based vesting conditions that would have vested had such named executive officer remained our employee over the 24 month period following the date of termination.

Pursuant to certain of our named executive officers’ change in control and severance agreements, in the event any payment to the applicable executive would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended (the Code) (as a result of a payment being classified as a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code), such executive will receive such payment as would entitle such executive to receive the greatest after-tax benefit, even if it means that we pay such executive a lower aggregate payment so as to minimize or eliminate the potential excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.

 

183


Table of Contents

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2022 Equity Incentive Plan (2022 Plan)

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2022 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2022 Plan). We expect that our 2022 Plan will become effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Our 2022 Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (RSUs), and performance awards to our employees, directors, and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. Our 2017 Plan will terminate one business day prior to effectiveness of the 2022 Plan with respect to the grant of future awards.

Authorized Shares. Subject to the adjustment provisions of and the automatic increase described in our 2022 Plan, a total of                  shares of our common stock will be reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2022 Plan. In addition, subject to the adjustment provisions of our 2022 Plan, the shares reserved for issuance under our 2022 Plan also will include any shares subject to awards granted under our 2017 Plan that, on or after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised or issued in full, are tendered to or withheld by us for payment of an exercise price or for satisfying tax withholding obligations, or are forfeited to or repurchased by us due to failure to vest (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to our 2022 Plan pursuant to outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan is                  shares). Subject to the adjustment provisions of our 2022 Plan, the number of shares available for issuance under our 2022 Plan will also include an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2023 fiscal year and ending on the ten year anniversary of the date our board of directors approved the 2022 Plan, in an amount equal to the least of:

 

   

             shares of our common stock;

 

   

        % of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of our immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such number of shares of our common stock as the administrator may determine.

If a stock option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2022 Plan expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full or is surrendered pursuant to an exchange program or, with respect to restricted stock, RSUs or stock settled performance awards, is forfeited to, or repurchased by, us due to failure to vest, then the unpurchased shares (or for awards other than stock options or stock appreciation rights, the forfeited or repurchased shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the 2022 Plan (unless the 2022 Plan has terminated). With respect to stock appreciation rights, only the net shares actually issued will cease to be available under the 2022 Plan and all remaining shares under stock appreciation rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the 2022 Plan (unless the 2022 Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the 2022 Plan under any award will not be returned to the 2022 Plan; provided, however, that if shares issued pursuant to awards of restricted stock, RSUs or performance awards are repurchased or forfeited to us due to failure to vest, such shares will become available for future grant under the 2022 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an award will become available for future grant or sale under the 2022 Plan. To the extent an award is paid out in cash rather than shares, the cash payment will not result in a reduction in the number of shares available for issuance under the 2022 Plan.

Plan Administration. We expect that our compensation committee will administer our 2022 Plan and may further delegate authority to one or more subcommittees or officers to the extent such delegation complies

 

184


Table of Contents

with applicable laws. Subject to the provisions of our 2022 Plan, the administrator will have the power to administer our 2022 Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering our 2022 Plan, including but not limited to: the power to determine the fair market value of our common stock; select the service providers to whom awards may be granted; determine the number of shares covered by each award; approve forms of award agreements for use under our 2022 Plan; determine the terms and conditions of awards (including, but not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times at which the awards may be exercised, any vesting acceleration or waiver or forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any award or the shares relating thereto); construe and interpret the terms of our 2022 Plan and awards granted under it, including but not limited to determining whether and when a change in control has occurred; establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to our 2022 Plan, and adopt sub-plans relating to the 2022 Plan; interpret, modify or amend each award, including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of awards; allow participants to satisfy tax withholding obligations in any manner permitted by the 2022 Plan; delegate ministerial duties to any of our employees; authorize any person to take any steps and execute, on our behalf, any documents required for an award previously granted by the administrator to be effective; temporarily suspend the exercisability of an award if the administrator deems such suspension to be necessary or appropriate for administrative purposes, provided that, unless prohibited by applicable laws, such suspension shall be lifted in all cases not less than ten trading days before the last date that the award may be exercised; allow a participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or the delivery of shares that would otherwise be due to such participant under an award; and make any determinations necessary or appropriate under the adjustment provisions of the 2022 Plan. The administrator also has the authority to allow participants the opportunity to transfer outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator and to institute an exchange program by which outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type, which may have a higher or lower exercise price and/or different terms, awards of a different type and/or cash, or by which the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator’s decisions, interpretations, and other actions will be final and binding on all participants to the full extent permitted by law.

Stock Options. Our 2022 Plan permits the grant of options. The exercise price of options granted under our 2022 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, except that options may be granted with a lower exercise price to a service provider who is not a U.S. taxpayer, or pursuant to certain transactions. The term of an option is determined by the administrator, provided that the term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten years. With respect to any participant who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock, the term of an incentive stock option granted to such participant must not exceed five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date. The administrator determines the methods of payment of the exercise price of an option, which may include cash, check, or wire transfer, cashless exercise, net exercise, promissory note, shares, or other consideration or method of payment acceptable to the administrator, to the extent permitted by applicable law. After the termination of service of an employee, director, or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option for the period of time stated in his or her option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, the option will remain exercisable for thirty days. These exercise periods may be tolled in certain circumstances, for example if exercise prior to the end of the applicable period is not permitted because of applicable laws. However, in no event may an option be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights. Our 2022 Plan permits the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The term of stock appreciation rights is determined by the administrator. After the termination of service of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her stock appreciation right for the period of time stated in his or her stock appreciation rights agreement. In the absence of a specified time in an award agreement, if termination is due to death or disability, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for six months. In all other cases, in the absence of a specified time in

 

185


Table of Contents

an award agreement, the stock appreciation rights will remain exercisable for thirty days following the termination of service. These exercise periods may be tolled in certain circumstances, for example, if exercise prior to the end of the applicable period is not permitted because of applicable laws. However, in no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised later than the expiration of its term. Subject to the provisions of our 2022 Plan, the administrator determines the other terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay any increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right must be no less than 100% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.

Restricted Stock. Our 2022 Plan permits the grant of restricted stock. Restricted stock awards are grants of shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator determines the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee, director, or consultant and, subject to the provisions of our 2022 Plan, determines the terms and conditions of such awards. The administrator has the authority to impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator will be able to set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest will be subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units. Our 2022 Plan permits the grant of RSUs. Each RSU will represent an amount equal to the fair market value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2022 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of RSUs, including the vesting criteria and the form and timing of payment. The administrator has the authority to set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service) or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned RSUs in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination of both. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the vesting, or reduce or waive the criteria that must be met for vesting, of the RSUs or the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Awards. Our 2022 Plan permits the grant of performance awards. Performance awards are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if performance goals established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator may establish performance objectives or other vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or the value of performance awards to be paid out to participants. The administrator has the authority to set performance objectives based on the achievement of company-wide, divisional, business unit or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service) or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. Each performance award’s threshold, target, and maximum payout values are established by the administrator on or before the grant date. After the grant of a performance award, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any performance criteria or other vesting provisions for such performance award. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may pay earned performance awards in the form of cash, in shares, or in some combination thereof.

Non-Employee Directors. Our 2022 Plan provides that all outside (non-employee) directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under our 2022 Plan. In order to provide a maximum limit on the awards that can be made to our non-employee directors, our 2022 Plan provides that in any given fiscal year, a non-employee director will not be paid or granted cash retainer fees or awards having an aggregate value greater than $750,000, but this limit is increased to $1,000,000 in connection with his or her initially joining our board of directors (in each case, excluding cash compensation and awards granted to him or her as a consultant or employee). The values of awards will be based on such awards’ grant date fair value

 

186


Table of Contents

determined according to GAAP. The maximum limits do not reflect the intended size of any potential grants or a commitment to make grants to our outside directors under our 2022 Plan in the future.

Non-Transferability of Awards. Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2022 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime. If the administrator makes an award transferrable, such award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the administrator deems appropriate.

Certain Adjustments. If any extraordinary dividend or other extraordinary distribution (whether in cash, shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, reclassification, repurchase, or exchange of shares of our common stock or other of our securities, other change in our corporate structure affecting the shares, or any similar equity restructuring transaction affecting our shares occurs (including a change in control), the administrator, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be provided under the 2022 Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2022 Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares covered by each outstanding award, and the numerical share limits set forth in our 2022 Plan. The conversion of any of our convertible securities and ordinary course repurchases of our shares or other securities will not be treated as an event that will require adjustment under the 2022 Plan.

Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and, to the extent not exercised, all awards will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2022 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2022 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, without a requirement to obtain a participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that such award will be continued by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation. An award generally will be considered continued if, following the transaction, (i) the award gives the right to purchase or receive the consideration received in the transaction by holders of our shares or (ii) the award is terminated in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been received upon the exercise or realization of the award at the closing of the transaction, which payment may be subject to any escrow applicable to holders of our common stock in connection with the transaction or subjected to the award’s original vesting schedule. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards or portions thereof the vested and unvested portions of an award, or all participants similarly.

In the event that a successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary does not continue an outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse, all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and such award will become fully exercisable, if applicable, for a specified period prior to the transaction, unless specifically provided for otherwise under the applicable award agreement or other written agreement with the participant. The award will then terminate upon the expiration of the specified period of time. If an option or stock appreciation right is not continued, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that such option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

With respect to awards granted to an outside director, in the event of a change in control, all of his or her options and stock appreciation rights, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock and RSUs will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance awards will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Clawback. Awards will be subject to any clawback policy that we are required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our stock is listed or as otherwise

 

187


Table of Contents

required by applicable laws, and the administrator will also be able to specify in an award agreement that the participant’s rights, payments and/or benefits with respect to an award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture and/or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events.

Amendment and Termination. The administrator will have the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate our 2022 Plan, provided we will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to the extent necessary or desirable to comply with applicable laws. However, no amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of our 2022 Plan or an Award under it may, taken as a whole, materially impair the existing rights of any participant without the participant’s consent. Our 2022 Plan will continue in effect until it is terminated, provided that incentive stock options may not be granted after the ten year anniversary of the date our board of directors approved the 2022 Plan, and the automatic annual share increase will end on the ten year anniversary of the date our board of directors approved the 2022 Plan.

2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (2017 Plan)

Our 2017 Plan was originally adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in January 2017. Our 2017 Plan was most recently amended in June 2021 and approved by stockholders in June 2021.

Our 2017 Plan allows us to provide incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units (each, an “award” and the recipient of such award, a “participant”) to eligible employees, directors, and consultants of ours and any parent or subsidiary of ours. It is expected that as of one business day prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our 2017 Plan will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under our 2017 Plan thereafter. However, our 2017 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards previously granted under our 2017 Plan.

As of September 30, 2021, the following awards were outstanding under our 2017 Plan: stock options covering 28,795,570 shares of our common stock and an award of restricted stock units covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock.

Plan Administration. Our 2017 Plan is administered by our board of directors or one or more committees appointed by our board of directors. Different committees may administer our 2017 Plan with respect to different service providers. The administrator has all authority and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer our 2017 Plan and to control its operation, including the authority to construe and interpret the terms of our 2017 Plan and the awards granted under our 2017 Plan. The administrator’s decisions are final and binding on all participants and any other persons holding awards.

The administrator’s powers include the power to institute an exchange program under which (i) outstanding awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), awards of a different type or cash, (ii) participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the administrator or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding award is increased or reduced. The administrator’s powers also include the power to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to our 2017 Plan, to modify or amend each award and to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering our 2017 Plan.

Eligibility. Employees, directors and consultants of ours or our parent or subsidiary companies are eligible to receive awards, provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly promote or maintain a market for our securities. Only our employees or employees of our parent or subsidiary companies are eligible to receive incentive stock options.

 

188


Table of Contents

Stock Options. Stock options have been granted under our 2017 Plan. Subject to the provisions of our 2017 Plan, the administrator determines the term of an option, the number of shares subject to an option, and the time period in which an option may be exercised.

The term of an option is stated in the applicable award agreement, but the term of an option may not exceed 10 years from the grant date. The administrator determines the exercise price of options, which generally may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date, unless expressly determined in writing by the administrator on the option’s grant date. However, an incentive stock option granted to an individual who directly or by attribution owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all of our classes of stock or of any our parent or subsidiary may have a term of no longer than 5 years from the grant date and will have an exercise price of at least 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. In addition, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of the shares with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an employee during any calendar year (under all our plans and any parent or subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such options will be treated as nonstatutory stock options. Certain of the company’s outstanding options under our 2017 Plan have an early exercise provisions pursuant to which the participate may exercise the option prior to the shares being fully vested.

The administrator determines how a participant may pay the exercise price of an option, and the permissible methods are generally set forth in the applicable award agreement. If a participant’s status as a “service provider” (as defined in our 2017 Plan) terminates, that participant may exercise the vested portion of his or her option for the period of time stated in the applicable award agreement. Vested options generally will remain exercisable for three months or such longer period of time as set forth in the applicable award agreement if a participant’s status as a service provider terminates for a reason other than death or disability. If a participant’s status as a service provider terminates due to death or disability, vested options generally will remain exercisable for twelve months from the date of termination (or such other longer period as set forth in the applicable award agreement). In no event will an option remain exercisable beyond its original term. If a participant does not exercise his or her option within the time specified in the award agreement, the option will terminate. Except as described above, the administrator has the discretion to determine the post-termination exercisability periods for an option.

Non-transferability of Awards. Unless determined otherwise by the administrator, awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In addition, during an applicable participant’s lifetime, only that participant may exercise their award. If the administrator makes an award transferable, such award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

Certain Adjustments. If there is a dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, shares, other securities or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, exchange of shares or our other securities or other change in our corporate structure affecting the shares, the administrator will make proportionate adjustments to the number and type of shares that may be delivered under our 2017 Plan or the number, type and price of shares covered by each outstanding award. The administrator’s determination regarding such adjustments will be final, binding and conclusive.

Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of our proposed dissolution or liquidation, the administrator will notify each participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

Merger and Change of Control. In the event of our merger with or into another corporation or entity or a “change in control” (as defined in our 2017 Plan), each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines, including, without limitation, that (i) awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent awards will

 

189


Table of Contents

be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a participant, the participant’s awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or change in control; (iii) outstanding awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable or payable, or restrictions applicable to an award will lapse, in whole or in part, prior to or upon consummation of such merger or change in control, and, to the extent the administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or change in control; (iv) (A) the termination of an award in exchange for an amount of cash or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such award or realization of the participant’s rights, then such award may be terminated by us without payment) or (B) the replacement of such award with other rights or property selected by the administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. The administrator will not be obligated to treat all awards, all awards a participant holds or all awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for an award (or portion thereof), the participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding options and stock appreciation rights, including shares as to which such awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on restricted stock and restricted stock units will lapse, and, with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an option or stock appreciation right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or change in control, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that the option or stock appreciation right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the administrator in its sole discretion, and the option or stock appreciation right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

Amendment and Termination. Our board of directors may, at any time, terminate or amend our 2017 Plan in any respect, including, without limitation, amendment of any form of award agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to our 2017 Plan. To the extent necessary and desirable to comply with applicable laws, we will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our 2017 Plan. No amendment or alteration of our 2017 Plan will impair the rights of a participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the participant and the administrator in writing. As noted above, it is expected that as of one business day prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our 2017 Plan will be terminated and we will not grant any additional awards under our 2017 Plan thereafter.

2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2022 ESPP)

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholders will approve, our 2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2022 ESPP). We expect that our 2022 ESPP will be effective on the business day immediately prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. However, no offering period or purchase period under the 2022 ESPP will begin unless and until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Authorized Shares. A total of              shares of our common stock will be available for sale under our 2022 ESPP. The number of shares of our common stock that will be available for sale under our 2022 ESPP also includes an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year occurring after the fiscal year in which the first enrollment date (if any) under the 2022 ESPP occurs, equal to the least of:

 

   

             shares of our common stock;

 

   

        % of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; or

 

   

such other amount as the administrator may determine.

 

190


Table of Contents

2022 ESPP Administration. We expect that the compensation committee of our board of directors will administer our 2022 ESPP and will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret, and apply the terms of the 2022 ESPP, delegate ministerial duties to any of our employees, designate separate offerings under the 2022 ESPP, designate our subsidiaries and affiliates as participating in the 2022 ESPP, determine eligibility, adjudicate all disputed claims filed under the 2022 ESPP, and establish procedures that it deems necessary for the administration of the 2022 ESPP, including, but not limited to, adopting such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the 2022 ESPP by employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States. The administrator’s findings, decisions and determinations are final and binding on all participants to the full extent permitted by law.

Eligibility. Generally, all of our employees will be eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by us, or any participating subsidiary or affiliate, for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. The administrator, in its discretion, may, prior to an enrollment date, for all options to be granted on such enrollment date in an offering, determine that an employee who (1) has not completed at least two years of service (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator) since his or her last hire date, (2) customarily works not more than 20 hours per week (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (3) customarily works not more than five months per calendar year (or a lesser period of time determined by the administrator), (4) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code, or (5) is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Code with compensation above a certain level or is an officer or subject to disclosure requirements under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act, is or is not eligible to participate in such offering period.

However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our 2022 ESPP if such employee:

 

   

immediately after the grant would own capital stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase such stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of capital stock of ours or of any parent or subsidiary of ours; or

 

   

holds rights to purchase shares of our common stock under all employee stock purchase plans of ours or any parent or subsidiary of ours that accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

Offering Periods. Our 2022 ESPP will include a component that allows us to make offerings intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and a component that allows us to make offerings not intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code to designated companies, as described in our 2022 ESPP. No offering is expected to be authorized by our board of directors under the 2022 ESPP prior to the completion of this offering. If our board of directors authorizes an offering period under the 2022 ESPP, our board of directors is authorized to establish the duration of offering periods and purchase periods, including the starting and ending dates of offering periods and purchase periods, provided that no offering period may have a duration exceeding 27 months.

Contributions. Our 2022 ESPP will permit participants to purchase shares of our common stock through contributions (in the form of payroll deductions or otherwise to the extent permitted by the administrator) of up to 15.0% of their eligible compensation. A participant will be permitted to purchase up to a maximum number of shares of our common stock during a purchase period as may be determined by our board of directors prior to the start of an applicable offering period.

Exercise of Purchase Right. If our board of directors authorizes an offering and purchase period under the 2022 ESPP, amounts contributed and accumulated by the participant during any offering period will be used to purchase shares of our common stock at the end of each purchase period. The purchase price of the shares will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the exercise date. Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering period and will be

 

191


Table of Contents

paid their accrued contributions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of our common stock. Participation ends automatically upon termination of employment with us.

Non-Transferability. A participant may not transfer rights granted under our 2022 ESPP (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as otherwise provided under our 2022 ESPP).

Merger or Change in Control. Our 2022 ESPP will provide that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined under our 2022 ESPP, a successor corporation may assume or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the outstanding purchase right, the offering period then in progress will be shortened, and a new exercise date will be set that will be before the date of the proposed merger or change in control. The administrator will notify each participant that the exercise date has been changed and that the participant’s option will be exercised automatically on the new exercise date unless prior to such date the participant has withdrawn from the offering period.

Amendment and Termination. The board will have the authority to suspend or terminate our 2022 ESPP and the administrator will have the authority to amend our 2022 ESPP, except that, subject to certain exceptions described in our 2022 ESPP, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase shares of our common stock under our 2022 ESPP. Our 2022 ESPP automatically will terminate in 2042, unless we terminate it sooner.

Employee Incentive Compensation Plan

Prior to the effectiveness of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will adopt our Employee Incentive Compensation Plan (Master Bonus Plan), which will become effective the date it is approved.

Our board of directors or a committee appointed by our board of directors will administer the Master Bonus Plan, provided that unless and until our board of directors determines otherwise, our compensation committee will administer the Master Bonus Plan. The Master Bonus Plan allows the administrator to provide awards to employees selected for participation, who may include certain of our named executive officers, which awards may be based upon performance goals established by the administrator. The administrator, in its sole discretion, may establish a target award for each participant under the Master Bonus Plan, which may be expressed as a percentage of the participant’s average annual base salary for the applicable performance period, a fixed dollar amount, or such other amount or based on such other formula as the administrator determines to be appropriate.

Under the Master Bonus Plan, the administrator determines the performance goals, if any, applicable to any target award (or portion thereof) for a performance period, which may include, without limitation, goals related to: (i) research and development, (ii) regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals, (iii) gross margin, (iv) financial milestones, (v) new product or business development (including geographical expansion) or sales, marketing or other commercial matters, (vi) operating margin, (vii) product release timelines or other product release milestones, (viii) publications, (ix) cash flow, (x) procurement, (xi) savings, (xii) internal structure, (xiii) leadership development, (xiv) project, function or portfolio-specific milestones, (xv) license or research collaboration agreements, (xvi) capital raising, (xvii) patentability and (xviii) individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the administrator, the performance goals may be based on GAAP or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the administrator for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of awards under the Master Bonus Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The performance goals may be based on any factors the administrator determines relevant, including without limitation on an individual, divisional, portfolio, project, business unit, segment, or company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the administrator determines, including without limitation: (a) in absolute terms, (b) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (c) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or

 

192


Table of Contents

companies or an index or indices), (d) on a per-share basis, (e) against our performance as a whole or a segment and/or (f) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the applicable performance goals will result in a failure to earn the target award, subject to the administrator’s discretion to modify an award. The administrator also may determine that a target award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) as determined by the administrator.

The administrator may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce, or eliminate a participant’s actual award, and/or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the administrator’s discretion. The administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction, or elimination on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards under the Master Bonus Plan generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum only after they are earned and approved by the administrator, provided that the administrator reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to settle an actual award with a grant of an equity award with such terms and conditions, including vesting requirements, as determined by the administrator in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, to earn an actual award, a participant must be employed by us (or an affiliate of us, as applicable) through the date the bonus is paid. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the applicable performance period, but in no case after the later of (i) the 15th day of the third month of the fiscal year immediately following the fiscal year in which the bonuses vest and (ii) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the bonuses vest.

Awards under our Master Bonus Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that we adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which our securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable laws. In addition, the administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions with respect to an award under the Master Bonus Plan as the administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including without limitation a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired cash, stock, or other property provided with respect to an award.

The administrator will have the authority to amend or terminate the Master Bonus Plan. However, such action may not materially alter or materially impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus without the participant’s consent. The Master Bonus Plan will remain in effect until terminated in accordance with the terms of the Master Bonus Plan.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for the benefit of our employees, including certain of our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. Under the 401(k) plan, eligible employees may elect to defer a portion of their compensation, within the limits prescribed by the Code, on a pre-tax or after-tax (Roth) basis, through contributions to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan authorizes employer safe harbor contributions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, pre-tax contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those pre-tax contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and earnings on Roth contributions are not taxable when distributed from the 401(k) plan. We contribute 3% of an employee’s annual compensation, regardless of the amount of the employee’s contributions.

 

193


Table of Contents

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each to be effective immediately after the closing of this offering, will provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, and may indemnify our employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

   

Any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or to our stockholders;

 

   

Acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

Unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and

 

   

Any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

If Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not eliminate a director’s duty of care and, in appropriate circumstances, equitable remedies, such as injunctive or other forms of non-monetary relief, remain available under Delaware law. This provision also does not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, such as the federal securities laws or other state or federal laws. Under our amended and restated bylaws, we will also be empowered to purchase insurance on behalf of any person whom we are required or permitted to indemnify.

In addition to the indemnification required in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, we have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into an indemnification agreement with each member of our board of directors and each of our officers prior to the completion of the offering. These agreements provide for the indemnification of our directors and officers for certain expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or alternative dispute resolution mechanism or hearing, inquiry or investigation that may lead to the foregoing, to which they are a party, or are threatened to be made a party, by reason of the fact that they are or were a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of our company, or any of our subsidiaries, by reason of any action or inaction by them while serving as an officer, director, agent or fiduciary, or by reason of the fact that they were serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another entity. In the case of an action or proceeding by or in the right of our company or any of our subsidiaries, no indemnification will be provided for any claim where a court determines that the indemnified party is prohibited from receiving indemnification. We believe that these charter and bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. Moreover, a stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

194


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Other than compensation arrangements, including employment, termination of employment and change in control arrangements, with our directors and executive officers, including those discussed in the sections titled “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” and the registration rights described in the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2019 and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

   

We have been or are to be a participant;

 

   

The amount involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000; and

 

   

Any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals or entities, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Sales of Securities

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

In August and September 2019 we issued and sold an aggregate of 27,444,339 shares of our Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B-1 Preferred Stock) at a purchase price of $1.561 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $42.8 million. These shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock will convert into an aggregate of 27,444,339 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock sold to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Investor

   Affiliated Director(s)
or Officer(s)
   Shares of
Series B-1
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

Quan Venture Fund II, L.P.

   Lewis T. Williams      6,406,150      $ 10,000,000  

New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P.

   Ali Behbahani      4,804,613      $ 7,500,001  

Novo Holdings A/S

   Raymond Camahort      3,669,318      $ 5,727,805  

SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P.

   Jill Carroll      3,669,318      $ 5,727,805  

Aju Life Science 3.0 Venture Fund

   Derek Yoon      3,203,075      $ 5,000,000  

Takeda Ventures, Inc.

        1,720,048      $ 2,684,995  

In December 2020 we issued and sold an aggregate of 21,958,284 shares of our Series B-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B-2 Preferred Stock) at a purchase price of $1.951 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $42.8 million. These shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock will convert into an aggregate of 21,958,284 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock sold to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Investor

   Affiliated Director(s)
or Officer(s)
   Shares of
Series B-2
Preferred
Stock
     Total
Purchase Price
 

Quan Venture Fund II, L.P

   Lewis T. Williams      5,125,577      $ 10,000,001  

New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P

   Ali Behbahani      3,844,183      $ 7,500,001  

Novo Holdings A/S

   Raymond Camahort      2,935,830      $ 5,727,804  

SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, LP

   Jill Carroll      2,935,830      $ 5,727,804  

Aju Life Science 3.0 Venture Fund

   Derek Yoon      2,562,789      $ 5,000,001  

Takeda Ventures, Inc

        1,376,215      $ 2,684,995  

 

195


Table of Contents

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

In March, April and June 2021 we issued and sold an aggregate of 57,224,618 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series C Preferred Stock) at a purchase price of $2.097 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $120 million. These shares of Series C Preferred Stock will convert into an aggregate of 57,224,618 shares of common stock upon the completion of this offering. The table below sets forth the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock sold to our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock:

 

Investor

   Affiliated Director(s)
or Officer(s)
   Shares of
Series C
Preferred Stock
     Total
Purchase
Price
 

New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P.

   Ali Behbahani      9,537,435      $ 20,000,001  

Novo Holdings A/S

   Raymond Camahort      2,384,359      $ 5,000,001  

SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P.

   Jill Carroll      3,576,538      $ 7,500,000  

SR One Co-Invest II, LLC

   Jill Carroll      2,384,359      $ 5,000,001  

Takeda Ventures, Inc.

        476,872      $ 1,000,001  

David Lubner

        119,218      $ 250,000  

Investors’ Rights Agreement

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our capital stock, including New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P., NEA Ventures 2016, L.P., Novo Holdings A/S, SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P., SR One Co-Invest II, LLC, Quan Venture Fund II, L.P., Takeda Ventures, Inc. and Aju Life Science 3.0 Venture Fund. Under our investors’ rights agreement, certain holders of our capital stock have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of our capital stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws. The indemnification agreements and our amended restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering require us to indemnify our directors, executive officers and certain controlling persons to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Limitation of Liability and Indemnification” for additional information.

Related Party Transaction Policy

Our audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. The charter of our audit committee will provide that our audit committee shall review and approve in advance any related party transaction.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a formal written policy providing that we are not permitted to enter into any transaction that exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person has a direct or indirect material interest without the consent of our audit committee. In approving or rejecting any such transaction, our audit committee is to consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to our audit committee, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction.

 

196


Table of Contents

Reserved Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, through a reserved share program to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. Participants in this reserved share program will not be subject to lockup or market standoff restrictions with respect to any shares purchased through our reserved share program, with the exception of reserved shares purchased by our directors and officers, which will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction.

If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

 

197


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 1, 2022 by:

 

   

Each person, or group of affiliated persons, who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

Each of our named executive officers;

 

   

Each of our directors, as of January 1, 2022; and

 

   

All of our current executive officers and directors as a group.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and thus it represents sole or shared voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act.

We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on              shares of our common stock outstanding as of January 1, 2022, which includes 136,422,468 shares of our common stock resulting from the conversion of all 136,422,468 outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into our common stock upon the closing of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of January 1, 2022. We have based our calculation of the percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering on              shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares and no purchase of shares by any of our directors, executive officers or existing stockholders in this offering (including in our reserved share program). We have deemed shares of our common stock subject to stock options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2022, to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the stock option for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

198


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Arcellx, Inc., 25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A, Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to This Offering
    Shares Beneficially
Owned After This
Offering
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Shares      Percentage     Shares      Percentage  

5% Stockholders

          

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1)

     26,719,293        19.16     

Entities affiliated with SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P.(2)

     21,099,106        15.13     

Novo Holdings A/S(3)

     17,522,568        12.57     

Quan Venture Fund II, L.P.(4)

     11,531,727        8.27     

Takeda Ventures, Inc.(5)

     7,573,135        5.43     

Named Executive Officers and Directors

          

Rami Elghandour, M.B.A.(6)

     10,488,657        7.00     

David Hilbert, Ph.D.(7)

     4,787,688        3.35     

Christopher Heery, M.D.(8)

     1,600,000        1.13     

Neeraj Teotia (9)

     1,600,000        1.13     

Ali Behbahani, M.D., M.B.A.

     —          —         

Jill Carroll, M.S.

     —          —         

David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A.(10)

     729,218        *       

Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D.

     —          —         

Derek Yoon, M.B.A

     —          —         

Raymond Camahort, Ph.D.

     —          —         

Kavita Patel, M.D.(11)

     435,000        *       

All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons)(12)

     13,252,875        8.69     

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent (1%) of the outstanding shares of our common stock.

(1)

Consists of (i) 26,691,761 shares of common stock held by New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P. (“NEA 15”) and (ii) 27,532 shares of common stock held of record by NEA Ventures 2016, L.P. (“Ven 2016”). NEA Partners 15, L.P. (“NEA Partners 15”) is the sole general partner of NEA 15. NEA 15 GP, LLC (“NEA 15 LLC”) is the sole general partner of NEA Partners 15. Forest Baskett, Anthony A. Florence, Jr., Mohamad Makhzoumi, Scott D. Sandell and Peter Sonsini are the managers of NEA 15 LLC. The shares held directly by Ven 2016 are indirectly held by Karen P. Welsh, the general partner of Ven 2016. The address for these entities is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093. Dr. Behbahani is a General Partner at New Enterprise Associates, Inc. and a member of our board of directors, and has no voting or dispositive power with respect to any of the above referenced shares and disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his respective pecuniary interest therein. All indirect holders of the above referenced shares disclaim beneficial ownership of all applicable shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(2)

Consists of 18,714,747 shares of common stock held by SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P. and 2,384,359 shares of common stock held by SR One Co-Invest II, LLC. SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P. and SR One Co-Invest II, LLC are indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of GlaxoSmithKline plc. Ms. Carroll, a member of our board of directors, is a partner of SR One Capital Management, LP, an entity affiliated with SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P. and SR One Co-Invest II, LLC and, therefore, may be deemed to have a pecuniary interest over these shares. Ms. Carroll disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held of record by SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P. and SR One Co-Invest II, LLC except to the extent of her pecuniary interest therein. The address for SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P. and SR One Co-Invest II, LLC is 985 Old Eagle School Road, Suite 151, Wayne, PA 19087.

 

199


Table of Contents
(3)

Consists of 17,522,568 shares of common stock held by Novo Holdings A/S (“Novo”). The board of directors of Novo has shared voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by Novo and may exercise such control only with the support of a majority of the members of the Novo board of directors. As such, no individual member of the Novo board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by Novo. Dr. Camahort, a member of our board of directors, is employed as a Principal at Novo Ventures (US) Inc., which provides certain consultancy services to Novo, and Dr. Camahort is not deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by Novo. The address for Novo is Tuborg Havnevej 19, DK-2900 Hellerup, Denmark.

(4)

Consists of 11,531,727 shares of common stock held by Quan Venture Fund II, L.P. (“Quan Capital”). The general partner of Quan Capital is Quan Venture Partners II, L.L.C. Dr. Williams, a member of our board of directors, is a venture partner at Quan Venture Partners II, L.L.C. Dr. Williams disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Quan Capital, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any. The principal business address of Quan Capital is Ugland House, PO Box 309, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KYI-1104.

(5)

Consists of 7,573,125 shares of common stock held by Takeda Ventures, Inc. (“Takeda Ventures”). The business address of Takeda Ventures is 9625 Towne Centre Drive, San Diego, CA 92121. Takeda Ventures is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceuticals U.S.A., Inc. (“Takeda USA”). Takeda Pharmaceuticals International AG and Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited together own 100% of Takeda USA. Takeda Pharmaceuticals International AG is a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited. As a result, Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited may be deemed to have voting and investment power over all of the shares of common stock held by Takeda Ventures, and Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited may be deemed to be the indirect beneficial owner of the shares held by Takeda Ventures.

(6)

Consists of 10,488,657 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to an option held directly by Mr. Elghandour exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2022, of which 3,787,570 are vested as of such date and the remainder of which may be exercised for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedules as would have applied to such shares under the options. This does not include 5,244,329 restricted stock units to be settled for shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Elghandour. See the section title “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers—Rami Elghandour” for vesting details of such restricted stock units.

(7)

Consists of (i) 1,135,489 shares of common stock held by Jan M. Casadei, as Trustee of the 2021 Gift Trust FBO Jan M. Casadei and (ii) 3,652,199 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Dr. Hilbert exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2022, of which 2,473,661 are vested as of such date and the remainder of which may be exercised for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(8)

Consists of 1,600,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Dr. Heery exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2022, of which 26,667 are vested as of such date and the remainder of which may be exercised for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(9)

Consists of 1,600,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Mr. Teotia exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2022, of which 21,000 are vested as of such date and the remainder of which may be exercised for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

(10)

Consists of (i) 610,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to an option held directly by Mr. Lubner exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2022, of which 157,187 are vested as of such date and the remainder of which may be exercised for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedules as would have applied to such shares under the options and (ii) 119,218 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Lubner.

(11)

Consists of 435,000 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options held directly by Dr. Patel exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2022, none of which are vested as of such date and the remainder of which may be exercised for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedule as would have applied to such shares under the option.

 

200


Table of Contents
(12)

Consists of 13,252,875 shares of common stock beneficially owned by our current directors and executive officers, of which (i) 119,218 are shares of common stock, (ii) 13,133,657 are shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2022, of which approximately 3,971,423 are vested as of such date and the remainder of which may be exercised for shares of restricted stock with the same vesting schedules as would have applied to such shares under the options, and (iii) 5,244,329 of which are restricted stock units to be settled for shares of common stock. See the section title “Executive Compensation—Employment Arrangements with Our Named Executive Officers—Rami Elghandour” for vesting details of such restricted stock units.

 

201


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following descriptions of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering. Copies of these documents will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the completion of this offering.

Upon the completion of this offering and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation in connection with this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering, all the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of our common stock.

Based on 139,218,480 shares of common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2021, and after giving effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 136,422,468 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering and the issuance of              shares of common stock in this offering, there will be              shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering. As of September 30, 2021, we had 60 stockholders of record. As of September 30, 2021, there were 28,795,570 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options and an award of restricted stock units covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

Voting Rights

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect immediately after the closing of this offering do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a plurality of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. With respect to matters other than the election of directors, at any meeting of the stockholders at which a quorum is present or represented, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise required by law. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

202


Table of Contents

Rights and Preferences

Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering, upon payment and delivery in accordance with the underwriting agreement, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing change in our control or other corporate action. Upon completion of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Common Stock Options

As of September 30, 2021, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 28,795,570 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.95 per share, under our 2017 Plan. After September 30, 2021, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 2,742,000 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.19 per share, under our 2017 Plan.

Restricted Stock Units

As of September 30, 2021, we had outstanding an award of restricted stock units covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock.

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, under our amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, the holders of up to 136,422,468 shares of common stock or their transferees, have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Demand Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 136,422,468 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning after 180 days following the completion of this offering, the holders of a majority of the shares having registration rights then outstanding can request that we file a registration statement to register the offer and sale of their shares. We are only obligated to effect up to two such registrations. Each such request for registration must cover securities the anticipated aggregate gross

 

203


Table of Contents

proceeds of which, before deducting underwriting discounts and expenses, is at least $5 million. These demand registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. If we determine that it would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any twelve-month period, for a period of up to 60 days.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 136,422,468 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. At any time when we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of the shares having these rights then outstanding can request that we register the offer and sale of their shares of our common stock on a registration statement on Form S-3 so long as the request covers securities the anticipated aggregate public offering price of which, net of selling expenses, is at least $1 million. These stockholders may make an unlimited number of requests for registration on a registration statement on Form S-3. However, we will not be required to effect a registration on Form S-3 if we have effected two such registrations within the twelve-month period preceding the date of the request. These Form S-3 registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances. Additionally, if we determine that it would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders to effect such a demand registration, we have the right to defer such registration, not more than once in any twelve-month period, for a period of up to 60 days.

Piggyback Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 136,422,468 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights. If we propose to register the offer and sale of shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, all holders of these shares then outstanding can request that we include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, other than with respect to (1) a registration related to any employee benefit plan or a corporate reorganization or other transaction covered by Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) a registration relating to the offer and sale of debt securities, (3) a registration on any registration form that does not permit secondary sales or (4) a registration pursuant to the demand or Form S-3 registration rights described in the preceding two paragraphs above, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to certain limitations, to include their shares in the registration.

Expenses of Registration

We will pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, subject to specified limitations.

Termination

The registration rights terminate upon the earliest of (1) the date that is five years after the completion of this offering, (2) immediately prior to the completion of certain liquidation events and (3) as to a given holder of registration rights, the date after the completion of this offering when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities during any three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

204


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law, Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Our Amended and Restated Bylaws

Certain provisions of Delaware law and certain provisions that will be included in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws summarized below may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interests, including attempts that might result in a premium being paid over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that permit our board of directors to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, 200,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting the series and the designation of the series, the voting rights (if any) of the shares of the series and the powers, preferences or relative, participation, optional and other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions, of the shares of such series.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class will be an equal number of directors, as nearly as possible, consisting of one third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board of directors. The term of initial Class I directors shall terminate on the date of the 2023 annual meeting, the term of the initial Class II directors shall terminate on the date of the 2024 annual meeting, and the term of the initial Class III directors shall terminate on the date of the 2025 annual meeting. At each annual meeting of stockholders beginning in 2023, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual meeting will be elected for a three-year term.

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may only remove a director for cause by a vote of no less than a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote.

Director Vacancies

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships.

No Cumulative Voting

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders do not have the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors.

Special Meetings of Stockholders

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer, our President, or our board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

 

205


Table of Contents

Advance Notice Procedures for Director Nominations

Our bylaws will provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or seeking to propose matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings must provide timely notice thereof in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice generally will have to be delivered to and received at our principal executive offices before notice of the meeting is issued by the secretary of the company, with such notice being served not less than 90 nor more than 120 days before the meeting. Although the amended and restated bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates to be elected at an annual meeting, the amended and restated bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

Action by Written Consent

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that any action to be taken by the stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by written consent.

Amending our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended or altered in any manner provided by the DGCL except that amendment of certain provisions would require the approval of a two-thirds majority of our then outstanding common stock. Our amended and restated bylaws may be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by stockholders only upon approval of a majority of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of common stock, except that amendment of certain provisions would require the approval of a two-thirds majority of our then outstanding common stock. Additionally, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our bylaws may be amended, altered or repealed by the board of directors.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuances without stockholder approval, except as required by the listing standards of Nasdaq, and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of the company by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Exclusive Jurisdiction

Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty, any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the DGCL, any action regarding our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws, or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Please also see the section titled “Risk Factors—Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the

 

206


Table of Contents

federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.”

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders

We are governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a public Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination (as defined in such section) with an “interested stockholder” (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation or any person affiliated with such person) for a period of three years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless (i) prior to such time the board of directors of such corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder; (ii) upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of such corporation at the time the transaction commenced (excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock of such corporation outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (A) by persons who are directors and also officers of such corporation and (B) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer); or (iii) at or subsequent to such time the business combination is approved by the board of directors of such corporation and authorized at a meeting of stockholders (and not by written consent) by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of such corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We are expressly authorized to, and do, carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing coverage for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive directors.

The limitation on liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACLX”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.

 

207


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure investors that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities of ours at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and after giving effect to the conversion of all the 136,422,468 shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding at September 30, 2021,             shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or              shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no shares of our common stock will be sold in the offering to our affiliates or pursuant to our reserved share program, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

   

             shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below, beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements and Market Stand-off Agreements

Our officers, directors and the holders of substantially all of our capital stock and options have entered into market stand-off agreements with us and have entered into or will enter into lock-up agreements with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior consent of BofA Securities, Inc. and SVB Leerink LLC. See the section titled “Underwriting” for additional information.

Rule 144

Rule 144, as currently in effect, generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned the shares of our capital stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the volume limitation, manner of sale or notice conditions of Rule 144. If such stockholder has beneficially owned the shares of our capital stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, then such person is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with any of the conditions of Rule 144.

 

208


Table of Contents

Rule 144 also provides that a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days and who has beneficially owned the shares of our common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months is entitled to sell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our capital stock then outstanding, which will equal              shares immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares; or

 

   

The average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales of our capital stock made in reliance upon Rule 144 by a stockholder who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding 90 days are also subject to the current public information, manner of sale and notice conditions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally provides that, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the preceding three months may sell such shares (to the extent such shares are not subject to a lock-up agreement) in reliance upon Rule 144 without complying with the current public information or holding period conditions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also provides that a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract and who is deemed to have been one of our affiliates during the preceding 90 days may sell such shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period condition of Rule 144 (subject to the lock-up agreement referred to above, if applicable). However, all stockholders who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or contract are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701 (subject to the lock-up agreements and market stand-off agreements referred to above, if applicable).

Registration Rights

After the completion of this offering, the holders of up to 136,422,468 shares of our common stock will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. The registration of these shares of our common stock under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration, subject to the Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for a description of these registration rights.

Registration Statement

After the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to equity awards outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans. The shares of our common stock covered by such registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of such registration statement, subject to vesting restrictions, the conditions of Rule 144 applicable to affiliates, and any applicable market stand-off agreements and lock-up agreements. See the section titled “Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans” for a description of our equity compensation plans.

 

209


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock acquired in this offering by a “non-U.S. holder” (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought, and do not intend to seek, any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.

This summary also does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

   

Banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions (except to the extent specifically set forth below), regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts or other financial institutions;

 

   

Persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or the tax on net investment income;

 

   

Tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

   

Pension plans and tax-qualified retirement plans;

 

   

Controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

   

Brokers or dealers in securities or currencies;

 

   

Traders in securities or other persons that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

   

Persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

   

U.S. expatriates or certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

   

Persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction or integrated investment;

 

   

Persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any option or otherwise as compensation;

 

   

Persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment);

 

   

Persons subject to special tax accounting rules as a result of any item of gross income with respect to our common stock being taken into account in an “applicable financial statement” as defined in Section 451(b) of the Code; or

 

   

Persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

 

210


Table of Contents

In addition, if a partnership, entity or arrangement classified as a partnership or flow-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership or other entity. A partner in a partnership or other such entity that will hold our common stock should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock through a partnership or other such entity, as applicable.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal gift or estate tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a “non-U.S. holder” if you are a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not a partnership and is not:

 

   

An individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States (for U.S. federal income tax purposes);

 

   

A corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

   

An estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

   

A trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and that has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that has made a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

As described in the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock following the completion of this offering. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Subject to the discussions below on effectively connected income, Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA), and backup withholding, any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8, including any required attachments and your taxpayer identification number, certifying qualification for the reduced rate. Under applicable Treasury Regulations, we may withhold up to 30% of the gross amount of the entire distribution even if the amount constituting a dividend, as described above, is less than the gross amount. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If you hold our common stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under an applicable tax treaty.

 

211


Table of Contents

Dividends received by you that are treated as effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States) are generally exempt from the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax, subject to the discussions below on backup withholding and FATCA withholding. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock, including any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA withholding, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

   

The gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by you in the United States);

 

   

You are a non-resident alien individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

   

Our common stock constitutes a United States real property interest by reason of our status as a “United States real property holding corporation” (USRPHC) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and the remainder of this discussion so assumes. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our U.S. and worldwide real property interests plus our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, your common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if you actually (directly or indirectly) or constructively hold more than five percent of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding your disposition of, or your holding period for, our common stock.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will be required to pay tax on the gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions and credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be subject to tax at 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the gain derived from the sale, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses for the year, provided you have timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. You should consult your tax advisor regarding any applicable income tax or other treaties that may provide for different rules.

 

212


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends on or of proceeds from the disposition of our common stock made to you may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 24% unless you establish an exemption, for example, by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. federal income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)

Subject to the following paragraph, provisions of the Code commonly referred to as FATCA, Treasury Regulations issued thereunder and official IRS guidance generally impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on, and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless otherwise provided by the Treasury Secretary or such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities certain information regarding the U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Subject to the following paragraph, FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined under these rules) unless otherwise provided by the Tresury Secretary or such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying the substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that it does not have any substantial U.S. owners, or otherwise establishes an exemption.

The withholding obligations under FATCA generally apply to dividends on our common stock. The withholding tax will apply regardless of whether the payment otherwise would be exempt from U.S. nonresident and backup withholding tax, including under the other exemptions described above. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. The Treasury Secretary has issued proposed Treasury Regulations which, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate withholding under FATCA with respect to payment of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. In the preamble to such proposed Treasury Regulations, the Treasury Secretary stated that taxpayers (including applicable withholding agents) may generally rely on the proposed regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this section. Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the application of FATCA withholding to their investment in, and ownership and disposition of, our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice to investors in their particular circumstances. Each prospective investor should consult his, her or its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

213


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

BofA Securities, Inc., SVB Leerink LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., and William Blair & Company LLC are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

          Underwriter    Number
of Shares
 

BofA Securities, Inc

                   

SVB Leerink LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

     Per Share      Without Option      With Option  

Public offering price

   $        $        $    

Underwriting discount

   $        $        $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Arcellx

   $        $        $    

The expenses of the offering, not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $            and are payable by us.

 

214


Table of Contents

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to            additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

Reserved Share Program

At our request, an affiliate of BofA Securities, Inc., a participating Underwriter, has reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons.

If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Participants in this directed share program will not be subject to lockup or market standoff restrictions with respect to any shares purchased through our directed share program, with the exception of reserved shares purchased by our directors and officers, which will be subject to a 180-day lock-up restriction.

Other than the underwriting discount described on the front cover of this prospectus, the underwriters will not be entitled to any commission with respect to shares of common stock sold pursuant to our reserved share program. We will agree to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with sales of the shares reserved for our reserved share program.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and our other existing security holders have agreed not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, exchangeable for, exercisable for, or repayable with common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of BofA Securities, Inc. and SVB Leerink, LLC. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly

 

   

offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock,

 

   

purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock,

 

   

grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock,

 

   

lend or otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock,

 

   

request or demand that we file or make a confidential submission of a registration statement related to the common stock, or

 

   

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

215


Table of Contents

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We expect the shares to be approved for listing on the Nasdaq Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “ACLX.”

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are

 

   

the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us,

 

   

our financial information,

 

   

the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete,

 

   

an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues,

 

   

the present state of our development, and

 

   

the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

 

216


Table of Contents

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each a Relevant State), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the global offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:

 

  a.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the global coordinator for any such offer; or

 

  c.

in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation.

 

217


Table of Contents

Each person in a Relevant State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Issuer and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The issuer, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.

The above selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

In connection with the offering, BofA Securities, Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., and William Blair & Company LLC are not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In relation to the United Kingdom (UK), no shares have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the global offering to the public in the UK prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in the UK in accordance with the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in the UK at any time under the following exemptions under the UK Prospectus Regulation and the FSMA:

 

  a.

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation;

 

  b.

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the global coordinator for any such offer; or

 

  c.

at any time in other circumstances falling within section 86 of the FSMA,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or Article 3 of the UK Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

Each person in the UK who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the issuer and the underwriters that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented,

 

218


Table of Contents

acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the UK to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The issuer, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Shares in the UK means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any Shares, the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

In connection with the offering, BofA Securities, Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., and William Blair & Company LLC are not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the Financial Promotion Order), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (FSMA)) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the issuer , the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

219


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the Corporations Act), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

 

220


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the shares were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the SFA)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a)

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b)

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c)

where the transfer is by operation of law; or

 

  (d)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of

 

221


Table of Contents

the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

222


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the issuance of our common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, New York, New York. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, New York, New York is acting as counsel for the underwriters. Certain members of, and investment partnerships comprised of members of, and persons associated with, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, own an interest representing less than one percent of the shares of our common stock.

 

223


Table of Contents

EXPERTS

Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and for the years then ended, as set forth in their report. We have included our consolidated financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP’s report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

224


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document is not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, as well as the exhibits thereto. These documents, along with future reports, proxy statements and other information about us, are available at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We also maintain a website at www.arcellx.com where these materials are available. Upon the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on, or that can be accessible through, our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

225


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2020

     F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

     F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2020

     F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2019 and 2020

     F-6  

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7  

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December  31, 2020 and September 30, 2021 (unaudited)

     F-25  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited)

     F-26  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited)

     F-27  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2020 and 2021 (unaudited)

     F-29  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

     F-30  

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Arcellx, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Arcellx, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2019.

Tysons, Virginia

September 27, 2021

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 34,578     $ 46,596  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,491       2,761  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     38,069       49,357  

Restricted cash

     111       199  

Property and equipment, net

     4,330       4,900  

Deferred offering costs

           1,761  

Deposits and other non-current assets

     1,078       1,477  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 43,588     $ 57,694  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 1,746     $ 504  

Accrued liabilities

     1,119       4,576  

Deferred rent, current portion

     154       171  

Other current liabilities

     20       20  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     3,039       5,271  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     1,795       1,863  

Other long-term liabilities

     32       19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     4,866       7,153  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

    

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 29,795,227 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020; liquidation value $29,795 at December 31, 2019 and 2020.

     28,894       28,894  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 27,444,339 and 49,402,623 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively; liquidation value of $42,841 and $85,681 at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

     42,566       85,367  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     71,460       114,261  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 98,973,453 shares authorized at December 31, 2019 and 2020; 1,407,800 and 1,836,508 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively (Note 9)

     2       2  

Additional paid-in capital

     307       1,420  

Accumulated deficit

     (33,047     (65,142
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (32,738     (63,720
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 43,588     $ 57,694  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2019     2020  

Revenue

   $     $  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     15,766       25,056  

General and administrative

     2,208       7,040  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     17,974       32,096  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (17,974     (32,096
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income:

    

Other income, net

     2       1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and comprehensive loss

   $ (17,972   $ (32,095
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (15.39   $ (20.38
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     1,167,897       1,574,764  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock     Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Series A     Series B     Common Stock                    
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Additional
Paid-in Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
Deficit
 

Balance at December 31, 2018

    29,795,227     $ 28,894           $       1,040,865     $ 1     $ 139     $ (15,075   $ (14,935
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of transaction costs

                27,444,339       42,566                                

Issuance of common stock from vesting of restricted stock

                            366,935       1       32             33  

Share-based compensation

                                        136             136  

Net loss

                                              (17,972     (17,972
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    29,795,227     $ 28,894       27,444,339     $ 42,566       1,407,800     $ 2     $ 307     $ (33,047   $ (32,738
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of transaction costs

                21,958,284       42,801                                

Issuance of common stock from vesting of restricted stock

                            294,683             40             40  

Exercise of stock options

                            134,025             22         22  

Share-based compensation

                                        1,051             1,051  

Net loss

                                              (32,095     (32,095
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    29,795,227     $ 28,894       49,402,623     $ 85,367       1,836,508     $ 2     $ 1,420     $ (65,142   $ (63,720
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2019     2020  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (17,972   $ (32,095

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation

     326       629  

Share-based compensation

     136       1,051  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets

     (4,215     331  

Accounts payable

     688       (1,333

Accrued liabilities

     353       2,776  

Deferred rent

     1,912       (21
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (18,772     (28,662
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (3,832     (888
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,832     (888
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Proceeds from issuance of restricted stock purchase awards

     86        

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

           40  

Payments of deferred offering costs

           (1,185

Proceeds from issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of transaction costs

     42,566       42,801  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     42,652       41,656  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     20,048       12,106  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of the year

     14,641       34,689  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of the year

   $ 34,689     $ 46,795  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment included in accrued liabilities

   $ 7     $ 311  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs included in accrued liabilities

   $     $ 576  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of the Business

Organization

Arcellx, Inc. (Arcellx or the Company) was incorporated in Delaware in December 2014 and is headquartered in Gaithersburg, Maryland. The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company reimagining cell therapy through the development of innovative therapies for patients with cancer and other incurable diseases.

The Company has not commercialized any of its drug candidates and planned commercial operations have not commenced. The Company has incurred significant losses in the development of its drug candidates. The Company has not generated revenues from product sales. As a result, the Company has consistently reported negative cash flows from operating activities and net losses, had an accumulated deficit of $63.7 million at December 31, 2020 and expects to continue incurring losses for the foreseeable future.

Liquidity

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The propriety of using the going-concern basis is dependent upon, among other things, the achievement of future profitable operations, the ability to generate sufficient cash from operations and potential other funding sources, in addition to cash on hand, to meet its obligations as they become due. Based on the Company’s expected operating cash requirements and capital expenditures, management believes the Company’s cash on hand as of the date these financial statements are issued, is adequate to fund operations for at least twelve months from the date that these consolidated financial statements are issued. The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses to continue development of drug candidates, including preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval prior to commercialization. Even if drug development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

The Company plans to seek additional funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, marketing and distribution arrangements, other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. The Company may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into strategic alliances or other arrangements on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders. If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be required to delay, reduce or eliminate research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or future commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects.

Although management continues to pursue these funding plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all, to fund continuing operations past twelve months from the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements were prepared based on the accrual method of accounting in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Any reference in these

 

F-7


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) and Accounting Standards Update (ASU) of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Arcellx and its wholly owned subsidiary. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Accounting Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates used in preparing the accompanying consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, estimates related to recoverability of long-lived assets, share-based compensation, and the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities. Although actual results could differ from those estimates, management does not believe that such differences would be material.

Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity about which separate discrete information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company views its operations as and manages its business in one operating segment operating exclusively in the United States.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the date of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company deposits its cash primarily in checking and sweep accounts with commercial banks and financial institutions. Cash equivalents consist of money market funds.

Restricted Cash

The Company is required to maintain cash collateral on deposit in a segregated money market bank account, as a condition of its lease agreement equal to the required security deposit amount. The bank may restrict withdrawals or transfers by, or on behalf of, the Company. The required restricted cash reserve totaled $111 thousand and $199 thousand as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. This amount is presented as non-current restricted cash on the accompanying balance sheets.

The following table reconciles cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash per the balance sheets to the statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 34,578      $ 46,596  

Restricted cash

     111        199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 34,689      $ 46,795  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at one accredited financial institution in amounts that exceed federally insured limits. The Company does not believe that it is subject to unusual credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses. The fair values of financial instruments approximated their carrying values at December 31, 2019 and 2020, due to their short-term nature. The Company accounts for recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements in accordance with FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820). ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a fair value hierarchy for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, and requires expanded disclosures about fair value measurements. The ASC 820 hierarchy ranks the quality of reliability of inputs, or assumptions, used in the determination of fair value and requires assets and liabilities carried at fair value to be classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

Level 1—Fair value is determined by using unadjusted quoted prices that are available in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.

Level 2—Fair value is determined by using inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices that are directly or indirectly observable. Inputs can include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in inactive markets. Related inputs can also include those used in valuation or other pricing models, such as interest rates and yield curves that can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3—Fair value is determined by inputs that are unobservable and not corroborated by market data. Use of these inputs involves significant and subjective judgments to be made by a reporting entity—e.g., determining an appropriate adjustment to a discount factor for illiquidity associated with a given security.

To the extent the valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair values requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized as Level 3. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Refer to related disclosures in Note 3-Fair Value of Financial Instruments.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over its estimated useful life using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets or lease term, whichever is shorter. Upon retirement or disposal, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is recognized within operating expenses. Routine expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Estimated useful lives for property and equipment are as follows:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life

Computer equipment

   3 years

Furniture and fixtures

   7 years

Lab equipment

   7 years

Leasehold improvements

   Lesser of estimated useful life or remaining lease term

 

F-9


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews the recoverability of its long-lived asset group when events or changes in circumstances occur that indicate that the carrying value of the asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset group is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If these cash flows are less than the carrying value of such asset group, the Company then determines the fair value of the underlying asset group. Any impairment loss to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset group. There were no impairment losses recognized during the years ended December 31, 2019 or 2020.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit because the shares contain deemed liquidation rights that are a contingent redemption feature not solely within the control of the Company.

The Company’s policy is to not accrete the carrying value and related issuance costs of the redeemable convertible preferred stock to its redemption value until such redemption becomes probable.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development costs are expensed as they are incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits of research and development personnel, costs related to research activities, preclinical studies, and overhead and facility-related costs.

The Company may be obligated to make upfront payments upon execution of certain research and development agreements. Advance payments, including nonrefundable amounts, for goods or services that will be used or rendered for future research and development activities are deferred. Such amounts are recognized as expense as the related goods are delivered or the related services are performed, or such time when the Company does not expect the goods to be delivered or services to be performed.

Deferred Offering Costs

The Company capitalized certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that were directly associated with in-process equity financing as deferred offering costs. Upon consummation of the equity financing, these costs will be recorded in shareholders’ equity (deficit) as a reduction of proceeds.

Clinical Trial Accrual and Expenses

The Company makes payments in connection with clinical trials under contracts with contract research organizations that support conducting and managing clinical trials. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation and vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. Generally, these agreements set forth the scope of work to be performed at a fixed fee, unit price or on a time and materials basis. A portion of the obligation to make payments under these contracts depends on factors such as the successful enrollment or treatment of patients or the completion of other clinical trial milestones.

Expenses related to clinical trials are accrued based on estimates and/or representations from service providers regarding work performed, including actual level of patient enrollment, completion of patient studies

 

F-10


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

and progress of the clinical trials. Other incidental costs related to patient enrollment or treatment are accrued when reasonably certain. Similarly, the Company accrues expenses related to the work performed by contract manufacturing organizations based on the progress of the work performed. If the amounts the Company is obligated to pay under clinical trial agreements and manufacturing agreements are modified (for instance, as a result of changes in the clinical trial protocol or scope of work to be performed), the accruals are adjusted accordingly. Revisions to contractual payment obligations are charged to expense in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become reasonably certain.

Share-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for its share-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718). ASC 718 requires all share-based payments to employees, and directors, including grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards or restricted stock units to employees, and directors of the Company, to be recognized as expense in the statement of operations and comprehensive loss based on their grant date fair values ratably over the requisite service period. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

The Company estimates the fair value of options granted using the Black-Scholes-Merton (Black-Scholes) option pricing model for stock option grants to both employees and non-employees and the fair value of common stock to determine the fair value of restricted stock. The Company will reconsider the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model if additional information becomes available in the future that indicates another model would be more appropriate or if grants issued in future periods have characteristics that prevent their value from being reasonably estimated using this model.

The Black-Scholes option pricing model requires inputs based on certain subjective assumptions. A discussion of management’s methodology for developing the assumptions used in the valuation model follow:

Fair Value of Common Stock—Given the lack of an active public market for the common stock, the fair value of the Company’s common stock is determined by the board of directors with input from management and consideration of third-party valuation reports. In the absence of a public trading market, and as a clinical-stage company with no significant revenues, the Company believes that it is appropriate to consider a range of factors to determine the fair market value of the common stock at each grant date. In determining the fair value of its common stock, the Company uses methodologies, approaches, and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ (AICPA) Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In addition, the Company considered various objective and subjective factors. The factors included (1) the achievement of clinical and operational milestones by the Company; (2) the significant risks associated with the Company’s stage of development; (3) capital market conditions for life science companies, particularly similarly situated, privately held, early-stage life science companies; (4) the Company’s available cash, financial condition, and results of operations; (5) the most recent sales of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock; and (6) the preferential rights of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Expected Dividend Yield—The Company has never declared or paid dividends and has no plans to do so in the foreseeable future.

Expected Volatility—Due to the lack of a public market for the Company’s common stock and lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has based its computation of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of public companies with similar characteristics to the Company (e.g., public entities of similar size, complexity, stage of development and industry focus). The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with expected term assumption.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

Risk-Free Interest Rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected term of the stock options.

Expected Term—The Company uses the simplified method as prescribed by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, to calculate the expected term for options granted to employees as it does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax expense or benefit is the result of changes in the deferred tax assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets where, based upon the available evidence, the Company concludes that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In evaluating its ability to recover deferred tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including its operating results, ongoing tax planning and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Because of the uncertainty of the realization of deferred tax assets, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.

Liabilities are provided for tax benefits for which realization is uncertain. Such benefits are only recognized when the underlying tax position is considered more-likely-than-not to be sustained on examination by a taxing authority, assuming they possess full knowledge of the position and facts. Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized in the provision of income taxes. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had no interest or penalties related to uncertain income tax benefits.

Revenue Recognition

The Company accounts for contracts with customers in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 605, Revenue Recognition (ASC 605), and created a new Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606). Under ASC 606, the Company will recognize revenue when it transfers control of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects what the Company expects to receive in exchange for the goods or services, and the performance obligation(s) under the related contracts are satisfied. To determine revenue recognition for contracts with customers the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract, including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies each performance obligation.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss comprises net loss and other changes in equity that are excluded from net loss. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company’s net loss was equal to comprehensive loss and, accordingly, no additional disclosure is presented.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it is (i) no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The guidance in this ASU supersedes the leasing guidance in Topic 840, Leases. Under the new guidance, lessees are required to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases with terms longer than 12 months. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 deferring the effective date for private entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021. In June 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-05 deferring the effective date for private entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is currently reviewing its leases and other contracts to determine if the adoption of this guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The Company expects that the adoption of this guidance will change the way it accounts for its operating leases and will result in recording the future benefits of those leases and the related minimum lease payments on the Company’s balance sheet.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326) (ASU 2016-13), which modifies the measurement of expected credit losses on certain financial instruments. In addition, for available-for-sale debt securities, the standard eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment and requires the recognition of an allowance for credit losses rather than reductions in the amortized cost of the securities. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2022 and requires a modified-retrospective approach with a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period. Early adoption is permitted. Based on the composition of the Company’s investment portfolio, current market conditions and historical credit loss activity, the adoption of ASU 2016-13 is not expected to have any impact on its financial position, results of operations or the related disclosures. The Company will continue monitoring through the effective date of the standard.

The Company has evaluated all other ASUs issued through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued and believes that the adoption of these will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation—Stock Compensation: Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. The update expands the scope of ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (ASC 718), to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring

 

F-13


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

goods and services from nonemployees. The ASU simplifies the accounting for nonemployee stock-based compensation awards. The guidance aligns the measurement and classification for employee stock-based compensation awards to nonemployee stock-based compensation awards. Under the guidance, nonemployee awards will be measured at their grant date fair value. Upon transition, the existing nonemployee awards will be measured at fair value as of the adoption date. The guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of ASU 2018-07 did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework-Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (ASU 2018-13), which eliminates, adds and modifies certain disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020 using the modified retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of ASU No. 2018-13 did not have any impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

3. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2019  
     Fair Value Measurement Based On  
     Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

        

Money market fund (long-term restricted cash)

   $ 111      $      $  

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Fair Value Measurement Based On  
     Quoted
Prices
in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
     Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

        

Money market fund (long-term restricted cash)

   $ 199      $      $  

The Company did not transfer any assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis to or from Level 1 during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Prepaid research and development costs

   $ 2,870      $ 1,551  

Other prepaid expense and current assets

     621        1,210  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 3,491      $ 2,761  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Lab equipment

   $ 2,636      $ 3,514  

Leasehold improvements

     2,121        2,345  

Computer equipment

     58        58  

Furniture and fixtures

     12        109  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     4,827        6,026  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (497      (1,126
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 4,330      $ 4,900  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $0.3 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

6. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Research and development accrued expenses

   $ 148      $ 2,060  

Accrued bonus

     735        1,113  

Accrued vacation

     91        249  

Other liabilities

     145        1,154  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 1,119      $ 4,576  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company leases office and laboratory space in Gaithersburg, Maryland under one lease that has a term that expires in 2030 unless renewed. The Company received a tenant improvement allowance from the landlord totaling $1.7 million. The tenant improvement allowance has been recorded as deferred rent and is being

 

F-15


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

recognized over the lease term. In July 2020 the Company signed the first amendment to lease to expand the leased space by an additional 9,359 rentable square feet to a total of 22,930 rented square feet. The lease term for the additional space expires concurrently with the original lease agreement. The Company received a tenant improvement allowance from the landlord totaling $0.1 million which was recorded as deferred rent and will be recognized over the lease term. The landlord completed all renovations and delivered the premises to the Company in December 2020.

The lease agreements contain rent escalation and rent abatement clauses. For financial reporting purposes, rent expense is charged to operations on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company had recorded deferred rent liability of $1.9 and $2.0 million, respectively. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $0.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 608  

2022

     830  

2023

     851  

2024

     872  

2025

     894  

Thereafter

     3,889  
  

 

 

 
   $ 7,944  
  

 

 

 

Capital Leases

The Company signed a capital lease agreement for equipment in December 2020. The lease term is for thirty-six months with an option to purchase the equipment for $1 dollar at the end of the lease term. The Company has a total contractual obligation of $520 thousand under this lease, $205 thousand of which will be due in 2021, $130 thousand will be due in 2022 and 2023 and $54 thousand will be due in 2024. The lease commences at the time the equipment is delivered. As of December 31, 2020, the equipment had not been delivered.

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may be subject to various litigation and related matters arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company records a provision for a liability when it believes that it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both probability and the estimated amount. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, the Company was not involved in any material legal proceedings.

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

The Company has 29,795,227 authorized shares of $0.001 par value Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A preferred stock) all of which were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2020.

In July 2018, the Company issued the second tranche of Series A preferred stock in exchange for $12.5 million in cash. The Company incurred $21 thousand in transaction costs related to the issuance. The

 

F-16


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

Series A preferred stock is classified as temporary equity as a result of certain redemption rights that are outside of the Company’s control.

The Company has 49,402,623 authorized shares of $0.001 par value Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B preferred stock) 27,444,339 of which were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and all of which were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 from the issuance of Series B-1 and Series B-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock discussed below.

In August 2019, the Company authorized 26,803,724 shares of $0.001 par value Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B-1 preferred stock) and in October 2019 the Company authorized an additional 640,615 shares of $0.001 par value Series B-1 preferred stock. All 27,444,339 shares of Series B-1 preferred stock are issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019. This first tranche, consisting of 27,444,339 shares at $1.561 per share was issued for net proceeds of $42.6 million.

The Company also authorized 21,445,726 shares of $0.001 par value Series B-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B-2 preferred stock and with the Series B-1 preferred stock, the Series B preferred stock) at a price of $1.951 per share. In October 2019, the Company authorized an additional 512,558 shares of Series B-2 preferred stock. The Company concluded that the investors’ rights to purchase Series B-2 preferred stock upon achieving certain clinical activities (i.e. clinically significant and meaningful biological activity with manageable toxicities from a phase 1 clinical trial, approval by the board of an acceptable clinical development plan, IND filling by a specified date and completion of other key analysis) (the Milestone closing) did not meet the definition of a freestanding financial instrument, as they were legally attached and assigned together with the issuance of Series B-1 preferred stock.

Furthermore, after weighing the substantive and implied terms and features of the Series B preferred stock instrument, the Company concluded that the conversion option is clearly and closely related to the redeemable convertible preferred stock host contract and therefore would not need to be bifurcated.

In December 2020, the Company issued the second tranche of Series B-2 preferred stock in exchange for $42.8 million in cash. The Company incurred $40 thousand in transaction costs related to the issuance. All authorized shares of Series B-2 preferred stock are issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020. The Series B preferred stock is classified as temporary equity as a result of certain redemption rights that are outside of the Company’s control.

The Company’s Series A preferred stock and Series B preferred stock (collectively, the Preferred Stock) have the following rights and preferences, privileges and restrictions:

Dividends

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive annual noncumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8% in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock, on an as-converted basis when, as and if declared by the board of directors. As of December 31, 2019 and 2020, no dividends have been declared.

Voting Rights

Each share of Preferred Stock represents such number of votes as is equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such share is convertible. The holders of Preferred Stock vote together with the holders of common stock on an as-converted basis on all matters in which stockholders are entitled to vote. The holders

 

F-17


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

of Series A preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect three directors, the holders of the Series B preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect two directors of the Company as of December 31, 2020.

Conversion Rights

Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issuance price by the conversion price. The conversion price is equal to the original issuance price, which is $1.00 for Series A preferred stock, $1.561 for Series B-1 preferred stock and $1.951 for Series B-2 preferred stock. All series of Preferred Stock will convert into shares of common stock on a one-to-one basis. Conversion can occur at any time at the option of each holder. In addition, all shares of Preferred Stock are mandatorily convertible in certain events, including upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series B-1 and Series B-2 preferred stock are entitled to receive, before any payment of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the Series A preferred stock and holders of common stock, $1.561 per share and $1.951 per share, respectively (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar transactions, plus any declared but unpaid dividends). After payment of the above but before any payment of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, the holders of Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive $1.00 per share with respect to shares of Series A preferred stock. The Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the Preferred Stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares because it is uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to holders of shares of Preferred Stock, and at the balance sheet dates these circumstances were not probable. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values of the liquidation preferences will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

Redemption Rights

The preferred stock is not currently redeemable. Upon certain change in control events that are outside of the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company, the preferred stock is contingently redeemable.

Anti-dilution Protection

The holders of the Preferred Stock have proportional anti-dilution protection for splits, dividends and similar recapitalizations. Subject to certain exclusions, anti-dilution price protection for additional sales of securities by the Company for consideration per unit less than the applicable conversion price per unit of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be on a broad-based weighted average basis.

9. Common Stock

The Company has 98,973,453 authorized shares of $0.001 par value common stock as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, of which 1,407,800 and 1,836,508 shares were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding represent shares issued to executives of the Company pursuant to the early exercise of existing stock options as well as shares issued to employees pursuant to exercises of vested stock options.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

The early exercises were performed by three executives of the Company. One officer of the Company satisfied the exercise price of the options exercised by the issuance of a seven-year full recourse note in the amount of $79 thousand. The note accrues interest at the applicable Federal rate (approximately 0.39% at December 31, 2020) and is fully secured by the shares of common stock and the personal assets of the officer. The note is recorded as an offset to additional paid-in-capital. The other two executives satisfied the exercise price of the options exercised by making cash payments to the Company. In order to execute the early exercises, the executives signed a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (RSPA) granting the Company, in the case of termination of employment of the executive, the rights to repurchase all of the unvested shares at the price paid by the executive for such shares. Based on the share repurchase rights outlined in the RSPA, the Company recorded the proceeds from the early exercises as a liability on the balance sheet. At December 31, 2019, there was a balance of $20 thousand recorded as other current liabilities and $32 thousand recorded as other long-term liabilities related to the unvested balance of the restricted shares exercised. At December 31, 2020, there was a balance of $20 thousand recorded as other current liabilities and $12 thousand recorded as other long-term liabilities related to the unvested balance of the restricted shares exercised.

All shares that were early exercised by the executives of the Company are considered legally issued, however, for accounting purposes, only vested shares are considered issued. Below is a reconciliation of shares issued and outstanding:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Total shares of common stock legally issued and outstanding (including shares early exercised)

     1,805,524        2,066,723  

Less: (unvested early exercised shares of common stock)

     (397,724      (230,215
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shares issued and outstanding

     1,407,800        1,836,508  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared by the board of directors, if any, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the Preferred Stock. When dividends are declared on shares of common stock, the Company must declare at the same time a dividend payable to the holders of Preferred Stock equivalent to the dividend amount they would receive if each share of Preferred Stock was converted into common stock. The Company may not pay dividends to common stockholders until all dividends accrued or declared but unpaid on the Preferred Stock have been paid in full. No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company through December 31, 2020.

In the event of any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution after the payment of the full liquidation preference for the Preferred Stock.

10. Share-Based Compensation

In January 2017, the Company implemented the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2017 Plan). The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stocks or Restricted Stock Units. The aggregate number of shares of common stock initially available for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2017 Plan was 6,540,416 shares.

In August 2019, the board of directors approved Amendment No. 1 to the 2017 Plan, increasing the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the plan by (i) 6,290,000 to a total shares

 

F-19


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

available for issuance of 13,735,603 immediately following the closing of the Series B financing, and (ii) by up to 4,775,000 shares to a new total of 18,510,603 shares immediately following the Milestone closing under the Series B financing.

In October 2019, the board of directors approved Amendment No. 2 to the 2017 Plan, increasing the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2017 Plan by (i) 156,770 to a total shares available for issuance of 13,892,373 immediately following the closing of the Series B financing, and (ii) by up to 4,883,230 shares to a new total of 18,775,603 shares immediately following the Milestone closing under the Series B financing agreement.

In December 2020, the board of directors approved Amendment No. 3 to the 2017 Plan increasing the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the plan to 18,775,603 shares.

Stock options granted under the 2017 Plan generally vest over four years and expire after 10 years.

The exercise price for stock options granted is not less than the fair value of common shares as determined by the board of directors as of the date of grant. The board of directors determines the value the Company’s common stock taking into consideration the most recently available third-party valuation of common shares, as well as additional factors, which may have changed since the date of the most recent contemporaneous valuation through the date of grant.

A summary of stock option activity for awards under the 2017 Plan is presented below:

 

     Options Outstanding and Exercisable  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2019

     5,635,542     $ 0.12        9.2      $ 96  

Granted

     383,000       0.58        

Forfeitures

     (90,840     0.11        

Exercised

     (366,935     0.09        
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2019

     5,560,767       0.16        7.9        2,359  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Granted

     5,889,120       0.76        

Forfeitures

     (276,227     0.14        

Exercised

     (428,708     0.40        
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

     10,744,952     $ 0.48        8.6      $ 8,143  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2020

     4,508,992     $ 0.26        7.8      $ 4,426  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

(1)

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the estimated fair value of the common stock for the options that were in the money at December 31, 2019 and 2020.

The weighted average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $0.47 and $0.58, respectively.

The aggregate grant date fair value of stock options vested during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was approximately $0.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

The Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.1 million and $1.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, there was $2.9 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2017 Plan. This remaining compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of three years as of December 31, 2020. The intrinsic value of the options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was $0.1 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Share-based compensation cost is measured at fair value and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Share-based compensation expense included in the statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was as follows in thousands:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Research and development

   $ 81      $ 500  

General and administrative

     55        551  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 136      $ 1,051  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model for stock options granted were as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Expected term

     7 years        7 years  

Expected volatility

     95%        95—100%  

Risk free interest rate

     1.84%        0.42—1.42%  

Expected dividend yield

     —%        —%  

11. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include redeemable convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock and unvested shares of restricted common stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     57,239,566        79,197,850  

Options to purchase common stock

     5,163,043        10,514,737  

Unvested shares of restricted common stock

     397,724        230,215  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     62,800,333        89,942,802  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock also participate in dividends with shares of common stock (if and when declared) and therefore are deemed participating securities. The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock do not contractually share in losses and therefore no additional net loss per share has been disclosed under the two-class method.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

12. Income Taxes

The Company’s provision for income taxes consists of the following for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Current income tax provision (benefit):

     

U.S. federal

   $      $  

State

             
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

             

Deferred income tax provision (benefit):

     

U.S. federal

     (4,774      (7,671

State

     (1,187      (1,954
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     (5,961      (9,625

Change in valuation allowance

     5,961        9,625  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal rate and effective rate is as follows:

 

     December 31  
     2019     2020  

U.S. federal tax

     21.0     21.0

State tax, net of federal benefit

     6.5       6.3  

Change in valuation allowance

     (33.2     (29.9

Payroll tax credits

     1.1       0.2  

Research and development tax credits

     5.0       3.2  

Change in tax rates and other

     (0.4     (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

The significant components of the Company’s deferred income tax assets (liabilities) were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2019      2020  

Deferred income tax assets:

     

U.S. federal net operating loss carryforward

   $ 6,352      $ 12,826  

State net operating loss carryforward

     1,958        3,862  

Research and development credits

     902        1,935  

Operating lease liabilities

     537        556  

Other

     325        545  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross deferred income tax assets

     10,074        19,724  

Less: Valuation allowance

     (10,010      (19,635
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax assets

     64        89  

Deferred income tax liabilities:

     

Depreciation

     (64      (89
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

   $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recognizes valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. In assessing the likelihood of realization, management considers (i) future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences; (ii) future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary difference and carryforwards; (iii) taxable income in prior carryback years if carryback is permitted under applicable tax law; and (iv) tax planning strategies. The Company’s net deferred income tax assets are not more likely than not to be utilized due to the lack of sufficient sources of future taxable income and cumulative book losses which have resulted over the years. The net change in valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 was an increase of $5.9 million and $9.6 million, respectively.

On March 27, 2020, Congress enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) to provide certain relief as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company did not apply for any relief offered by the government during the year ended December 31, 2020.

The Company had Federal and State net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $61.1 million and $59.2 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the Company also had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.9 million, available to potentially offset future federal income taxes. Approximately $6.4 million of the Federal NOL was generated prior to 2018 and will begin expiring in 2035 while the remaining $54.7 million will be carried forward indefinitely. The State NOL will begin expiring in 2035. The federal research and development tax carryforwards, if not utilized, will expire beginning in 2038.

However, the deductibility of such federal net operating losses may be limited. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and corresponding provisions of state law, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which generally occurs if the percentage of the corporation’s stock owned by 5% stockholders increases by more than 50% over a three-year period, the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited.

The Company has not determined if it has experienced Section 382 ownership changes in the past and if a portion of its NOL and tax credit carryforwards are subject to an annual limitation under Section 382. In

 

F-23


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

 

addition, the Company may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in its stock ownership, some of which may be outside of its control. If the Company determines that an ownership change has occurred and its ability to use its historical NOL and tax credit carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm the Company’s future operating results by effectively increasing the Company’s future tax obligations. The Company has not identified any uncertain tax positions and did not recognize any adjustments for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s tax returns for all years remain subject to examination by taxing authorities.

13. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company sponsors a tax deferred retirement plan under the Code to provide retirement benefits for all eligible employees. Participating employees may voluntarily contribute up to limits provided by Internal Revenue Service regulations. The Company made contributions to the plan of $0.09 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company issued 57,224,618 shares of $0.001 par value Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series C preferred stock) at a price of $2.097 per share for a total cash consideration of $120.0 million. This financing was completed in multiple rounds in March 2021 through June 2021. The Company incurred $0.9 million in transaction costs related to the issuance. The Series C preferred stock will be classified as temporary equity as a result of certain redemption rights that are outside of the Company’s control.

Subsequent events have been evaluated through September 27, 2021, which is the date that the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. Other than as described above, there were no material subsequent events that occurred during this period.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     December 31,
2020
    September 30,
2021
 
           (unaudited)  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 46,596     $ 70,027  

Marketable securities

           61,155  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     2,761       2,957  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     49,357       134,139  

Restricted cash

     199       199  

Property and equipment, net

     4,900       6,781  

Deferred offering costs

     1,761       1,853  

Deposits and other non-current assets

     1,477       1,991  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 57,694     $ 144,963  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 504     $ 1,583  

Accrued liabilities

     4,576       11,351  

Deferred rent, current portion

     171       180  

Other current liabilities

     20       147  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,271       13,261  

Deferred rent, net of current portion

     1,863       1,912  

Other long-term liabilities

     19       206  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,153       15,379  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

    

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 29,795,227 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021; liquidation value $29,795 at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021.

     28,894       28,894  

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 49,402,623 shares authorized, issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021; liquidation value of $85,681 at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021.

     85,367       85,367  

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share; 0 and 57,224,618 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, respectively; 0 and 57,224,618 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, respectively; liquidation value of $0 and $120,000 at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, respectively.

           119,118  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

     114,261       233,379  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, par value of $0.001 per share; 98,973,453 and 185,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, respectively; 1,836,508 and 2,796,012 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, respectively (Note 11)

     2       3  

Additional paid-in capital

     1,420       5,648  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

           (5

Accumulated deficit

     (65,142     (109,441
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (63,720     (103,795
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 57,694     $ 144,963  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2020     2021  

Revenue

   $     $  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     18,134       33,489  

General and administrative

     4,868       10,831  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     23,002       44,320  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (23,002     (44,320

Other income, net

           21  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (23,002     (44,299

Other comprehensive loss:

    

Unrealized loss on marketable securities

           (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (23,002   $ (44,304
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

   $ (15.24   $ (19.03
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

     1,508,944       2,327,309  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock     Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Series A     Series B     Series C     Common Stock                    
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Stockholders’
Deficit
 

Balance at December 31, 2019

    29,795,227     $ 28,894       27,444,339     $ 42,566           $       1,407,800     $ 2     $ 307     $ (33,047   $ (32,738
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock from vesting of restricted stock

                                        252,805             33             33  

Share-based compensation

                                                    708             708  

Net loss

                                                          (23,002     (23,002
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2020

    29,795,227     $ 28,894       27,444,339     $ 42,566           $       1,660,605     $ 2     $ 1,048     $ (56,049   $ (54,999
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(Unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

    Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock     Stockholders’ Deficit  
    Series A     Series B     Series C     Common Stock                          
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Stockholders’
Deficit
 

Balance at December 31, 2020

    29,795,227     $ 28,894       49,402,623     $ 85,367           $       1,836,508     $ 2     $ 1,420     $ (65,142   $     $ (63,720
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash, net of transaction costs

                            57,224,618       119,118                                      

Issuance of common stock from vesting of restricted stock

                                        57,489             7                   7  

Exercise of stock options

                                        902,015       1       369                   370  

Share-based compensation

                                                    3,852                   3,852  

Unrealized loss on investment

                                                                (5     (5

Net loss

                                                          (44,299           (44,299
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at September 30, 2021

    29,795,227     $ 28,894       49,402,623     $ 85,367       57,224,618     $ 119,118       2,796,012     $ 3     $ 5,648     $ (109,441   $ (5   $ (103,795
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2020     2021  

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (23,002   $ (44,299

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     464       710  

Amortization of premiums and discounts on marketable securities

           60  

Share-based compensation

     708       3,852  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

           3  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets

     522       (649

Accounts payable and other current liabilities

     (1,110     1,079  

Accrued liabilities

     1,046       6,494  

Deferred rent

     (10     58  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (21,382     (32,692
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (280     (1,030

Purchases of marketable securities

           (61,283
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (280     (62,313
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Payments under capital leases

           (359

Proceeds from the exercise of stock options

     16       369  

Payments of deferred offering costs

     (1,248     (668

Payment for repurchase of restricted stock

           (24

Proceeds from issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of transaction costs

           119,118  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (1,232     118,436  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

     (22,894     23,431  

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of the year

     34,689       46,795  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of the period

   $ 11,795     $ 70,226  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing activities:

    

Purchase of property and equipment included in accrued liabilities and accounts payable

   $     $ (850
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

1. Nature of the Business

Organization

Arcellx, Inc. (Arcellx or the Company) was incorporated in Delaware in December 2014 and is headquartered in Gaithersburg, Maryland. The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company reimagining cell therapy through the development of innovative therapies for patients with cancer and other incurable diseases.

The Company has not commercialized any of its drug candidates and planned commercial operations have not commenced. The Company has incurred significant losses in the development of its drug candidates. The Company has not generated revenues from product sales. As a result, the Company has consistently reported negative cash flows from operating activities and net losses, had a stockholder’s deficit of $103.8 million as of September 30, 2021 and expects to continue incurring losses for the foreseeable future.

Liquidity

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates continuity of operations, realization of assets, and satisfaction of liabilities in the ordinary course of business. The propriety of using the going-concern basis is dependent upon, among other things, the achievement of future profitable operations, the ability to generate sufficient cash from operations and potential other funding sources, in addition to cash on hand, to meet its obligations as they become due. Based on the Company’s expected operating cash requirements and capital expenditures, management believes the Company’s cash on hand and marketable securities as of September 30, 2021 are adequate to fund operations for at least twelve months from the date that these condensed consolidated financial statements are issued. The Company expects to incur substantial operating losses to continue development of drug candidates, including preclinical and clinical testing and regulatory approval prior to commercialization. Even if drug development efforts are successful, it is uncertain when, if ever, the Company will realize significant revenue from product sales.

The Company plans to seek additional funding through public or private equity offerings, debt financings, marketing and distribution arrangements, other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. The Company may not be able to obtain financing on acceptable terms, or at all, and the Company may not be able to enter into strategic alliances or other arrangements on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of the Company’s stockholders. If the Company is unable to obtain funding, the Company could be required to delay, reduce or eliminate research and development programs, product portfolio expansion or future commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect its business prospects.

Although management continues to pursue these funding plans, there is no assurance that the Company will be successful in obtaining sufficient funding on terms acceptable to the Company, if at all, to fund continuing operations past twelve months from the issuance date of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

There have been no material changes to the significant accounting policies disclosed in the Company’s audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020, included elsewhere in this Registration

 

F-30


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

Statement on Form S-1, other than the addition of the marketable securities accounting policy and updates to the share-based compensation expense accounting policy during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 as discussed below:

Marketable Securities

The Company carries marketable securities classified as available-for-sale at fair value as determined by prices for identical or similar securities at the balance sheet date. The inputs used to determine the fair value of marketable securities are considered Level 2 within the fair-value hierarchy. The Company records unrealized gains and losses as a component of other comprehensive loss within the statements of operations and comprehensive loss and as accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ deficit. Realized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are determined using the specific identification method and the Company includes net realized gains and losses in other income, net. Marketable securities are classified as either current or non-current assets based on their contractual maturity dates.

At each reporting date, or more frequently if circumstances warrant, the Company evaluates individual available-for-sale debt securities for impairment. In the event that the carrying value of an available-for-sale debt security exceeds its fair value and the decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary, the Company records an impairment charge in earnings attributable to the estimated credit loss. In determining whether a decline in the value of an available-for-sale debt security is other-than-temporary, the Company evaluates various factors including, but not limited to, the nature of the investments, changes in credit ratings, interest rate fluctuations, industry analyst reports, the duration and extent to which fair value has been less than carrying value, the Company’s assessment as to whether it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, and the severity of the impairment.

Share-Based Compensation

The fair value of restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards, and restricted stock units (collectively, awards) without a market condition is determined based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for awards with only a service condition ratably over the requisite service period. Vesting of awards is accelerated for certain employees in the event of a change in control or in the event that the Company removes the employee with or without cause from their position.

The Company estimates the fair value of awards subject to both a market condition (e.g., certain market capitalization thresholds) and a performance condition on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation model. For awards with vesting subject to the fulfillment of both market and performance conditions, share-based compensation expense is recognized using the accelerated attribution method at the time the achievement of the performance condition becomes probable. The amount of share-based compensation expense is dependent on the Company’s periodic assessment of the probability of the performance condition being satisfied and the Company’s estimate, which may vary over time, of the number of shares that will ultimately be issued. If the performance condition is not met, no compensation expense is recognized, and any previously recognized compensation cost is reversed. Refer to Note 12 for further discussion regarding the terms of awards granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

3. Restricted Cash

The Company is required to maintain cash collateral on deposit in a segregated money market bank account, as a condition of a lease agreement. The bank may restrict withdrawals or transfers by, or on behalf of,

 

F-31


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

the Company. The required restricted cash reserve totaled $199 thousand at each of December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021. This amount is presented as non-current restricted cash on the accompanying balance sheets.

The following table reconciles cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash per the balance sheets to the statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2020
     September 30,
2021
 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 46,596      $ 70,027  

Restricted cash

     199        199  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 46,795      $ 70,226  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table sets forth the fair value of the Company’s financial assets by level within the fair value hierarchy (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2020  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

        

Money market fund (long-term restricted cash)

   $ 199      $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 199      $      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     September 30, 2021  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets

        

Money market fund (cash equivalent)

   $ 65,125      $      $  

Money market fund (long-term restricted cash)

     199                

Marketable securities

            61,155         
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 65,324      $ 61,155      $  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company did not transfer any assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis between levels during the year ended December 31, 2020 or the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

5. Marketable Securities

Available-for-sale marketable securities, which consisted entirely of corporate bonds, were as follows (in thousands):

 

     September 30,
2021
 

Amortized costs

   $ 61,160  

Gross unrealized gains

      

Gross unrealized loss

     (5
  

 

 

 

Fair value

   $ 61,155  
  

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

All of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable securities held at September 30, 2021 had contractual maturities of less than one year. All of the Company’s available-for-sale marketable securities in an unrealized loss position at September 30, 2021 were in a loss position for less than twelve months. Unrealized losses on available-for-sale marketable securities at September 30, 2021 were not significant and were primarily due to changes in interest rates, including market credit spreads, and not due to increased credit risks associated with specific securities. Accordingly, no allowance for credit losses related to the Company’s available-for-sale marketable securities was recorded for the nine months ended September 30, 2021. The Company does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be at maturity. The Company recorded interest income of $77 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, which is included in other income, net on the condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

6. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2020
     September 30,
2021
 

Prepaid research and development costs

   $ 1,551      $ 1,308  

Other prepaid expense and current assets

     1,210        1,649  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 2,761      $ 2,957  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2020
     September 30,
2021
 

Lab equipment

   $ 3,514      $ 5,371  

Leasehold improvements

     2,345        2,355  

Lab equipment under capital leases

            714  

Computer equipment

     58        58  

Furniture and fixtures

     109        119  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

     6,026        8,617  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (1,126      (1,836
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 4,900      $ 6,781  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense was $464 thousand and $710 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

8. Capital Lease Obligations

The Company signed a capital lease agreement for equipment in December 2020. The lease term is for thirty-six months with an option to purchase the equipment for $1 dollar at the end of the lease term. The lease commencement date is commensurate with the date the equipment was placed into service which was in June 2021.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company signed a capital lease agreement for equipment in March 2021. The lease term is for seventeen months and ownership of the asset will be transferred to the Company at the end of the lease term. The lease commencement date is commensurate with the date the equipment was placed into service which was in March 2021.

As of September 30, 2021, the remaining future lease obligations under these capital lease agreements are as follows (in thousands):

 

2021

   $ 33  

2022

     160  

2023

     130  

2024

     54  
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     377  

Less: amount representing interest

     (24
  

 

 

 

Present value of net minimum lease payments

   $ 353  
  

 

 

 

The capital lease obligation balance was $353 thousand as of September 30, 2021, of which $147 thousand is included in other current liabilities and $206 thousand is included in the other long-term liabilities. The implied interest rate used to reduce the minimum lease payments to present value was 5.0%.

The Company made payments with respect to capital lease obligations of $0 and $359 thousand for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively.

Interest expense in connection with the Company’s capital leases were immaterial for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021.

9. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,
2020
     September 30,
2021
 

Research and development accrued expenses

   $ 2,060      $ 8,897  

Accrued bonus

     1,113        1,393  

Accrued vacation

     249        415  

Other liabilities

     1,154        646  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 4,576      $ 11,351  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

The Company has 29,795,227 authorized shares of $0.001 par value Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A preferred stock) all of which is issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021. The Series A preferred stock is classified as temporary equity as a result of certain redemption rights that are outside of the Company’s control.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company has 49,402,623 authorized shares of $0.001 par value Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B preferred stock) all of which is issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021 from the issuance of Series B-1 and Series B-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock discussed below.

The Company has 27,444,339 authorized shares of $0.001 par value Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B-1 preferred stock) all of which is issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021.

The Company has authorized 21,958,284 shares of $0.001 par value Series B-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series B-2 preferred stock and with the Series B-1 preferred stock, the Series B preferred stock). The Company concluded that the investors’ rights to purchase Series B-2 preferred stock upon achieving certain clinical activities (i.e., clinically significant and meaningful biological activity with manageable toxicities from a phase 1 clinical trial, approval by the board of an acceptable clinical development plan, IND filling by a specified date and completion of other key analysis) (the Milestone closing) did not meet the definition of a freestanding financial instrument, as they were legally attached and assigned together with the issuance of Series B-1 preferred stock.

Furthermore, after weighing the substantive and implied terms and features of the Series B preferred stock instrument, the Company concluded that the conversion option is clearly and closely related to the preferred stock host contract and therefore would not need to be bifurcated.

In December 2020, the Company issued the second tranche of Series B-2 preferred stock in exchange for $42.8 million in cash. The Company incurred $40 thousand in transaction costs related to the issuance. All authorized shares of Series B-2 preferred stock are issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021. The Series B preferred stock is classified as temporary equity as a result of certain redemption rights that are outside of the Company’s control.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company authorized 57,224,618 shares of $0.001 par value Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock (the Series C preferred stock) and issued all authorized shares in exchange for $120.0 million in cash. The Company incurred $0.9 million in transaction costs related to the Series C preferred stock issuance. The Series C preferred stock is classified as temporary equity as a result of certain redemption rights that are outside of the Company’s control.

The Company’s Series A preferred stock, Series B preferred stock and Series C preferred stock (collectively, the Preferred Stock) have the following rights and preferences, privileges and restrictions:

Dividends

The holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive annual noncumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8% in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock, on an as-converted basis when, as and if declared by the board of directors. As of December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, no dividends have been declared.

Voting Rights

Each share of Preferred Stock represents such number of votes as is equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such share is convertible. The holders of Preferred Stock vote together with the holders

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

of common stock on an as-converted basis on all matters in which stockholders are entitled to vote. The holders of Series A preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect three directors, the holders of the Series B preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect two directors, and the holders of Series C preferred stock, exclusively and as a separate class, are entitled to elect one director of the Company as of September 30, 2021.

Conversion Rights

Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issuance price by the conversion price. The conversion price is equal to the original issuance price, which is $1.00 for Series A preferred stock, $1.561 for Series B-1 preferred stock, $1.951 for Series B-2 preferred stock, and $2.097 for Series C preferred stock. All series of preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock on a one-to-one basis. Conversion can occur at any time at the option of each holder. In addition, all shares of Preferred Stock are mandatorily convertible in certain events, including upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series C preferred stock are entitled to receive, before any payment of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the Series B preferred stock, the holders of the Series A preferred stock, or the holders of common stock, $2.097 per share (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar transactions, plus any declared but unpaid dividends). After payment of the above but before any payment of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of Series A preferred stock or the holders of common stock, the holders of Series B-1 and Series B-2 preferred stock are entitled to receive, before any payment of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of the Series A preferred stock or the holders of common stock, $1.561 per share and $1.951 per share, respectively (as adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar transactions, plus any declared but unpaid dividends). After payment of the above but before any payment of any of the assets of the Company to the holders of common stock, the holders of Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive $1.00 per share with respect to shares of Series A preferred stock. The Company has not adjusted the carrying values of the preferred stock to the liquidation preferences of such shares because it is uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to holders of shares of Preferred Stock, and at the balance sheet dates these circumstances were not probable. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values of the liquidation preferences will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.

Redemption Rights

The Preferred Stock is not currently redeemable. Upon certain change in control events that are outside of the Company’s control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company, the preferred stock is contingently redeemable.

Anti-dilution Protection

The holders of the Preferred Stock have proportional anti-dilution protection for splits, dividends and similar recapitalizations. Subject to certain exclusions, anti-dilution price protection for additional sales of securities by the Company for consideration per unit less than the applicable conversion price per unit of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be on a broad-based weighted average basis.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

11. Common Stock

In June 2021, the board of directors approved an amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, which increased the number of authorized shares of common stock. The Company has 98,973,453 and 185,000,000 authorized shares of $0.001 par value common stock at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, respectively, of which 1,836,508 and 2,796,012 shares were issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding represent shares issued to employees of the Company, pursuant to the early exercise of existing stock options as well as shares issued to employees pursuant to the exercise of vested stock options.

One employee of the Company satisfied the exercise price of the options exercised by the issuance of a seven-year full recourse note in the amount of $79 thousand. The note accrued interest at the applicable rate (approximately 0.4% at December 31, 2020) and was fully secured by the shares of common stock and the personal assets of the employee. The note was recorded as an offset to additional paid-in capital. In June 2021, the Company approved the forgiveness of this loan and related accrued interest resulting in compensation expense of $84 thousand. Other employees satisfied the exercise price of the options exercised by making cash payments to the Company. In order to execute the early exercises, the employees signed a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (RSPA) granting the Company, in the case of termination of employment of the executive, the rights to repurchase all of the unvested shares at the price paid by the employee for such shares. Based on the share repurchase rights outlined in the RSPA, the Company recorded the proceeds from the early exercises as a liability on the balance sheet. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, two employees resigned and the Company bought back 172,726 shares representing all unvested shares that had been early exercised at the price paid by the employee for such shares. The repurchased shares are not considered legally issued and outstanding; however, are available to be reissued in the future. As such, they are excluded from the legally issued and outstanding shares in the reconciliation below. At December 31, 2020 and September 30, 2021, there was a balance of $20 thousand and $0 recorded as other current liabilities and $12 thousand and $0 recorded as other long-term liabilities, respectively, related to the unvested balance of the restricted shares exercised.

All shares that were early exercised by the employees of the Company are considered legally issued. However, for accounting purposes, only vested shares are considered issued. Below is a reconciliation of shares issued and outstanding:

 

     December 31,
2020
     September 30,
2021
 

Total shares of common stock legally issued and outstanding (including shares early exercised)

     2,066,723        2,796,012  

Less: (unvested early exercised shares of common stock)

     (230,215       
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total shares issued and outstanding

     1,836,508        2,796,012  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared by the board of directors, if any, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the preferred stock. When dividends are declared on shares of common stock, the Company must declare at the same time a dividend payable to the holders of preferred stock equivalent to the dividend amount they would receive if each share of preferred stock was converted into common stock. The Company may not pay dividends to common stockholders until all dividends accrued or declared but unpaid on the preferred stock have been paid in full. No dividends have been declared or paid by the Company through September 30, 2021.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

In the event of any liquidation or dissolution of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to the remaining assets of the Company legally available for distribution after the payment of the full liquidation preference for the preferred stock.

12. Share-Based Compensation

In March, April, and June 2021, the board of directors approved Amendments No. 4, No. 5, and No. 6 to the 2017 Plan, increasing the number of shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2017 Plan by 24,857,211 shares to 43,632,814 total shares available for issuance.

Stock options granted under the 2017 Plan generally vest over four years and expire after 10 years.

The exercise price for stock options granted is not less than the fair value of common shares as determined by the board of directors as of the date of grant. The board of directors determines the value the Company’s common stock taking into consideration the most recently available third-party valuation of common shares, as well as additional factors, which may have changed since the date of the most recent contemporaneous valuation through the date of grant.

A summary of stock option activity for awards under the 2017 Plan is presented below:

 

     Options Outstanding and Exercisable  
     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
(in thousands)
 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2020

     10,744,952     $ 0.48        8.6      $ 8,143  

Granted

     20,327,157       1.05        

Forfeitures

     (1,317,035     0.18        

Exercised

     (959,504     0.01        
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding as of September 30, 2021

     28,795,570     $ 0.95        9.0      $ 5,758  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable as of September 30, 2021

     7,264,983     $ 0.56        7.9      $ 4,285  
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

(1)

The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the estimated fair value of the common stock for the options that were in the money as of September 30, 2021.

The aggregate grant date fair value of stock options vested during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021 was approximately $1.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively.

The Company recorded share-based compensation expense related to stock options of $0.7 million and $3.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As of September 30, 2021, there was $20.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based options granted under the 2017 Plan, expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years. The intrinsic value of the options exercised for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021 was $0.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Share-based compensation cost is measured at fair value and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model for stock options granted were as follows:

 

     Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
     2020      2021  

Expected term

     7 years        7 years  

Expected volatility

     95%—100%        105%—110%  

Risk free interest rate

     0.42%—1.42%        0.83%—1.17%  

Expected dividend yield

     —%        —%  

Given the lack of an active public market for the common stock, the fair value of the Company’s common stock was determined by the board of directors with input from management and consideration of third-party valuation reports, described further within the Restricted Stock Units section below.

Restricted Stock Units

During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company granted 5,244,329 restricted stock units (RSU) to an executive officer subject to service, performance, and market conditions. Each RSU entitles the recipient to one share of common stock upon vesting. The service condition requires the executive officer’s continued employment with the Company through the achievement of the performance and market condition which can occur at any point in time. The performance condition requires the consummation of a change in control event as defined in the 2017 Plan and the market condition requires that the aforementioned change in control meets defined market capitalization thresholds (a minimum market capitalization of $2.5 billion must be achieved for any of the RSUs to vest, all of the RSUs will vest if a $5.0 billion market capitalization is achieved, and a portion of the RSUs will vest if a market capitalization of between $2.5 billion and $5.0 billion is achieved). As the performance condition is a change in control event, the performance condition will only become probable once a change in control is consummated. Accordingly, as a change in control did not occur during the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company did not record any share-based compensation expense related to this RSU award. The Company estimated the grant date fair value of the RSUs using a Monte Carlo simulation model of approximately $1.6 million.

The Company used the Monte Carlo simulation model approach to estimate the fair value of the RSUs on the date of grant. In applying the Monte Carlo simulation model, the total equity value of the Company was simulated as of an expected change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement. For each simulated value, the total equity value is allocated to the various classes of equity in the Company’s capital structure according to the characteristics of that capital structure, such as the number of shares of each class of equity, seniority levels, liquidation preferences and conversion values for redeemable convertible preferred stock, and participation thresholds for common stock and each series of redeemable convertible preferred stock. The fair value of the RSUs is the average of the discounted proceeds to the common stock across all simulated paths.

The Monte Carlo simulation model requires various subjective assumptions that represent management’s best estimates of the fair value of common stock, expected equity volatility, risk-free interest rate, discount period, expected dividend yield, and time to change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement.

Fair Value of Common Stock and Fair Value of Total Equity—Given the lack of an active public market for the common stock and other equity instruments, the fair value of the Company’s common stock and total

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

equity was determined by the board of directors with input from management and consideration of third-party valuation reports. In the absence of a public trading market, and as a clinical-stage company with no significant revenues, the Company believes that it is appropriate to consider a range of factors to determine the fair market value of the common stock at grant date and resulting total equity value. In determining the fair value of its common stock and total equity value, the Company uses methodologies, approaches, and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ (AICPA) Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. In addition, the Company considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from the independent third-party valuation firm. The factors included (1) the achievement of clinical and operational milestones by the Company; (2) the significant risks associated with the Company’s stage of development; (3) capital market conditions for life science companies, particularly similarly situated, privately held, early-stage life science companies; (4) the Company’s available cash, financial condition, and results of operations; (5) the most recent sales of the Company’s preferred stock; and (6) the preferential rights of the outstanding preferred stock.

Expected Equity Volatility—Due to the lack of a public market for the Company’s common stock and the lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has based its computation of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a representative group of public companies with similar characteristics to the Company (e.g., public entities of similar size, complexity, stage of development, and industry focus). The historical volatility is calculated based on a period of time commensurate with expected change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement.

Risk-Free Interest Rate and Discount Period—The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected time to change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement. The discount period is the period between the valuation date and the assumed change in control event date, with the assumption that all equity shares in the capital structure are paid out in cash.

Expected Dividend Yield—The expected dividend yield is based on the Company’s historical and expected dividend payouts. The expected dividend yield is zero as the Company has historically paid no dividends and does not anticipate dividends to be paid in the future.

Time to Change in Control Event—The time to change in control event is based on the Company’s best estimate of a change in control event that achieves certain market capitalization thresholds as established in the agreement.

The Company determined fair value of the RSUs considering a third-party valuation report. The Company considers a number of objective and subjective factors, including weighted probability of various liquidation event scenarios, operating and financial performance, discount for lack of marketability of the Company’s equity, and general and industry-specific economic outlook, among other factors. The discount for lack of marketability is applied to reflect the increased risk arising from the inability to readily sell the RSUs. The assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation model to determine the grant date fair value of the RSUs during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 are presented below:

 

Time to liquidity event (years)

     1.56—3.06  

Equity volatility

     100%—110%  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.11%—0.31%  

Discount for lack of marketability

     26%—32%  

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ARCELLX, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

(Unaudited)

 

As of September 30, 2021, there was $1.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested RSUs.

Share-based compensation expense included in the statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2020 and 2021 was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
 
     2020      2021  

Research and development

   $ 303      $ 997  

General and administrative

     405        2,855  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 708      $ 3,852  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

13. Net Loss Per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include redeemable convertible preferred stock, options to purchase common stock, and unvested shares of restricted common stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the period indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

     September 30,  
     2020      2021  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     57,239,566        136,422,468  

Options to purchase common stock

     10,656,562        28,795,570  

Unvested shares of restricted common stock from early exercises

     272,093         

Restricted stock units

            5,244,329  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     68,168,221        170,462,367  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock also participate in dividends with shares of common stock (if and when declared) and therefore are deemed participating securities. The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock do not contractually share in losses and therefore no additional net loss per share has been disclosed under the two-class method.

14. Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through November 19, 2021, which is the date that the condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued. There were no material subsequent events that occurred during this period.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 

 

Through and including                 , 2022 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

            Shares

 

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

BofA Securities

SVB Leerink

Barclays

William Blair

            , 2022

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

Information Not Required in the Prospectus

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the exchange listing fee.

 

     Amount To Be
Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 9,270  

FINRA filing fee

     15,500  

Exchange listing fee

                 *  

Printing and engraving expenses

                 *  

Legal fees and expenses

                 *  

Accounting fees and expenses

                 *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

                 *  

Miscellaneous expenses

                 *  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             *  
  

 

 

 

 

*

To be provided by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (DGCL) empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s actions were unlawful. The DGCL further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation’s bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for the indemnification of the registrant’s directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant’s request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that the registrant’s directors shall not be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of

 

II-1


Table of Contents

fiduciary duty as a director and that if the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant’s directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.

As permitted by the DGCL, the registrant has entered, and intends to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant’s directors and certain of the registrant’s officers that require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered, and intended to be entered, into between the registrant and the registrant’s officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant’s officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement between the registrant and the underwriters to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant’s directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since January 1, 2018. No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

(a) In July 2018, we issued and sold an aggregate of 12,500,000 shares of our Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share for aggregate proceeds of $12.5 million to a total of six (6) accredited investors.

(b) Between August 2019 and October 2019, we issued and sold an aggregate of 27,444,339 shares of our Series B-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.561 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $42.8 million to eighteen (18) accredited investors. Additionally, in December 2020 we issued and sold an aggregate of 21,958,284 shares of our Series B-2 redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.951 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $42.8 million to eighteen (18) accredited investors.

(c) Between March 2021 and June 2021, we issued and sold an aggregate of 57,224,618 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $2.097 per share for aggregate proceeds of approximately $120.0 million to thirty-two (32) accredited investors.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(d) From January 2018 through January 14, 2022 we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 33,625,905 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2017 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.07 to $1.57, for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $31.8 million.

(e) In June 2021, we granted an award of restricted stock units covering 5,244,329 shares of our common stock.

(f) From January 2018 through January 14, 2022, we issued and sold to certain service providers of ours an aggregate of 3,260,116 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under our 2017 Plan at exercise prices per share ranging from $0.07 to $1.24, for an aggregate exercise price of approximately $0.6 million.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(a), 15(b) and 15(c) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited person and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the registrant.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(d), 15(e) and 15(f) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of such securities were the registrant’s employees, consultants or directors and received the securities under our 2017 Plan. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

Item 16. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits.

See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17. Undertakings

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement, including Form of Lock-up Agreement.
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended, as currently in effect.
  3.2   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
  3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
  4.1   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, dated March 26, 2021.
  4.2*   Specimen common stock certificate of the Registrant.
  5.1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+   Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.2+   2017 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of agreement thereunder.
10.3+*   2022 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of agreements thereunder, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.4+*   2022 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.
10.5+   Form of Executive Change in Control and Severance Agreement.
10.6+   Employee Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.7   Lease Agreement between TPG West Watkins Property, LLC and the Registrant, dated October 5, 2018.
10.8†   Development, Evaluation and License Agreement between the Registrant and Pfenex Inc. dated December 24, 2018.
10.9*+   Confirmatory Employment Letter between the Registrant and Rami Elghandour.
10.10*+   Confirmatory Employment Letter between the Registrant and Christopher Heery, M.D.
10.11*+   Confirmatory Employment Letter between the Registrant and Neeraj Teotia.
10.12+   Outside Director Compensation Policy.
10.13+   Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement between the Registrant and Rami Elghandour, dated December 7, 2021.
10.14+†   Consulting Agreement between the Registrant and Danforth Advisors, LLC dated January 7, 2022.
10.15+   Transition Agreement and Release between the Registrant and David Hilbert, Ph.D., dated January 7, 2022.
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (see page II-6 to this Form S-1).

 

*

To be filed by amendment.

**

Filed previously.

+

Indicated management contract or compensatory plan.

Portions of this exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Gaithersburg, Maryland, on January 14, 2022.

 

ARCELLX, INC.
By:   /s/ Rami Elghandour
  Rami Elghandour
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Rami Elghandour and Lance Thibault as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with the full power of substitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities (including his or her capacity as a director and/or officer of registrant) to sign any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement and any and all additional registration statements pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as they, he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Rami Elghandour

Rami Elghandour

  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors

(Principal Executive Officer)

  January 14, 2022

/s/ Lance Thibault, C.P.A.

Lance Thibault, C.P.A.

  

Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  January 14, 2022

/s/ Ali Behbahani, M.D.

Ali Behbahani, M.D.

  

Director

  January 14, 2022

/s/ Raymond Camahort, Ph.D.

Raymond Camahort, Ph.D.

  

Director

  January 14, 2022

/s/ Jill Carroll, M.S.

Jill Carroll, M.S.

  

Director

  January 14, 2022

/s/ David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A.

David Lubner, M.S., C.P.A.

  

Director

  January 14, 2022

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Kavita Patel, M.D.

Kavita Patel, M.D.

  

Director

  January 14, 2022

/s/ Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D.

Lewis T. Williams, M.D., Ph.D.

  

Director

  January 14, 2022

/s/ Derek Yoon

Derek Yoon

  

Director

  January 14, 2022

 

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

 

  Delaware    Page 1
  The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “ARCELLX, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWENTY-SIXTH DAY OF MARCH, A.D. 2021, AT 10:04 O`CLOCK A.M.

 

 

LOGO

 

5592248 8100

SR# 20211054163

   LOGO   

Authentication: 202829757

Date: 03-26-21

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 10:04 AM 03/26/2021

FILED 10:04 ANI 03/26/2021

SR 20211054163-File Number 5592248

 

  

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ARCELLX, INC.

  

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Arcellx, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “General Corporation Law”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

1.    That the name of this corporation is Arcellx, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 18, 2014 under the name Encarta Therapeutics, Inc.

2.    That the Board of Directors duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED, that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

FIRST: The name of this corporation is Arcellx, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of the registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 167,500,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 124,023,801 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).

The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

A.    COMMON STOCK

1.    General. The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

2.    Voting. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings); provided,


however, that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. There shall be no cumulative voting. The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of the Certificate of Incorporation) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, voting together as a single class on an as converted basis, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

B.    PREFERRED STOCK

29,795,227 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 27,444,339 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 21,958,284 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-2 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 44,825,951 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.

1.    Dividends.

The holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Series B Preferred Stock (as defined below), Series A Preferred Stock, and Common Stock, at the rate of 8% of the Original Purchase Price (as defined below) of the Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combination, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of the applicable series of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding, payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”). Such dividends shall not be cumulative.

After payment of any dividends to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock, at the rate of 8% of the Original Purchase Price (as defined below) of the applicable series of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, combination, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, payable when, as and if declared by the Board. Such dividends shall not be cumulative.

 

2


After payment of such dividends, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (assuming conversion of all such Preferred Stock into Common Stock).

In the event that the Corporation determines, subject to Section 3.3 below, and without limiting Section 2 below, to distribute (x) the proceeds (cash or otherwise) resulting from any sale, lease, license or other transfer of a significant portion of its assets (other than any sale or other transfer of its assets effected in the ordinary course of business of the Corporation for which the Corporation is not required to obtain any consent pursuant to Section 3.3) or (y) the proceeds from any option to acquire securities or assets of the Corporation, the proceeds resulting therefrom (including in respect of any ongoing payments, such as milestone payments) shall be distributed in accordance with Section 2 below (and the amounts subsequently distributable pursuant to Section 2 will be reduced, or adjusted, as applicable, to take into account all payments made pursuant to this Section 1 as if such payments, along with the consideration then payable under Section 2, had been paid in a single transaction), and not this Section 1.

2.    Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales.

2.1    Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock.

2.1.1 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series C Preferred Stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series B Preferred Stock (as defined below), Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined below) of the Series C Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full. The “Original Issue Price” shall mean $2.097 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, $1.951 per share of Series B-2 Preferred Stock, $1.561 per share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and $1.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock, each as subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the applicable series of Preferred Stock.

2.1.2 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock. After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock (the Series B-1 Preferred Stock and Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall be collectively referred to herein as “Series B Preferred Stock”) then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the applicable Original Issue Price of the applicable series of Series B Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of

 

3


shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.1.3 Preferential Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock. After the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount to which they shall be entitled under this Subsection 2.1, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts which would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

2.2    Distribution of Remaining Assets. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder; provided, however, that each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event the greater of (i) the amount distributed pursuant to Subsection 2.1 above and (ii) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. The aggregate amount which a holder of a share of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive under Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 is hereinafter referred to as the “Liquidation Amount.”

2.3    Deemed Liquidation Events.

2.3.1 Definition. Each of the following events shall be considered a “Deemed Liquidation Event” unless the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted to Common Stock basis (the “Preferred Required Holders”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such event:

(a)    a merger or consolidation in which

 

  (i)

the Corporation is a constituent party or

 

  (ii)

a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation,

except any such merger or consolidation involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue

 

4


to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock, in substantially the same proportions and with substantially the same rights and privileges, of (1) the surviving or resulting corporation; or (2) if the surviving or resulting corporation is a wholly owned subsidiary of another corporation immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation of such surviving or resulting corporation; or

(b)    the sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation of all or substantially all the assets or intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, or the sale or disposition (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of one or more subsidiaries of the Corporation if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by such subsidiary or subsidiaries, except where such sale, lease, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition is to a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation.

2.3.2 Effecting a Deemed Liquidation Event.

(a)    The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i) unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “Merger Agreement”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2.

(b)    In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1(a)(ii) or 2.3.1(b), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within ninety (90) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, then (i) the Corporation shall send a written notice (the “Redemption Notice”) to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the ninetieth (90th) day after the Deemed Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause; (ii) to require the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (iii) if the Preferred Required Holders so request in a written instrument delivered to the Corporation not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after such Deemed Liquidation Event, the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Deemed Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders, all to the extent permitted by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders (the “Available Proceeds”), on the one hundred fiftieth (150th) day after such Deemed Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the applicable Liquidation Amount for such series of Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a redemption pursuant to the preceding sentence, if the Available Proceeds are not sufficient to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall ratably redeem each holder’s shares of Preferred Stock to the fullest extent of such Available Proceeds, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders.

(i)    Each Redemption Notice shall state: (1) the number of shares of Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem; (2) the date of redemption (the “Redemption Date”) and the amount to be paid to such holder, and (3) for holders of shares in certificated form, that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

5


(ii)    On or before the Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Available Proceeds for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.

Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2.3.2(b), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Deemed Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business pursuant to the Corporation’s budget approved by the Board of Directors.

2.3.3 Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed. The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, exclusive license, other disposition or redemption shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity. The value of such property, rights or securities shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors.

2.3.4 Allocation of Escrow and Contingent Consideration. In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Subsection 2.3.1(a)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is payable only upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies (the “Additional Consideration”), the Merger Agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “Initial Consideration”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (b) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2.1 and 2.2 after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction. For the purposes of this Subsection 2.3.4, consideration placed into escrow or retained as holdback to be available for satisfaction of indemnification or similar obligations in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be Additional Consideration.

3.    Voting.

3.1    General. On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

3.2    Election of Directors. The holders of record of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation (the “Series C Director”). The holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “Series B Directors”). The holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a

 

6


separate class, shall be entitled to elect three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “Series A Directors” and together with the Series C Director and the Series B Directors, the “Preferred Directors”). The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation. The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as separate classes, shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation, each of whom shall be an independent industry expert. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentences may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the class or series of capital stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders. If the holders of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first two sentences of this Subsection 3.2, then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be, elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting; and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than by the stockholders of the Corporation that are entitled to elect a person to fill such directorship, voting exclusively and as a separate class. The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of any other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), exclusively and voting together as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the balance of the total number of directors of the Corporation. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the class or series entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Subsection 3.2, a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of any class or series shall be filled only by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of such class or series or by any remaining director or directors elected by the holders of such class or series pursuant to this Subsection 3.2.

3.3    Protective Provisions.

3.3.1 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the Preferred Required Holders, given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences, rights or privileges of the Preferred Stock or any series thereof;

(b)    increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock or any series thereof;

(c)    create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock (or reclassify any existing class or series of securities) unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, with respect to the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends, voting rights and rights of redemption;

 

7


(d)    create, or authorize the creation of any plan or agreement related to the issuance of stock options or restricted stock;

(e)    increase the total number of authorized shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance pursuant to any stock option plan agreement or similar agreement (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Common Stock);

(f)    liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any change of control, liquidation, recapitalization, reincorporation, merger or consolidation or any other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to any of the foregoing;

(g)    sell, assign, license, encumber or dispose of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s assets, technology or intellectual property (other than pursuant to equipment leases, lines of credit or other debt financing approved by the Board of Directors);

(h)    create or authorize the creation of, or issue or authorize the issuance of any debt security or instrument, any lien on the assets or intellectual property of the Corporation, or otherwise incur new indebtedness if the Corporation’s aggregate indebtedness for borrowed money following such action would exceed $250,000 in the aggregate (excluding equipment leases, lines of credit or other debt financing approved by the Board of Directors);

(i)    (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pan passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference, or privilege or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pan passu with the Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(j)    purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of or dividends or distributions on the Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof, or (iv) as approved by the Board of Directors;

(k)    create, or hold capital stock in, any subsidiary that is not wholly owned (either directly or through one or more other subsidiaries) by the Corporation, or sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any capital stock of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, or permit any direct or indirect subsidiary to sell, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose (in a single transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets or intellectual property of such subsidiary;

(1)    authorize or effect (i) any acquisition of the capital stock of another entity which results in the consolidation of such entity into the operations of the Corporation or (ii) any acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another entity;

 

8


(m)    increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors; or

(n)    enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

3.3.2 Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions. So long as any shares of Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) the written consent or affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted to Common Stock basis (the “Series C Majority”), given in writing or by vote at a meeting, consenting or voting (as the case may be) together as a single class, and any such act or transaction entered into without such consent or vote shall be null and void ab initio, and of no force or effect:

(a)    amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that adversely affects the powers, preferences, rights or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock;

(b)    increase or decrease (other than for decreases resulting from conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock) the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock;

(c)    waive or amend the definition of Qualified Public Offering, Qualified SPAC Transaction or Qualified RM Transaction;

(d)    consummate any merger or other business combination transaction (a “SPAC Transaction” ) with a special purpose acquisition company or any affiliate thereof (a “SPAC”) unless (i) the shares of common stock issued or issuable by the SPAC to the Corporation’s stockholders have a fair market value (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors) at the effective time of such SPAC Transaction) of at least $3.6697 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment (A) in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization and (B) attributable to the exchange ratio applicable to such SPAC Transaction); (ii) the cash and marketable securities held by such SPAC at the effective time of such SPAC Transaction are at least $75 million and (C) the SPAC’s shares of Common Stock have been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market (a “Qualified SPAC Transaction”);

(e)    consummate any “reverse merger” transaction (a “Reverse Merger Transaction”) with a “fallen angel” corporation subject to the reporting requirement of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (a “RM PubCo”) unless (i) the shares of common stock issued or issuable by the RM PubCo to the Corporation’s stockholders have a fair market value (as reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors) at the effective time of such Reverse Merger Transaction) of at least $3.6697 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment (A) in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization and (B) attributable to the exchange ratio applicable to such Reverse Merger Transaction); (ii) the cash and marketable securities held by RM PubCo at the effective time of such Reverse Merger Transaction are, or following a concurrent private placement, will be at least $75 million and (C) the RM PubCo’s shares of Common Stock have been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market (a “Qualified RM Transaction”); or

 

9


(f)    enter into any agreement to do any of the foregoing.

4.    Optional Conversion.

The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “Conversion Rights”):

4.1    Right to Convert.

4.1.1 Conversion Ratio. Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and from time to time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the applicable Original Issue Price by the applicable Conversion Price (as defined below) in effect at the time of conversion. The “Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $1.00 per share for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, $1.561 per share for each share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock, $1.951 per share for each share of Series B-2 Preferred Stock, and $2.097 per share for each shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

4.1.2 Termination of Conversion Rights. In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Subsection 2.3.2(b), the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for redemption, unless the redemption price is not fully paid on such redemption date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such price is paid in full. In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or a Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any such amounts distributable on such event to the holders of Preferred Stock.

4.2    Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

4.3    Mechanics of Conversion.

4.3.1 Notice of Conversion. In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall (a) provide written notice to the Corporation’s transfer agent at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) that such holder elects to convert all or any number of such holder’s shares of Preferred Stock and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent and (b), if such holder’s shares are certificated, surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent). Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of

 

10


the nominees in which such holder wishes the shares of Common Stock to be issued. If required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such notice and, if applicable, certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) shall be the time of conversion (the “Conversion Time”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the specified shares shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time (i) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (ii) pay in cash such amount as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (iii) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

4.3.2 Reservation of Shares. The Corporation shall at all times when the Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Conversion Price below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted applicable Conversion Price.

4.3.3 Effect of Conversion. All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Subsection 4.2 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

4.3.4 No Further Adjustment. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Conversion Price shall be made for any declared but unpaid dividends on the Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

4.3.5 Taxes. The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4. The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

11


4.4    Adjustments to Conversion Price for Diluting Issues.

4.4.1 Special Definitions. For purposes of this Article Fourth, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)    “Option” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(b)    “Original Issue Date” shall mean the Series A Original Issue Date, the Series B-1 Original Issue Date, the Series B-2 Original Issue Date, or the Series C Original Issue Date, as applicable.

(c)    “Series A Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series A Preferred Stock was issued.

(d)    “Series B-1 Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B-1 Preferred Stock was issued.

(e)    “Series B-2 Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series B-2 Preferred Stock was issued.

(f)    “Series C Original Issue Date” shall mean the date on which the first share of Series C Preferred Stock was issued.

(g)    “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

(h)    “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the applicable Original Issue Date, as applicable, other than (1) the following shares of Common Stock and (2) shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (clauses (1) and (2), collectively, “Exempted Securities”):

 

  (i)

shares of Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement;

 

  (ii)

shares of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock;

 

  (iii)

shares of Common Stock or Options issued or issuable to employees, officers or directors of, or consultants or advisors to the Corporation or any subsidiary pursuant to stock grants, restricted stock purchase agreements, option plans, purchase plans, incentive programs or similar arrangements approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

12


  (iv)

shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities outstanding as of the applicable Original Issue Date, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

  (v)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or pursuant to any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Subsection 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 or 4.8 hereof;

 

  (vi)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable in a registered public offering under the Securities Act;

 

  (vii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable pursuant to the acquisition of another corporation by the Corporation by merger, purchase of substantially all of the assets or other reorganization or to a joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (viii)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable to banks, equipment lessors, real property lessors, financial institutions or other persons engaged in the business of making loans pursuant to a debt financing, commercial leasing or real property leasing transaction approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (ix)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable in connection with any settlement of any action, suit, proceeding or litigation approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

  (x)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development,

 

13


  OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors; and

 

  (xi)

shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued or issuable to suppliers or third party service providers in connection with the provision of goods or services pursuant to transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors.

4.4.2 No Adjustment of Conversion Price. No adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the majority of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series B-2 Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the majority of the holders of the Series B-2 Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the majority of the holders of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock. No adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the majority of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

4.4.3 Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(a)    If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the applicable Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(b)    If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the

 

14


exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the applicable Conversion Price computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to the applicable Conversion Price as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this clause (b) shall have the effect of increasing the applicable Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (i) the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (ii) the applicable Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(h)    If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Subsection 4.4.5) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the applicable Original Issue Date), are revised after the applicable Original Issue Date as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (1) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (2) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Subsection 4.4.3(a) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(i)    Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, such Conversion Price shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(j)    If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price provided for in this Subsection 4.4.3 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in clauses (b) and (c) of this Subsection 4.4.3). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Subsection 4.4.3 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to

 

15


subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to the applicable Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

4.4.4 Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after the applicable Original Issue Date issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue, then the applicable Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) determined in accordance with the following formula:

CP2 = CP,* (A +    + C).

For purposes of the foregoing formula, the following definitions shall apply:

(a)    “CP2” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(b)    “CPI” shall mean the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

(c)    “A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

(d)    “B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CPI (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CPI); and

(e)    “C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock issued in such transaction.

4.4.5 Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Subsection 4.4, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(a)    Cash and Property: Such consideration shall:

(i)    insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

(ii)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors; and

 

16


(iii)    in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(b)    Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4.4.3, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(i)    The total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(ii)    the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

4.4.6 Multiple Closing Dates. In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to a Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Subsection 4.4.4, and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than ninety (90) days from the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the applicable Conversion Price shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period).

4.5    Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the applicable Original Issue Date effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the applicable Original Issue Date combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this subsection shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

4.6    Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the applicable Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

17


(1)    the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

(2)    the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

Notwithstanding the foregoing (a) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the applicable Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the applicable Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (b) that no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the applicable series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.7    Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the applicable Original Issue Date shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of such series of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

4.8    Adjustment for Merger or Reorganization, etc. Subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Subsections 4.4, 4.6 or, then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to changes in and other adjustments of the applicable Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Subsection 4.8 shall be construed as preventing the holders of Preferred Stock from seeking any appraisal rights to which they are otherwise entitled under the General Corporation Law in connection with a merger triggering an adjustment hereunder, nor shall this Subsection 4.8 be deemed conclusive evidence of the fair value of the shares of Preferred Stock in any such appraisal proceeding.

 

18


4.9    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which the applicable series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable after the written request at any time of any holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock (but in any event not later than ten (10) days thereafter), furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the applicable Conversion Price then in effect, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other securities, cash or property which then would be received upon the conversion of the applicable series of Preferred Stock.

4.10 Notice of Record Date. In the event:

(a)    the Corporation shall take a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

(b)    of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

(c)    of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock. Such notice shall be sent at least ten (10) days prior to the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice.

5.    Mandatory Conversion.

5.1    Trigger Events. Upon either (a) the affirmative election of the Preferred Required Holders and the Series C Majority or (b) the closing of a firmly underwritten public offering in which (i) the public offering price is at least $3.6697 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization), and (ii) the gross cash proceeds to the Corporation (before underwriting discounts, commissions and fees) are at least $75 million and (iii) the Corporation’s shares have been listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, NASDAQ Global Select Market or NASDAQ Global Market (a “Qualified Public Offering”) (the time

 

19


of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “Mandatory Conversion Time”), then, (i) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the then applicable Conversion Price as calculated pursuant to Subsection 4.1.1 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

5.2    Procedural Requirements. All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5.2 Such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of shares of Preferred Stock in certificated form shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, any certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 5.1, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender any certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of any certificate or certificates of such holders (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 5.2. As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and, if applicable, the surrender of any certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall (a) issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and (b) pay cash as provided in Subsection 4.2 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly.

6.    Redemption. Other than as set forth in Subsection 2.3.2(b), the Preferred Stock is not redeemable.

7.    Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred. Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following redemption.

8.    Waiver. Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of the Preferred Stock set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of Preferred Stock by the affirmative written consent or vote of the Preferred Required Holders; provided, however, that any terms hereof contemplating or requiring the vote or approval of a specified threshold or group may not be waived without the approval of such specified threshold or group.

9.    Notices. Any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article Fourth to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation, or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.

 

20


FIFTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SIXTH: Subject to any additional vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

EIGHTH: Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

NINTH: To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article Ninth to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Ninth by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

TENTH: The following indemnification provisions shall apply to the persons enumerated below.

1.    Right to Indemnification of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an “Indemnified Person”) who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”), by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 3 of this Article Tenth, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnified Person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnified Person only if the commencement of such Proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnified Person was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

 

21


2.    Prepayment of Expenses of Directors and Officers. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an Indemnified Person in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnified Person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article Tenth or otherwise.

3.    Claims by Directors and Officers. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article Tenth is not paid in full within thirty (30) days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnified Person has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnified Person may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnified Person is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses under applicable law.

4.    Indemnification of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that such person, or a person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or, while an employee or agent of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding. The ultimate determination of entitlement to indemnification of persons who are non-director or officer employees or agents shall be made in such manner as is determined by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person if the Proceeding was not authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.

5.    Advancement of Expenses of Employees and Agents. The Corporation may pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an employee or agent in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition on such terms and conditions as may be determined by the Board of Directors.

6.    Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Article Tenth shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the certificate of incorporation, these by-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

7.    Other Indemnification. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other Corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, organization or other enterprise.

8.    Insurance. The Board of Directors may, to the full extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists, or may hereafter be amended from time to time, authorize an appropriate officer or officers to purchase and maintain at the Corporation’s expense insurance: (a) to indemnify the Corporation for any obligation which it incurs as a result of the indemnification of directors, officers and employees under the provisions of this Article Tenth; and (b) to indemnify or insure directors, officers and employees against liability in instances in which they may not otherwise be indemnified by the Corporation under the provisions of this Article Tenth.

 

22


9.    Amendment or Repeal. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article Tenth shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification. The rights provided hereunder shall inure to the benefit of any Indemnified Person and such person’s heirs, executors and administrators.

ELEVENTH: The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity. An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

TWELFTH: Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any stockholder (including a beneficial owner) to bring (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation, its directors, officers or employees governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (i) through (iv) above, any claim as to which the Court of Chancery determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than the Court of Chancery, or for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction. If any provision or provisions of this Article Twelfth shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any person or entity or circumstance for any reason whatsoever, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article Twelfth (including, without limitation, each portion of any sentence of this Article Twelfth containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) and the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

THIRTEENTH: For purposes of Section 500 of the California Corporations Code (to the extent applicable), in connection with any repurchase of shares of Common Stock permitted under this Certificate of Incorporation from employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation in connection with a termination of employment or services pursuant to agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (in addition to any other consent required under this Certificate of Incorporation), such repurchase may be made without regard to any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code). Accordingly, for purposes of making any calculation under California Corporations Code Section 500 in connection with such repurchase, the amount of any “preferential dividends arrears amount” or “preferential rights amount” (as those terms are defined therein) shall be deemed to be zero (0).

 

23


* * *

3.    That the foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

4.    That this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 26th day of March, 2021.

 

By:       /s/ Rami Elghandour
 

Rami Elghandour

President and Chief Executive Officer


  Delaware    Page 1
  The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “ARCELLX, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE NINTH DAY OF APRIL, A.D. 2021, AT 12:02 O`CLOCK P.M.

 

LOGO

 

5592248 8100

SR# 20211236839

   LOGO   

Authentication: 202932140

Date: 04-09-21

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF ARCELLX, INC.

Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

1.    That the name of this corporation is Arcellx, inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 18, 2014 under the name Encarta Therapeutics, Inc.

2.    The following amendment to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended Certificate”), has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with the approval of such amendment by the Corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

3.    The first sentence of Article Fourth of the Amended Certificate shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 180,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 134,038,109 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).”

4.    The first paragraph of Section B of Article Fourth of the Amended Certificate shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“29,795,227 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 27,444,339 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series R-1 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 21,958,284 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-2 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 54,840,259 shares of the authorized and unissued Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 9th day of April 2021, and the foregoing facts stated herein. are true and correct.

 

By:       /s/ Rami Elghandour
  Rami Elghandour
  President and Chief Executive Officer


  Delaware    Page 1
  The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF “ARCELLX, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE SEVENTEENTH DAY OF JUNE, A.D. 2021, AT 4:41 O`CLOCK P.M.

 

LOGO

 

5592248 8100

SR# 20212483594

   LOGO   

Authentication: 203476285

Date: 06-17-21

You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml


CERTIFICATE, OF AMENDMENT OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF ARCELLX, INC.

Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

1.    That the name of this corporation is Arcellx, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on December 18, 2014 under the name Encarta Therapeutics, Inc.

2.    The following amendment to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Amended Certificate”), has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with the approval of such amendment by the Corporation’s stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

3.    The first sentence of Article Fourth of the Amended Certificate shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (i) 185,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) 136,422,468 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”).”

4.    The first paragraph of Section B of Article Fourth of the Amended Certificate shall be amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“29,795,227 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series A Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 27,444,339 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-1 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 21,958,284 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series B-2 Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. 57,224,618 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “Series C Preferred Stock” with the following rights, preferences, powers, privileges and restrictions, qualifications and limitations. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “sections” or “subsections” in this Part B of this Article Fourth refer to sections and subsections of Part B of this Article Fourth.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 17th day of June 2021, and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.

 

By:      

/s/ Rami Elghandour

  Rami Elghandour
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

ARCELLX, INC.

a Delaware corporation

Arcellx, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company”), does hereby certify as follows:

A.    The Company was originally incorporated under the name of Encarta Therapeutics, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 18, 2014.

B.    This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) and has been duly approved by the written consent of the stockholders of the Company in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

C.    The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of the Company is Arcellx, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the Company’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted by the Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.

ARTICLE IV

Section 1.    The Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock, to be designated, respectively, Common Stock and Preferred Stock. The total number of shares of stock that the Company shall have authority to issue is 1,200,000,000 shares, of which 1,000,000,000 shares are Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 200,000,000 shares are Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share.

Section 2.    Each share of Common Stock outstanding as of the applicable record date shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote on any matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.

Section 3.    The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series pursuant to a resolution or resolutions providing for such issue duly adopted by the Board of Directors (authority to do so being hereby expressly vested in the Board of Directors). The Board of Directors is further authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to fix by resolution or resolutions the designations, powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any series of Preferred


Stock, including, without limitation, authority to fix by resolution or resolutions the dividend rights, dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions), redemption price or prices, and liquidation preferences of any such series, and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, or any of the foregoing. The Board of Directors is further authorized to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of any such series of Preferred Stock then outstanding) the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, subject to the powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof stated in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the resolution of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock. Except as may be otherwise specified by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, if the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock is so decreased, then the Company shall take all such steps as are necessary to cause the shares constituting such decrease to resume the status which they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

Section 4.    Except as otherwise required by law or provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

Section 5.    The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote of any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

ARTICLE V

Section 1.    Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors that constitutes the Whole Board shall be fixed only by resolution of the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board. For the purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directorships whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors of the Company whose terms are expiring at such meeting shall be elected to hold office until the expiration of the term for which they are elected and until their successors have been duly elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal; except that if any such election shall not be so held, such election shall take place at a stockholders’ meeting called and held in accordance with the DGCL.

Section 2.    From and after the effectiveness of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), the directors of the Company (other than any who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances) shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Directors already in office shall be assigned to each class at the time such classification becomes effective in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the

 

- 2 -


Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Time, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting. If the number of directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned hereafter among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VI

Section 1.    From and after the Effective Time, only for so long as the Board of Directors is classified and subject to the rights of holders of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Section 2.    Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of ARTICLE IV hereof in relation to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors and fill vacancies under specified circumstances or except as otherwise provided by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, created in accordance with the Bylaws of the Company, and any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

ARTICLE VII

Section 1.    The Company is to have perpetual existence.

Section 2.    The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, the Board of Directors is hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Company.

Section 3.    In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. The affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Whole Board shall be required in order for the Board of Directors to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Company’s Bylaws. The Company’s Bylaws may also be adopted, amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the above or any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Company may not be amended, altered or repealed by the stockholders of the Company except in accordance with

 

- 3 -


the provisions of the Bylaws relating to amendments to the Bylaws. No Bylaw hereafter legally adopted, amended, altered or repealed shall invalidate any prior act of the directors or officers of the Company that would have been valid if such Bylaw had not been adopted, amended, altered or repealed.

Section 4.    The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Company shall so provide.

Section 5.    No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

Section 1.    From and after the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of securities of the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

Section 2.    Subject to the terms of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Company may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. Only such business shall be considered at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been stated in the notice for such meeting.

Section 3.    Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE IX

Section 1.    To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended from time to time, a director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

Section 2.    Subject to any provisions in the Bylaws of the Company related to indemnification of directors of the Company, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any director of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. The Company shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if the Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

 

- 4 -


Section 3.    The Company shall have the power to indemnify, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any officer, employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

Section 4.    Neither any amendment, repeal nor elimination of any Section of this ARTICLE IX, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company inconsistent with this ARTICLE IX, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this ARTICLE IX in respect of any matter occurring, or any Proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this ARTICLE IX, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal, elimination or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE X

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Company may be kept (subject to any provision of applicable law) outside of the State of Delaware at such place or places or in such manner or manners as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Company.

ARTICLE XI

The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote and in addition to the vote of any holders of any class or series of the stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board and the affirmative vote of 66 2/3% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the amendment, repeal or modification of the provisions of Section 3 of ARTICLE IV, Section 2 of ARTICLE V, Section 1 of ARTICLE VI, Section 2 of ARTICLE VI, Section 5 of ARTICLE VII, Section 1 of ARTICLE VIII, Section 2 of ARTICLE VIII, Section 3 of ARTICLE VIII, or this ARTICLE XI of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

 

- 5 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Arcellx, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company on this      day of                      2022.

 

By:      

 

  Rami Elghandour
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 6 -

Exhibit 3.3

 

 

BYLAWS OF

ENCARTA THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Adopted January 22, 2015

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
ARTICLE I - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS 1
1.1 Place of Meetings 1
1.2 Annual Meeting 1
1.3 Special Meeting 1
1.4 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings 1
1.5 Quorum 2
1.6 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 2
1.7 Conduct of Business 2
1.8 Voting 2
1.9 Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 3
1.10 Record Dates 4
1.11 Proxies 4
1.12 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 4
ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS 5
2.1 Powers 5
2.2 Number of Directors 5
2.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors 5
2.4 Resignation and Vacancies 5
2.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone 6
2.6 Conduct of Business 6
2.7 Regular Meetings 6
2.8 Special Meetings; Notice 6
2.9 Quorum; Voting 7
2.10 Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting 7
2.11 Fees and Compensation of Directors 7
2.12 Removal of Directors 7
ARTICLE III - COMMITTEES 8
3.1 Committees of Directors 8
3.2 Committee Minutes 8
3.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees 8
3.4 Subcommittees 8
ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS 9
4.1 Officers 9
4.2 Appointment of Officers 9
4.3 Subordinate Officers 9
4.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers 9
4.5 Vacancies in Offices 9
4.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations 9
4.7 Authority and Duties of Officers 9
ARTICLE V - INDEMNIFICATION 9
5.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings 9


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(Continued)

 

      Page
5.2 Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company   10
5.3 Successful Defense   10
5.4 Indemnification of Others   10
5.5 Advanced Payment of Expenses   10
5.6 Limitation on Indemnification   11
5.7 Determination; Claim   11
5.8 Non-Exclusivity of Rights   11
5.9 Insurance   11
5.10 Survival   12
5.11 Effect of Repeal or Modification   12
5.12 Certain Definitions   12
ARTICLE VI - STOCK   12
6.1 Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares   12
6.2 Special Designation on Certificates   13
6.3 Lost Certificates   13
6.4 Dividends   13
6.5 Stock Transfer Agreements   13
6.6 Registered Stockholders   13
6.7 Transfers   14
ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER   14
7.1 Notice of Stockholder Meetings   14
7.2 Notice by Electronic Transmission   14
7.3 Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address   15
7.4 Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful   15
7.5 Waiver of Notice   15
ARTICLE VIII - GENERAL MATTERS   15
8.1 Fiscal Year   15
8.2 Seal   15
8.3 Annual Report   15
8.4 Construction; Definitions   16
ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS   16

 


BYLAWS

ARTICLE I - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1.1    Place of Meetings. Meetings of stockholders of Encarta Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”). The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

1.2    Annual Meeting. Unless directors are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting as permitted by Section 211(b) of the DGCL, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as may be designated by resolution of the Board from time to time. Stockholders may, unless the certificate of incorporation otherwise provides, act by written consent to elect directors; provided, however, that, if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could be elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. Any other proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

1.3    Special Meeting. A special meeting of the stockholders may be called at any time by the Board, Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or by one or more stockholders holding shares in the aggregate entitled to cast not less than 10% of the votes at that meeting.

If any person(s) other than the Board calls a special meeting, the request shall:

(i)    be in writing;

(ii)    specify the time of such meeting and the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted; and

(iii)    be delivered personally or sent by registered mail or by facsimile transmission to the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer) or the Secretary of the Company.

The officer(s) receiving the request shall cause notice to be promptly given to the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, in accordance with these bylaws, that a meeting will be held at the time requested by the person or persons calling the meeting. No business may be transacted at such special meeting other than the business specified in such notice to stockholders. Nothing contained in this paragraph of this section 1.3 shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board may be held.

1.4    Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings. Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

1


1.5    Quorum. Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, at each meeting of stockholders the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in section 1.6, until a quorum is present or represented.

1.6    Adjourned Meeting; Notice. Any meeting of stockholders, annual or special, may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and section 1.10 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

1.7    Conduct of Business. Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by the President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a Vice President, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.

1.8    Voting. The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of section 1.10 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL. Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder which has voting power upon the matter in question. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and, unless otherwise required by law, need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so determined by the holders of shares of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. If authorized by the Board, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied by a ballot submitted by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2 of these bylaws), provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxy holder.

 

2


Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

1.9    Stockholder Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required by the DGCL to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of a corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice, and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by Section 228 of the DGCL to the Company, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Company by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Company having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Company’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Any person executing a consent may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that such a consent will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made, and, for the purposes of this section 1.9, if evidence of such instruction or provision is provided to the Company, such later effective time shall serve as the date of signature. Unless otherwise provided, any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

An electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2) consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Company can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission.

In the event that the Board shall have instructed the officers of the Company to solicit the vote or written consent of the stockholders of the Company, an electronic transmission of a stockholder written consent given pursuant to such solicitation may be delivered to the Secretary or the President of the Company or to a person designated by the Secretary or the President. The Secretary or the President of the Company or a designee of the Secretary or the President shall cause any such written consent by electronic transmission to be reproduced in paper form and inserted into the corporate records.

Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for notice of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Company as provided in Section 228 of the DGCL. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any provision of the

 

3


DGCL, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed under such provision shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such provision concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section  228 of the DGCL.

1.10    Record Dates. In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 1.10 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which date shall not be more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board. If no record date has been fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Company in accordance with applicable law. If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

1.11    Proxies. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

1.12    List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Company shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete

 

4


list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

ARTICLE II - DIRECTORS

2.1    Powers. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

2.2    Number of Directors. The Board shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

2.3    Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors. Except as provided in section 2.4 of these bylaws, and subject to sections 1.2 and 1.9 of these bylaws, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.4    Resignation and Vacancies. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws:

(i)    Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

5


(ii)    Whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series may be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected.

If at any time, by reason of death or resignation or other cause, the Company should have no directors in office, then any officer or any stockholder or an executor, administrator, trustee or guardian of a stockholder, or other fiduciary entrusted with like responsibility for the person or estate of a stockholder, may call a special meeting of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, or may apply to the Court of Chancery for a decree summarily ordering an election as provided in Section 211 of the DGCL.

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor in office and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

2.5    Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone. The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

2.6    Conduct of Business. Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in his or her absence by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, if any, or in the absence of the foregoing persons by a chairperson designated by the Board, or in the absence of such designation by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

2.7    Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board.

2.8    Special Meetings; Notice. Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Secretary or any two directors.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

  (i)

delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

  (ii)

sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

  (iii)

sent by facsimile;

 

6


  (iv)

sent by electronic mail; or

 

  (v)

otherwise given by electronic transmission (as defined in section 7.2),

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) otherwise given by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered, sent or otherwise directed to each director, as applicable, at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice may be communicated to the director. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

2.9    Quorum; Voting. At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present. A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

2.10    Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this section 2.10 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective.

2.11    Fees and Compensation of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

2.12    Removal of Directors. Unless otherwise restricted by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

 

7


ARTICLE III - COMMITTEES

3.1    Committees of Directors. The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

3.2    Committee Minutes. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

3.3    Meetings and Actions of Committees. Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(i)    section 2.5 (Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone);

(ii)    section 2.7 (Regular Meetings);

(iii)    section 2.8 (Special Meetings; Notice);

(iv)    section 2.9 (Quorum; Voting);

(v)    section 2.10 (Board Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting); and

(vi)    section 7.5 (Waiver of Notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members. However:

(i)    the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

(ii)    special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board; and

(iii)    notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee. The Board may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

3.4    Subcommittees. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these

 

8


bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

4.1    Officers. The officers of the Company shall be a President and a Secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Treasurers, one or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

4.2    Appointment of Officers. The Board shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of section 4.3 of these bylaws.

4.3    Subordinate Officers. The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

4.4    Removal and Resignation of Officers. Any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board at any regular or special meeting of the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

4.5    Vacancies in Offices. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board or as provided in section 4.3.

4.6    Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. Unless otherwise directed by the Board, the President or any other person authorized by the Board or the President is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Company all rights incident to any and all shares of any other corporation or corporations standing in the name of the Company. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

4.7    Authority and Duties of Officers. Except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, the officers of the Company shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

ARTICLE V - INDEMNIFICATION

5.1    Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Third Party Proceedings. Subject to the

 

9


other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

5.2    Indemnification of Directors and Officers in Actions by or in the Right of the Company. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

5.3    Successful Defense. To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in section 5.1 or section 5.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

5.4    Indemnification of Others. Subject to the other provisions of this Article V, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board shall have the power to delegate to such person or persons the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

5.5    Advanced Payment of Expenses. Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article V or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in section 5.6(ii) or 5.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

10


5.6    Limitation on Indemnification. Subject to the requirements in section 5.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article V in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(i)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(ii)    for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iii)    for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(iv)    initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under section 5.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(v)    if prohibited by applicable law.

5.7    Determination; Claim. If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article V is not paid by the Company or on its behalf within 90 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify such person against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article V, to the extent such person is successful in such action. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

5.8    Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

5.9    Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of

 

11


the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

5.10     Survival. The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

5.11     Effect of Repeal or Modification. A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

5.12     Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Article V, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article V, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article V.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1    Stock Certificates; Partly Paid Shares. The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Company by the Chairperson of the Board or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to

 

12


represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2    Special Designation on Certificates. If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Company shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3    Lost Certificates. Except as provided in this section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4    Dividends. The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5    Stock Transfer Agreements. The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

6.6    Registered Stockholders. The Company:

(i)    shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

13


(ii)    shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

(iii)    shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

6.7    Transfers. Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1    Notice of Stockholder Meetings. Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the Company’s records. An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

7.2    Notice by Electronic Transmission. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

(i)    the Company is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Company in accordance with such consent; and

(ii)    such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

(i)    if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(ii)    if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

(iii)    if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

(iv)    if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

14


An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Company that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

Notice by a form of electronic transmission shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3    Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

7.4    Notice to Person with Whom Communication is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.5    Waiver of Notice. Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - GENERAL MATTERS

8.1    Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

8.2    Seal. The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

8.3    Annual Report. The Company shall cause an annual report to be sent to the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law. If and so long as there are fewer than 100 holders of record of the Company’s shares, the requirement of sending an annual report to the stockholders of the Company is expressly waived (to the extent permitted under applicable law).

 

15


8.4    Construction; Definitions. Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes both a corporation and a natural person.

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote. However, the Company may, in its certificate of incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws upon the directors. The fact that such power has been so conferred upon the directors shall not divest the stockholders of the power, nor limit their power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

A bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board.

 

16

Exhibit 3.4

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

ARCELLX, INC.

(initially adopted on January 22, 2015)

(as amended and restated on                     , 2022)

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

      Page
ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES   1
1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE   1
1.2 OTHER OFFICES   1
ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS   1
2.1 PLACE OF MEETINGS   1
2.2 ANNUAL MEETING   1
2.3 SPECIAL MEETING   1
2.4 ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES   2
2.5 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS   8
2.6 QUORUM   8
2.7 ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE   8
2.8 CONDUCT OF BUSINESS   8
2.9 VOTING   9
2.10 STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING   9
2.11 RECORD DATES   9
2.12 PROXIES   10
2.13 LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE   10
2.14 INSPECTORS OF ELECTION   11
ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS   11
3.1 POWERS   11
3.2 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS   11
3.3 ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS   12
3.4 RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES   12
3.5 PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE   12
3.6 REGULAR MEETINGS   12
3.7 SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE   13
3.8 QUORUM; VOTING   13
3.9 BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING   14
3.10 FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS   14
3.11 REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS   14
ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES   14
4.1 COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS   14
4.2 COMMITTEE MINUTES   15
4.3 MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES   15
4.4 SUBCOMMITTEES   15
ARTICLE V - OFFICERS   16
5.1 OFFICERS   16
5.2 APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS   16
5.3 SUBORDINATE OFFICERS   16

 

-i-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

      Page
5.4 REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS   16
5.5 VACANCIES IN OFFICES   16
5.6 REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES   16
5.7 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS   17
ARTICLE VI - STOCK   17
6.1 STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES   17
6.2 SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES   17
6.3 LOST CERTIFICATES   18
6.4 DIVIDENDS   18
6.5 TRANSFER OF STOCK   18
6.6 STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS   18
6.7 REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS   19
ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER   19
7.1 NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS   19
7.2 NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS   20
7.3 NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL   20
7.4 WAIVER OF NOTICE   20
ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION   20
8.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS   20
8.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY   20
8.3 SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE   21
8.4 INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS   21
8.5 ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES   21
8.6 LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION   22
8.7 DETERMINATION; CLAIM   22
8.8 NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS   22
8.9 INSURANCE   23
8.10 SURVIVAL   23
8.11 EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION   23
8.12 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS   23
ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS   24
9.1 EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS   24
9.2 FISCAL YEAR   24
9.3 SEAL   24
9.4 CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS   24
9.5 FORUM SELECTION   24
ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS   25

 

-ii-


BYLAWS OF ARCELLX, INC.

ARTICLE I - CORPORATE OFFICES

1.1    REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of Arcellx, Inc. (the “Company”) shall be fixed in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.2    OTHER OFFICES

The Company may at any time establish other offices.

ARTICLE II - MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

2.1    PLACE OF MEETINGS

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at a place, if any, within or outside the State of Delaware, determined by the board of directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or any successor legislation. In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

2.2    ANNUAL MEETING

The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held each year. The Board of Directors shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business, brought in accordance with Section 2.4 of these bylaws, may be transacted. The Board of Directors, acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled annual meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders. For the purposes of these bylaws, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directorships whether or not there exist any vacancies or other unfilled seats in previously authorized directorships.

2.3    SPECIAL MEETING

(a)    A special meeting of the stockholders, other than as required by statute, may be called at any time by (i) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, (ii) the chairperson of the Board of Directors, (iii) the chief executive officer or (iv) the president, but a special meeting may not be called by any other person or persons and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is specifically denied. The Board of Directors, acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

 

- 1 -


(b)    The notice of a special meeting shall include the purpose for which the meeting is called. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting by or at the direction of a majority of the Whole Board, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president. Nothing contained in this Section 2.3(b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

2.4    ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

(a)    Annual Meetings of Stockholders.

(i)    Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders may be made only (1) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto); (2) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; (3) as may be provided in the certificate of designations for any class or series of preferred stock; or (4) by any stockholder of the Company who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice contemplated by Section 2.4(a)(ii); (B) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the annual meeting; (C) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the annual meeting; (D) is a stockholder of record at the time of the annual meeting; and (E) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(a).

(ii)    For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder pursuant to clause (4) of Section 2.4(a)(i), the stockholder must have given timely notice in writing to the secretary and any such nomination or proposed business must constitute a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., local time, on the 120th day and no later than 5:00 p.m., local time, on the 90th day prior to the day of the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders. However, if no annual meeting of stockholders was held in the preceding year, or if the date of the applicable annual meeting has been changed by more than 25 days from the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, then to be timely such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., local time, on the 120th day prior to the day of the annual meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m., local time, on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the annual meeting was first made by the Company. In no event will the adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of any annual meeting, or any announcement thereof, commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. If the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 10 days before the last day that a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination pursuant to the foregoing provisions, then a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.4(a)(ii) will also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no later than 5:00 p.m., local time, on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made. “Public announcement” means disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended and inclusive of rules and regulations thereunder, the “1934 Act”).

 

- 2 -


(iii)    A stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

(1)    as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director:

(A)    such person’s name, age, business address, residence address and principal occupation or employment; the class and number of shares of the Company that are held of record or are beneficially owned by such person and a description of any Derivative Instruments (defined below) held or beneficially owned thereby or of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of such person; and all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the contested election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to the Section 14 of the 1934 Act;

(B)    such person’s written consent to being named in such stockholder’s proxy statement as a nominee of such stockholder and to serving as a director of the Company if elected;

(C)    a reasonably detailed description of any direct or indirect compensatory, payment, indemnification or other financial agreement, arrangement or understanding that such person has, or has had within the past three years, with any person or entity other than the Company (including the amount of any payment or payments received or receivable thereunder), in each case in connection with candidacy or service as a director of the Company (a “Third-Party Compensation Arrangement”); and

(D)    a description of any other material relationships between such person and such person’s respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them, on the one hand, and such stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them, on the other hand;

(2)    as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting:

(A)    a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting;

(B)    the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and, if applicable, the text of any proposed amendment to these bylaws);

(C)    the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting;

(D)    any material interest in such business of such stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and their respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert with them; and

 

- 3 -


(E)    a description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings between such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and

(3)    as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made:

(A)    the name and address of such stockholder (as they appear on the Company’s books), of such beneficial owner and of their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(B)    for each class or series, the number of shares of stock of the Company that are, directly or indirectly, held of record or are beneficially owned by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(C)    a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, and any other person or persons (including, in each case, their names) in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;

(D)    a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, with respect to the Company’s securities (any of the foregoing, a “Derivative Instrument”), or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for or increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, with respect to the Company’s securities;

(E)    any rights to dividends on the Company’s securities owned beneficially by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, that are separated or separable from the underlying security;

(F)    any proportionate interest in the Company’s securities or Derivative Instruments held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, is a general partner or, directly or indirectly, beneficially owns an interest in a general partner of such general or limited partnership;

(G)    any performance-related fees (other than an asset-based fee) that such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, is entitled to based on any increase or decrease in the value of the Company’s securities or Derivative Instruments, including, without limitation, any such interests held by members of the immediate family of such persons sharing the same household;

 

- 4 -


(H)    any significant equity interests or any Derivative Instruments in any principal competitor of the Company that are held by such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them;

(I)    any direct or indirect interest of such stockholder, such beneficial owner or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, in any contract with the Company, any affiliate of the Company or any principal competitor of the Company (in each case, including any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement);

(J)    a representation and undertaking that the stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Company as of the date of submission of the stockholder’s notice and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting;

(K)    a representation and undertaking that such stockholder or any such beneficial owner intends, or is part of a group that intends, to (x) deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee; or (y) otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination;

(L)    any other information relating to such stockholder, such beneficial owner, or their respective affiliates or associates or others acting in concert with them, or director nominee or proposed business that, in each case, would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies in support of such nominee (in a contested election of directors) or proposal pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act; and

(M)    such other information relating to any proposed item of business as the Company may reasonably require to determine whether such proposed item of business is a proper matter for stockholder action.

(iv)    In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice (and any additional information submitted to the Company in connection therewith) must further be updated and supplemented (1) if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct as of the record date(s) for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the meeting and as of the date that is 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement thereof and (2) to provide any additional information that the Company may reasonably request. Such update and supplement or additional information, if applicable, must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company, in the case of a request for additional information, promptly following a request therefor, which response must be delivered not later than such reasonable time as is specified in any such request from the Company or, in the case of any other update or supplement of any information, not later than five business days after the record date(s) for the meeting (in the case of any update and supplement required to be made as of the record date(s)), and not later than eight business days prior to the date for the meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement thereof (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of 10 business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement thereof). The failure to timely provide such update, supplement or additional information shall result in the nomination or proposal no longer being eligible for consideration at the meeting.

 

- 5 -


(b)    Special Meetings of Stockholders. Except to the extent required by the DGCL, and subject to Section 2.3(a), special meetings of stockholders may be called only in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and these bylaws. Only such business will be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as has been brought before the special meeting pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting. If the election of directors is included as business to be brought before a special meeting in the Company’s notice of meeting, then nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at such special meeting may be made by any stockholder who (i) is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice contemplated by this Section 2.4(b); (ii) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of the special meeting; (iii) is a stockholder of record on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting; (iv) is a stockholder of record at the time of the special meeting; and (v) complies with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(b). For nominations to be properly brought by a stockholder before a special meeting pursuant to this Section 2.4(b), the stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Company no earlier than 8:00 a.m., local time, on the 120th day prior to the day of the special meeting and no later than 5:00 p.m., local time, on the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special meeting was first made. In no event will any adjournment, rescheduling or postponement of a special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice. A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must comply with the applicable notice requirements of Section 2.4(a)(iii).

(c)    Other Requirements.

(i)    To be eligible to be a nominee by any stockholder for election as a director of the Company, the proposed nominee must provide to the secretary, in accordance with the applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under Section 2.4(a)(ii) or Section 2.4(b):

(1)    a signed and completed written questionnaire (in the form provided by the secretary at the written request of the nominating stockholder, which form will be provided by the secretary within 10 days of receiving such request) containing information regarding such nominee’s background and qualifications and such other information as may reasonably be required by the Company to determine the eligibility of such nominee to serve as a director of the Company or to serve as an independent director of the Company;

(2)    a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any voting agreement, arrangement, commitment, assurance or understanding with any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director, will vote on any issue;

(3)    a written representation and undertaking that, unless previously disclosed to the Company, such nominee is not, and will not become, a party to any Third-Party Compensation Arrangement;

(4)    a written representation and undertaking that, if elected as a director, such nominee would be in compliance, and will continue to comply, with the Company’s corporate governance guidelines as disclosed on the Company’s website, as amended from time to time; and

(5)    a written representation and undertaking that such nominee, if elected, intends to serve a full term on the Board of Directors.

 

- 6 -


(ii)    At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director must furnish to the secretary the information that is required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice of nomination that pertains to such nominee.

(iii)    No person will be eligible to be nominated by a stockholder for election as a director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4. No business proposed by a stockholder will be conducted at a stockholder meeting except in accordance with this Section 2.4.

(iv)    The chairperson of the applicable meeting of stockholders will, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these bylaws or that business was not properly brought before the meeting. If the chairperson of the meeting should so determine, then the chairperson of the meeting will so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination will be disregarded or such business will not be transacted, as the case may be.

(v)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, unless otherwise required by law, if the stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear in person at the meeting to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination will be disregarded or such proposed business will not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nomination or business may have been received by the Company and counted for purposes of determining a quorum. For purposes of this Section 2.4, to be considered a qualified representative of the stockholder, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or must be authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting, and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting.

(vi)    Without limiting this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4, it being understood that (1) any references in these bylaws to the 1934 Act are not intended to, and will not, limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Section 2.4; and (2) compliance with clause (4) of Section 2.4(a)(i) and with Section 2.4(b) are the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in Section 2.4(c)(vii)).

(vii)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.4, the notice requirements set forth in these bylaws with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Section 2.4 will be deemed to be satisfied by a stockholder if (1) such stockholder has submitted a proposal to the Company in compliance with Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; and (2) such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for the meeting of stockholders. Subject to Rule 14a-8 and other applicable rules and regulations under the 1934 Act, nothing in these bylaws will be construed to permit any stockholder, or give any stockholder the right, to include or have disseminated or described in the Company’s proxy statement any nomination of a director or any other business proposal.

 

- 7 -


2.5    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

2.6    QUORUM

The holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Company issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If, however, such quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (a) the chairperson of the meeting, or (b) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.

2.7    ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Company may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

2.8    CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business

 

- 8 -


and discussion as seem to the chairperson in order. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the Board of Directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, if any, or the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the Board of Directors and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the Company, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another place, if any, date or time, whether or not a quorum is present.

2.9    VOTING

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

Except as may be otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of the stock exchange on which the Company’s securities are listed, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of the stock exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed.

2.10    STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock of the Company, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Company and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

2.11    RECORD DATES

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

- 9 -


If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

In order that the Company may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

2.12    PROXIES

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by a document or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The authorization of a person to act as a proxy may be documented, signed and delivered in accordance with Section 116 of the DGCL; provided that such authorization shall set forth, or be delivered with information enabling the Company to determine, the identity of the stockholder granting such authorization. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.

2.13    LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

The Company shall prepare, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Company shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting: (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the Company’s principal place of business. In the event that the Company determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Company may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Company. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then a list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting

 

- 10 -


shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then such list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

2.14    INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Company shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment. The Company may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.

Such inspectors shall:

(a)    ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each;

(b)    determine the shares represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots;

(c)    count all votes and ballots;

(d)    determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors; and

(e)    certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.

The inspectors of election shall perform their duties impartially, in good faith, to the best of their ability and as expeditiously as is practical. If there are multiple inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

ARTICLE III - DIRECTORS

3.1    POWERS

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation.

3.2    NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person. Unless the certificate of incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

- 11 -


3.3    ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws. The certificate of incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

If so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the Company shall be divided into three classes.

3.4    RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Company. A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events. A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws or permitted in the specific case by resolution of the Board of Directors, and subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by stockholders. If the directors are divided into classes, a person so chosen to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

3.5    PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

3.6    REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

- 12 -


3.7    SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the Whole Board; provided that the person(s) authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may authorize another person or persons to send notice of such meeting.

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

(a)    delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

(b)    sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

(c)    sent by facsimile;

(d)    sent by electronic mail; or

(e)    otherwise given by electronic transmission (as defined in Section 232 of the DGCL),

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number, electronic mail address or other contact for notice by electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Company’s records.

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile, (iii) sent by electronic mail or (iv) otherwise given by electronic transmission, it shall be delivered, sent or otherwise directed to each director, as applicable, at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting. Any oral notice of the time and place of a special meeting may be communicated to the director in lieu of a written notice; provided such oral notice is communicated at least 24 hours before the time of the special meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Company’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting, unless required by statute.

3.8    QUORUM; VOTING

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

The affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

If the certificate of incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, except as may otherwise be expressly provided herein or therein and denoted with the phrase “notwithstanding the final paragraph of Section 3.8 of the bylaws” or language to similar effect, every reference in these bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

- 13 -


3.9    BOARD ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. Any person (whether or not then a director) may provide, whether through instruction to an agent or otherwise, that a consent to action will be effective at a future time (including a time determined upon the happening of an event), no later than 60 days after such instruction is given or such provision is made and such consent shall be deemed to have been given for purposes of this Section 3.9 at such effective time so long as such person is then a director and did not revoke the consent prior to such time. Any such consent shall be revocable prior to its becoming effective. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained.

3.10    FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

3.11    REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office by stockholders of the Company in the manner specified in the certificate of incorporation and applicable law. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director prior to the expiration of such director’s term of office.

ARTICLE IV - COMMITTEES

4.1    COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Company. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Company, and may authorize the seal of the Company to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (a) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (b) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Company.

 

- 14 -


4.2    COMMITTEE MINUTES

Each committee and subcommittee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings.

4.3    MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

Meetings and actions of committees and subcommittees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

(a)    Section 3.5 (place of meetings and meetings by telephone);

(b)    Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

(c)    Section 3.7 (special meetings and notice);

(d)    Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

(e)    Section 3.9 (action without a meeting); and

(f)    Section 7.4 (waiver of notice)

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee or subcommittee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members. However, (i) the time and place of regular meetings of committees or subcommittees may be determined either by resolution of the Board of Directors or by resolution of the committee or subcommittee; (ii) special meetings of committees or subcommittees may also be called by resolution of the Board of Directors or the committee or the subcommittee; and (iii) notice of special meetings of committees and subcommittees shall also be given to all alternate members who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee or subcommittee. The Board of Directors, or in the absence of any such action by the Board of Directors, the applicable committee or subcommittee, may adopt rules for the government of any committee or subcommittee not inconsistent with the provisions of these bylaws.

Any provision in the certificate of incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

4.4    SUBCOMMITTEES

Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

- 15 -


ARTICLE V - OFFICERS

5.1    OFFICERS

The officers of the Company shall be a president and a secretary. The Company may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairperson of the Board of Directors, a vice chairperson of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer or treasurer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

5.2    APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

The Board of Directors shall appoint the officers of the Company, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section  5.3 of these bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.

5.3    SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers as the business of the Company may require. Each of such officers shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as determined from time to time by the Board of Directors, any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or any officer who has been conferred such power of determination.

5.4    REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board of Directors or, for the avoidance of doubt, by any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of removal.

Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, to the Company. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Company under any contract to which the officer is a party.

5.5    VACANCIES IN OFFICES

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company shall be filled by the Board of Directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

5.6    REPRESENTATION OF SECURITIES OF OTHER ENTITIES

The chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Company or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer, the president or a vice president, is authorized to

 

- 16 -


vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Company all rights incident to any and all shares or other securities of any other entity or entities, and all rights incident to any management authority conferred on the Company in accordance with the governing documents of any entity or entities, standing in the name of this Company, including the right to act by written consent. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

5.7    AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

Each officer of the Company shall have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Company as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, by any duly authorized committee or subcommittee thereof or by any officer who has been conferred such power of designation and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to such office, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI - STOCK

6.1    STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

The shares of the Company shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of, the Company by any two officers of the Company representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Company with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The Company shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

The Company may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Company in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the Company shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

6.2    SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

If the Company is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set

 

- 17 -


forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Company shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the registered owner thereof shall be given a notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this Section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a), 218(a) or 364 of the DGCL or with respect to this Section 6.2 a statement that the Company will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

6.3    LOST CERTIFICATES

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Company and cancelled at the same time. The Company may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Company may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Company a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

6.4    DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Company’s capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Company’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation. The Board of Directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the Company available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.

6.5    TRANSFER OF STOCK

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Company shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer.

6.6    STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

The Company shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Company to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Company of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

- 18 -


6.7    REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

The Company:

(a)    shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and notices and to vote as such owner; and

(b)    shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII - MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

7.1    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given in the manner set forth in the DGCL.

7.2    NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the provisions of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Company. Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Company, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Company of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice. This Section 7.2 shall not apply to Sections 164, 296, 311, 312 or 324 of the DGCL.

7.3    NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the Company is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

7.4    WAIVER OF NOTICE

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express

 

- 19 -


purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws.

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION

8.1    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

8.2    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company, or is or was a director or officer of the Company serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

- 20 -


8.3    SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

To the extent that a present or former director or officer (for purposes of this Section 8.3 only, as such term is defined in Section 145(c)(1) of the DGCL) of the Company has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The Company may indemnify any other person who is not a present or former director or officer of the Company against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person to the extent he or she has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

8.4    INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Company shall have power to indemnify its employees and agents, or any other persons, to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate to any person or persons identified in subsections (1) through (4) of Section 145(d) of the DGCL the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified.

8.5    ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by an officer or director of the Company in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the Company or by persons serving at the request of the Company as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate. The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 8.6(b) or 8.6(c) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to Section 8.8, no advance shall be made by the Company to an officer of the Company (except by reason of the fact that such officer is or was a director of the Company, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any Proceeding if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (a) by a vote of the directors who are not parties to such Proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (b) by a committee of such directors designated by the vote of the majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (c) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

- 21 -


8.6    LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a)    for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

(b)    for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c)    for any reimbursement of the Company by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d)    initiated by such person, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by such person against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board of Directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e)    if prohibited by applicable law.

8.7    DETERMINATION; CLAIM

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses. The Company shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Company under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law. In any such suit, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

8.8    NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the certificate of incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s

 

- 22 -


official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. The Company is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

8.9    INSURANCE

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

8.10    SURVIVAL

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

8.11    EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

A right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the certificate of incorporation or a bylaw shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to or repeal or elimination of the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws after the occurrence of the act or omission that is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought, unless the provision in effect at the time of such act or omission explicitly authorizes such elimination or impairment after such action or omission has occurred.

8.12    CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to the resulting company, any constituent company (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent company, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving company as such person would have with respect to such constituent company if its separate existence had continued. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

- 23 -


ARTICLE IX - GENERAL MATTERS

9.1    EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

Except as otherwise provided by law, the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, or employee or employees, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Company; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, agent or employee, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Company by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

9.2    FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the Company shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

9.3    SEAL

The Company may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board of Directors. The Company may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

9.4    CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “person” includes a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and a natural person. Any reference in these bylaws to a section of the DGCL shall be deemed to refer to such section as amended from time to time and any successor provisions thereto.

9.5    FORUM SELECTION

Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, another State court in Delaware or the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, stockholder, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders, (c) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws (as either may be amended from time to time) or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine, except for, as to each of (a) through (d) above, any claim as to which such court determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of such court (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of such court within 10 days following such determination), which is vested in the exclusive jurisdiction of a court or forum other than such court or for which such court does not have subject matter jurisdiction.

 

- 24 -


Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against any person in connection with any offering of the Company’s securities, including, without limitation, any auditor, underwriter, expert, control person or other defendant.

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 9.5. This provision shall be enforceable by any party to a complaint covered by the provisions of this Section 9.5. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing contained in this Section 9.5 shall apply to any action brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the 1934  Act or any successor thereto.

ARTICLE X - AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the stockholders entitled to vote; provided, however, that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the total voting power of outstanding voting securities, voting together as a single class, shall be required for the stockholders of the Company to alter, amend or repeal, or adopt any bylaw inconsistent with, the following provisions of these bylaws: Article II, Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.4 and 3.11 of Article III, Article VIII, Section 9.5 of Article IX or this Article X (including, without limitation, any such Article or Section as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal, or adoption of any other bylaw). The Board of Directors shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws; provided, however, that a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

- 25 -

Exhibit 4.1

 

ARCELLX, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

MARCH 26, 2021


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page  

1.

 

Definitions

     1  

2.

 

Registration Rights

     4  
  2.1    Demand Registration      4  
  2.2    Company Registration      5  
  2.3    Underwriting Requirements      6  
  2.4    Obligations of the Company      7  
  2.5    Furnish Information      8  
  2.6    Expenses of Registration      8  
  2.7    Delay of Registration      9  
  2.8    Indemnification      9  
  2.9    Reports Under Exchange Act      11  
  2.10    Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights      11  
  2.11    “Market Stand-off” Agreement      11  
  2.12    Restrictions on Transfer.      12  
  2.13    Termination of Registration Rights      13  

3.

 

Information and Observer Rights

     13  
  3.1    Delivery of Financial Statements      13  
  3.2    Inspection      15  
  3.3    Observer Rights      15  
  3.4    Termination of Observation and Information Rights      15  
  3.5    Confidentiality      15  
  3.6    Critical Technology Matters.      16  
4.  

Rights to Future Stock Issuances

     17  
  4.1    Right of First Offer      17  
  4.2    Termination      18  
5.  

Additional Covenants

     18  
  5.1    Board Matters      18  
  5.2    Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval      19  
  5.3    Director’s & Officer’s Liability      19  
  5.4    Indemnification; Successor Indemnification      19  
  5.5    Publicity      20  
  5.6    Employee Agreements      20  
  5.7    Employee Stock      20  
  5.8    Related Party Transactions      20  
  5.9    Termination of Covenants      20  
  5.10    Anti-Harassment Policy      20  
  5.11    Cybersecurity      21  
  5.12    FCPA      21  
  5.13    Right to Conduct Activities      21  
  5.14    Expenses of Counsel.      22  

 

i


              Page  
6.  

Miscellaneous

     22  
  6.1    Successors and Assigns      22  
  6.2    Governing Law      22  
  6.3    Counterparts      22  
  6.4    Titles and Subtitles      22  
  6.5    Notices      23  
  6.6    Amendments and Waivers      23  
  6.7    Severability      24  
  6.8    Aggregation of Stock      24  
  6.9    Additional Investors      24  
  6.10    Entire Agreement      24  
  6.11    Dispute Resolution      24  
  6.12    Delays or Omissions      25  
  6.13    Acknowledgment      25  
  6.14    Limitation of Liability; Freedom to Operate Affiliates      25  

 

Schedule A

  -   

Schedule of Investors

 

ii


ARCELLX, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of the 26th day of March 2021, by and among Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto (together with any subsequent investors or transferees, who become parties to this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof, each an “Investor” and together the “Investors”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “Existing Investors”) hold shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B-1 Preferred Stock, and/or Series B-2 Preferred Stock and possess certain rights pursuant to the Company’s Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2021 (the “Prior Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to that certain Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to those certain Investors are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) and it is a condition to the closing of the sale of the Series C Preferred Stock to the Investors listed on the Schedule of Investors to the Purchase Agreement that such Investors and the Company execute and deliver this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the undersigned parties constitute the Company and the holders of (a) at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as converted to Common Stock basis, and (b) at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and on an as converted to Common Stock basis, and such parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety and to accept the rights created pursuant to this Agreement in lieu of the rights granted to them under the Prior Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to induce certain of the Investors to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by agreeing to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund or investment fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same investment manager or management company with, such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) where the term “Person” refers to Novo Holdings A/S (“Novo”), in lieu of the foregoing definition, the term “Affiliate” shall mean Novo Ventures (US) Inc., Novo Holdings Equity US Inc. and Novo Holdings Equity Asia Pte. Ltd. (collectively with Novo, the “Novo Entities”), any partner, executive officer or director of the Novo Entities or any venture capital fund or other Person now or hereafter existing formed for the purpose of making investments in other Persons that is controlled by or


under common control with a Novo Entity, and for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any other affiliate of the Novo Entities; and (ii) where the term “Person” refers to the Investors advised by Clough Capital Partners L.P., the term “Affiliate” shall mean the investment vehicles and/or accounts for which Clough Capital Advisors L.P. serves as investment manager.

Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Competitor” means a Person engaged, directly or indirectly (including through any partnership, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture or similar arrangement (whether now existing or formed hereafter)), in a business that offers products or services that are directly or indirectly competitive with the products or services of the Company, including products or services which are in actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development by the Company, but shall not include any financial investment firm or collective investment vehicle that, together with its Affiliates, holds less than twenty percent (20)% of the outstanding equity of any Competitor and does not, nor do any of its Affiliates, have a right to designate any members of the board of directors of any Competitor. In no event shall any Investor be deemed a Competitor.

Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

2


Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

Key Employee” means any executive-level employee (including, division director and vice president-level positions) as well as any employee who, either alone or in concert with others, develops, invents, programs, or designs any Company Intellectual Property (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

Major Investor” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 2,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof) held by such Investor on the date hereof.

New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, shares of the Company’s Series B-2 Preferred Stock, and shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock.

Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Subsection 6, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Subsection 2.13 of this Agreement.

Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

Restated Certificate” means the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as may be amended from time to time.

 

3


Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b) hereof.

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Subsection 2.6.

Series A Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Series B Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of Series B-1 Preferred Stock and shares of Series B-2 Preferred Stock.

Series B-1 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Series B-2 Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series B-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Series C Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Demand Registration.

(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement, for an aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000, then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders, and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of the Registrable Securities then

 

4


outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders, and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Subsections 2.1(c) and 2.3.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Subsection 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company, (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential, or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than sixty (60) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such sixty (60) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a): (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b): (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is sixty (60) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Subsection 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request. A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Subsection 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Subsection 2.1(d).

2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given

 

5


by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Subsection 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Subsection 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Subsection 2.6.

2.3 Underwriting Requirements.

(a) If, pursuant to Subsection 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Subsection 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Subsection 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting; provided, however, that no Holder (or any of their assignees) shall be required to make any representations, warranties or indemnities except as they relate to such Holder’s ownership of shares and authority to enter into the underwriting agreement and to such Holder’s intended method of distribution, and the liability of such Holder shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subsection 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Subsection 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders seeking to sell Registrable Securities in such offering accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the

 

6


underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Subsection 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) For purposes of Subsection 2.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Subsection 2.3(a), fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included

2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that (i) such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for up to one hundred eighty (180) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

7


(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and

(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.

In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.

2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $200,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Subsection 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their

 

8


right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.

2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Subsection 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Subsections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Subsection 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may

 

9


be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Subsection 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Subsection 2.8.

(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Subsection 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Subsection 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Subsection 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Subsection 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Subsection 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Subsection 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10


2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request: (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company; and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of 66 2/3% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that (i) would provide to such holder the right to include securities in any registration on other than either a pro rata basis with respect to the Registrable Securities or on a subordinate basis after all Holders have had the opportunity to include in the registration and offering all shares of Registrable Securities that they wish to so include, or (ii) would allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any securities held by such holder or prospective holder; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Subsection 6.9.

2.11 Market Stand-off Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act for its IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days), or such longer period as may be required to accommodate applicable regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto, (i) lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this

 

11


Subsection 2.11 shall (A) apply only to the IPO, (B) not apply to shares of Common Stock purchased in the IPO, (C) not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, (D) not apply to the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the Immediate Family Member of the Holder or to the transfer to an Affiliates, provided that the trustee of the trust or Affiliate, as applicable, agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and (E) be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1.0%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) enter into similar agreements. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Subsection 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Subsection 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. To the extent that any person who is subject to market stand-off obligations is released early by the managing underwriter from such market stand-off obligations, then each Holder shall also receive a pro rata release, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements, from their respective market stand-off obligations.

2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) the Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Subsection 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Subsection 2.12.

(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the

 

12


Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Subsection 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Subsection 2.12(b), except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.

2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Subsections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:

(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, in which the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities, or if the Investors receive registration rights from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company reasonably comparable to those set forth in this Section 2;

(b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and

(c) the fifth anniversary of the IPO.

3. Information and Observer Rights.

3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver to each Major Investor:

(a) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month, and an unaudited balance sheet and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such month, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, unaudited statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments; and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP);

 

13


(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all such financial statements audited and certified by independent public accountants of regionally recognized standing selected by the Company;

(d) as soon as practicable, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, a statement showing the number of shares of each class and series of capital stock and securities convertible into or exercisable for shares of capital stock outstanding at the end of the period, the Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise of any outstanding securities convertible or exercisable for Common Stock and the exchange ratio or exercise price applicable thereto, and the number of shares of issued stock options and stock options not yet issued but reserved for issuance, if any, all in sufficient detail as to permit the Major Investors to calculate their respective percentage equity ownership in the Company, and certified by the chief financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company as being true, complete, and correct;

(e) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year, a comprehensive budget and business plan for the next fiscal year (collectively, the “Budget”), approved by the Board of Directors and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company;

(f) with respect to the financial statements called for in Subsection 3.1(a), Subsection 3.1(b) and Subsection 3.1(c), an instrument executed by the chief financial officer and chief executive officer of the Company certifying that such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied with prior practice for earlier periods (except as otherwise set forth in Subsection 3.1(a), Subsection 3.1(b) and Subsection 3.1(c)) and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operation for the periods specified therein; and

(g) such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated under this Subsection 3.1 to provide information, the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to the foregoing sections shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Subsection 3.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Subsection 3.1 during the period starting with the date thirty (30) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Subsection 3.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

14


3.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit each Major Investor, at such Major Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Subsection 3.2 to provide access to any information, the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

3.3 Observer Rights. So long as any of Averill Master Fund, Ltd. (“Averill”), Terra Magnum Fund I, LP (“Terra Magnum”), CDK Associates, LLC and Third Street Holdings, LLC (collectively, “CAM”), Samsara BioCapital, L.P. (“Samara”), Takeda Ventures, Inc., Quan Venture Fund II, L.P. (“Quan”), Aju Life Science 3.0 Venture Fund (“Aju”) and the entities advised by Clough Capital Partners L.P. continue to own at least 2,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof), the Company shall invite one representative of each such Investor, as identified by such Investor, to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give such representative copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that (a) such representative shall agree in writing to hold in confidence and trust all information so provided, and (b) the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representative from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest.

3.4 Termination of Observation and Information Rights. The covenants set forth in Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, whichever event occurs first; provided, that, with respect to clause (iii), the covenants set forth in Section 3.1 shall only terminate if the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities or if the Investors receive financial information from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company comparable to those set forth in Section 3.1.

3.5 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Subsection 3.5 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company, (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Subsection 3.5 and is not a Competitor of the Company, (iii) to any existing or prospective Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course

 

15


of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information, or (iv) to the extent required in connection with any routine or periodic examination or similar process by any regulatory or self-regulatory body or authority not specifically directed at the Company or the confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, quarterly or annual reports, or (v) as required by applicable law, rule, regulation, proceeding, court order, or request of any governmental or regulatory agency. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Fund Investors (as defined in Section 5.13) shall not be restricted or prohibited from evaluating and participating in other investment opportunities on the basis of having access to confidential information of the Company. Furthermore, The Company understands and acknowledges that in the regular course of the Fund Investors’ business, the Fund Investors will invest in companies that have issued securities that are publicly traded (each, a “Public Company”). Accordingly, the Company covenants and agrees that it shall not provide any material non-public information about a Public Company to the Fund Investors.

3.6 Critical Technology Matters.

(a) To the extent that, to the knowledge of the Company after due and reasonable inquiry, (i) any pre-existing products or services provided by the Company are re-categorized by the U.S. government as a critical technology within the meaning of Section 721 of the Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended, including all implementing regulations thereof (the “DPA”), or would reasonably be considered to constitute the design, fabrication, development, testing, production or manufacture of a critical technology after a re-categorization of selected technologies by the U.S. government, or (ii) after execution of the Purchase Agreement, the Company begins engaging in any activity that could reasonably be considered to constitute the design, fabrication, development, testing, production or manufacture of a critical technology within the meaning of the DPA, the Company shall promptly notify the Investors of such change in the categorization of its products or services.

(b) If and only if (i) the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States or any member agency thereof acting in its capacity as a member agency (“CFIUS”) requests or requires that the Company or an Investor file a notice or declaration with CFIUS pursuant to the DPA, with respect to an Investor’s investment in the Company (the “Covered Transaction”), or (ii) the Company or an Investor (each of the Investors described in (i) and (ii) a “Non-U.S. Investor”) determine in good faith that a filing with CFIUS with respect to the Covered Transaction is advisable or required by applicable law, then in either case, (i) or (ii): (x) the Company and such Non-U.S. Investor shall, and shall cause any affiliates to, cooperate and promptly make a CFIUS filing in the requested, required or advisable form in accordance with the DPA; and (y) the Company and the Investors shall, and shall cause any affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, as applicable, the CFIUS Satisfied Condition (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). In the event of a CFIUS Filing Event (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), any future provisions of the Restated Certificate or any other agreement serving a similar purpose with respect to a future acquisition of shares by the Investors shall not apply to any Non-U.S. Investors making filings pursuant to the DPA under this Subsection 3.6(b) unless and until the CFIUS Satisfied Condition is achieved. For the avoidance of doubt, each such Investor shall have no obligation to accept or take any action, condition or restriction with respect to the Covered Transactions in order to achieve the CFIUS Satisfied Condition.

(c) If, in connection with a CFIUS review pursuant to the DPA, any Non-U.S. Investor is requested or required by CFIUS to sell, divest, or dispose of any of the shares of the Company it then holds (the “Investor Shares”) or otherwise reduce its holdings in the Company (such CFIUS request or requirement a “Divestiture Order” and such Non-U.S. Investor a “Divesting Non-U.S. Investor”) then (i) the Divesting Non-U.S. Investor shall comply with the Divestiture Order in full and, to the extent reasonably practicable, consult with the Company regarding the Divestiture Order, (ii) the Company shall,

 

16


to the extent reasonably practicable, assist the Divesting Non-U.S. Investor in connection with such Divesting Non-U.S. Investor’s compliance with the Divestiture Order, and (iii) only after the Divesting Non-U.S. Investor has determined the proposed purchaser(s) or transferee(s) (each a “Proposed Transferee”) of the Investor Shares, the Divesting Non-U.S. Investor shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice of Proposed CFIUS Transfer”) stating the aggregate number of Investor Shares proposed to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee. So long as such proposed transfer is in compliance with the Divestiture Order and all applicable securities laws, the Company agrees not to withhold any required consent and to cooperate in facilitating such transfer. Further, notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement among the Parties, the Company agrees that all rights of the Divesting Non-U.S. Investor associated with the Investor Shares being transferred, including without limitation, registration rights, rights of first refusal and co-sale, rights to designate a director (subject to any applicable share holdings threshold in existence at the time of transfer), shall be transferable to the Proposed Transferee.

(d) For the avoidance of doubt, none of the Company nor its respective affiliates and directors, officers, agents, stockholders and advisers shall be liable with respect to claims and damages that may result, directly or indirectly, after the date hereof, arising out of losses a party (other than the Company) may suffer relating to the required divestiture of that party’s Company capital stock, resulting from such party’s decision not to make a voluntary filing pursuant to the DPA in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement.

4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances.

4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Subsection 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it, in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself, (ii) its Affiliates and (iii) its beneficial interest holders, such as limited partners, members or any other Person having “beneficial ownership,” as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, of such Major Investor (“Investor Beneficial Owners”); provided that each such Affiliate or Investor Beneficial Owner (x) is not a Competitor, unless such party’s purchase of New Securities is otherwise consented to by the Board of Directors, and (y) agrees to enter into this Agreement and each of the Voting Agreement and Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement of even date herewith among the Company, the Investors and the other parties named therein, as an “Investor” under each such agreement, or any amended and/or restated version of such agreements, as the case may be (provided that any Competitor shall not be entitled to any rights as a Major Investor under Subsections 3.1, 3.2 and 4.1 hereof).

(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.

(b) By notification to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). At the expiration of such twenty (20) day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a

 

17


Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Subsection 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of one hundred and twenty (120) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Subsection 4.1(c).

(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Subsection 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Subsection 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Subsection 4.1.

(d) The right of first offer in this Subsection 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Restated Certificate); and (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO.

4.2 Termination. The covenants set forth in Subsection 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, in which the consideration received by the Investors in such Deemed Liquidation Event is in the form of cash and/or publicly traded securities, or if the Investors receive participation rights from the acquiring company or other successor to the Company reasonably comparable to those set forth in this Section 4, whichever event occurs first.

5. Additional Covenants.

5.1 Board Matters.

(a) The Board of Directors shall convene for meetings at least quarterly, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors.

(b) Upon request, the Company shall promptly reimburse in full, each non-employee director of the Company for his or her reasonable, customary and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the course of business conducted on behalf of the Company (including without limitation attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors).

(c) Upon request, the Company shall promptly reimburse in full, each board observer for his or her reasonable, customary and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in the attendance of meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

18


(d) Any committee of the Board of Directors shall include each Preferred Director (as defined in the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement of even date herewith among the Investors, the Company, and the other parties thereto (the “Voting Agreement”)) then serving if such Preferred Director requests to serve on any such committee.

5.2 Matters Requiring Investor Director Approval. The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not, without approval of the Board of Directors, which approval must include the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the Preferred Directors (as defined in the Voting Agreement):

(a) make any loan or advance to, or own any stock or other securities of, any subsidiary or other corporation, partnership, or other entity unless it is wholly owned by the Company;

(b) make any loan or advance to any person, including any employee or director, except advances and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business or under the terms of an employee stock or option plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(c) guarantee any indebtedness except for trade accounts of the Company or any subsidiary arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) make any investment other than investments made in accordance with a Board of Directors-approved investment policy;

(e) incur indebtedness that is not already included in a Board of Directors-approved budget, other than trade credit incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) hire, fire, or change the compensation of the Company’s Key Employees, including approving any option grants to any such persons;

(g) change the principal business of the Company, enter new lines of business, or exit the current line of business;

(h) sell, assign, license, pledge or encumber material technology or intellectual property, other than licenses granted in the ordinary course of business; or

(i) enter into any corporate strategic relationship involving the payment, contribution or assignment by the Company or to the Company of assets greater than $2,500,000.

5.3 Directors & Officers Liability. The Company shall maintain a policy or policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in an amount and on terms and conditions reasonably acceptable to the Board of Directors.

5.4 Indemnification; Successor Indemnification. The Company shall use its best efforts to provide that its Restated Certificate and bylaws provide for indemnification of officers and directors of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. The Company shall enter into a customary indemnification agreement in form satisfactory to the Investors with each non-employee member of the Board of Directors. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Company’s Bylaws, its Certificate of Incorporation, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

 

19


5.5 Publicity. The Company shall not use the name of any of the Investors in any trade publication, marketing materials or otherwise to the general public, in each case without the prior written consent of such Investor, which consent may be withheld in its sole discretion; provided that (i) the parties anticipate that there will be a mutually-agreed press release announcing the closing of the transactions contemplated in the Purchase Agreement and (ii) following the public announcement contemplated in clause (i), the Company may confirm that the Investors are investors in the Company (but not the amount or terms thereof) in a form of disclosure that has been previously approved by such Investors, which shall include naming the Investors on the Company’s website.

5.6 Employee Agreements. The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) with access to confidential information and/or trade secrets to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement. In addition, the Company shall not amend, modify, terminate, waive, or otherwise alter, in whole or in part, any of the above-referenced agreements or any restricted stock agreement between the Company and any employee, without the consent of the Board of Directors.

5.7 Employee Stock. Unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal monthly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months, and (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Subsection 2.11. In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on transfers of Common Stock held by current or former service providers to the Company until the Company’s IPO, no restricted stock agreements or stock option agreements shall contain any provisions providing for acceleration of vesting, and the Company shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at cost upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock.

5.8 Related Party Transactions. The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the Investors that it shall not enter into any transactions between the Company and any of its executive, officers or directors (or Affiliates thereof), without the prior approval of the Board, including a majority of the directors that qualify as disinterested with respect to such transaction under applicable Delaware law.

5.9 Termination of Covenants. The covenants set forth in this Section 5, except for Subsection 5.4 and Subsection 5.13, shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, as such term is defined in the Restated Certificate, whichever event occurs first.

5.10 Anti-Harassment Policy The Company shall, within sixty (60) days following the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), adopt and thereafter maintain in effect (i) a Code of Conduct governing appropriate workplace behavior and (ii) an Anti-Harassment and Discrimination Policy prohibiting discrimination and harassment at the Company. Such policy shall be reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.

 

20


5.11 Cybersecurity The Company shall, within one hundred eighty (180) days following the Initial Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) identify and restrict access (including through physical and/or technical controls) to the Company’s confidential business information and trade secrets and any information about identified or identifiable natural persons maintained by or on behalf of the Company (collectively, “Protected Data”) to those individuals who have a need to access it and (b) implement reasonable physical, technical and administrative safeguards (“Cybersecurity Solutions”) designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of its technology and systems (including servers, laptops, desktops, cloud, containers, virtual environments and data centers) and all Protected Data. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the Cybersecurity Solutions (x) are up-to-date and include industry-standard protections (e.g., antivirus, endpoint detection and response and threat hunting), (y) to the extent determined necessary by the Company or the Board of Directors, are backed by a breach prevention warranty from the vendor certifying the effectiveness of such solutions, and (z) require the vendors to notify the Company of any security incidents posing a risk to the Company’s information (regardless of whether information was actually compromised). The Company shall evaluate on a periodic basis at least annually whether such safeguards should be updated to maintain a level of security appropriate to the risk posed to Company systems and Protected Data. The Company shall educate its employees about the proper use and storage of Protected Data, including periodic training as determined reasonably necessary by the Company or the Board of Directors.

5.12 FCPA. The Company represents that it shall not (and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of its or their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents to) promise, authorize or make any payment to, or otherwise contribute any item of value to, directly or indirectly, to any third party, including any Non-U.S. Official (as such term is defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended (the “FCPA”)), in each case, in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) cease all of its or their respective activities, as well as remediate any actions taken by the Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, managers, employees, independent contractors, representatives or agents in violation of the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. The Company further represents that it shall (and shall cause each of its subsidiaries and affiliates to) maintain systems of internal controls (including, but not limited to, accounting systems, purchasing systems and billing systems) to ensure compliance with the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law. Upon request, the Company agrees to provide responsive information and/or certifications concerning its compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws. The Company shall promptly notify each Investor if the Company becomes aware of any Enforcement Action (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). The Company shall, and shall cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity controlled by it, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply with the FCPA. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable laws.

5.13 Right to Conduct Activities. The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that the Investors are professional investment funds (the “Fund Investors”), and as such (a) make or hold investments in, or trade in public securities of companies that are or may become engaged in activities that are competitive with the Company’s business, as it is currently conducted or as it may be conducted in the future and (ii) invest in numerous portfolio companies, some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted), and that the Fund Investors each have affiliated entities that may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as currently proposed to be conducted). The Company hereby agrees that no Fund Investor shall be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon, (i) the investment

 

21


by such Fund Investor in any entity competitive with the Company, (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of such Fund Investor to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company or (iii) the activities of entities affiliated with such Fund Investor; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Fund Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company. Subject to clauses (x) and (y) above, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude, create an obligation or duty, or in any way restrict the Funds from evaluating or purchasing securities, including publicly traded securities, of a particular enterprise, whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

5.14 Expenses of Counsel. In the event of a transaction which is a Sale of the Company (as defined in the Voting Agreement), the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000 in the aggregate, of one counsel for the Major Investors (“Investor Counsel”) in their capacities as stockholders, shall be borne and paid by the Company.

6. Miscellaneous

6.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate, partner or stockholder of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 500,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Subsection 2.11. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate, partner or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

6.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to any conflict of laws rules that would require the application of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

6.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

6.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

22


6.5 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 6.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to (which copy shall not constitute notice): Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 12235 El Camino Real, San Diego, California, Attn: Dan Koeppen, and if notice is given to the Investors (other than Quan and CAM), a copy shall also be sent to (which copy shall not constitute notice): Gunderson Dettmer Stough Villeneuve Franklin & Hachigian, LLP, One Marina Park Drive, Suite 900, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, Attention: Jeff Engerman, if notice is given to Quan, a copy shall also be sent to (which copy shall not constitute notice): Cooley LLP, IFC – Tower 2, Level 35, Unit 3510, 8 Century Avenue, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, 200120, China Attention: J. Patrick Loofbourrow, Facsimile: +86 21 6030 0700, Email: loof@cooley.com, and if notice is given to CAM, a copy shall also be sent to (which copy shall not constitute notice): Mintz, Levin, Cohn, Ferris, Glovsky and Popeo, P.C., One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111, Attention: Lewis J. Geffen, Esq.

Subject to the limitations set forth in Delaware General Corporation Law §232(e), each Investor consents to the delivery of any notice to stockholders given by the Company under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws by (i) facsimile telecommunication to the facsimile number set forth on Schedule A (or to any other facsimile number for the Investor in the Company’s records) or (ii) electronic mail to the electronic mail address set forth on Schedule A (or to any other electronic mail address for the Investor in the Company’s records), in each case with confirmation of receipt. This consent may be revoked by an Investor by written notice to the Company and may be deemed revoked in the circumstances specified in Delaware General Corporation Law §232.

6.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class and on an as converted to Common Stock basis; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Subsection 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Subsection 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party; and provided further that (a) Subsection 3.3 and this Subsection 6.6(a) may not be amended, terminated or waived without the written consent of Takeda; and provided further that (b) Subsection 3.6 and this Subsection 6.6(b) may not be amended, terminated or waived without the written consent of Novo Holdings A/S; and provided further that (c) any amendment, termination or waiver of Subsections 2.8(b), 2.8(d), 5.5, 6.14 or this 6.6(c) shall require the written consent of each of New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P., NEA Ventures 16, L.P., Novo Holdings A/S, SR One, Limited, Aju, and Quan; and provided further that (c) Subsection 3.3 and this Subsection 6.6(c) may not be amended, terminated or waived without the written consent of CAM; and provided further that (d) Subsection 3.3 and this Subsection 6.6(d) may not be amended, terminated or waived without the written consent of Samsara; and provided further that (e) Subsection 3.3 and this Subsection 6.6(e) may not be amended, terminated or waived without the written consent of Averill; and provided further that (f) Subsection 3.3 and this Subsection 6.6(f) may not be amended, terminated or waived without the written consent of Terra Magnum.

 

23


Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall not be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion in the event that certain Investors by agreement with the Company purchase securities in such transaction or issuance (such Investor, a “Participating Investor”) unless each other Investor whose rights were waived or amended has been provided a reasonably opportunity to purchase a proportional number of the New Securities being offered by the Company in such transaction based on the pro rata purchase right of such other Investor set forth in Section 4, assuming a transaction size determined based upon the amount purchased by the Participating Investor that invested the largest percentage in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 6.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

6.7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

6.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

6.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock after the date hereof, whether pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or otherwise, any purchaser of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.

6.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

6.11 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.

 

24


WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.

The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to personal jurisdiction for any equitable action sought in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware or any court of the State of Delaware having subject matter jurisdiction.

6.12 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.13 Acknowledgment. The Company acknowledges that the Investors are in the business of venture capital investing and therefore review the business plans and related proprietary information of many enterprises, including enterprises which may have products or services which compete directly or indirectly with those of the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall preclude or in any way restrict the Investors from investing or participating in any particular enterprise whether or not such enterprise has products or services which compete with those of the Company.

6.14 Limitation of Liability; Freedom to Operate Affiliates. The total liability, in the aggregate, of each of the Investors and its respective Affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents, for any and all claims, losses, costs or damages, including attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses and costs of any nature whatsoever or claims or expenses resulting from or in any way related to this Agreement from any cause or causes shall be several and not joint with the other Investors and shall not exceed the total purchase price paid to the Company by the Investors, respectively, for the Shares (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) under the Purchase Agreement. It is intended that this limitation apply to any and all liability or cause of action however alleged or arising, unless otherwise prohibited by law. Nothing in this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) shall restrict the Investors’ freedom to operate any of its affiliates (including any such affiliate that is a potential competitor of the Company).

 

25


[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

ARCELLX, INC.
By:   /s/ Rami Elghandour
Name:   Rami Elghandour
Title:   President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
TAKEDA VENTURES, INC.
By: /s/ Michael Martin, Ph.D.
Name: Michael Martin, Ph.D.
Title: President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
NOVO HOLDINGS A/S
By:   /s/ Scott Beardsley
Name:   Scott Beardsley, under specific power of attorney
Title:   Managing Partner, Novo Holdings A/S

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
SR ONE CAPITAL FUND I AGGREGATOR, L.P.
By: SR One Capital Partners I, LP
Its: General Partner
By: SR One Capital Management, LLC
Its: General Partner
By: /s/ Simeon J. George
Name: Simeon J. George
Title: Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 15, L.P.
By:   /s/ Louis Citron
Name:   Louis Citron
Title:   Chief Legal Officer
NEA VENTURES 2016, L.P.
By:   /s/ Louis Citron
Name:   Louis Citron
Title:   Chief Legal Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
JOHN NEHRA REVOCABLE TRUST UAD 9/23/09, JOHN M. NEHRA JR. & SUSAN L. NEHRA TTEES
By:   /s/ John M. Nehra
Name:   John M. Nehra
Title:   TTEES
By:   /s/ Susan L. Nehra
Name:   Susan L. Nehra
Title:   TTEES

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (20A)
WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2019A)
WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2015A)
WS INVESTMENT COMPANY, LLC (2018A)
By:   /s/ Daniel R. Koeppen
Name:   Daniel R. Koeppen
Title:   Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
AJU LIFE SCIENCE 3.0 VENTURE FUND
By:   /s/ Ji-Won Kim
Name:   Ji-Won Kim
Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
QUAN VENTURE FUND II, L.P.
By:   Quan Venture Partners II, L.L.C.
Its:   General Partner
By:   /s/ Daniel J. Gillis
Name:   Daniel J. Gillis
Title:   Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
MIRAE ASSET YOUNG START-UP INVESTMENT FUND #3
MIRAE ASSET Venture Investment Co., Ltd. Its General Partner
By:/s/ Eung Suk Kim
Name: Eung Suk Kim
Title: Chief Executive Officer
MIRAE ASSET GOOD COMPANY INVESTMENT FUND #19-1
MIRAE ASSET Venture Investment Co., Ltd. Its General Partner
By:/s/ Eung Suk Kim
Name: Eung Suk Kim
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
MIRAE ASSET-CELLTRION NEW GROWTH FUND I
Mirae Asset Capital. Its General Partner
By: /s/ Ji Kwang Chung
Name: Ji Kwang Chung
Title: Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CLOUGH HEALTHCARE MASTER FUND, L.P.
By: Clough Capital Partners L.P., its Investment Adviser
By: /s/ Daniel J. Gills                                                                
Name: Daniel J. Gills                                                                
Title: Chief Compliance Officer                                               
Address: 53 State Street, 7th Floor                                            
Boston, MA 02109
 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

CLOUGH INVESTMENT PARTNERS I, L.P.
By: Clough Capital Partners L.P., its Investment Adviser
By:   /s/ Daniel J. Gillis
Name:   Daniel J. Gillis    
Title:   CCO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CLOUGH INVESTMENT PARTNERS II, L.P.
By: Clough Capital Partners L.P., its Investment Adviser
By:   /s/ Daniel J. Gillis
Name:   Daniel J. Gillis
Title:   CCO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CLOUGH GLOBAL EQUITY FUND
By: Clough Capital Partners L.P., its Investment Adviser
By:   /s/ Daniel J. Gillis
Name:   Daniel J. Gillis
Title:   CCO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CLOUGH GLOBAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND
By: Clough Capital Partners L.P., its Investment Adviser
By:   /s/ Daniel J. Gillis
Name:   Daniel J. Gillis
Title:   CCO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
JVC DVN LLC
By:   /s/ Jonathan Jones
Name:   Jonathan Jonas
Title:   Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CDK ASSOCIATES, LLC
By:   /s/ Karen Cross
Name:   Karen Cross
Title:   Treasurer
THIRD STREET HOLDINGS, LLC
By: Caxton Alternative Management, L.P., its Investment Manager
By:   /s/ Karen Cross
Name:   Karen Cross
Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating
    Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
SOLEUS PRIVATE EQUITY FUND II, L.P.
By: Soleus Private Equity GP II, LLC, its General Partner
By:   /s/ Steven J. Musemecci

Name:

 

Steven J. Musumeci

Title:

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
CaaS Opportunity LLC by CaaS Capital Management, its Manager
By:   /s/ Semi Gogliormella
Name:   Semi Gogliormella
Title:   COO

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:
SAMSARA BIOCAPITAL, L.P.
By:   /s/ Michael Dybbs
Name:   Michael Dybbs
Title:  

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

TERRA MAGNUM FUND I, LP

c/o

Terra Magnum Ltd.
By: :   Sha Wang
Name:   Sha Wang
Title:   Founding Partner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS:

SR ONE CO-INVEST II, LLC

By: SR One Co-Invest II Manager, LLC
Its: Managing Member

By: SR One Capital Management, LLC

Its: Managing Member

By:  

/s/ Simeon J. George

Name:  

Simeon J. George

Title:  

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT OF

ARCELLX, INC.


Schedule A

INVESTORS

Series C Preferred Stock

CDK Associates, LLC

Third Street Holdings, LLC

Averill Master Fund, Ltd.

Samsara BioCapital, L.P.

436, LP

Clough Healthcare Master Fund, L.P.

Clough Investment Partners I, L.P.

Clough Investment Partners II, L.P.

Clough Global Equity Fund

Clough Global Opportunities Fund

Clough Offshore Fund, Ltd.

Sixty Degree Capital Fund II, L.P.

Sixty Degree Capital Fund II-A, L.P.

Terra Magnum Fund I, LP

Denoma Ltd.

Soleus Private Equity Fund II, L.P.

Cambrian Biopharma Inc.

CaaS Opportunity LLC

LG Chem Fund I LLC

SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P.

New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P.

Novo Holdings A/S

Takeda Ventures, Inc.


Citadel Multi-Strategy Equities Master Fund Ltd.

Adage Capital Partners LP

Asymmetry Global Healthcare Fund, L.P.

Asymmetry Global Healthcare (Master) Fund, Ltd.

Portland House Partners LLC

John Nehra Revocable Trust UAD 9/23/09, John M. Nehra Jr. & Susan L. Nehra TTEES

David Lubner

WS Investment Company, LLC (21A)

SR One Co-Invest II, LLC

Series B-2 Preferred Stock

Takeda Ventures, Inc.

Novo Holdings A/S

SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P.

New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P.

John Nehra Revocable Trust UAD 9/23/09, John M. Nehra Jr. & Susan L. Nehra TTEES

John M. Nehra Irrevocable Trust U/A 2/10/21

WS Investment Company, LLC (20A)

Aju Life Science 3.0 Venture Fund

Quan Venture Fund II, L.P.

Clough Healthcare Master Fund, L.P.

Clough Investment Partners I, L.P.

Clough Investment Partners II, L.P.

Clough Global Equity Fund

Clough Global Opportunities Fund

MIRAE ASSET Young Start-UP Investment Fund #3

MIRAE ASSET Good Company Investment Fund #19-1


Mirae Asset-Celltrion New Growth Fund I

LG Chem Fund I LLC

JVC DVN LLC

Series B-1 Preferred Stock

Takeda Ventures, Inc.

Novo Holdings A/S

SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P.

New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P.

John Nehra Revocable Trust UAD 9/23/09, John M. Nehra Jr. & Susan L. Nehra TTEES

WS Investment Company, LLC (2019A)

Aju Life Science 3.0 Venture Fund

Quan Venture Fund II, L.P.

Clough Healthcare Master Fund, L.P.

Clough Investment Partners I, L.P.

Clough Investment Partners II, L.P.

Clough Global Equity Fund

Clough Global Opportunities Fund

MIRAE ASSET Young Start-UP Investment Fund #3

MIRAE ASSET Good Company Investment Fund #19-1

Mirae Asset-Celltrion New Growth Fund I

LG Chem Fund I LLC

JVC DVN LLC

Series A Preferred Stock

Takeda Ventures, Inc.

Novo Holdings A/S

SR One Capital Fund I Aggregator, L.P.


New Enterprise Associates 15, L.P.

NEA Ventures 2016, L.P.

John Nehra Revocable Trust UAD 9/23/09, John M. Nehra Jr. & Susan L. Nehra TTEES

WS Investment Company, LLC (2015A)

WS Investment Company, LLC (2018A)

Exhibit 10.1

ARCELLX, INC.

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (this “Agreement”) is dated as of [insert date], and is between Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [insert name of indemnitee] (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

A. Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

B. Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

C. Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

D. In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

E. This Agreement shall supersede any prior indemnification agreement between the Company and the Indemnitee, which is hereby terminated.

F. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

1. Definitions.

(a) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board Composition. During any period of two consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 1(a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;


(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(1) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(2) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; provided, however, that “Beneficial Owner” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

(b) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

(c) “DGCL” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” include all reasonable and actually incurred attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements

 

-2-


or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(d), Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

(i) Reference to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

2. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

-3-


3. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this section, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

6. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

(b) For purposes of Section 6(a), the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

(i) the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

(ii) the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

-4-


7. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid and, except as provided for in Section 15;

(b) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(c) for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

(d) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12(d) or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

(e) if prohibited by applicable law.

8. Advances of Expenses. The Company shall advance the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding prior to its final disposition, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice). Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company. This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

9. Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding.

 

-5-


The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

(b) If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect that may be applicable to the Proceeding, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies. The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel for the Company or Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, (iii) the Company is not financially or legally able to perform its indemnification obligations or (iv) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, counsel to defend such Proceeding. The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion. Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

(d) Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

(e) The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(f) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) in a manner that imposes any Expense, penalty or liability on Indemnitee without Indemnitee’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

10. Procedures upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding. Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

 

-6-


(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a), a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company. If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten days after such determination. Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

(c) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b), the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c). If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) hereof and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

(d) The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel.

 

-7-


11. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption.

(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

(c) Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

12. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 12(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(d) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within 90 days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(d) of this Agreement, within 30 days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

(b) Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration

 

-8-


commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

(c) To the fullest extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statements not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than 60 days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

13. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

14. Non-exclusivity. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein. Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

-9-


15. Primary Responsibility. The Company acknowledges that to the extent Indemnitee is serving as a director on the Company’s board of directors at the request or direction of a venture capital fund or other entity and/or certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”), Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by such Secondary Indemnitors. The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitors, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations. To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitors with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15. In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitors of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid; provided, however, that the foregoing sentence will be deemed void if and to the extent that it would violate any applicable insurance policy.. The Secondary Indemnitors are express third-party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 15.

16. No Duplication of Payments. The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

17. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

18. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

19. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries

 

-10-


or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL. No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

20. Duration. This Agreement shall continue until and terminate upon the later of (a) ten years after the date that Indemnitee shall have ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable; or (b) one year after the final termination of any Proceeding, including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto.

21. Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

22. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

23. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director or officer of the Company.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, including any indemnification agreement previously entered into by and between the Indemnitee and the Company; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

 

-11-


25. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

26. Notices. All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

(a) if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

(b) if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A, Gaithersburg, MD 20878, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Dan Koeppen, Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 12235 El Camino Real, San Diego, CA 92130.

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or five days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the relevant electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

27. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, The Corporation Trust Company, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

-12-


28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

29. Captions. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

(signature page follows)

 

-13-


The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence.

 

ARCELLX, INC.
                        
(Signature)
                        
(Print name)
                        
(Title)
[INSERT INDEMNITEE NAME]
                        
(Signature)
                        
(Print name)
                        
(Street address)
                        
(City, State and ZIP)

Exhibit 10.2

ARCELLX, INC.

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

1.    Purposes of the Plan. The purposes of this Plan are:

 

   

to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility,

 

   

to provide additional incentive to Employees, Directors and Consultants, and

 

   

to promote the success of the Company’s business.

The Plan permits the grant of Incentive Stock Options, Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

2.    Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions will apply:

(a)    “Administrator” means the Board or any of its Committees as will be administering the Plan, in accordance with Section 4 of the Plan.

(b)    “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity-based awards under U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are, or will be, granted under the Plan.

(c)    “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, or Restricted Stock Units.

(d)    “Award Agreement” means the written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to each Award granted under the Plan. The Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(e)    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f)    “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i)    Change in Ownership of the Company. A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than 50% of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, except that any change in the ownership of the stock of the Company as a result of a private financing of the Company that is approved by the Board will not be considered a Change in Control; or

 


(ii)    Change in Effective Control of the Company. If the Company has a class of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, a change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii)    Change in Ownership of a Substantial Portion of the Company’s Assets. A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 50% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions. For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this Section 2(f), persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(g)    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference to a section of the Code herein will be a reference to any successor or amended section of the Code.

(h)    “Committee” means a committee of Directors or of other individuals satisfying Applicable Laws appointed by the Board, or by the compensation committee of the Board, in accordance with Section 4 hereof.

(i)    “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

(j)    “Company” means Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(k)    “Consultant” means any natural person, including an advisor, engaged by the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary to render bona fide services to such entity, provided the services (i) are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction, and (ii) do not directly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

-2-


(l)    “Director” means a member of the Board.

(m)    “Disability” means total and permanent disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3), provided that in the case of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the Administrator in its discretion may determine whether a permanent and total disability exists in accordance with uniform and non-discriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.

(n)    “Employee” means any person, including officers and Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company.

(o)    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(p)    “Exchange Program” means a program under which (i) outstanding Awards are surrendered or cancelled in exchange for Awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices and different terms), Awards of a different type, and/or cash, (ii) Participants would have the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity selected by the Administrator, and/or (iii) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is reduced or increased. The Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of any Exchange Program in its sole discretion.

(q)    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Common Stock determined as follows:

(i)    If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market or the Nasdaq Capital Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such stock (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable;

(ii)    If the Common Stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share will be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Common Stock on the day of determination (or, if no bids and asks were reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such bids and asks were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Administrator deems reliable; or

(iii)    In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined in good faith by the Administrator.

(r)    “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms qualifies and is otherwise intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422 and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

-3-


(s)    “Nonstatutory Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(t)    “Option” means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

(u)    “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

(v)    “Participant” means the holder of an outstanding Award.

(w)    “Period of Restriction” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock are subject to restrictions and therefore, the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Such restrictions may be based on the passage of time, the achievement of target levels of performance, or the occurrence of other events as determined by the Administrator.

(x)    “Plan” means this 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

(y)    “Restricted Stock” means Shares issued pursuant to an Award of Restricted Stock under Section 8 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.

(z)    “Restricted Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of one Share, granted pursuant to Section 9. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company.

(aa)    “Service Provider” means an Employee, Director or Consultant.

(bb)    “Share” means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

(cc)    “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted alone or in connection with an Option, that pursuant to Section 7 is designated as a Stock Appreciation Right.

(dd)    “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f).

3.    Stock Subject to the Plan.

(a)    Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 6,540,416 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

(b)    Lapsed Awards. If an Award expires or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, is surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program, or, with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, is forfeited to or repurchased by the Company due to the failure to vest, the unpurchased Shares (or for Awards other than Options or Stock Appreciation Rights the forfeited or repurchased Shares) which were subject thereto will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights, only Shares actually issued pursuant to a Stock Appreciation Right will cease to be available under the

 

-4-


Plan; all remaining Shares under Stock Appreciation Rights will remain available for future grant or sale under the Plan (unless the Plan has terminated). Shares that have actually been issued under the Plan under any Award will not be returned to the Plan and will not become available for future distribution under the Plan; provided, however, that if Shares issued pursuant to Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units are repurchased by the Company or are forfeited to the Company due to the failure to vest, such Shares will become available for future grant under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing and, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 13, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will equal the aggregate Share number stated in Section 3.(a), plus, to the extent allowable under Code Section 422 and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, any Shares that become available for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 3.(b).

(c)    Share Reserve. The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as will be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

4.    Administration of the Plan.

(a)    Procedure.

(i)    Multiple Administrative Bodies. Different Committees with respect to different groups of Service Providers may administer the Plan.

(ii)    Other Administration. Other than as provided above, the Plan will be administered by (A) the Board or (B) a Committee, which Committee will be constituted to satisfy Applicable Laws.

(b)    Powers of the Administrator. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, and in the case of a Committee, subject to the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator will have the authority, in its discretion:

(i)    to determine the Fair Market Value;

(ii)    to select the Service Providers to whom Awards may be granted hereunder;

(iii)    to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;

(iv)    to approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan;

(v)    to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator will determine;

 

-5-


(vi)    to institute and determine the terms and conditions of an Exchange Program;

(vii)    to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and Awards granted pursuant to the Plan;

(viii)    to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, including rules and regulations relating to sub-plans established for the purpose of satisfying applicable foreign laws or for qualifying for favorable tax treatment under applicable foreign laws;

(ix)    to modify or amend each Award (subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan), including but not limited to the discretionary authority to extend the post-termination exercisability period of Awards and to extend the maximum term of an Option (subject to Section 6(d));

(x)    to allow Participants to satisfy withholding tax obligations in a manner prescribed in Section 14;

(xi)    to authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument required to effect the grant of an Award previously granted by the Administrator;

(xii)    to allow a Participant to defer the receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that otherwise would be due to such Participant under an Award; and

(xiii)    to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for administering the Plan.

(c)    Effect of Administrator’s Decision. The Administrator’s decisions, determinations and interpretations will be final and binding on all Participants and any other holders of Awards.

5.    Eligibility. Nonstatutory Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units may be granted to Service Providers. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees.

6.    Stock Options.

(a)    Grant of Options. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Options in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b)    Option Agreement. Each Award of an Option will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares subject to the Option, the exercise restrictions, if any, applicable to the Option, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

-6-


(c)    Limitations. Each Option will be designated in the Award Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option. Notwithstanding such designation, however, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 6(c), Incentive Stock Options will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, the Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted, and calculation will be performed in accordance with Code Section 422 and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

(d)    Term of Option. The term of each Option will be stated in the Award Agreement; provided, however, that the term will be no more than ten (10) years from the date of grant thereof. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time the Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the term of the Incentive Stock Option will be five (5) years from the date of grant or such shorter term as may be provided in the Award Agreement.

(e)    Option Exercise Price and Consideration.

(i)    Exercise Price. The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be determined by the Administrator, but will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. In addition, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Employee who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, the per Share exercise price will be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e)(i), Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant pursuant to a transaction described in, and in a manner consistent with, Code Section 424(a).

(ii)    Waiting Period and Exercise Dates. At the time an Option is granted, the Administrator will fix the period within which the Option may be exercised and will determine any conditions that must be satisfied before the Option may be exercised.

(iii)    Form of Consideration. The Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration for exercising an Option, including the method of payment. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, the Administrator will determine the acceptable form of consideration at the time of grant. Such consideration may consist entirely of: (1) cash; (2) check; (3) promissory note, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, (4) other Shares, provided that such Shares have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which such Option will be exercised and provided further that accepting such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion; (5) consideration received by the Company under cashless exercise program (whether through a broker or otherwise) implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; (6) by net exercise, (7) such other consideration and method of payment for the issuance of Shares to

 

-7-


the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, or (8) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator will consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company.

(f)    Exercise of Option.

(i)    Procedure for Exercise; Rights as a Stockholder. Any Option granted hereunder will be exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (i) notice of exercise (in such form as the Administrator may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option, and (ii) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable tax withholding). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Administrator and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant or, if requested by the Participant, in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares subject to an Option, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.

(ii)    Termination of Relationship as a Service Provider. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, other than upon the Participant’s termination as the result of the Participant’s death or Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within thirty (30) days of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified by the Administrator, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

(iii)    Disability of Participant. If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option within six (6) months of termination, or such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent the Option is vested on the date of termination. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if on the date of termination the Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will revert to the Plan. If after termination the Participant does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

 

-8-


(iv)    Death of Participant. If a Participant dies while a Service Provider, the Option may be exercised within six (6) months following the Participant’s death, or within such longer period of time as is specified in the Award Agreement (but in no event later than the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement) to the extent that the Option is vested on the date of death, by the Participant’s designated beneficiary, provided such beneficiary has been designated prior to the Participant’s death in a form acceptable to the Administrator. If no such beneficiary has been designated by the Participant, then such Option may be exercised by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate or by the person(s) to whom the Option is transferred pursuant to the Participant’s will or in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution. Unless otherwise provided by the Administrator, if at the time of death Participant is not vested as to his or her entire Option, the Shares covered by the unvested portion of the Option will immediately revert to the Plan. If the Option is not so exercised within the time specified herein, the Option will terminate, and the Shares covered by such Option will revert to the Plan.

7.    Stock Appreciation Rights.

(a)    Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, a Stock Appreciation Right may be granted to Service Providers at any time and from time to time as will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion.

(b)    Number of Shares. The Administrator will have complete discretion to determine the number of Shares subject to any Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(c)    Exercise Price and Other Terms. The per Share exercise price for the Shares that will determine the amount of the payment to be received upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right as set forth in Section 7(f) will be determined by the Administrator and will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant. Otherwise, the Administrator, subject to the provisions of the Plan, will have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan.

(d)    Stock Appreciation Right Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right grant will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the exercise price, the term of the Stock Appreciation Right, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(e)    Expiration of Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan will expire upon the date determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, and set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 6(d) relating to the maximum term and Section 6(f) relating to exercise also will apply to Stock Appreciation Rights.

(f)    Payment of Stock Appreciation Right Amount. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

(i)    The difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price; times

 

-9-


(ii)    The number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised.

At the discretion of the Administrator, the payment upon Stock Appreciation Right exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

8.    Restricted Stock.

(a)    Grant of Restricted Stock. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Service Providers in such amounts as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(b)    Restricted Stock Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Stock will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will specify the Period of Restriction, the number of Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, will determine. Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Company as escrow agent will hold Shares of Restricted Stock until the restrictions on such Shares have lapsed.

(c)    Transferability. Except as provided in this Section 8 or as the Administrator determines, Shares of Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction.

(d)    Other Restrictions. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may impose such other restrictions on Shares of Restricted Stock as it may deem advisable or appropriate.

(e)    Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 8, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan will be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the Period of Restriction or at such other time as the Administrator may determine. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

(f)    Voting Rights. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares, unless the Administrator determines otherwise.

(g)    Dividends and Other Distributions. During the Period of Restriction, Service Providers holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to receive all dividends and other distributions paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise. If any such dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, the Shares will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid.

(h)    Return of Restricted Stock to Company. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock for which restrictions have not lapsed will revert to the Company and again will become available for grant under the Plan.

 

-10-


9.    Restricted Stock Units.

(a)    Grant. Restricted Stock Units may be granted at any time and from time to time as determined by the Administrator. After the Administrator determines that it will grant Restricted Stock Units, it will advise the Participant in an Award Agreement of the terms, conditions, and restrictions related to the grant, including the number of Restricted Stock Units.

(b)    Vesting Criteria and Other Terms. The Administrator will set vesting criteria in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which the criteria are met, will determine the number of Restricted Stock Units that will be paid out to the Participant. The Administrator may set vesting criteria based upon the achievement of Company-wide, business unit, or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), or any other basis determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

(c)    Earning Restricted Stock Units. Upon meeting the applicable vesting criteria, the Participant will be entitled to receive a payout as determined by the Administrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the grant of Restricted Stock Units, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may reduce or waive any vesting criteria that must be met to receive a payout.

(d)    Form and Timing of Payment. Payment of earned Restricted Stock Units will be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Administrator, in its sole discretion, may settle earned Restricted Stock Units in cash, Shares, or a combination of both.

(e)    Cancellation. On the date set forth in the Award Agreement, all unearned Restricted Stock Units will be forfeited to the Company.

10.    Compliance With Code Section 409A. Awards will be designed and operated in such a manner that they are either exempt from the application of, or comply with, the requirements of Code Section 409A, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. The Plan and each Award Agreement under the Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 409A and will be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent, except as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator. To the extent that an Award or payment, or the settlement or deferral thereof, is subject to Code Section 409A the Award will be granted, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will meet the requirements of Code Section 409A, such that the grant, payment, settlement or deferral will not be subject to the additional tax or interest applicable under Code Section 409A.

11.    Leaves of Absence/Transfer Between Locations. Unless the Administrator provides otherwise, vesting of Awards granted hereunder will be suspended during any unpaid leave of absence. A Participant will not cease to be an Employee in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Company or (ii) transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parent, or any Subsidiary. For purposes of Incentive Stock Options, no such leave may exceed three (3) months, unless reemployment upon expiration of such leave is guaranteed by statute or contract. If reemployment upon expiration of a leave of absence approved by the Company is not so guaranteed, then six (6) months following the first (1st) day of such leave, any Incentive Stock Option held by the Participant will cease to be treated as an Incentive Stock Option and will be treated for tax purposes as a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

-11-


12.    Limited Transferability of Awards.

(a)    Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, Awards may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant. If the Administrator makes an Award transferable, such Award may only be transferred (i) by will, (ii) by the laws of descent and distribution, or (iii) as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act, an Option, or prior to exercise, the Shares subject to the Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, in any manner, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than to (i) persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of the Participant upon the death or disability of the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine to permit transfers to the Company or in connection with a Change in Control or other acquisition transactions involving the Company to the extent permitted by Rule 12h-1(f).

13.    Adjustments; Dissolution or Liquidation; Merger or Change in Control.

(a)    Adjustments. In the event that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, or other change in the corporate structure of the Company affecting the Shares occurs, the Administrator, in order to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan, will adjust the number and class of shares of stock that may be delivered under the Plan and/or the number, class, and price of shares of stock covered by each outstanding Award; provided, however, that the Administrator will make such adjustments to an Award required by Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code to the extent the Company is relying upon the exemption afforded thereby with respect to the Award.

(b)    Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Administrator will notify each Participant as soon as practicable prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed action.

(c)    Merger or Change in Control. In the event of a merger of the Company with or into another corporation or other entity or a Change in Control, each outstanding Award will be treated as the Administrator determines (subject to the provisions of the following paragraph) without a

 

-12-


Participant’s consent, including, without limitation, that (i) Awards will be assumed, or substantially equivalent Awards will be substituted, by the acquiring or succeeding corporation (or an affiliate thereof) with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices; (ii) upon written notice to a Participant, that the Participant’s Awards will terminate upon or immediately prior to the consummation of such merger or Change in Control; (iii) outstanding Awards will vest and become exercisable, realizable, or payable, or restrictions applicable to an Award will lapse, in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of such merger or Change in Control, and, to the extent the Administrator determines, terminate upon or immediately prior to the effectiveness of such merger or Change in Control; (iv) (A) the termination of an Award in exchange for an amount of cash and/or property, if any, equal to the amount that would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of the date of the occurrence of the transaction the Administrator determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (B) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; or (v) any combination of the foregoing. In taking any of the actions permitted under this subsection 13(c), the Administrator will not be obligated to treat all Awards, all Awards held by a Participant, or all Awards of the same type, similarly.

In the event that the successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the Award (or portion thereof), the Participant will fully vest in and have the right to exercise all of his or her outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, including Shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested or exercisable, all restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units will lapse, and, with respect to Awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels and all other terms and conditions met. In addition, if an Option or Stock Appreciation Right is not assumed or substituted in the event of a merger or Change in Control, the Administrator will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, and the Option or Stock Appreciation Right will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

For the purposes of this subsection 13(c), an Award will be considered assumed if, following the merger or Change in Control, the Award confers the right to purchase or receive, for each Share subject to the Award immediately prior to the merger or Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash, or other securities or property) received in the merger or Change in Control by holders of Common Stock for each Share held on the effective date of the transaction (and if holders were offered a choice of consideration, the type of consideration chosen by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares); provided, however, that if such consideration received in the merger or Change in Control is not solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent, the Administrator may, with the consent of the successor corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon the exercise of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right or upon the payout of a Restricted Stock Unit, for each Share subject to such Award, to be solely common stock of the successor corporation or its Parent equal in fair market value to the per share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the merger or Change in Control.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, an Award that vests, is earned or paid-out upon the satisfaction of one or more performance goals will not be considered

 

-13-


assumed if the Company or its successor modifies any of such performance goals without the Participant’s consent; provided, however, a modification to such performance goals only to reflect the successor corporation’s post-Change in Control corporate structure will not be deemed to invalidate an otherwise valid Award assumption.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 13(c) to the contrary, if a payment under an Award Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and if the change in control definition contained in the Award Agreement does not comply with the definition of “change of control” for purposes of a distribution under Code Section 409A, then any payment of an amount that is otherwise accelerated under this Section will be delayed until the earliest time that such payment would be permissible under Code Section 409A without triggering any penalties applicable under Code Section 409A.

14.    Tax Withholding.

(a)    Withholding Requirements. Prior to the delivery of any Shares or cash pursuant to an Award (or exercise thereof), the Company will have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, local, foreign or other taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required to be withheld with respect to such Award (or exercise thereof).

(b)    Withholding Arrangements. The Administrator, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time, may permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (iii) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the statutory amount required to be withheld, provided the delivery of such Shares will not result in any adverse accounting consequences, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion, or (iv) selling a sufficient number of Shares otherwise deliverable to the Participant through such means as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion (whether through a broker or otherwise) equal to the amount required to be withheld. The amount of the withholding requirement will be deemed to include any amount which the Administrator agrees may be withheld at the time the election is made, not to exceed the amount determined by using the maximum federal, state or local marginal income tax rates applicable to the Participant with respect to the Award on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined. The Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld or delivered will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld.

15.    No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any Award will confer upon a Participant any right with respect to continuing the Participant’s relationship as a Service Provider with the Company, nor will they interfere in any way with the Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws.

16.    Date of Grant. The date of grant of an Award will be, for all purposes, the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Award, or such other later date as is determined by the Administrator. Notice of the determination will be provided to each Participant within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

-14-


17.    Term of Plan. Subject to Section 21 of the Plan, the Plan will become effective upon its adoption by the Board. Unless sooner terminated under Section 18, it will continue in effect for a term of ten (10) years from the later of (a) the effective date of the Plan, or (b) the earlier of the most recent Board or stockholder approval of an increase in the number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan.

18.    Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

(a)    Amendment and Termination. The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Plan.

(b)    Stockholder Approval. The Company will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws.

(c)    Effect of Amendment or Termination. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of the Plan will impair the rights of any Participant, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Participant and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Participant and the Company. Termination of the Plan will not affect the Administrator’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it hereunder with respect to Awards granted under the Plan prior to the date of such termination.

19.    Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares.

(a)    Legal Compliance. Shares will not be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award unless the exercise of such Award and the issuance and delivery of such Shares will comply with Applicable Laws and will be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

(b)    Investment Representations. As a condition to the exercise of an Award, the Company may require the person exercising such Award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required.

20.    Inability to Obtain Authority. The inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company’s counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, will relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority will not have been obtained.

21.    Stockholder Approval. The Plan will be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board. Such stockholder approval will be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under Applicable Laws.

22.    Information to Participants. Beginning on the earlier of (i) the date that the aggregate number of Participants under this Plan is five hundred (500) or more and the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act and (ii) the date that the Company is required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and

 

-15-


until such time as the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or is no longer required to deliver information to Participants pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, the Company shall provide to each Participant the information described in paragraphs (e)(3), (4), and (5) of Rule 701 under the Securities Act not less frequently than every six (6) months with the financial statements being not more than 180 days old and with such information provided either by physical or electronic delivery to the Participants or by written notice to the Participants of the availability of the information on an Internet site that may be password-protected and of any password needed to access the information. The Company may request that Participants agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential. If a Participant does not agree to keep the information to be provided pursuant to this section confidential, then the Company will not be required to provide the information unless otherwise required pursuant to Rule 12h-1(f)(1) under the Exchange Act or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

-16-


ARCELLX, INC.

AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO 2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

This Amendment No. 5 to the Arcellx, Inc. 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (this “Amendment”) is effective as of April 9, 2021, and amends the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended, the “Plan”) pursuant to Section 18 of the Plan.

Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Amendment, all capitalized words or phrases or other defined terms used in this Amendment will have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.

Section 3(a) of the Plan is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be subject to Awards and sold under the Plan is 42,870,211 Shares. The Shares may be authorized but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.”

Except as set forth herein, the Plan shall remain in full force and effect without modification.

(Signature Page Follows)


I hereby certify that the foregoing Amendment was duly approved by the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of Arcellx, Inc. effective as of the date set forth above.

 

By:  

/s/ Rami Elghandour

  Rami Elghandour
  President and Chief Executive Officer


ARCELLX, INC.

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Stock Option Agreement (the “Option Agreement”).

 

I.

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

Name:    «Name»
Address:    «Address»
     «City_State_Zip»

The undersigned Participant has been granted an Option to purchase Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, as follows:

 

Date of Grant:    «Grant_Date»
Vesting Commencement Date:    «Vest_Date»
Exercise Price per Share:    $ «Price_Per_Share»
Total Number of Shares Granted:    «Shares»
Total Exercise Price:    $ «Total_Price»
Type of Option:    «ISO» Incentive Stock Option
     «NSO» Nonstatutory Stock Option
Term/Expiration Date:    «Expire_Date»

Vesting Schedule:

This Option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, according to the following vesting schedule:

[Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, and one forty-eighth (1/48th) of the Shares subject to the Option shall vest each month thereafter on the same day of the month as the Vesting Commencement Date (and if there is no corresponding day, on the last day of the month), subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each such date.]

 


Termination Period:

This Option shall be exercisable for [three (3) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider, unless such termination is due to Participant’s death or Disability, in which case this Option shall be exercisable for [twelve (12) months] after Participant ceases to be a Service Provider. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, in no event may this Option be exercised after the Term/Expiration Date as provided above and this Option may be subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Option. The Administrator of the Company hereby grants to the Participant named in the Notice of Stock Option Grant in Part I of this Option Agreement (“Participant”), an option (the “Option”) to purchase the number of Shares set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “Exercise Price”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18 of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Option Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

If designated in the Notice of Stock Option Grant as an Incentive Stock Option (“ISO”), this Option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code. Nevertheless, to the extent that it exceeds the $100,000 rule of Code Section 422(d), this Option shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option (“NSO”). Further, if for any reason this Option (or portion thereof) shall not qualify as an ISO, then, to the extent of such nonqualification, such Option (or portion thereof) shall be regarded as a NSO granted under the Plan. In no event shall the Administrator, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or any of their respective employees or directors have any liability to Participant (or any other person) due to the failure of the Option to qualify for any reason as an ISO.

2.    Exercise of Option.

(a)    Right to Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant and with the applicable provisions of the Plan and this Option Agreement.

(b)    Method of Exercise. This Option shall be exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”) or in a manner and pursuant to such procedures as the Administrator may determine, which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate Exercise Price as to all Exercised Shares, together with any applicable tax withholding. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by the aggregate Exercise Price, together with any applicable tax withholding.

No Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such issuance and such exercise comply with Applicable Laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Participant on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

-2-


3.    Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), at the time this Option is exercised, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this Option, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

4.    Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 4 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Option or shares acquired pursuant to the Option shall be bound by this Section 4.

5.    Method of Payment. Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at the election of the Participant:

(a)    cash;

(b)    check;

(c)    consideration received by the Company under a formal cashless exercise program adopted by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

-3-


(d)    surrender of other Shares which (i) shall be valued at its Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, and (ii) must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, if accepting such Shares, in the sole discretion of the Administrator, shall not result in any adverse accounting consequences to the Company.

6.    Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any Applicable Law.

7.    Non-Transferability of Option.

(a)    This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Participant only by Participant. The terms of the Plan and this Option Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Participant.

(b)    Further, until the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or after the Administrator determines that it is, will, or may no longer be relying upon the exemption from registration of Options under the Exchange Act as set forth in Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (the “Reliance End Date”), Participant shall not transfer this Option or, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, in any manner other than (i) to persons who are “family members” (as defined in Rule 701(c)(3) of the Securities Act) through gifts or domestic relations orders, or (ii) to an executor or guardian of Participant upon the death or disability of Participant. Until the Reliance End Date, the Options and, prior to exercise, the Shares subject to this Option, may not be pledged, hypothecated or otherwise transferred or disposed of, including by entering into any short position, any “put equivalent position” or any “call equivalent position” (as defined in Rule 16a-1(h) and Rule 16a-1(b) of the Exchange Act, respectively), other than as permitted in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph.

8.    Term of Option. This Option may be exercised only within the term set out in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, and may be exercised during such term only in accordance with the Plan and the terms of this Option Agreement.

9.    Tax Obligations.

(a)    Tax Withholding. Participant agrees to make appropriate arrangements with the Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary employing or retaining Participant) for the satisfaction of all Federal, state, local and foreign income and employment tax withholding requirements applicable to the Option exercise. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to honor the exercise and refuse to deliver the Shares if such withholding amounts are not delivered at the time of exercise.

(b)    Notice of Disqualifying Disposition of ISO Shares. If the Option granted to Participant herein is an ISO, and if Participant sells or otherwise disposes of any of the Shares acquired pursuant to the ISO on or before the later of (i) the date two (2) years after the Date of Grant, or (ii) the date one (1) year after the date of exercise, Participant shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition. Participant agrees that Participant may be subject to income tax withholding by the Company on the compensation income recognized by Participant.

 

-4-


(c)    Code Section 409A. Under Code Section 409A, an Option that vests after December 31, 2004 (or that vested on or prior to such date but which was materially modified after October 3, 2004) that was granted with a per Share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” An Option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by Participant prior to the exercise of the Option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Participant. Participant acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per Share exercise price of this Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant in a later examination. Participant agrees that if the IRS determines that the Option was granted with a per Share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, Participant shall be solely responsible for Participant’s costs related to such a determination.

10.    Entire Agreement; Governing Law. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Option Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant. This Option Agreement is governed by the internal substantive laws but not the choice of law rules of Delaware.

11.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF SHARES PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS OPTION OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE PARENT OR SUBSIDIARY EMPLOYING OR RETAINING PARTICIPANT) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

 

-5-


Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Option in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Option and fully understands all provisions of the Option. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Option. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     ARCELLX, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

        «Name»

   

 

Print Name     Print Name

        «Address»

   

 

    Title

        «City_State_Zip»

   
Residence Address    

 

-6-


EXHIBIT A

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXERCISE NOTICE

Arcellx, Inc.

25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

Attention: President

1.    Exercise of Option. Effective as of today,             ,         , the undersigned (“Participant”) hereby elects to exercise Participant’s option (the “Option”) to purchase                  shares of the Common Stock (the “Shares”) of Arcellx, Inc. (the “Company”) under and pursuant to the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the Stock Option Agreement dated             ,          (the “Option Agreement”).

2.    Delivery of Payment. Participant herewith delivers to the Company the full purchase price of the Shares, as set forth in the Option Agreement, and any and all withholding taxes due in connection with the exercise of the Option.

3.    Representations of Participant. Participant acknowledges that Participant has received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agrees to abide by and be bound by their terms and conditions.

4.    Rights as Stockholder. Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Common Stock subject to an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Shares shall be issued to Participant as soon as practicable after the Option is exercised in accordance with the Option Agreement. No adjustment shall be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date of issuance except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

5.    Companys Right of First Refusal. Before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 5 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).


(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Purchase Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 5 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 5, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 5 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 5 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 5. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section 5, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 5.

(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

6.    Tax Consultation. Participant understands that Participant may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Participant’s purchase or disposition of the Shares. Participant represents that Participant has consulted with any tax consultants Participant deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Participant is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

-2-


7.    Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a)    Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE EXERCISE NOTICE BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)    Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c)    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Exercise Notice or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

-3-


8.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Exercise Notice to single or multiple assignees, and this Exercise Notice shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Exercise Notice shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

9.    Interpretation. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Exercise Notice shall be submitted by Participant or by the Company forthwith to the Administrator, which shall review such dispute at its next regular meeting. The resolution of such a dispute by the Administrator shall be final and binding on all parties.

10.    Governing Law; Severability. This Exercise Notice is governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Exercise Notice shall continue in full force and effect.

11.    Entire Agreement. The Plan and Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. This Exercise Notice, the Plan, the Option Agreement and the Investment Representation Statement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

 

Submitted by:     Accepted by:
PARTICIPANT     ARCELLX, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

«Name»

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title
Address:    
    Address:

«Address»

   

 

«City_State_Zip»

   

25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

   

 

    Date Received

 

-4-


EXHIBIT B

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :    «Name»
COMPANY    :    ARCELLX, INC.
SECURITY    :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :    «Shares»
DATE    :   

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Option to Participant, the exercise shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold,


subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction,” transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Option, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (i) the availability of current public information about the Company; (ii) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (iii) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

 

Signature

«Name»

Print Name

 

Date

 

-2-


ARCELLX, INC.

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”).

 

I.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

Name:    

Address:    

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

Date of Grant:    

Number of Restricted Stock Units:    

Vesting Commencement Date:

Vesting Schedule:

Subject to any acceleration provisions contained in the Plan or set forth below, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in accordance with the following schedule:

[                    ]

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1.    Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units in Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

 


2.    Company’s Obligation to Pay. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

3.    Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) at the time the Restricted Stock Units are paid to Participant, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the receipt of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

4.    Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to Section 7, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each applicable vesting date.

5.    Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) (such period, the “Lock-Up Period”).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Unit Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be bound by this Section 5.

 

2


6.    Payment after Vesting.

(a)    General Rule. Subject to Section 10, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 6(b), such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

(b)    Acceleration.

(i)    Discretionary Acceleration. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, the payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A. The prior sentence may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Award Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

(ii)    Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement or any other agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Date of Grant), if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a U.S. taxpayer and a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death.

(c)    Section 409A. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits to U.S. taxpayers hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). However, in no event will the Company reimburse Participant, or be otherwise responsible for, any taxes or costs that may be imposed on Participant as a result of Section 409A. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

 

3


7.    Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

8.    Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

9.    Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

10.    Tax Obligations

(a)    Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company or the Employer or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant, (ii) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company (or Employer), the Company’s (or Employer’s) fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or sale of Shares, and (iii) any other Company (or Employer) taxes the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Restricted Stock Units (or settlement thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant

 

4


acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.

(b)    Tax Withholding and Default Method of Tax Withholding. When Shares are issued as payment for vested Restricted Stock Units, Participant generally will recognize immediate U.S. taxable income if Participant is a U.S. taxpayer. If Participant is a non-U.S. taxpayer, Participant will be subject to applicable taxes in his or her jurisdiction. The minimum amount of Tax Obligations which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to this Award (“Tax Withholding Obligation”) will be satisfied by Shares being sold on Participant’s behalf at the prevailing market price pursuant to such procedures as the Company may specify from time to time, including through a broker-assisted arrangement (it being understood that the Shares to be sold must have vested pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan). The proceeds from the sale will be used to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation arising with respect to this Award. In addition to Shares sold to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation, additional Shares will be sold to satisfy any associated broker or other fees. Only whole Shares will be sold to satisfy any Tax Withholding Obligation and any associated broker or other fees. Any proceeds from the sale of Shares in excess of the Tax Withholding Obligation and any associated broker or other fees will be paid to Participant in accordance with procedures the Company may specify from time to time. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly consents to the sale of Shares to cover the Tax Withholding Obligation (and any associated broker or other fees) and agrees and acknowledges that Participant may not satisfy them by any means other than such sale of Shares, unless required to do so by the Administrator or pursuant to the Administrator’s express written consent.

(c)    Administrator Discretion. If the Administrator determines that Participant cannot satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation through the default procedure described in Section 8(b) or the Administrator otherwise determines it is in the best interests of the Company for Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by a method other than through the default procedure described in Section 8(b), it may permit or require Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences), (iii) withholding the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer, (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that have vested with a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences), or (v) such other means as the Administrator deems appropriate. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax Obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant.

 

5


(d)    Company’s Obligation to Deliver Shares. For clarification purposes, in no event will the Company issue Participant any Shares unless and until arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator have been made for the payment of Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Tax Withholding Obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 4 or 6 or Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligations otherwise become due, Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units to which Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation relates and any right to receive Shares thereunder and such Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares if such Tax Obligations are not delivered at the time they are due.

11.    Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

12.    No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE EMPLOYER) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE EMPLOYER) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

13.    Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 9, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

14.    Companys Right of First Refusal. Subject to Section 13, before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 14 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

 

6


(a)    Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

(b)    Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c)    Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 14 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d)    Payment. Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e)    Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 14, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 14 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f)    Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 14. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, including this Section 14, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.

 

7


(g)    Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

15.    Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a)    Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below, or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b)    Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

8


(c)    Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Award Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

16.    Restrictions on Sale of Securities. Any sale of the Shares issued under this Award Agreement will be subject to any market blackout-period that may be imposed by the Company and must comply with the Company’s insider trading policies and other Applicable Laws.

17.    Nature of Grant. In accepting the grant, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a)    the grant of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

(b)    all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c)    Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d)    the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e)    the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f)    the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted;

(g)    for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later to be found invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

 

9


(h)    unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company or exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

(i)    the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

(i)    the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

(ii)    Participant acknowledges and agrees that none of the Company, the Employer or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement; and

(iii)    no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

18.    No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

19.    Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address

 

10


and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

20.    Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Arcellx, Inc. 25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A, Gaithersburg, MD 20878, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

21.    Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

11


22.    No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Award Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Award Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

23.    Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Award Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Award Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Award Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

24.    Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

25.    Language. If Participant has received this Award Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

26.    Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

27.    Modifications to the Award Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

12


Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

28.    Governing Law; Severability. This Award Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units are governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Award Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

29.    Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the exhibits and addendums referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

30.    Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Award Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Award of Restricted Stock Units (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum, to the extent applicable, constitutes part of this Award Agreement.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     ARCELLX, INC.

 

   

 

Signature     By

«Name»

   

 

Print Name     Print Name
   

 

    Title
Address:    

«Address»

   
   

«CityStateZip»

   

 

13


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :      «NAME»
COMPANY    :      ARCELLX, INC.
SECURITY    :      COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :                                               
DATE    :                                               

In connection with the receipt of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a)    Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b)    Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c)    Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Unit Award to Participant, the receipt of the Securities shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require)


the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Unit Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (1) the availability of current public information about the Company; (2) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (3) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d)    Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

                     

Signature

«Name»

Print Name

     

Date

 

2

Exhibit 10.5

ARCELLX, INC.

CHANGE IN CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change in Control and Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made between Arcellx, Inc. (the “Company”) and [____________] (the “Executive”), effective as of the date of the first sale of common equity securities of the Company to the general public upon the closing of an underwritten public offering (1) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed pursuant to Section 12(b) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) immediately after which such securities are registered on a national securities exchange (as defined under then-applicable United States federal securities laws and regulations) (the “Effective Date”).

This Agreement provides certain protections to the Executive in connection with a change in control of the Company or in connection with the involuntary termination of the Executive’s employment under the circumstances described in this Agreement.

The Company and the Executive agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement. This Agreement will continue indefinitely until terminated by written consent of the parties hereto, or if earlier, upon the date that all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment. The Company and the Executive acknowledge that the Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law.

3. Severance Benefits.

(a) Qualifying Non-CIC Termination. On a Qualifying Non-CIC Termination (as defined below), the Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

(i) Salary Severance. A single, lump sum payment equal to [CEO: the sum of twelve (12) months of the Executive’s Salary and 100% of Executive’s Target Bonus, less applicable withholdings] [CMO, CCO, CTO, CFO, Other CXOs: twelve (12) months of the Executive’s Salary, less applicable withholdings] [VPs: nine (9) months of the Executive’s Salary, less applicable withholdings].

(ii) COBRA Coverage. Subject to Section 3(d), the Company will pay the premiums for coverage under COBRA (as defined below) for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents, if any, at the rates then in effect, subject to any subsequent changes in rates that are generally applicable to the Company’s active employees (the “COBRA Coverage”), until the earliest of (A) a period of [CEO, CMO, CCO, CTO, CFO, Other CXOs: twelve (12)] [VPs: nine (9)] months from the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which the Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable) becomes covered under similar plans, or (C) the date upon which the Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

 


(iii) Prorated Bonus Severance. A single, lump sum payment equal to Executive’s Target Bonus, prorated by multiplying such amount by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of days during which Executive was employed with the Company in the calendar year that the Qualifying Non-CIC Termination occurs, and (y) the denominator of which is three hundred and sixty-five (365).

(iv) [CEO ONLY: Equity Vesting Acceleration. Vesting acceleration (and exercisability, as applicable) as to the shares subject to each of the Executive’s then-outstanding compensatory equity awards issued by the Company which would have vested over the twenty-four (24) month period following the Qualifying Non-CIC Termination pursuant to time-based vesting conditions had Executive remained an employee through such period.]

(b) Qualifying CIC Termination. On a Qualifying CIC Termination, the Executive will be eligible to receive the following payments and benefits from the Company:

(i) Salary Severance. A single, lump sum payment equal to [CEO: the sum of twenty-four (24) months of the Executive’s Salary and 200% of Executive’s Target Bonus, less applicable withholdings] [CMO, CTO, CFO, Other CXOs: the sum of eighteen (18) months of the Executive’s Salary and 150% of Executive’s Target Bonus, less applicable withholdings] [VPs: the sum of twelve (12) months of the Executive’s Salary and 100% of Executive’s Target Bonus, less applicable withholdings].

(ii) COBRA Coverage. Subject to Section 3(d), the Company will provide COBRA Coverage until the earliest of (A) a period of [CEO: twenty-four (24)] [CMO, CTO, CFO, Other CXOs: eighteen (18)] [VPs: twelve (12)] months from the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, (B) the date upon which the Executive (and the Executive’s eligible dependents, as applicable) becomes covered under similar plans, or (C) the date upon which the Executive ceases to be eligible for coverage under COBRA.

(iii) Equity Vesting Acceleration. Vesting acceleration (and exercisability, as applicable) as to 100% of the then-unvested shares subject to each of the Executive’s then-outstanding compensatory equity awards issued by the Company that are subject to time-based vesting conditions. In the case of an equity award subject to performance-based vesting conditions, such equity award will be treated as set forth in the applicable agreement evidencing such equity award.

(c) Termination Other Than a Qualifying Termination. If the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group is not a Qualifying Termination, then the Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits.

(d) Conditions to Receipt of COBRA Coverage. The Executive’s receipt of COBRA Coverage is subject to the Executive electing COBRA continuation coverage within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for the Executive and the Executive’s eligible dependents, if any. If the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA Coverage without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), then in lieu of any COBRA Coverage, the Company will provide to the Executive a taxable monthly payment payable on the last day of a given

 

- 2 -


month (except as provided by the immediately following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that the Executive would be required to pay to continue his or her group health coverage in effect on the date of his or her Qualifying Termination (which amount will be based on the premium rates applicable for the first month of COBRA Coverage for the Executive and any of eligible dependents of the Executive) (each, a “COBRA Replacement Payment”), which COBRA Replacement Payments will be made regardless of whether the Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which the Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount totaling the number of COBRA Replacement Payments equal to the number of months in the applicable COBRA Coverage period. For the avoidance of doubt, the COBRA Replacement Payments may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to any applicable withholdings. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary under this Agreement, if the Company determines in its sole discretion at any time that it cannot provide the COBRA Replacement Payments without violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Executive will not receive the COBRA Replacement Payments or any further COBRA Coverage.

(e) Non-Duplication of Payment or Benefits. For purposes of clarity, in the event of a Qualifying Pre-CIC Termination, any severance payments and benefits to be provided to the Executive under Section 3(b) will be reduced by any amounts that already were provided to the Executive under Section 3(a). Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is entitled to any cash severance, continued health coverage benefits, or vesting acceleration of any equity awards (other than under this Agreement) by operation of applicable law or under a plan, policy, contract, or arrangement sponsored by or to which any member of the Company Group is a party (“Other Benefits”), then the corresponding severance payments and benefits under this Agreement will be reduced by the amount of Other Benefits paid or provided to the Executive.

(f) Death of the Executive. In the event of the Executive’s death before all payments or benefits the Executive is entitled to receive under this Agreement have been provided, the unpaid amounts will be provided to the Executive’s designated beneficiary, if living, or otherwise to the Executive’s personal representative in a single lump sum as soon as possible following the Executive’s death.

(g) Transfer Between Members of the Company Group. For purposes of this Agreement, if the Executive is involuntarily transferred from one member of the Company Group to another, the transfer will not be a termination without Cause but may give the Executive the ability to resign for Good Reason.

(h) Exclusive Remedy. In the event of a termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group, the provisions of this Agreement are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which the Executive may otherwise be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, or in equity. The Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in this Agreement.

4. Accrued Compensation. On any termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company Group, the Executive will be entitled to receive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages, and other benefits due to the Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies, and arrangements.

 

- 3 -


5. Conditions to Receipt of Severance.

(a) Separation Agreement and Release of Claims. The Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon the Executive’s Qualifying Termination under Section 3 is subject to the Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (which may include an agreement not to disparage any member of the Company Group, non-solicit provisions, an agreement to assist in any litigation matters, and other standard terms and conditions) (the “Release” and that requirement, the “Release Requirement”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following the Executive’s Qualifying Termination (the “Release Deadline”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, the Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under Section 3.

(b) Payment Timing. Any lump sum payments under Sections 3(a) and 3(b) will be provided on the first regularly scheduled payroll date of the Company following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable (the “Severance Start Date”), subject to any delay required by Section 5(d) below. Any taxable installments of any COBRA-related severance benefits that otherwise would have been made to the Executive on or before the Severance Start Date will be paid on the Severance Start Date, and any remaining installments thereafter will be provided as specified in the Agreement. Any restricted stock units, performance shares, performance units, and/or similar full value awards that accelerate vesting under Section 3 will be settled, as applicable (x) on a date no later than ten (10) days following the date the Release becomes effective and irrevocable, or (y) if later, in the event of a Qualifying Pre-CIC Termination, on a date no later than the Change in Control.

(c) Return of Company Property. The Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon the Executive’s Qualifying Termination under Section 3 is subject to the Executive returning all documents and other property provided to the Executive by any member of the Company Group (with the exception of a copy of the Company employee handbook and personnel documents specifically relating to the Executive), developed or obtained by the Executive in connection with his or her employment with the Company Group, or otherwise belonging to the Company Group.

(d) Section 409A. The Company intends that all payments and benefits provided under this Agreement or otherwise are exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any guidance promulgated under Section 409A of the Code (collectively, “Section 409A”) so that none of the payments or benefits will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities in this Agreement will be interpreted in accordance with this intent. No payment or benefits to be paid to the Executive, if any, under this Agreement or otherwise, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits that are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A (together, the “Deferred Payments”) will be paid or otherwise provided until the Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. If, at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment, the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, then the payment of the Deferred Payments will be delayed to the extent necessary to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section

 

- 4 -


409A, which generally means that the Executive will receive payment on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date that is six (6) months and one (1) day following the Executive’s termination of employment. The Company reserves the right to amend this Agreement as it considers necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of the Executive or any other individual, to comply with any provision required to avoid the imposition of the additional tax imposed under Section 409A or to otherwise avoid income recognition under Section 409A prior to the actual payment of any benefits or imposition of any additional tax. Each payment, installment, and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will any member of the Company Group reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless the Executive for any taxes, penalties and interest that may be imposed, or other costs that may be incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

(e) Resignation of Officer and Director Positions. The Executive’s receipt of any severance payments or benefits upon the Executive’s Qualifying Termination under Section 3 is subject to the Executive resigning from all officer and director positions with all members of the Company Group and the Executive executing any documents the Company may require in connection with the same.

6. Limitation on Payments.

(a) Reduction of Severance Benefits. If any payment or benefit that the Executive would receive from any Company Group member or any other party whether in connection with the provisions in this Agreement or otherwise (the “Payment”) would (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this sentence, be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then the Payment will be equal to the Best Results Amount. The “Best Results Amount” will be either (x) the full amount of the Payment or (y) a lesser amount that would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax, whichever of those amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local employment taxes, income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the Executive’s receipt, on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting parachute payments is necessary so that the Payment equals the Best Results Amount, reduction will occur in the following order: (A) reduction of cash payments in reverse chronological order (that is, the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering the Excise Tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced); (B) cancellation of equity awards that were granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code in the reverse order of date of grant of the awards (that is, the most recently granted equity awards will be cancelled first); (C) reduction of the accelerated vesting of equity awards in the reverse order of date of grant of the awards (that is, the vesting of the most recently granted equity awards will be cancelled first); and (D) reduction of employee benefits in reverse chronological order (that is, the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering the Excise Tax will be the first benefit to be reduced). In no event will the Executive have any discretion with respect to the ordering of Payment reductions. The Executive will be solely responsible for the payment of all personal tax liability that is incurred as a result of the payments and benefits received under this Agreement, and the Executive will not be reimbursed, indemnified, or held harmless by any member of the Company Group for any of those payments of personal tax liability.

 

- 5 -


(b) Determination of Excise Tax Liability. Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, the Company will select a professional services firm (the “Firm”) to make all determinations required under this Section 6, which determinations will be conclusive and binding upon the Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and the Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm reasonably may request in order to make determinations under this Section 6. The Company will bear the costs and make all payments for the Firm’s services in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section 6. The Company will have no liability to the Executive for the determinations of the Firm.

7. Definitions. The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) “Board” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

(b) “Cause” means

(i) Executive’s material breach of any of Executive’s obligations to the Company or any other member of the Company Group under the terms of Executive’s offer letter or employment agreement with the Company or the Confidentiality Agreement;

(ii) Executive’s gross negligence or willful failure or refusal to perform Executive’s duties;

(iii) any material act of personal dishonesty taken by the Executive and intended to result in substantial personal enrichment of the Executive at the expense of the Company or any other member of the Company Group;

(iv) any willful or intentional act by the Executive that could reasonably be expected to injure the reputation, business or business relationships of the Company or any other member of the Company Group;

(v) perpetration by the Executive of an intentional and knowing fraud against or affecting the Company or any other member of the Company Group or any customer, supplier, client, agent or employee thereof; or

(vi) Executive’s conviction of a felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude;

provided that, with respect to any of the foregoing, the Board shall be required to give the Executive written notice of any termination for “Cause” with a detailed description of the alleged conduct constituting Cause, and the Executive shall be given an opportunity, together with legal counsel, to be heard before the Board within a reasonable period after receipt of such notice, together with a thirty (30) day ability to cure any such conduct, unless such conduct is non-curable.

 

- 6 -


(c) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (“Person”), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, (A) the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company will not be considered a Change in Control, and (B) if the stockholders of the Company immediately before such change in ownership continue to retain immediately after the change in ownership, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately prior to the change in ownership, the direct or indirect beneficial ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company or of the ultimate parent entity of the Company, such event will not be considered a Change in Control under this subsection (i). For this purpose, indirect beneficial ownership will include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities which own the Company, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by members of the Board whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this subsection (ii), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change in Control; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

 

- 7 -


Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change in Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A.

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change in Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(d) “Change in Control Period” means the period beginning three (3) months prior to a Change in Control and ending twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control.

(e) “COBRA” means the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended.

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(g) “Company Group” means the Company and any subsidiaries of the Company.

(h) “Confidentiality Agreement” means the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement executed by the Company and the Executive on [DATE].

(i) “Disability” means a total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

(j) “Good Reason” means the Executive’s resignation within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without the Executive’s consent: (i) a material reduction of the Executive’s authority, title, duties or responsibilities relative to the Executive’s authority, title, duties or responsibilities immediately prior to the reduction; (ii) a reduction by the Company (or its successor) in the Executive’s annual base salary or target bonus, each as in effect immediately prior to such reduction, unless the Company also similarly reduces the annual rate of base cash compensation or annual incentive bonus targets of all other similarly situated employees of the Company; (iii) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement or any other material agreement between the Company and the Executive; or (iv) a material change in the geographic location of the Executive’s primary work facility or location; provided, that a relocation of less than fifty (50) miles from the Executive’s then-present location will not be considered a material change in geographic location. The Executive may not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice of the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for “Good Reason” within ninety (90) days after Executive first learns of the initial existence of the grounds for “Good Reason” and a reasonable cure period of thirty (30) days following the date the Company receives such notice during which such condition must not have been cured.

(k) “Qualifying Pre-CIC Termination” means a Qualifying CIC Termination that occurs prior to the date of the Change in Control.

 

- 8 -


(l) “Qualifying Termination” means [CEO: a termination of the Executive’s employment either (i) by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) or (ii) by the Executive for Good Reason, in either case, during the Change in Control Period (a “Qualifying CIC Termination”) or outside of the Change in Control Period (a “Qualifying Non-CIC Termination”)] [CTO, CFO, CMO, CCO Other CXOs, VPs: (i) outside of the Change in Control Period, a termination of the Executive’s employment by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) (a “Qualifying Non-CIC Termination”) or (ii) during the Change in Control Period, a termination of the Executive’s employment either (A) by a Company Group member without Cause (excluding by reason of Executive’s death or Disability) or (B) by the Executive for Good Reason (a “Qualifying CIC Termination”).

(m) “Salary” means the Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to the Executive’s Qualifying Termination (or if the Qualifying Termination is due to a resignation for Good Reason based on a material reduction in base salary, then the Executive’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the reduction) or, if the Executive’s Qualifying Termination is a Qualifying CIC Termination and the amount is greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

(n) “Target Bonus” means Executive’s annual (or annualized, as applicable) target bonus in effect immediately prior to Executive’s Qualifying Termination or, if Executive’s Qualifying Termination occurs during the Change in Control Period and the amount is greater, Executive’s annual (or annualized, if applicable) target bonus in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control.

8. Successors. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) the heirs, executors, and legal representatives of the Executive upon the Executive’s death, and (b) any successor of the Company. Any such successor of the Company will be deemed substituted for the Company under the terms of this Agreement for all purposes. For this purpose, “successor” means any person, firm, corporation, or other business entity which at any time, whether by purchase, merger, or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company. None of the rights of the Executive to receive any form of compensation payable pursuant to this Agreement may be assigned or transferred except by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Any other attempted assignment, transfer, conveyance, or other disposition of the Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits will be null and void.

9. Notice.

(a) General. All notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and will be effectively given (i) upon actual delivery to the party to be notified, (ii) upon transmission by email, (iii) twenty-four (24) hours after confirmed facsimile transmission, (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with a recognized overnight courier, or (v) three (3) business days after deposit with the U.S. Postal Service by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed (A) if to the Executive, at the address the Executive shall have most recently furnished to the Company in writing, (B) if to the Company, at the following address:

Arcellx, Inc.

25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A

Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878

Attention: Chief People Officer

 

- 9 -


(b) Notice of Termination. Any termination by a Company Group member for Cause will be communicated by a notice of termination to the Executive, and any termination by the Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the Company, in each case given in accordance with Section 9(a) of this Agreement. The notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than thirty (30) days after the giving of the notice.

10. Resignation. The termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason will also constitute, without any further required action by the Executive, the Executive’s voluntary resignation from all officer and/or director positions held at any member of the Company Group, and at the Board’s request, the Executive will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect the resignations.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions.

(a) No Duty to Mitigate. The Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any payment be reduced by any earnings that the Executive may receive from any other source except as specified in Section 3(e).

(b) Waiver; Amendment. No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive) and by the Executive. No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings. All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any other employment letter or agreement, severance policy or program, or equity award agreement.

(e) Choice of Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland without regard to Maryland’s conflicts of law rules that may result in the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than Maryland. To the extent that any lawsuit is permitted under this Agreement, Employee hereby expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Maryland for any lawsuit filed against the Executive by the Company.

(f) Arbitration. Any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone under this Agreement (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from the Executive’s employment with the Company Group, shall be subject to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

- 10 -


(g) Severability. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.

(h) Withholding. All payments and benefits under this Agreement will be paid less applicable withholding taxes. The Company is authorized to withhold from any payments or benefits all federal, state, local, and/or foreign taxes required to be withheld from the payments or benefits and make any other required payroll deductions. No member of the Company Group will pay the Executive’s taxes arising from or relating to any payments or benefits under this Agreement.

(i) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

[Signature page follows.]

 

- 11 -


By its signature below, each of the parties signifies its acceptance of the terms of this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer.

 

COMPANY       ARCELLX, INC.
      By:  

                     

      Title:  
      Date:  
EXECUTIVE      

 

      Date:  

 

- 12 -

Exhibit 10.6

ARCELLX, INC.

EMPLOYEE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1. Purposes of the Plan. The Plan is intended to increase stockholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions.

2.1 “Actual Award” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the authority of the Administrator (as defined in Section 3) under Section 4.4.

2.2 “Administrator” has the meaning ascribed to it under Section 3.1.

2.3 “Affiliate” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) that, from time to time and at the time of any determination, directly or indirectly, is in control of or is controlled by the Company.

2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5 “Bonus Pool” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

2.6 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation or formal guidance of general or direct applicability promulgated under such section or regulation, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

2.7 “Committee” means a committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 3) to administer the Plan.

2.8 “Company” means Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

2.9 “Company Group” means the Company and any Parents, Subsidiaries, and Affiliates.

2.10 “Disability” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Administrator from time to time.


2.11 “Employee” means any executive, officer, or other employee of the Company Group, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

2.12 “Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of the Company.

2.13 “Parent” means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(e).

2.14 “Participant” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Administrator for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period and who has, if so requested by the Company or the employing member of the Company Group, signed an acknowledgement form in the form provided by the Company Group.

2.15 “Performance Period” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Administrator. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Administrator desires to measure some performance criteria over twelve (12) months and other criteria over three (3) months.

2.16 “Plan” means this Employee Incentive Compensation Plan (including any appendix attached hereto), as may be amended from time to time.

2.17 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and/or any state law equivalent as each may be amended or promulgated from time to time.

2.18 “Subsidiary” means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Code Section 424(f), in relation to the Company.

2.19 “Target Award” means the target award, at 100% of target level performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for a Performance Period, as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 4.2.

2.20 “Tax Withholdings” means tax, social insurance and social security liability or premium obligations in connection with the awards under the Plan, including without limitation: (a) all federal, state, and local income, employment and any other taxes (including the Participant’s U.S. Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company Group, (b) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company Group, the fringe benefit tax liability of the Company Group associated with an award under the Plan, and (c) any other taxes or social insurance or social security liabilities or premium the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to such award under the Plan.

2.21 “Termination of Employment” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company Group, including without limitation a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between any members of the Company Group (for example, between the Company and a Subsidiary) will not be deemed a Termination of Employment.

 

-2-


3. Administration of the Plan.

3.1 Administrator. The Plan will be administered by the Board or a Committee (the “Administrator”). The members of any Committee will be appointed from time to time in a manner that satisfies applicable laws by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board. The Board may retain the authority to administer the Plan concurrently with a Committee and may revoke the delegation of some or all authority previously delegated. Different Administrators may administer the Plan with respect to different groups of Employees. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.

3.2 Administrator Authority. It will be the duty of the Administrator to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions and in accordance with applicable law. The Administrator will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (a) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (b) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (c) interpret the Plan and the awards, (d) adopt such procedures, appendices and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are non-U.S. nationals or employed outside of the U.S. or to qualify awards for special tax treatment under the laws of jurisdictions other than the U.S., (e) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (f) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules. Any determinations and decisions made or to be made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan, unless specified otherwise by the Administrator, will be in the Administrator’s sole discretion.

3.3 Decisions Binding. All determinations and decisions made by the Administrator and/or any delegate of the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

3.4 Delegation by Administrator. The Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company. Such delegation may be revoked at any time.

3.5 Indemnification. Each person who is or will have been a member of the Administrator will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (a) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (b) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

-3-


4. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards.

4.1 Selection of Participants. The Administrator will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan will be on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Performance Periods. No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan or, if so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

4.2 Determination of Target Awards. The Administrator may establish a Target Award for each Participant (which may be expressed as a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period or a fixed dollar amount or such other amount or based on such other formula or factors as the Administrator determines).

4.3 Bonus Pool. Each Performance Period, the Administrator may establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool, if a Bonus Pool has been established.

4.4 Discretion to Modify Awards. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Administrator, at any time prior to payment of an Actual Award, may: (a) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (b) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, as determined by the Administrator. The Administrator may determine the amount of any increase, reduction, or elimination based on such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

4.5 Discretion to Determine Criteria. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the performance goals, if any, applicable to any Target Award (or portion thereof) which may include, without limitation, goals related to: (i) research and development, (ii) regulatory milestones or regulatory-related goals, (iii) gross margin, (iv) financial milestones, (v) new product or business development (including geographical expansion) or sales, marketing or other commercial matters, (vi) operating margin, (viii) product release timelines or other product release milestones, (ix) publications, (x) cash flow, (xi) procurement, (xii) savings, (xiii) internal structure, (xiv) leadership development, (xv) project, function or portfolio-specific milestones, (xvi) license or research collaboration agreements, (xvii) capital raising, (xviii) patentability and (xix) individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria.. As determined by the Administrator, the performance goals may be based on U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Administrator for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items and/or payments of Actual Awards under the Plan when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The performance goals may be based on any factors the Administrator determines relevant, including without limitation on an individual, divisional, portfolio, project, business unit, segment or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Administrator determines, including without limitation: (a) in absolute terms, (b) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (c) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results

 

-4-


for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (d) on a per-share basis, (e) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (f) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the applicable performance goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 4.4. The Administrator also may determine that a Target Award (or portion thereof) will not have a performance goal associated with it but instead will be granted (if at all) as determined by the Administrator.

4.6 Appendices and Sub-Plan. The Administrator may determine, at any time prior to payment of an Actual Award, that any Target Award or Actual Award (or portion thereof) are subject to any special provisions set forth in a country-specific appendix (or portion thereof) or sub-plan made available to the Participant in connection with this Award Agreement (as may be amended and/or restated from time to time) (collectively, an “Applicable Appendix”). If the Administrator determines that an Applicable Appendix applies, such terms and conditions supplement, amend and/or supersede the terms of this Plan, provided, however, that no such terms or conditions shall be effective with respect to a Participant who is a U.S. taxpayer or otherwise subject to Section 409A unless such terms and conditions would result in the terms of a Target Award or Actual Award to such Participant remaining exempt or excepted from the requirements of Section 409A pursuant to the “short-term deferral” exception or another exception or exemption under Section 409A, or otherwise complying with Section 409A, in each case such that none of this Plan or Actual Awards provided under this Plan to such Participant will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A.

5. Payment of Awards.

5.1 Right to Receive Payment. Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company Group. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which the Participant may be entitled.

5.2 Timing of Payment. Payment of each Actual Award will be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period to which the Actual Award relates and after the Actual Award is approved by the Administrator, but in no event after the later of (a) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year immediately following the Fiscal Year in which the Participant’s Actual Award first becomes no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, and (b) March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award first becomes no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company Group on the date the Actual Award is paid, and in all cases subject to the Administrator’s discretion pursuant to Section 4.4.

5.3 Form of Payment. Subject to the terms of this Plan, including Section 6.1.2, each Actual Award generally will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum. The Administrator reserves the right to settle an Actual Award with a grant of an equity award with such terms and conditions, including any vesting requirements, as determined by the Administrator.

 

-5-


5.4 Payment in the Event of Death or Disability. If a Termination of Employment occurs due to a Participant’s death or Disability prior to payment of an Actual Award that the Administrator has determined will be paid for a prior Performance Period, then the Actual Award will be paid to the Participant or the Participant’s estate, as the case may be, subject to the Administrator’s discretion pursuant to Section 4.4.

6. General Provisions.

6.1 Tax Matters.

6.1.1 Section 409A. It is the intent that this Plan be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment under this Plan is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). In no event will the Company Group have any liability, obligation, or responsibility to reimburse, indemnify or hold harmless any Participant or other Employee for any taxes, penalties or interest imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Section 409A.

6.1.2 Tax Withholdings. The Company Group will have the right and authority to deduct from any Actual Award all applicable Tax Withholdings. Prior to the payment of an Actual Award or such earlier time as any Tax Withholdings are due, the Company Group is permitted to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company Group, an amount sufficient to satisfy any Tax Withholdings with respect to such Actual Award.

6.2 No Effect on Employment or Service. Neither the Plan nor any award under the Plan will confer upon a Participant any right regarding continuing the Participant’s relationship as an Employee or other service provider to the Company Group, nor will they interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company Group or the Participant to terminate such relationship at any time, with or without cause, to the extent permitted by applicable laws.

6.3 Forfeiture Events.

6.3.1 Clawback Policy; Applicable Laws. All awards under the Plan will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company Group is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable laws. In addition, the Administrator may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions with respect to an award under the Plan as the Administrator determines necessary or appropriate, including without limitation a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired cash, stock, or other property provided with respect to an award. Unless this Section 6.3.1 is specifically mentioned and waived in a written agreement between a Participant and a member of the Company Group or other document, no recovery of compensation under a clawback policy will give the Participant the right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with a member of the Company Group.

 

-6-


6.3.2 Additional Forfeiture Terms. The Administrator may specify when providing for an award under the Plan that the Participant’s rights, payments, and benefits with respect to the award will be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture, or recoupment upon the occurrence of specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of the award. Such events may include, without limitation, termination of the Participant’s status as an Employee for “cause” or any act by a Participant, whether before or after the Participant’s status as an Employee terminates, that would constitute “cause.”

6.3.3 Accounting Restatements. If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, then any Participant who knowingly or through gross negligence engaged in the misconduct, or who knowingly or through gross negligence failed to prevent the misconduct, and any Participant who is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, will reimburse the Company Group the amount of any payment with respect to an award earned or accrued during the twelve (12) month period following the first public issuance or filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement.

6.4 Successors. All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards under the Plan, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

6.5 Nontransferability of Awards. No award under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and except as provided in Section 5.3. All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration.

7.1 Amendment, Suspension, or Termination. The Administrator may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan. Any payments under this Plan, including the method of calculating such payments, do not create any contractual or other acquired right to participate in a similar Plan, receive any similar payments (or benefits in lieu) or have the Participant’s payments calculated in a certain way in the future. The actual or anticipated value of any awards under the Plan will not be taken into account in assessing any other employment benefits or termination payments, including any payments in lieu of notice or severance, except as required by applicable law.

7.2 Duration of Plan. The Plan will commence on the date first adopted by the Board or the Compensation Committee of the Board, and subject to Section 7.1 (regarding the Administrator’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter until terminated.

 

-7-


8. Legal Construction.

8.1 Gender and Number. Unless otherwise indicated by the context, any feminine term used herein also will include the masculine and any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

8.2 Severability. If any provision of the Plan is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason in any jurisdiction or as to any Participant, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision had not been included.

8.3 Governing Law. The Plan and all awards and all determinations made and actions taken under the Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions. For purposes of litigating any dispute that arises under this Plan, a Participant’s acceptance of an award is his or her consent to the jurisdiction of the State of Maryland resides, and agreement that any such litigation will be conducted in Montgomery County, Maryland, or the federal courts for the United States for the District of Maryland, and no other courts, regardless of where a Participant’s services are performed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Applicable Appendix may provide that, with respect to the Participant, the Plan and one or more awards and determinations actions taken under the Plan will be construed in accordance with and governed by, the country where the Participant permanently resides or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such other jurisdiction as the Applicable Appendix may provide, and may provide for consent to jurisdiction, and agreement that litigation will be conducted in, the country where the Participant permanently resides or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such other jurisdiction as the Applicable Appendix may provide.

8.4 Bonus Plan. The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulations section 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

8.5 Headings. Headings are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

9. Compliance with Applicable Laws. Awards under the Plan (including without limitation the granting of such awards) will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

-8-


PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM

You have been designated as a Participant who may be eligible to participate in the Employee Incentive Compensation Plan (“Plan”), subject to meeting the terms of the Plan and this Acknowledgment Form. You must sign and return this Acknowledgment Form to become an eligible Participant in the Plan. Relevant details in relation to your participation in the Plan are set out in the Plan.

By signing below, you acknowledge and agree that you received a copy of the Plan and have read and understand its terms. You acknowledge that you have not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company or any of its affiliates which are not specifically set out in the Plan. You understand that the Plan, your participation in the Plan and any awards made under the Plan are discretionary and that the Company may amend, suspend, replace or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, in its sole discretion in accordance with the terms of the Plan to the full extent permitted under applicable law.

 

Name:  

 

              
Signature:  

 

    Date:  

 

 

-9-

Exhibit 10.7

LEASE

BETWEEN

ARCELLX, INC., AS TENANT

AND

TFG WEST WATKINS PROPERTY, LLC, AS LANDLORD

25, 35 & 45 WEST WATKINS MILL ROAD

GAITHERSBURG, MARYLAND

The submission of an unsigned copy of this document to Tenant for Tenant’s consideration does not constitute an offer to lease the Premises or an option to or for the Premises. This document shall become effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery of this Lease by both Landlord and Tenant.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE 1 BASIC DATA; DEFINITIONS

     1  

1.1

  Basic Data      1  

1.2

  Additional Definitions      3  

1.3

  Enumeration of Exhibits      6  

ARTICLE 2 PREMISES AND APPURTENANT RIGHTS

     7  

2.1

  Lease of Premises      7  

2.2

  Appurtenant Rights and Reservations      7  

ARTICLE 3 BASIC RENT

     9  

3.1

  Payment      9  

ARTICLE 4 CONDITION OF PREMISES

     10  

4.1

  Condition of Premises; Landlord’s Work      10  

ARTICLE 5 USE OF PREMISES

     10  

5.1

  Permitted Use      10  

5.2

  Installations and Alterations by Tenant.      10  

5.3

  Extra Hazardous Use      12  

5.4

  Hazardous Materials      13  

5.5

  Odors and Exhaust      15  

ARTICLE 6 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

     16  

6.1

  Prohibition      16  

6.2

  Landlord’s Consent      17  

6.3

  Acceptance of Rent      18  

6.4

  Excess Payments      18  

6.5

  Intentionally Deleted      19  

6.6

  Further Requirements      19  

ARTICLE 7 RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIRS AND CONDITION OF PREMISES; SERVICES TO BE FURNISHED BY LANDLORD

     19  

7.1

  Landlord Repairs      19  

7.2

  Tenant Repairs; Compliance with Laws      20  

7.3

  Floor Load - Heavy Machinery      21  

7.4

  Utility Services      21  

7.5

  Other Services      22  

7.6

  Interruption of Service      22  

ARTICLE 8 REAL ESTATE TAXES

     23  

8.1

  Payments on Account of Real Estate Taxes      23  

8.2

  Abatement      24  

 

(i)


ARTICLE 9 OPERATING EXPENSES

     25  

9.1

 

Definitions

     25  

9.2

 

Tenant’s Payment of Operating Expenses

     25  

ARTICLE 10 INDEMNITY AND PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE

     26  

10.1

 

Tenant’s Indemnity

     26  

10.2

 

Tenant Insurance

     27  

10.3

 

Tenant’s Risk

     28  

10.4

 

Landlord’s Insurance

     28  

10.5

 

Waiver of Subrogation

     28  

ARTICLE 11 FIRE, EMINENT DOMAIN, ETC

     29  

11.1

 

Landlord’s Right of Termination

     29  

11.2

 

Restoration; Tenant’s Right of Termination

     29  

11.3

 

Abatement of Rent

     30  

11.4

 

Eminent Domain

     30  

ARTICLE 12 HOLDING OVER; SURRENDER

     31  

12.1

 

Holding Over

     31  

12.2

 

Surrender of Premises

     32  

ARTICLE 13 RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEES; TRANSFER OF TITLE

     33  

13.1

 

Rights of Mortgagees or Ground Lessor

     33  

13.2

 

Assignment of Rents and Transfer of Title

     34  

13.3

 

Notice to Mortgagee

     34  

ARTICLE 14 DEFAULT; REMEDIES

     35  

14.1

 

Tenant’s Default

     35  

14.2

 

Landlord’s Remedies

     36  

14.3

 

Additional Rent

     39  

14.4

 

Remedying Defaults

     39  

14.5

 

Remedies Cumulative

     39  

14.6

 

Enforcement Costs

     39  

14.7

 

Waiver

     39  

14.8

 

Security Deposit

     40  

14.9

 

Landlord’s Default

     44  

14.10

 

Independent Covenants

     44  

ARTICLE 15 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     44  

15.1

 

Landlord’s Rights of Access

     44  

15.2

 

Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment

     45  

15.3

 

Landlord’s Liability

     45  

15.4

 

Estoppel Certificate

     46  

15.5

 

Brokerage

     46  

15.6

 

Rules and Regulations

     46  

15.7

 

Financial Statements

     46  

15.8

 

Intentionally Deleted

     47  

 

(ii)


15.9

  Intentionally Deleted      47  

15.10

  Invalidity of Particular Provisions; Saving Clause      47  

15.11

  Provisions Binding, Etc      47  

15.12

  Recording      47  

15.13

  Notice      47  

15.14

  Authority      48  

15.15

  When Lease Becomes Binding; Entire Agreement; Modification      48  

15.16

  Paragraph Headings and Interpretation of Sections      49  

15.17

  Joint and Several Liability; Successors and Assigns      49  

15.18

  Waiver of Jury Trial      49  

15.19

  Reservation      49  

15.20

  Prohibited Persons and Transactions      49  

15.21

  Time Is of the Essence      50  

15.22

  Multiple Counterparts; Entire Agreement      50  

15.23

  Governing Law      50  

ARTICLE 16 OPTION TO EXTEND TERM

     50  

16.1

  Extended Term      50  

16.2

  Determination of Fair Market Rental Value      50  

16.3

  Method for Calculating Fair Market Rental Value      51  

ARTICLE 17 RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

     51  

17.1

  Available Space      51  

17.2

  Landlord’s Offer Notice; Acceptance by Tenant      52  

17.3

  Conditions to Exercise of Right by Tenant      52  

ARTICLE 18 TENANT’S TERMINATION OPTION

     53  

18.1

  Termination Option      53  

18.2

  Termination Fee      53  

EXHIBIT C Work Letter

     C-1  

EXHIBIT D Commencement Date Letter

     D-1  

EXHIBIT E Operating Expenses

     E-1  

EXHIBIT F Rules and Regulations of Building

     F-1  

EXHIBIT G SNDA

     G-1  

 

(iii)


L E A S E

THIS LEASE is dated as of October 5th, 2018 (the “Execution Date”) between the Landlord and the Tenant named below, and is of space in the Building described below.

ARTICLE 1

BASIC DATA; DEFINITIONS

1.1    Basic Data. Each reference in this Lease to any of the following terms shall be construed to incorporate the data for that term set forth in this Section:

Landlord: TFG West Watkins Property, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Landlord’s Notice Address:

TFG West Watkins Property, LLC

c/o Tritower Financial Group, LLC

60 State Street, 22nd Floor

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Attention: Todd Twombly

Tenant: Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Tenant’s Notice Address:

Arcellx, Inc.

25 West Watkins Mill Road

Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878

Attention: CEO

Guarantor: None

Building: That certain building located at and numbered as 25 West Watkins Mill Road, Gaithersburg, Maryland.

Buildings: The Building together with those certain buildings located at and numbered as 35 and 45 West Watkins Mill Road, Gaithersburg, Maryland.

Property: The land located in Gaithersburg, Maryland, together with the Buildings and other improvements thereon, as shown on Exhibit B attached hereto.

Rentable Area of the Building: Agreed to be 32,317 square feet.

Rentable Area of the Buildings: Agreed to be 138,938 square feet.

Premises: The portion of the first (1st) floor of the Building shown on the location plan attached hereto as Exhibit A.

Premises Rentable Area: Agreed to be 13,571 square feet.

 

1


Commencement Date: The date by which Landlord has delivered possession of the Premises to Tenant.

Rent Commencement Date: The date that occurs six (6) months after the Commencement Date (such six (6) month period hereinafter referred to as the “Build-Out Period”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant’s personnel shall occupy all or any part of the Premises for the conduct of its business during the Build-Out Period, such date of occupancy shall, for all purposes of this Lease, be the Rent Commencement Date. Promptly upon the occurrence of the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver a letter designating the Rent Commencement Date substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, but the failure by either party to execute and deliver such a letter shall have no effect on the Rent Commencement Date, as hereinabove determined.

Basic Rent Commencement Date: The date that occurs seven (7) months after the Rent Commencement Date.

Basic Rent: The Basic Rent is as follows:

 

RENTAL PERIOD

   ANNUAL BASIC RENT      MONTHLY PAYMENT  

Lease Year 1*

   $ 447,843.00      $ 37,320.25  

Lease Year 2*

   $ 459,039.08      $ 38,253.26  

Lease Year 3

   $ 470,515.05      $ 39,209.59  

Lease Year 4

   $ 482,277.93      $ 40,189.83  

Lease Year 5

   $ 494,334.88      $ 41,194.57  

Lease Year 6

   $ 506,693.25      $ 42,224.44  

Lease Year 7

   $ 519,360.58      $ 43,280.05  

Lease Year 8

   $ 532,344.59      $ 44,362.05  

Lease Year 9

   $ 545,653.21      $ 45,471.10  

Lease Year 10

   $ 559,294.54      $ 46,607.88  

Lease Year 11

   $ 573,276.90      $ 47,773.08  

 

*

Subject to Section 3.1, below.

Tenant’s Proportionate Share: 9.76% (which is based on the ratio of (a) Premises Rentable Area to (b) Rentable Area of the Buildings).

Tenant’s Building Share: 41.99% (which is based on the ratio of the (a) Premises Rentable Area to (b) Rentable Area of the Building).

Security Deposit: $111,960.75, to be held and disposed of as provided in Section 14.8.

Term: The period commencing on the Commencement Date and expiring at the close of the last day of the one hundred twenty sixth (126th) full calendar month thereafter, including any partial month, if applicable. The Term shall include any extension thereof that is expressly provided for by this Lease that is effected strictly in accordance with this Lease; if no extension of the Term is expressly provided for by this Lease, no right to extend the Term shall be implied by this provision.

 

2


Initial General Liability Insurance: $5,000,000 aggregate (combined single limit) for property damage, bodily injury or death.

Permitted Use: General office, laboratory, and research and development uses (and uses customarily accessory to the foregoing), all in accordance with all applicable Laws, in compliance with the use and occupancy certificate issued for the Building, and consistent with the character of a first class office/laboratory building.

1.2    Additional Definitions. When used in Lease, the capitalized terms set forth below shall bear the meanings set forth below.

Adequate Assurance of Future Performance: As defined in Section 14.2.

Additional Rent: All charges and sums payable by Tenant as set forth in this Lease, other than and in addition to Basic Rent.

Allowance: As defined in Section 5.2(g).

Alterations: As defined in Section 5.2.

Bankruptcy Code: As defined in Section 14.1.

Base Building: Shall mean all of the Structural Elements (as hereinafter defined) of the Building, the roof, the common building and core facilities of the Building, and the Base Building Systems serving the Building, but shall not include any Improvements relating to the Premises (whether existing or constructed by Landlord or Tenant), Alterations, the distribution portions of Base Building Systems which exclusively serve the Premises (whether located in the Premises or other areas of the Building), or other fixtures or personal property installed by or on behalf of Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant.

Base Building Systems: Shall mean the mechanical, gas, electrical, sanitary, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, plumbing, fire control and suppression, sprinkler/life safety and security systems (to the extent installed by Landlord), the common acid neutralization system and tempered water system, and other common service systems of the Building.

Brokers: Scheer Partners (representing Landlord and Tenant)

Business Day: All days except Saturdays, Sundays, New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Columbus Day, Veteran’s Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and any other weekday on which banks in Gaithersburg, Maryland are required to be closed.

Claims: As defined in Section 5.4(a).

Common Facilities: As defined in Section 2.2.

Comparable Buildings: Buildings in the MD-355/I-270 Montgomery County Technology Corridor of an age, size, quality, condition, offered amenities, use and type of building systems comparable to that of the Building.

Default Interest Rate: As defined in Section 3.1(a).

 

3


Electric Meter: As defined in Section 7.4(a).

Environmental Condition: Any disposal, release or threat of release of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Building or the Property or storage of Hazardous Materials on, from or about the Building or the Property.

Environmental Laws: All local, state and federal environmental, health and/or safety-related laws, statutes, orders, standards, courts’ decisions, ordinances, rules and regulations (as interpreted by judicial and administrative decisions), decrees, directives, guidelines, permits or permit conditions, currently existing and as amended, enacted, issued or adopted in the future which are or become applicable to all or any portion of the Property, including, without limitation, the Environment Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland (“Environmental Code”), the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq., the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §2061 et seq., the Federal Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §1251, the Federal Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §7401 et seq., and the Hazardous Material Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. 1801, et seq.

Event of Default: As defined in Section 14.1.

Exit Survey: As defined in Section 12.2(a).

Extended Term: As defined in Section 16.1.

Exterior Building Signage: As defined in Section 2.2(e).

Fair Market Rental Value: As defined in Section 16.3.

Force Majeure: Collectively and individually, strikes, lockouts or other labor trouble, fire or other casualty, acts of God, governmental preemption of priorities or other controls in connection with a national or other public emergency or shortages of fuel, supplies or labor resulting therefrom, unusually adverse weather conditions, fire or other casualty, acts of terrorism or bioterrorism, civil commotion, or any other cause, whether similar or dissimilar, beyond the reasonable control of the party required to perform an obligation.

Gas Meter: As defined in Section 7.4(b).

Generator: As defined in Section 2.2(g).

Generator Area: As defined in Section 2.2(g).

Hazardous Materials: Shall mean chemicals, contaminants, pollutants, flammables, explosives, materials, wastes or other substances defined, determined or identified as hazardous or toxic under or otherwise controlled pursuant to any Environmental Laws, including, without limitation, any “oil,” “hazardous material,” “hazardous waste,” “hazardous substance” or “chemical substance or mixture”, as the foregoing terms (in quotations) are defined in any Environmental Laws, any pollutant or contaminant or hazardous, dangerous or toxic chemicals, materials, or substances within the meaning of any Environmental Laws relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning any hazardous, toxic or dangerous waste, substance or material, all as amended or hereafter amended; any petroleum and/or petroleum b-products; any radioactive materials, including any source, special nuclear or byproduct material as defined at 42 U.S.C. Sec. 2011 et seq., as amended or hereafter amended; asbestos in any form or condition; lead-based paint hazards, i.e., any condition that causes exposure to lead from

 

4


lead contaminated dust, lead-contaminated soil, or lead contaminated paint that is deteriorated or present in accessible surfaces, friction surfaces or impact surfaces that would result in adverse human health effects as established by the appropriate Federal or State agency; any oil, petroleum products and their byproducts as defined by Environmental Code, Section 4-401 et seq., as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder; and any “hazardous substance” as defined by the Environmental Code Section 7-101, et seq., as amended from time to time, and regulations promulgated thereunder, which term “hazardous substance” shall include toxic, carcinogenic and flammable substances as defined by the Title 6 of the Environmental Code, as amended from time to time and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Hazardous Materials Documents: As defined in Section 5.4(b).

Improvements: As defined in Section 10.2.

Interim Space: Intentionally deleted.

Landlord Parties: As defined in Section 10.1.

Landlord’s Restoration Work: As defined in Section 11.2.

Landlord’s Work: As defined in Exhibit C.

Laws: All present and future statutes, laws, codes, regulations, ordinances, orders, rules, bylaws, administrative guidelines, requirements, directives and actions of any federal, state or local governmental or quasi-governmental authority, and other legal requirements of whatever kind or nature that are applicable to the Property, including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws and the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (including the Americans With Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities), and any amendments, modifications or changes to any of the foregoing.

Lease Year: Any twelve (12) month period during the Term of the Lease commencing as of the Commencement Date, or as of any anniversary of the Commencement Date, except that if the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month, then (i) the first Lease Year shall further include the partial calendar month in which the first anniversary of the Commencement Date occurs, and (ii) the remaining Lease Years shall be the successive twelve-(12)-month periods following the end of such first Lease Year.

OFAC: As defined in Section 15.20.

Operating Expenses: As defined in Section 9.1.

Operating Year: As defined in Section 9.1.

Parking Areas: As defined in Section 2.2(c).

Permitted Transfer: As defined in Section 6.1(b).

Plans: As defined in Exhibit C.

Recapture Date: As defined in Section 6.5.

Rent: Basic Rent and Additional Rent, collectively.

 

5


Rooftop Area: As defined in Section 2.2(f).

Roof Use: As defined in Section 2.2(f).

Rules and Regulations: As defined in Section 2.2.

Specified Restoration Work: As defined in Section 11.2.

Structural Elements: Shall mean the structural (i.e., load bearing) components of the Building’s footings, foundations, exterior structural walls, interior structural columns and other load-bearing elements of the Building.

Substantial Completion Date: As defined in Exhibit C.

Successor Landlord: As defined in Section 13.1.

Superior Lease: As defined in Section 13.1.

Superior Lessor: As defined in Section 13.1.

Superior Mortgage: As defined in Section 13.1.

Superior Mortgagee: As defined in Section 13.1.

Tangible Net Worth: Shall mean total assets minus intangible assets (including, without limitation, goodwill, patents and copyrights) and total liabilities, all as calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Taxes: As defined in Section 8.1.

Tax Year: As defined in Section 8.1.

Tenant’s Removable Property: As defined in Section 5.2.

Tenant’s Restoration Work: As defined in Section 11.2.

Tenant’s Work: As defined in Exhibit C.

Tenant’s Delay: As defined in Exhibit C.

Tenant Party: As defined in Section 5.4(a).

Transfer: As defined in Section 6.1(a).

Transferee: As defined in Section 6.1(a).

Transfer Notice: As defined in Section 6.2(a).

1.3    Enumeration of Exhibits. The following Exhibits are a part of this Lease, are incorporated herein by reference attached hereto, and are to be treated as a part of this Lease for all purposes. Undertakings contained in such Exhibits are agreements on the part of Landlord and Tenant, as the case may be, to perform the obligations stated therein.

Exhibit A – Location Plan of the Premises

Exhibit B – Plan of the Property

Exhibit C – Work Letter

Exhibit D – Commencement Date Letter

Exhibit E – Operating Expenses

Exhibit F – Rules and Regulations

Exhibit G – SNDA

 

6


ARTICLE 2

PREMISES AND APPURTENANT RIGHTS

2.1    Lease of Premises. Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises for the Term and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

2.2    Appurtenant Rights and Reservations

(a)    Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the non-exclusive license to use, and permit its invitees to use in common with Landlord and others, (i) public or common lobbies, hallways, stairways and common walkways necessary for access to the Building and the Premises, and if the portion of the Premises on any floor includes less than the entire floor, the common toilets, corridors and lobbies of such floor, each as made available by Landlord from time to time for use in common by tenants of the Building; (ii) the access roads, driveways, parking areas, loading areas, pedestrian sidewalks, landscaped areas, trash enclosures; (iii) the autoclave and glasswasher installed as part of Landlord’s Work, as more particularly described in Exhibit C, and other areas or facilities, if any, which are located in or on the Property and designated by Landlord from time to time for the non-exclusive use of tenants and other occupants of the Property (the “Common Facilities”); but such rights shall always be subject to reasonable rules and regulations from time to time established by Landlord pursuant to Section 15.6 (the “Rules and Regulations”) and to the right of Landlord to designate and change from time to time such areas and facilities so to be used (provided that such changes do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights and do not materially increase the obligations or materially decrease the rights of Tenant under this Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Lease contained, Landlord has no obligation to allow any particular telecommunication service provider to have access to the Building or to the Premises. If Landlord permits such access, Landlord may condition such access upon the payment to Landlord by the service provider of fees assessed by Landlord in its sole discretion

(b)    Excepted and excluded from the Premises and the Common Facilities are the floor slab, demising walls and perimeter walls and exterior windows (except the inner surfaces of each thereof), and any space in the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, but the entry doors (and related glass and finish work) to the Premises are a part thereof. Landlord shall have the right to place in the Premises (but in such manner as to reduce to a minimum interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises and only to the extent reasonably necessary) interior storm windows, sun control devices, utility lines, equipment, stacks, pipes, conduits, ducts and the like. In the event that Tenant shall install any hung ceilings or walls in the Premises, Tenant shall install and maintain, as Landlord may reasonably require, proper access panels therein to afford access to any facilities above the ceiling or within or behind the walls. Tenant shall be entitled to install any such ceilings or walls only in compliance with the other terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall have no right to access and use the fan, meter and sprinkler rooms, janitorial, electrical, telephone and telecommunications closets, conduits, risers, plenum spaces, roof access ladders and other service areas of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

7


(c)    Tenant shall have the license, on an unreserved, non-exclusive basis (except as otherwise set forth herein), to park in the portions of the surface parking area on the Property shown on the plan attached hereto as Exhibit H (collectively, the “Parking Areas”), in common with other tenants of the Buildings upon such terms and conditions as may be reasonably established by Landlord from time to time during the Term of this Lease. Tenant agrees not to overburden the Parking Areas and agrees to cooperate with Landlord and other tenants in use of the Parking Areas. For purposes of determining whether Tenant is overburdening the Parking Areas, Tenant shall be deemed to have a parking allocation of forty-one (41) parking spaces (which is based on a ratio of three (3) parking spaces for each one thousand (1,000) square feet of Premises Rentable Area), of which thirty-six (36) shall be unreserved and five (5) shall be reserved parking spaces in a mutually agreeable location. Tenant shall have the right to park in such allocated parking spaces regardless of how the remaining parking spaces are allocated to other tenants of the Buildings. Subject to such allocation, Landlord reserves the right in its sole, but reasonable, discretion to determine whether the Parking Areas are becoming overburdened. Landlord shall have the absolute right (i) to allocate and assign parking spaces among some or all of the tenants of the Buildings (and Tenant shall comply with any such parking assignments), (ii) to reconfigure the Parking Areas, and/or (iii) to modify the existing ingress to and egress from the Parking Areas as Landlord shall deem appropriate, as long as access to such Parking Areas is maintained after such modification is completed and further provided that Tenant’s parking allocation is not reduced. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator in which case such parking operator shall have all the rights attributed hereby to Landlord. The parking rights allocated to Tenant pursuant to this Lease are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such rights may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval. The parking spaces initially will not be separately identified; however Landlord reserves the right to separately identify by signs or other markings the area or parking spaces to which Tenant’s parking rights relate. Landlord shall have no obligation to monitor the use of the Parking Areas, nor shall Landlord be responsible for any loss or damage to any vehicle or other property or for any injury to any person. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which may be adopted by Landlord from time to time with respect to parking and/or the Parking Areas. In the event Landlord elects, or is required by any Law, to limit or control parking, whether by validation of parking tickets or any other method of assessment, Tenant agrees to participate in such validation or assessment program under such rules and regulations as are from time to time established by Landlord, provided that in no event shall any such rules and regulations require the payment of fees for the use of the Parking Areas. In no event shall Tenant be required to pay a separate fee in connection with Tenant’s right to use the Parking Areas as set forth in this paragraph.

(d)    The designation or use from time-to-time of portions of the Property as Common Facilities shall not restrict Landlord’s use of such areas for buildings, structures and/or for retail or such other purposes in connection with and consistent with the operations of the Property as Landlord shall determine, Landlord hereby reserving the unrestricted right to build, add to, subtract from, lease, license, relocate and/or otherwise use (temporarily and/or permanently), any buildings, kiosks, other structures, parking areas, roadways or other areas or facilities anywhere upon the Property for such other purposes as Landlord shall determine, provided that the same do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s right to use the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s parking rights and do not materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(e)    Except for the Exterior Building Signage (as hereinafter defined), Tenant will not place on the exterior of the Premises (including both interior and exterior surfaces of doors and interior surfaces of windows) or on any part of the Building outside the Premises, any sign, symbol, advertisement or the like visible to public view outside of the Premises. For so long as no Event of Default exists hereunder, Tenant shall be permitted, at Tenant’s expense, to install an exterior sign containing Tenant’s (or in lieu thereof, a Permitted Transferee’s) name and logo on the exterior of the

 

8


Building in the location and dimensions shown on Exhibit I attached hereto (the “Exterior Building Signage”). The design, lighting, proportions, method of installation and color of such Exterior Building Signage shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and shall be further subject to (i) all applicable Laws and (ii) Tenant obtaining all necessary permits and approvals therefor prior to installation of the same (including any approvals required by the Bennington Community Association). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to repair, at Tenant’s expense, any damage caused to the Building by the installation, modification, or removal of the Exterior Building Signage (it being agreed that Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove the same at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term) and to restore any areas of the Building impacted by installation or removal of the Exterior Building Signage. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Tenant’s right to the Exterior Building Signage pursuant to this Section 2.2(e) is not on an exclusive basis and that Landlord may grant other tenants in the Property the right to signage on the Property and/or Buildings. In the event Tenant fails to satisfy the conditions set forth in the first sentence of this Section 2.2(e), Tenant agrees that, if requested by Landlord, it shall promptly remove the Exterior Building Signage at Tenant’s expense. The right to the Exterior Building Signage granted pursuant to this Section 2.2(e) may not be transferred to any third party occupying the Premises, except for any Permitted Transferee, without the prior approval of Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned).

ARTICLE 3

BASIC RENT

3.1    Payment.

(a)    Tenant shall pay Basic Rent and Additional Rent to Landlord, or as directed by Landlord, without offset, abatement (except as provided in Section 11.3), deduction or demand. Basic Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments, commencing on the Basic Rent Commencement Date, in advance, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term of this Lease, to Landlord at Landlord’s Notice Address or at such other place as Landlord shall from time to time designate by notice, in lawful money of the United States. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first monthly installment of Basic Rent shall be paid to Landlord upon execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant. In the event that any installment of Basic Rent or any payment of Additional Rent is not paid when due, Tenant shall pay, in addition to any charges under Section 14.3, at Landlord’s request an administrative fee equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue payment. In addition to the foregoing, if payment of Basic Rent or Additional Rent or other charges due under this Lease is not made within ten (10) days after the date due, such past due amount shall bear interest from the date due until paid at a rate equal to the lesser of (i) a rate equal to eight percent (8%) and (ii) the highest rate permitted to be charged by applicable Law (the “Default Interest Rate”). Landlord and Tenant agree that all amounts due from Tenant under or in respect of this Lease, whether labeled Basic Rent, Additional Rent or otherwise, shall be considered as rental reserved under this Lease for all purposes, including without limitation regulations promulgated pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code, and including further without limitation Section 502(b) thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first (1st) late payment of Rent in any given twelve (12) month period shall not incur an administrative fee or interest if, within five (5) days after written notice from Landlord, Tenant pays any overdue balance in full.

(b)    Basic Rent for any partial month shall be pro-rated on a daily basis, and if the first day on which Tenant must pay Basic Rent shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, the first payment which Tenant shall make to Landlord shall be equal to a proportionate part of the monthly installment of Basic Rent for the partial month from the first day on which Tenant must pay Basic Rent to the last day of the month in which such day occurs, plus the installment of Basic Rent for the succeeding calendar month.

 

9


ARTICLE 4

CONDITION OF PREMISES

4.1    Condition of Premises; Landlords Work. Except for Landlord’s Work, to be performed by Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit C, the Premises are being leased in their present condition, AS IS, WITHOUT REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY by Landlord. Except for Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any alterations or to make any improvements to the Premises to prepare them for Tenant’s occupancy. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant has inspected the Premises and Common Facilities and has found the same satisfactory. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing during the Build-Out Period of any failure of any of the Base Building Systems serving the Premises, excluding those systems or components installed in connection with Landlord’s Work, to function in good working order and repair relative to how said system is designed to function and how the same (or a substantially similar) system would be expected to function in a comparable building, and Landlord (or Landlord’s contractor) determines in its reasonable discretion that the applicable defect existed prior to the Commencement Date and was not cause by the acts or omissions of Tenant, then Landlord shall repair or otherwise correct such failure at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (and not as an Operating Expense).

ARTICLE 5

USE OF PREMISES

5.1    Permitted Use. Tenant agrees that the Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant only for Permitted Use and for no other use without Landlord’s express written consent. Tenant shall not perform any act or carry on any practice which may injure the Premises, or any other part of the Buildings, or cause any offensive odors or loud noise or constitute a nuisance or a menace to any other tenant or tenants or other persons in the Buildings.

5.2    Installations and Alterations by Tenant.

(a)    Excluding the Tenant’s Work (the performance of which is instead subject to Exhibit C), Tenant shall make no alterations, additions (including, for the purposes hereof, wall-to-wall carpeting), or improvements (collectively, “Alterations”) in or to the Premises or any Base Building Systems serving the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed with respect to non-structural Alterations that do not affect or involve any portion of the Base Building or the Base Building Systems. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may construct non-structural Alterations in the Premises that do not adversely affect the Structural Elements or the Base Building Systems or safety of the Building without Landlord’s prior approval or notice to Landlord, if the cost of any such project does not exceed Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000). Any Alterations shall be in accordance with Landlord’s Rules and Regulations from time to time in effect and with plans and specifications meeting the requirements set forth in such Rules and Regulations and approved in advance by Landlord. All Alterations shall (i) be performed in a good and workmanlike manner using only new and only quality materials and in compliance with all applicable Laws; (ii) be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense; (iii) become part of the Premises and the property of Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease unless Landlord otherwise notifies Tenant such Alteration must be removed as provided in Section 5.2(e) below; (iv) be made by contractors and subcontractors approved in advance by Landlord; and (v) be coordinated with any work being

 

10


performed by Landlord in such a manner as not to damage the Building or interfere with the management, maintenance or operation of the Building. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall, before any work estimated to cost in excess of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00) is started, secure assurances satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion protecting Landlord against claims arising out of the furnishing of labor and materials for the Alterations. If any Alterations shall involve the removal of fixtures, equipment or other property in the Premises which are not Tenant’s Removable Property, such fixtures, equipment or property shall be promptly replaced by Tenant at its expense. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any review or approval by Landlord of any plans and/or specifications with respect to any Alterations is solely for Landlord’s benefit, and without any representation or warranty whatsoever to Tenant with respect to the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof or otherwise. Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant use Landlord’s designated structural contractor and architect for the Building for the design and performance of any Alterations affecting the Structural Elements and/or that Tenant use Landlord’s designated fire and life safety contractor and engineer for the Building to perform Tenant’s connection to the Building’s fire alarm system or any Alterations that affect the fire alarm or fire/life safety systems in the Building. In connection with Tenant’s performance of any Alterations, Tenant shall pay Landlord a construction oversight fee in an amount equal to one percent (1%) of the costs incurred by Tenant in connection with its performance of any such Alterations.

(b)    All articles of personal property and all business and trade fixtures, furniture, moveable partitions, freestanding cabinet work, machinery and equipment owned or installed by Tenant or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant solely at its expense in the Premises (“Tenant’s Removable Property”) shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, provided that Tenant, at its expense, shall repair any damage to the Building caused by such removal. Landlord shall have no lien or other interest in any item of Tenant’s Removable Property pursuant to this Lease, and to the extent that any Landlord’s lien in Tenant’s Removable Property may arise by Law, Landlord agrees to subordinate such lien and to confirm such subordination to any lender of Tenant by written agreement in form acceptable to Landlord. Any provision of this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the ordering, delivery and installation of any telephone, telephone switching, telephone and data cabling, and Tenant’s Removable Property to be installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises and for the removal of all telephone and data cabling and all other lines installed in the Building by or on behalf of Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

(c)    Notice is hereby given that Landlord shall not be liable for any labor or materials furnished or to be furnished to Tenant upon credit, and that no mechanic’s or other lien for any such labor or materials shall attach to or affect the reversion or other estate or interest of Landlord in and to the Premises, the Building or the Property. To the maximum extent permitted by law, before such time as any contractor commences to perform work on behalf of Tenant, such contractor (and any subcontractors) shall furnish a written statement acknowledging the provisions set forth in the prior clause. Tenant agrees to pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work done on behalf of Tenant, its agents, employees or independent contractors, and not to cause or permit any liens for labor or materials performed or furnished in connection therewith to attach to all or any part of the Property and immediately to discharge any such liens which may so attach. If, notwithstanding the foregoing, any lien is filed against all or any part of the Property for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant or its agents, employees or independent contractors, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall cause such lien to be dissolved promptly after receipt of notice that such lien has been filed, by the payment thereof or by the filing of a bond sufficient to accomplish the foregoing. If Tenant shall fail to discharge any such lien, Landlord may, at its option, discharge such lien and treat the cost thereof (including attorneys’ fees incurred in connection therewith) as Additional Rent payable upon demand, it being expressly agreed that such discharge by Landlord shall not be deemed to waive or release the Event

 

11


of Default in not discharging such lien. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all expenses, liens, claims, liabilities and damages based on or arising, directly or indirectly, by reason of the making of any alterations, additions or improvements by or on behalf of Tenant to the Premises under this Section 5.2, which obligation shall survive the expiration or termination of this Lease.

(d)    Intentionally deleted.

(e)    Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, require Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, to remove any Alterations (including the Security System and those Alterations which constitute Tenant’s Work, as such terms are defined below) in the Premises at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term and repair any damage to the Premises and Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to complete such removal and/or to repair any damage caused by the removal of any Alterations in the Premises, Landlord may do so and may charge the cost thereof to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may, prior to making any Alterations, submit a written request for a determination by Landlord as to whether Tenant will be required to remove the Alterations from the Premises at the expiration of the Term in accordance with this paragraph, in which case Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing at the time that Landlord consents to such Alteration whether, in Landlord’s sole discretion, Tenant will be required to remove the subject Alterations from the Premises at the expiration of the Term. In the event that the Alterations deviate in any manner from the plans for such Alterations as they were consented to by Landlord, Landlord’s removal determination shall not be binding on Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be required to make a removal determination concerning Alterations for which Landlord has already given its consent in accordance with this Article 5. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall Landlord have the right to require Tenant to remove any Alterations in the Premises that constitute normal office improvements.

(f)    Tenant may, at its sole cost and expense and subject to the provisions of this Section 5.2, install an electronic card key system or similar type of security system (“Security System”) within the Premises and/or immediately outside the doors to the Premises for the exclusive use of Tenant and Tenant’s employees. The Security System shall be provided by a company reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a copy of all key codes or access cards to allow Landlord access to the Premises as set forth in this Lease. Additionally, Tenant shall ensure that the Security System shall comply with all applicable Laws, rules and regulations, including all fire safety laws, and in no event shall Landlord be liable for, and Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord and its representatives and agents from and against, any claims, demands, liabilities, causes of action, suits, judgments, damages and expenses arising from the Security System or the malfunctioning thereof in accordance with Tenant’s indemnity obligations set forth herein.

5.3    Extra Hazardous Use. Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant will not do or permit anything to be done in or upon the Premises, or bring in anything or keep anything therein, which shall increase the rate of property or liability insurance on the Premises or the Property above the standard rate applicable to Premises being occupied for the Permitted Use. If the premium or rates payable with respect to any policy or policies of insurance carried by or on behalf of Landlord with respect to the Property increases as a result of any act or activity on or use of the Premises during the Term or payment by the insurer of any claim arising from any act or neglect of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors or invitees, Tenant shall pay such increase, from time to time, within fifteen (15) days after demand therefor by Landlord, as Additional Rent.

 

12


5.4    Hazardous Materials.

(a)    Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Building or the Property in violation of applicable Laws by Tenant or any of its employees, agents, contractors or invitees (collectively with Tenant, each a “Tenant Party”). If (i) Tenant breaches such obligation, (ii) the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Property, any portion thereof, or any adjacent property, (iii) contamination of the Premises otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder as a result of the actions of a Tenant Party, or (iv) contamination of the Property occurs as a result of Hazardous Materials that are placed on or under or are released into the Property by a Tenant Party, then Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages, suits or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements, regardless of whether the applicable demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed) (“Claims”) of any kind or nature, including (w) diminution in value of the Property or any portion thereof, (x) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Property, (y) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Property or any portion thereof and (z) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any governmental authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on, under or about the Property as a result of the actions of a Tenant Party. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Property, any portion thereof or any adjacent property caused by any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Property, any portion thereof or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Property, any portion thereof or any adjacent property to its respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, as and to the extent required by an independent third party state-certified professional with appropriate expertise in such Hazardous Materials cleanup and who is reasonably acceptable to Landlord; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; and provided, further, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Property, any portion thereof or any adjacent property. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.4 shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation.

(b)    Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored in accordance with applicable Laws and Environmental Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord (i) a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Premises that is subject to regulation under any Environmental Laws, (ii) a list of any and all approvals or permits from governmental authorities required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Premises and (iii) correct and complete copies of (x) notices of violations of applicable Laws related to Hazardous Materials and (y) plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Property (provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion) and closure plans or any other documents required by any and all governmental authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Property for the closure of any such

 

13


storage tanks (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Documents”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord updated Hazardous Materials Documents, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of a written request therefor from Landlord, not more often than once per year, unless there are any changes to the Hazardous Materials Documents or Tenant initiates any Alterations or changes its business, in either case in a way that involves any material increase in the types or amounts of Hazardous Materials. For each type of Hazardous Material listed, the Hazardous Materials Documents shall include (t) the chemical name, (u) the material state (e.g., solid, liquid, gas or cryogen), (v) the concentration, (w) the storage amount and storage condition (e.g., in cabinets or not in cabinets), (x) the use amount and use condition (e.g., open use or closed use), (y) the location (e.g., room number or other identification) and (z) if known, the chemical abstract service number. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.4 to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with any Hazardous Materials Documents containing information of a proprietary nature, which Hazardous Materials Documents, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Landlord may, at Tenant’s expense, cause the Hazardous Materials Documents to be reviewed by a person or firm qualified to analyze Hazardous Materials to confirm compliance with the provisions of this Lease and with applicable Laws. In the event that a review of the Hazardous Materials Documents indicates Tenant’s non-compliance with this Lease or applicable Laws (including without limitation any failure by Tenant to cause the Tenant Parties to comply with the requirements of this Lease), Tenant shall, at its expense, diligently take steps to bring its storage and use of Hazardous Materials into compliance. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary or Landlord’s review into Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Documents or use or disposal of hazardous materials, however, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or a Tenant Party’s or Parties’ use or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant is best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

(c)    At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Property or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Property in violation of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

(d)    If storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials installed or utilized by Tenant are located on the Premises, or are hereafter placed on the Premises by Tenant (or by any other party, if such storage tanks are utilized by Tenant), then Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the applicable Laws. Tenant shall have no responsibility or liability for storage tanks installed by anyone other than Tenant unless Tenant utilizes such tanks, in which case Tenant’s responsibility for such tanks shall be as set forth in this Section 5.4.

(e)    Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any actual or suspected presence of mold or water intrusion at the Premises.

(f)    Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials that are Tenant’s responsibility hereunder, Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant and subject to the provisions of Section 12.1.

(g)    Landlord represents that, to the best of its knowledge, Landlord has not received written notice of the presence within the Building and Premises of any Hazardous Materials in violation of applicable Environmental Laws. In the event that (i) any unlawful levels or concentrations of

 

14


Hazardous Materials are found to exist in the Premises, and (ii) applicable laws and regulations require that the same be removed or remediated in order for the Premises to be used for the Permitted Use, and (iii) such Hazardous Materials were not brought into or onto the Premises or released or otherwise introduced by Tenant or by a Tenant Party or Parties, then as between Landlord and Tenant, Landlord hereby agrees to undertake such action as may be required by such applicable law or regulation. Nothing herein shall limit Landlord’s right to pursue any third party or parties (and Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord in such effort) or to contest by any lawful means the removal or remediation requirement or to seek a stay or delay in any enforcement action.

5.5    Odors and Exhaust. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or the Property (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Property) be subjected to odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and the Property will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

(a)    Tenant shall not cause or permit any Tenant Party or Parties to cause (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises or the Rooftop Area.

(b)    Landlord makes no representation or warranty concerning the suitability of any ventilation system existing in the Building as of the Commencement Date for Tenant’s operations in the Premises. To the extent that any such system exists as of the Commencement Date or is otherwise installed pursuant to Exhibit C of this Lease, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time reasonably determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, Tenant shall in compliance with applicable Laws install, upgrade, or repair any such system to provide for adequate ventilation of the Premises. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Property (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors in a reasonable manner that goes beyond the requirements of applicable Laws.

(c)    Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s reasonable judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to substantially remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises or the Rooftop Area. Any work Tenant performs under this Section 5.4 shall constitute Alterations.

(d)    Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term. Landlord’s approval of any future Alterations shall not preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord reasonably requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations.

(e)    If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment as required hereunder within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s demand made at any time pursuant to this Section 5.5, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s reasonable determination, cause such odors,

 

15


fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product or substance causes odors, fumes or exhaust in violation of this Section 5.5, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment reasonably satisfactory to Landlord.

ARTICLE 6

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

6.1    Prohibition.

(a)    Tenant covenants and agrees that neither this Lease nor the term and estate hereby granted, nor any interest herein or therein, will be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, and that neither the Premises nor any part thereof will be encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, or used or occupied or permitted to be used or occupied, by anyone other than Tenant, or for any use or purpose other than a Permitted Use, or be sublet (which term, without limitation, shall include granting of concessions, licenses and the like) in whole or in part, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Landlord (all of the foregoing are hereinafter sometimes referred to collectively as “Transfers” and any person to whom any Transfer is made or sought to be made is hereinafter sometimes referred to as a “Transferee”). Without limiting the foregoing, any agreement pursuant to which: (x) Tenant is relieved from the obligation to pay, or a third party agrees to pay on Tenant’s behalf, all or any portion of the Basic Rent or Additional Rent under this Lease; and/or (y) a third party undertakes or is granted by or on behalf of Tenant the right to assign or attempt to assign this Lease or sublet or attempt to sublet all or any portion of the Premises, shall for all purposes hereof be deemed to be a Transfer of this Lease and subject to the provisions of this Article 6. A Transfer under this Article 6 shall also include a sale or other transfer (by one or more transfers) of any of the following: the voting stock, partnership interests, membership or other equity interests in Tenant (or any other mechanism such as the issuance of additional stock or the creation of additional partnership or membership interests) which results in a change of greater than fifty percent (50%) of such ownership interest of Tenant (a “Change of Control”), as if such transfer were an assignment of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if equity interests in Tenant at any time are or become traded on a national securities exchange (as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), the transfer of equity interests in Tenant on a national securities exchange shall not be deemed an assignment within the meaning of this Article; provided, however, that if Tenant is a corporation the outstanding stock of which is listed on a national securities exchange, then any private purchase or buyout of stock shall be deemed a Change of Control under this Article 6.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required, and Section 6.4 shall not apply to either (x) transactions with an entity into or with which Tenant is merged or consolidated, or to which all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets are transferred, (y) transactions with any entity which controls or is controlled by Tenant or is under common control with Tenant, or (z) a Change of Control (each, a “Permitted Transfer”); provided and only on condition that in any such event:

(i)    the successor to Tenant pursuant to subparts (x) and (z) above has a net worth, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, which is not materially less than the Tangible Net Worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or transfer, and the successor to Tenant pursuant to subpart (y) above has a net worth, computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, sufficient to satisfy Tenant’s remaining obligations under this Lease, as reasonably determined by Landlord,

 

16


(ii)    proof satisfactory to Landlord of the Tangible Net Worth of both the transferee and Tenant shall have been delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such transaction,

(iii)    the transfer is for a valid business purpose of Tenant and is not a subterfuge for the provisions of this Article 6, and

(iv)    the transferee agrees directly with Landlord, by written instrument in form satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion, to be bound by all the obligations of Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation, the covenant against further assignment and subletting.

6.2    Landlords Consent.

(a)    If Tenant desires Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing, which notice (the “Transfer Notice”) shall include (i) the proposed effective date of the Transfer, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of delivery of the Transfer Notice, (ii) a description of the portion of the Premises to be transferred, (iii) all of the terms of the proposed Transfer and the consideration therefor, including the name and address of the proposed Transferee, and an executed copy of all documentation effectuating the proposed Transfer, including all operative documents to evidence such Transfer and all agreements incidental or related to such Transfer, and (iv) current financial statements of the proposed Transferee certified by an officer, partner or owner thereof, business credit and personal references and history of the proposed Transferee and any other information reasonably required by Landlord which will enable Landlord to determine the financial responsibility, character, and reputation of the proposed Transferee, nature of such Transferee’s business and proposed use of the Premises.

(b)    Within fifteen (15) days of after receipt of a Transfer Notice, Landlord shall notify Tenant of its intent to either grant or withhold its consent to the proposed Transfer, said consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, provided and upon condition that:

(i)    There shall not be an Event of Default that remains uncured;

(ii)    In Landlord’s reasonable judgment the proposed Transferee is engaged in a business which is in keeping with the then standards of the Building and Property and the proposed use is limited to the Permitted Use;

(iii)    The proposed Transferee is a reputable entity and has sufficient financial worth and stability in light of the responsibilities to be undertaken, based on evidence provided by Tenant (and others) to Landlord, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion;

(iv)    Neither (A) the proposed Transferee nor (B) any person or entity which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed Transferee, is then an occupant of any part of the Property, and Landlord determines that it will not as of the proposed commencement of the Transfer have adequate available space to meet the Transferee’s needs;

 

17


(v)    The proposed Transferee is not a person or entity with whom Landlord is then, or during the preceding six (6) months has been, actively negotiating to lease space at the Property;

(vi)    The proposed Transfer shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Article 6;

(vii)    Tenant shall not have publicly advertised or publicized in any way the availability of the Premises at rental rate less than the base rent and additional rent at which Landlord is then offering to lease other space located in the Building without prior notice to and approval by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed;

(viii)    With respect to a proposed sublease, the proposed sublease involves, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, a portion of the Premises which is independently leasable space;

(ix)    The holder of any Superior Mortgage and/or Superior Lease, as applicable, consents to such Transfer (to the extent such consent is required pursuant to the applicable lease or financing documents, as the case may be); and

(x)    Neither the identity nor business of the proposed Transferee would cause Landlord to be in violation of any covenant or restriction contained in another lease at the Property.

6.3    Acceptance of Rent. If this Lease is assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of the terms and conditions of the Lease, Landlord may, at any time and from time to time during the pendency of an Event of Default, collect rent and other charges from the Transferee, and apply the net amount collected to the rent and other charges herein reserved, but no such Transfer, collection or modification of any provisions of this Lease shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the Transferee as a tenant or a release of Tenant from the further performance of covenants on the part of Tenant to be performed hereunder. Any consent by Landlord to a particular Transfer or other act for which Landlord’s consent is required under paragraph (a) of Section 6.1 shall not in any way diminish the prohibition stated in paragraph (a) of Section 6.1 as to any further such Transfer or other act or the continuing liability of the original named Tenant. No Transfer hereunder shall relieve Tenant from its obligations hereunder, and Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable therefor. Landlord may revoke any consent by Landlord to a particular Transfer if the Transfer does not provide that the Transferee agrees to be independently bound by and upon all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions and conditions set forth in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be kept and performed.

6.4    Excess Payments. If Tenant assigns this Lease or sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent fifty percent (50%) of the amount, if any, by which (a) any and all compensation received by Tenant as a result of such Transfer, net only of reasonable expenses actually incurred by Tenant in connection with such Transfer for brokerage commissions, attorney’s fees, improvement expenses and allowances, exceeds (b) in the case of an assignment, the Basic Rent and Additional Rent under this Lease, and in the case of a subletting, the portion of the Basic Rent and Additional Rent allocable to the portion of the Premises subject to such subletting. Such payments shall be made on the date the corresponding payments under this Lease are due. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Section shall impose no obligation on Landlord to consent to an assignment of this Lease or a subletting of all or a portion of the Premises.

 

18


6.5    Intentionally Deleted.

6.6    Further Requirements. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand, as Additional Rent, for any out-of-pocket costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by Landlord in connection with any actual or proposed assignment or sublease or other act described in paragraph (a) of Section 6.1, whether or not consummated, including the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant (such costs not to exceed $2,500, provided that Tenant agrees to use Landlord’s standard form of consent without making material changes thereto). Any sublease to which Landlord gives its consent shall not be valid unless and until Tenant and the sublessee execute a consent agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion and a fully executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord. Any sublease shall provide that: (i) the term of the sublease ends no later than one day before the last day of the Term of this Lease; (ii) such sublease is subject and subordinate to this Lease; (iii) Landlord may enforce the provisions of the sublease, including collection of rents during the pendency of an Event of Default; and (iv) in the event of termination of this Lease or reentry or repossession of the Premises by Landlord, Landlord may, at its sole discretion and option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord, but nevertheless Landlord shall not (A) be liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease; (B) be subject to any defense or offset previously accrued in favor of the subtenant against Tenant; or (C) be bound by any previous modification of such sublease made without Landlord’s written consent or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

ARTICLE 7

RESPONSIBILITY FOR REPAIRS AND CONDITION OF PREMISES; SERVICES TO BE

FURNISHED BY LANDLORD

7.1    Landlord Repairs.

(a)    Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord agrees to keep in good order, condition and repair the roof, the Base Building and Base Building Systems (but specifically excluding any equipment or systems (including, without limitation, any heating, ventilation or air conditioning) exclusively serving the Premises, or installed at Tenant’s request or as a result of Tenant’s requirements in excess of Building standard design criteria, including, without limitation, all systems and equipment supporting Tenant’s laboratory, research and development operations (“Tenant’s Laboratory Systems”)), all insofar as they affect the Premises, except that Landlord shall in no event be responsible to Tenant for the repair of glass in the Premises, the doors (or related glass and finish work) leading to the Premises, or any condition in the Premises or the Building caused by any act or neglect of Tenant, its invitees or contractors. Landlord shall also keep and maintain all Common Facilities in a good and clean order, condition and repair. Landlord shall not be responsible to make any improvements or repairs to the Building other than as expressly in this Section 7.1 provided, unless expressly provided otherwise in this Lease.

(b)    Landlord shall never be liable for any failure to make repairs which Landlord has undertaken to make under the provisions of this Section 7.1 or elsewhere in this Lease, unless Tenant has given notice to Landlord of the need to make such repairs, and Landlord has failed to commence to make such repairs within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, or fails to proceed with reasonable diligence to complete such repairs.

 

19


7.2    Tenant Repairs; Compliance with Laws.

(a)    Tenant shall keep and maintain the Premises and the Improvements, fixtures and appurtenances therein or thereon (including, without limitation, Tenant’s Laboratory Systems, all heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) systems exclusively serving the Premises, and all electrical and mechanical systems not considered part of the Base Building Systems or any portion of such systems that have been installed for the exclusive use and benefit of Tenant such as supplemental HVAC equipment, hot water heaters, electronic, data, phone, and other telecommunications cabling and related equipment, and security or telephone systems for the Premises), neat and clean and in good order, condition and repair, excepting only those repairs for which Landlord is expressly responsible under the terms of this Lease, reasonable wear and tear of the Premises, and damage by fire or other casualty or as a consequence of the exercise of the power of eminent domain; and Tenant shall surrender the Premises, at the end of the Term, in such condition. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain regularly scheduled preventative maintenance/service contracts at all times during the Term with maintenance contractors for servicing all HVAC systems and other mechanical equipment located within or dedicated solely to the Premises and contracts for all janitorial and trash removal services serving the Premises. All such contractors providing such services must be approved in advance by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. To the extent applicable, such service contracts must include all services recommended by the equipment manufacturer within the operation/maintenance manual and required by any applicable warranty and shall become effective (and a copy of such contract or contracts delivered to Landlord) with ninety (90) days following the date Tenant takes possession of the Premises. Subject to Section 10.5 regarding waiver of subrogation, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairs which may be made necessary by reason of damage to the Building caused by any act or neglect of Tenant, or its employees, contractors or invitees (including any damage by fire or other casualty arising therefrom). Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that Tenant has performed all regular maintenance as required hereunder, if the Building HVAC system, excluding any supplemental system installed by Tenant, cannot be repaired and must be replaced, as determined by a consultant reasonably acceptable to Landlord, Landlord shall perform such replacement. In such case, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such replacements to the HVAC system, said costs to be amortized over their useful life as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied. Tenant shall pay the monthly amount of such amortization as Additional Rent hereunder, at the times and in the manner provided for the payment of Basic Rent.

(b)    Tenant shall comply with all Laws from time to time in effect and all directions, rules and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction, and the standards recommended by the local Board of Fire Underwriters applicable to the Premises and Tenant’s use and occupancy thereof and its business and operations therein, and shall, at Tenant’s expense, obtain all permits, licenses and the like required thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to make structural repairs or alterations to the Premises in order to comply with any Laws unless the need for such repairs or alterations arises from (i) the specific manner and nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, as distinguished from mere general office use, (ii) the manner of conduct of Tenant’s business or operation of its installations, equipment or other property therein, (iii) any cause or condition created by or at the instance of the Tenant, including, without limitation, the performance of Tenant’s Work and/or any other Alterations made by Tenant (other than the performance of the Landlord’s Work), or (iv) a breach by Tenant of any provisions of this Lease. Any of the foregoing conditions caused by any employee, agent, contractor, or subtenant of Tenant or any other party claiming by, through, or under Tenant shall be attributable to Tenant for purposes of this Lease.

(c)    If repairs are required to be made by Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof, and Tenant fails to make the repairs, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice (except that no notice shall be required in the event of an emergency), Landlord may make or cause such repairs to be

 

20


made (but shall not be required to do so), and the provisions of Section 14.4 shall be applicable to the costs thereof. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage whatsoever that may accrue to Tenant’s stock or business by reason of Landlord’s making such repairs.

7.3    Floor Load - Heavy Machinery.

(a)    Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor in the Premises exceeding the load it was designed to carry, or such lower limit as may be proscribed by applicable Law. Landlord reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all business machines and mechanical equipment, including safes, which shall be placed so as to distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in settings sufficient, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance. Tenant shall not move any safe, heavy machinery, heavy equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures into or out of the Building without Landlord’s prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed, provided that such consent may include a requirement to provide insurance, naming Landlord as an insured, in such amounts as Landlord may deem reasonable.

(b)    If any such safe, machinery, equipment, freight, bulky matter or fixtures requires special handling, Tenant agrees to employ only persons holding a Master Rigger’s license to do such work, and that all work in connection therewith shall comply with applicable Laws. Any such moving shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and Tenant will exonerate, indemnify and save Landlord harmless against and from any liability, loss, injury, claim or suit resulting directly or indirectly from such moving.

7.4    Utility Services.

(a)    Electricity. Electricity furnished to the Premises shall be measured by a separate meter (the “Electric Meter”). Tenant shall place the Electric Meter in Tenant’s name as of the Commencement Date and pay the electric utility provider for all electricity used by Tenant in the Premises based on such utility provider’s reading of the Electric Meter serving the Premises prior to delinquency. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall provide evidence of payment for such electrical service. Tenant’s use of electrical services furnished to the Premises shall not overburden or adversely affect the Building’s electric system.

(b)    Gas. Gas furnished to the Premises shall be measured by a separate meter (the “Gas Meter”). Tenant shall place the Gas Meter in Tenant’s name as of the Commencement Date and pay the gas utility provider for all gas consumed by Tenant in the Premises based on such utility provider’s reading of the Gas Meter serving the Premises prior to delinquency. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall provide evidence of payment for such gas service.

(c)    Other Utilities. Any utilities (other than electricity and gas, which shall be paid for in accordance with Section 7.4(b) and Section 7.4(c) above) which are furnished directly to the Premises by a utility provider and separately metered to the Premises shall be registered in Tenant’s name as of the Commencement Date and Tenant shall arrange for the utility bills to be sent directly to and paid by Tenant. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall provide evidence of payment with respect to any separately metered utilities. Any utilities (other than electricity and gas, which shall be paid for in accordance with Section 7.4(b) and Section 7.4(c) above) which are sub-metered or check metered to the Premises shall payable by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent within thirty (30) days after billing based on readings of such sub-meters or check meters at intervals determined by Landlord. Costs of utilities provided to the Common Areas shall be included in Operating Expenses.

 

21


7.5    Other Services.

(a)    Landlord shall provide tempered water for lavatory purposes and cold water (at temperatures supplied by the city in which the Property is located) for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes. Such water shall be made available from the main connection point for such service on the floor on which the Premises is located and the distribution of water within the Premises shall be provided by Tenant. Landlord shall install a water meter and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption within the Premises for all purposes. Tenant agrees to pay for water consumed, as shown on such meter, together with the sewer charge based on such meter charges, as and when bills are rendered, and in the event Tenant fails timely to make any such payment, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant upon demand as Additional Rent.

(b)    Landlord shall provide access to the Premises at all times, subject to reasonable security and safety precautions from time to time in effect, if any, and subject always to restrictions based on emergency conditions.

(c)    Landlord may from time to time, but shall not be obligated to, provide one or more attendants in or about the Building and/or the Property, and the costs of such services shall constitute Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Article 9 hereof. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that, if provided: (i) such attendants shall not serve as police officers, and will be unarmed, and will not be trained in situations involving potentially physical confrontation; and (ii) such attendants will be solely an amenity to tenants of the Building for purposes such as assisting visitors and invitees of tenants and others in the Building, monitoring fire control and alarm equipment, and summoning emergency services to the Building as and when needed, and not for the purpose of securing any individual tenant premises or guaranteeing the physical safety of Tenant’s Premises or of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors or invitees. If and to the extent that Tenant desires to provide security for the Premises or for such persons or their property, Tenant shall be responsible for so doing, after having first consulted with Landlord and after obtaining Landlord’s consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Landlord expressly disclaims any and all responsibility and/or liability for the physical safety of Tenant’s property, and for that of Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors and invitees, and, without in any way limiting the operation of Article 10 hereof, Tenant, for itself and its agents, contractors, invitees and employees, hereby expressly waives any claim, action, cause of action or other right which may accrue or arise as a result of any damage or injury to the person or property of Tenant or any such agent, invitee, contractor or employee. Tenant agrees that, as between Landlord and Tenant, it is Tenant’s responsibility to advise its employees, agents, contractors and invitees as to necessary and appropriate safety precautions.

(d)    Landlord shall provide snow removal services for the purpose of removing and/or plowing snow and ice from the parking areas, driveways and walkways on the Property.

(e)    Landlord shall provide landscaping services for the purposes of keeping and maintaining all landscaped areas at the Building in a neat and orderly condition.

7.6    Interruption of Service.

(a)    Landlord reserves the right to curtail, suspend, interrupt and/or stop the supply of water, sewage, electrical current, cleaning, and other services, and to curtail, suspend, interrupt and/or stop use of entrances and/or lobbies serving access to the Building, or other portions of the Property, without thereby incurring any liability to Tenant, when necessary by reason of accident or emergency, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements in the judgment of Landlord reasonably exercised desirable or necessary, or when prevented from supplying such services or use due to any act or neglect of

 

22


Tenant or Tenant’s agents employees, contractors or invitees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant or by Force Majeure, including, but not limited to, strikes, lockouts, difficulty in obtaining materials, accidents, laws or orders, or inability, by exercise of reasonable diligence, to obtain electricity, water, gas, steam, coal, oil or other suitable fuel or power. No diminution or abatement of rent or other compensation, nor any direct, indirect or consequential damages shall or will be claimed by Tenant as a result of, nor shall this Lease or any of the obligations of Tenant be affected or reduced by reason of, any such interruption, curtailment, suspension or stoppage in the furnishing of the foregoing services or use, irrespective of the cause thereof. The failure or omission on the part of Landlord to furnish any of the foregoing services or use as provided in this paragraph shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant, actual or constructive, nor entitle Tenant to an abatement of rent, nor to render the Landlord liable in damages, nor release Tenant from prompt fulfillment of any of its covenants under this Lease.

(b)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any provision of this Lease to the contrary, if (i) a curtailment, suspension, interruption and/or stoppage of an Essential Service (as hereinafter defined) shall occur, except any of the same due to any act or neglect of Tenant or Tenant Party or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant (any such interruption of an Essential Service being hereinafter referred to as a “Service Interruption”), (ii) such Service Interruption occurs or continues as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, servants, employees or contractors, (iii) such Service Interruption continues for more than five (5) consecutive Business Days after Landlord shall have received written notice thereof from Tenant, and (iv) as a result of such Service Interruption, the conduct of Tenant’s normal business operations in the Premises are materially and adversely affected, then there shall be an abatement of one day’s Basic Rent and Additional Rent, for each day during which such Service Interruption continues after such five (5) Business Day period; provided, however, that if any part of the Premises is reasonably useable for Tenant’s normal business operations or if Tenant conducts all or any part of its business operations in any part of the Premises notwithstanding such Service Interruption, then the amount of each daily abatement of Basic Rent and Additional Rent, shall only be proportionate to the nature and extent of the interruption of Tenant’s normal business operations or ability to use the Premises. The rights granted to Tenant under this Section 7.6(b) shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy resulting from a failure of Landlord to provide services, and Landlord shall not otherwise be liable for any loss or damage suffered or sustained by Tenant resulting from any failure or cessation of services. For purposes hereof, the term “Essential Services” shall mean the following services: access to the Premises, water and sewer/septic service and electricity, air conditioning and heating, but only to the extent that Landlord has an obligation to provide same to Tenant under this Lease. Any abatement of Basic Rent and Additional Rent hereunder shall apply only with respect to Basic Rent and Additional Rent allocable to the period after each of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above shall have been satisfied and only during such times as each of such conditions shall exist.

ARTICLE 8

REAL ESTATE TAXES

8.1    Payments on Account of Real Estate Taxes.

(a)    “Tax Year” shall mean a twelve-month period commencing on July 1 and falling wholly or partially within the Term, and “Taxes” shall mean (i) all taxes, assessments (special or otherwise), levies, fees and all other government levies, exactions and charges of every kind and nature, general and special, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, which are, at any time prior to or during the Term, imposed or levied upon or assessed against the Property or any portion thereof, or against any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other rent of any kind or nature payable to Landlord by anyone on account of the ownership, leasing or operation of the Property, or which arise on account of or

 

23


in respect of the ownership, development, leasing, operation or use of the Property or any portion thereof; (ii) all gross receipts taxes or similar taxes imposed or levied upon, assessed against or measured by any Basic Rent, Additional Rent or other rent of any kind or nature or other sum payable to Landlord by anyone on account of the ownership, development, leasing, operation, or use of the Property or any portion thereof; (iii) all value added, use and similar taxes at any time levied, assessed or payable on account of the ownership, development, leasing, operation, or use of the Property or any portion thereof; and (iv) reasonable expenses of any proceeding for abatement of any of the foregoing items included in Taxes; but the amount of special taxes or special assessments included in Taxes shall be limited to the amount of the installment (plus any interest, other than penalty interest, payable thereon) of such special tax or special assessment required to be paid during the year in respect of which such Taxes are being determined. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be excluded from Taxes all income, estate, succession, inheritance and transfer taxes of Landlord; provided, however, that if at any time during the Term, the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed so that a capital levy, franchise, income, profits, sales, rental, use and occupancy, or other new or additional tax or charge shall in whole or in part be substituted for, or added to, such ad valorem tax and levied against, or be payable by, Landlord with respect to the Property or any portion thereof, such tax or charge shall be included in the term “Taxes” for the purposes of this Article.

(b)    For each Tax Year during the Term, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Taxes, such amount to be apportioned for any portion of a Tax Year in which the Commencement Date falls or the Term expires.

(c)    Estimated payments by Tenant on account of Taxes shall be made on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term of this Lease, in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Basic Rent. The monthly amount so to be paid to Landlord shall be sufficient to provide Landlord by the time real estate tax payments are due with a sum equal to Tenant’s required payment, as reasonably estimated by Landlord from time to time, on account of Taxes for the then current Tax Year. Promptly after receipt by Landlord of bills for such Taxes, Landlord shall advise Tenant of the amount thereof and the computation of Tenant’s payment on account thereof. If estimated payments theretofore made by Tenant for the Tax Year covered by such bills exceed the required payment on account thereof for such Tax Year, Landlord shall credit the amount of overpayment against subsequent obligations of Tenant on account of Taxes (or promptly refund such overpayment if the Term of this Lease has ended and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord); but if the required payments on account thereof for such Tax Year are greater than estimated payments theretofore made on account thereof for such Tax Year, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord within thirty (30) days after being so advised by Landlord, and the obligation to make such payment for any period within the Term shall survive expiration of the Term.

8.2    Abatement. If Landlord shall receive any tax refund or reimbursement of Taxes or sum in lieu thereof with respect to any Tax Year all or any portion of which falls within the Term, then out of any balance remaining thereof after deducting Landlord’s expenses in obtaining such refund, Landlord shall, provided there does not then exist an Event of Default, credit an amount equal to such refund or reimbursement or sum in lieu thereof (exclusive of any interest, and apportioned if such refund is for a Tax Year a portion of which falls outside the Term), multiplied by Tenant’s Proportionate Share, against the monthly installment(s) of Additional Rent next due under this Lease (or refund such amount to Tenant if the Term has ended and Tenant has no further obligations to Landlord); provided, that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to a credit in excess of the payments made by Tenant on account of Taxes for such Tax Year pursuant to paragraph (b) of Section 8.1.

 

24


ARTICLE 9

OPERATING EXPENSES

9.1    Definitions. “Operating Year” shall mean each calendar year all or any part of which falls within the Term, and “Operating Expenses” shall mean the aggregate costs and expenses incurred by Landlord with respect to the operation, administration, cleaning, insuring, repair, maintenance and management of the Property, including, without limitation, the costs and expenses set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto; provided that if during any portion of the Operating Year for which Operating Expenses are being computed, less than all of the Buildings were occupied by tenants or Landlord was not supplying all tenants with the services being supplied under this Lease, actual Operating Expenses incurred shall be extrapolated reasonably by Landlord on an item by item basis to the estimated Operating Expenses that would have been incurred if the Buildings were fully occupied for such Operating Year and such services were being supplied to all tenants, and such extrapolated amount shall, for the purposes hereof, be deemed to be the Operating Expenses for such Operating Year. In addition to the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord reserves the right to allocate costs for services provided to some, but not all, tenants in the Buildings among those tenants utilizing such service on such basis as Landlord may reasonably determine from time to time.

9.2    Tenants Payment of Operating Expenses.

(a)    For each Operating Year during the Term, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, such amount to be apportioned for any portion of an Operating Year in which the Commencement Date falls or the Term of this Lease ends. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Operating Expenses that relate to a repair, replacement, or service that solely benefits the Building, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as an Operating Expense/Tax Charge, Tenant’s Building Share of such Operating Expenses.

(b)    Estimated payments by Tenant on account of Operating Expenses shall be made on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term of this Lease, in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Basic Rent. The monthly amount so to be paid to Landlord shall be sufficient to provide Landlord by the end of each Operating Year a sum equal to Tenant’s required payment, as reasonably estimated by Landlord from time to time during each Operating Year, on account of Operating Expenses for such Operating Year. After the end of each Operating Year, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a reasonably detailed accounting of Operating Expenses for such Operating Year, and Landlord shall certify to the accuracy thereof. If estimated payments theretofore made for such Operating Year by Tenant exceed Tenant’s required payment on account thereof for such Operating Year according to such statement, Landlord shall credit the amount of overpayment against subsequent obligations of Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses (or promptly refund such overpayment if the Term of this Lease has ended and Tenant has no further obligation to Landlord); but if the required payments on account thereof for such Operating Year are greater than the estimated payments (if any) theretofore made on account thereof for such Operating Year, Tenant shall make payment to Landlord within thirty (30) days after being so advised by Landlord, and the obligation to make such payment for any period within the Term shall survive expiration of the Term.

(c)    Any such accounting by Landlord shall be binding and conclusive upon Tenant unless within sixty (60) days after the giving by Landlord of such accounting Tenant shall notify Landlord that Tenant disputes the correctness of such accounting, specifying the particular respects in which the accounting is claimed to be incorrect. If Tenant timely sends a notice to Landlord disputing the accounting received from Landlord, Tenant may, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, undertake an audit of such of Landlord’s books as are directly relevant to the Operating Expense accounting for the Operating

 

25


Year in question, provided and on condition that (i) there is then no uncured Event of Default under this Lease, (ii) Tenant has made all payments of Additional Rent billed or invoiced by Landlord as of the date of the audit, (iii) the audit is performed only by Tenant’s employees, internal accounting department or an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably approved by Landlord and whose fee or other compensation is fixed by contract and is in no manner computed or determined based upon the results of the audit, (iv) both Tenant and its examiners execute and deliver to Landlord a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord whereby such parties expressly agree to maintain the results of such audit in strict confidence, and (v) such audit is commenced and completed and the results thereof delivered to Landlord within sixty (60) days following the date Landlord makes its books available to Tenant. If Tenant fails to timely deliver a dispute notice to Landlord, or fails to complete its audit and deliver the results thereof to Landlord within the applicable sixty (60) day period, then, in either of such events, Landlord’s accounting shall be binding and conclusive upon Tenant for all purposes of this Lease. If it is finally determined or mutually agreed that Landlord has overstated Tenant’s share of excess Operating Expenses, Landlord shall credit the amount of such overstatement against the monthly installments of Additional Rent next due under this Lease (or refund such amount to Tenant if the Term has ended and Tenant has no further obligations to Landlord under this Lease). If the audit demonstrates that Landlord has not overstated Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses, then Landlord may invoice Tenant for any amount by which Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses under this Section 9.2 was understated, which invoice shall be payable by Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt. If Tenant’s audit determines that Landlord has overcharged Tenant for Operating Expenses by more than six percent (6%), then Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly pay for the cost of Tenant’s audit, up to a total cost of $5,000.00, and shall promptly reimburse Tenant for any such overcharges.

ARTICLE 10

INDEMNITY AND PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE

10.1    Tenants Indemnity. Except to the extent arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents or employees, Tenant shall defend with counsel first approved by Landlord, save harmless, and indemnify Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent, beneficiaries, partners, members, shareholders, subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, trustees and employees (“Landlord Parties”) from and against all claims, losses, cost, damages, any liability or expense of whatever nature arising from injury, loss, accident or damage to any person or property, arising from or claimed to have arisen (a) from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever to any person, or to the property of any person, occurring in or about the Premises; (b) from the willful act, negligence or other misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, contractors, licensees or invitees, (c) in connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises or any business conducted therein or any work done or condition created in the Premises by Tenant, its agent, employees or contractors, or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant, or (d) the failure of Tenant to perform and discharge its covenants and obligations under this Lease and, in any case, occurring after the Commencement Date (or such earlier date as of which Tenant takes possession of the Premises) until the expiration of the Term of this Lease and thereafter so long as Tenant is in occupancy of any part of the Premises. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity against all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities incurred in or in connection with any such claim or any proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs at both the trial and appellate levels. The provisions of this Section 10.1 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

26


10.2    Tenant Insurance.

(a)    Tenant agrees to maintain, at Tenant’s expense, in full force from the date upon which Tenant first enters the Premises for any reason, throughout the Term of this Lease, and thereafter so long as Tenant is in occupancy of any part of the Premises, (a) a policy of commercial general liability and property damage insurance (including broad form contractual liability, independent contractor’s hazard and completed operations coverage) in at least the amounts of the Initial General Liability Insurance specified in Section 1.1 or such greater amounts as Landlord in its reasonable discretion determines are required by the prudent owners of comparable properties in the area or as are required by any Superior Mortgagee, under which Tenant is named as an insured and Landlord, and, at Landlord’s request, Landlord’s property manager, any Superior Mortgagee and Superior Lessor, and such other persons as Landlord reasonably may request are named as additional insureds, (b) special form (formerly known as “all-risk”) property insurance on a “replacement cost” basis, insuring Tenant’s Removable Property and any alterations, additions and improvements located from time to time in the Premises, whether made by Tenant pursuant to Article 5 or otherwise existing in the Premises as of the Commencement Date (such alterations, additions and improvements collectively the “Improvements”), (c) workers’ compensation insurance with statutory limits, (d) employer’s liability insurance with the following limits: bodily injury by disease per person One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); bodily injury by accident policy limit One Million Dollars ($1,000,000); bodily injury by disease policy limit One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), (e) business automobile liability insurance including owned, hired and non-owned automobiles, in an amount not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence, with such commercially reasonable increases as Landlord may require from time to time, and (f) business interruption insurance insuring interruption or stoppage of Tenant’s business at the Premises for a period of not less than twelve (12) months.

(b)    Pollution Legal Liability insurance shall be required if Tenant stores, handles, generates or treats Hazardous Materials on or about the Premises. Such coverage shall include bodily injury, sickness, disease, death or mental anguish or shock sustained by any person; property damage including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property including the resulting loss of use thereof, cleanup costs, and the loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured or destroyed; and defense costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment or defense of claims for such compensatory damages. Such coverage shall apply to both sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions including the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water. Such insurance shall be in at least the amounts of the Initial General Liability Insurance specified in Section 1.1 or such greater amounts as Landlord in its reasonable discretion determines are required by the prudent owners of comparable properties in the area or as are required by any Superior Mortgagee.

(c)    Tenant may satisfy such insurance requirements by including the Premises in a so-called “blanket” and/or “umbrella” insurance policy, provided that the amount of coverage allocated to the Premises is pursuant to a “per location” endorsement shall fulfill the requirements set forth herein. Tenant’s insurance shall be primary to, and not contributory with any insurance carried by Landlord, whose insurance shall be considered excess only. Each policy required hereunder shall be non-cancelable and non-amendable with respect to Landlord and Landlord’s said designees without thirty (30) days’ prior notice. The policies of insurance required to be maintained by Tenant hereunder shall be issued by companies domiciled in the United States and qualified and licensed to conduct business in the state in which the Property is located, and shall be rated A:VIII or better in the most current issue of Best’s Key Rating Guide (or any successor thereto). At all times during the Term, such insurance shall be maintained, and Tenant shall cause a current and valid certificate of such policies to be deposited with Landlord. If Tenant fails to have a current and valid certificate of such policies on deposit with Landlord at all times during the Term and such failure is not cured within three (3) Business Days following Tenant’s receipt of notice thereof from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to

 

27


obtain such an insurance policy, and Tenant shall be obligated to pay Landlord the amount of the premiums applicable to such insurance within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s request for payment thereof. Tenant’s insurance policies shall not include deductibles in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00).

10.3    Tenants Risk. Tenant agrees to use and occupy the Premises and to use such other portions of the Property as Tenant is herein given the right to use at Tenant’s own risk. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees or contractors for any damage, injury, loss, compensation, or claim (including, but not limited to, claims for the interruption of or loss to Tenant’s business) based on, arising out of or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, repairs to any portion of the Premises or the Property, any fire, robbery, theft, mysterious disappearance and/or any other crime or casualty, the actions of any other tenants of the Building or of any other person or persons, or any leakage in any part or portion of the Premises or the Building, or from water, rain or snow that may leak into, or flow from any part of the Premises or the Building, or from drains, pipes or plumbing fixtures in the Building, unless due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s agents, contractors or employees. Any goods, property or personal effects stored or placed in or about the Premises shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and neither Landlord nor Landlord’s insurers shall in any manner be held responsible therefor. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant, or to those claiming by, through or under Tenant, for any loss or damage that may be occasioned by or through the acts or omissions of persons occupying adjoining premises or any part of the premises adjacent to or connecting with the Premises or any part of the Property or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject, however, to Section 10.5, Landlord shall not be released from liability for any injury, loss, damages or liability to the extent arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its servants, employees or agents acting within the scope of their authority on or about the Premises; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord, its servants, employees or agents have any liability to Tenant based on any loss with respect to or interruption in the operation of Tenant’s business. The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall be applicable from and after the execution of this Lease and until the end of the Term of this Lease, and during any additional period as Tenant may use or be in occupancy of any part of the Premises or of the Building.

10.4    Landlords Insurance. Landlord shall maintain, as a part of Operating Expenses, special form property insurance on the Building in the amount of the full replacement value thereof and subject to such deductibles as Landlord may reasonably determine. Such insurance shall be maintained with an insurance company selected by Landlord or a Superior Mortgagee, and payment for losses thereunder shall be made solely to Landlord subject to the rights of the Superior Mortgagee from time to time. Additionally, Landlord may maintain such additional insurance, including, without limitation, earthquake insurance, terrorism insurance, flood insurance, liability insurance and/or rent insurance, as Landlord may in its sole discretion elect. The cost of all such additional insurance shall also be part of the Operating Expenses. Any or all of Landlord’s insurance may be provided by blanket coverage maintained by Landlord or any affiliate of Landlord under its insurance program for its portfolio of properties or by Landlord’s or any affiliate of Landlord’s program of self-insurance, and in such event Operating Expenses shall include the portion of the reasonable cost of blanket insurance or self-insurance that is allocated to the Building.

10.5    Waiver of Subrogation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives and releases any and all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action against the other, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees for any loss or damage to or at the Premises or the Property or any personal property of such party therein or thereon by reason of fire, the elements, or any other cause which is covered, or would have been covered, by the insurance coverages required to be maintained by Landlord and Tenant, respectively, under this Lease, regardless of cause or origin, including omission of the other party hereto, its agents, employees, licensees, or invitees.

 

28


Landlord and Tenant covenant that no insurer shall hold any right of subrogation against either of such parties with respect thereto. The parties hereto agree that any and all such insurance policies required to be carried by either shall be endorsed with a subrogation clause, substantially as follows: “This insurance shall not be invalidated should the insured waive, in writing prior to a loss, any and all right of recovery against any party for loss occurring to the Project described therein,” and shall provide that such party’s insurer waives any right of recovery against the other party in connection with any such loss or damage.

ARTICLE 11

FIRE, EMINENT DOMAIN, ETC.

11.1    Landlords Right of Termination. If the Premises or the Buildings are substantially damaged (the term “substantially damaged” meaning damage of such a character that the same cannot, in the ordinary course, reasonably be expected to be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days from the time that repair work would commence) by fire or other casualty (each, a “Casualty”), then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice of Landlord’s election so to do within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such Casualty, whereupon this Lease shall terminate thirty (30) days after the date of such notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established as the expiration date hereof. In no event shall Landlord have any liability for damages to Tenant for inconvenience, annoyance or interruption of business arising from any Casualty.

11.2    Restoration; Tenants Right of Termination

(a)    If the Building or the Premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed by a Casualty and if this Lease is not terminated as provided in this Article 11, then (i) Landlord shall repair and restore the Building and the Premises (but excluding Tenant’s Removable Property and the Improvements (“Landlord’s Restoration Work”) with reasonable dispatch (but Landlord shall not be required to perform the same on an overtime or premium pay basis)) after notice to Landlord of the Casualty and the collection of the insurance proceeds attributable to such Casualty, and (ii) Tenant shall repair and restore in accordance with Section 5.2 all of Tenant’s Removable Property and the Improvements (“Tenant’s Restoration Work”) with reasonable dispatch after the Casualty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if in Landlord’s sole discretion it would be appropriate for safety reasons, health reasons or the efficient operation or restoration of the Building or the Premises for Landlord to perform all or a portion of Tenant’s Restoration Work with respect to the Improvements on behalf of Tenant, then (x) Landlord shall give Tenant a written notice specifying the portion of Tenant’s Restoration Work with respect to the Improvements to be performed by Landlord (the “Specified Restoration Work”), (y) Landlord shall perform the Specified Restoration Work, and (z) Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days following the giving of Landlord’s written demand therefor the proceeds received by Tenant with respect to such Specified Restoration Work.

(b)    Intentionally deleted.

(c)    Landlord shall not carry any insurance on Tenant’s Removable Property or on the Improvements (including without limitation any Landlord’s Work performed in connection with this Lease) that constitute part of Tenant’s Restoration Work and shall not be obligated to repair or replace Tenant’s Removable Property or such Improvements (whether or not installed by or at the expense of Landlord). Tenant shall look solely to its insurance for recovery of any damage to or loss of Tenant’s Removable Property and any Improvements. Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly of any casualty in the Premises. In the event of a partial or total destruction of the Premises, Tenant shall as soon as practicable (but no later than five (5) Business Days after receiving a notice from Landlord) remove any and all of Tenant’s Removable Property from the Premises or the portion thereof destroyed, as the case

 

29


may be, and if Tenant does not promptly so remove Tenant’s Removable Property, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, may discard the same or may remove Tenant’s Removable Property to a public warehouse for deposit or retain the same in its own possession and at its discretion may sell the same at either public auction or private sale, the proceeds of which shall be applied first to the expenses of removal, storage and sale, second to any sums owed by Tenant to Landlord, with any balance remaining to the paid to Tenant; if the expenses of such removal, storage and sale shall exceed the proceeds of any sale, Tenant shall pay such excess to Landlord upon demand. Tenant shall be solely responsible for arranging for any visits to the Premises by Tenant’s insurance adjuster that may be desired by Tenant prior to the removal of Tenant’s Removable Property by Tenant or Landlord, as provided in this Section 11.2(c), or the performance by Landlord of Landlord’s Restoration Work or the Specified Restoration Work and Landlord shall be under no obligation to delay the performance of same, nor shall Landlord have any liability to Tenant in the event that Tenant fails to do so. Tenant shall promptly permit Landlord access to the Premises for the purpose of performing Landlord’s Restoration Work and, if applicable, the Specified Restoration Work.

(d)    Within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of any Casualty affecting the Premises, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate from a reputable contractor, architect or engineer designated by Landlord as to the probable length of time that will be necessary to substantially complete Landlord’s Restoration Work. If such time estimate exceeds two hundred seventy (270) days from the date that repair work would commence, or if such repairs are not in fact completed within such two hundred seventy (270) day period, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of such estimate or at any time between the two hundred seventieth (270th) day after the commencement of the Landlord’s Restoration Work and the substantial completion of the Landlord’s Restoration Work, as the case may be (time being of the essence with respect to the giving of such notice by Tenant). If Tenant is entitled pursuant to the terms of this Section 11.2(d) to terminate this Lease and Tenant fails to deliver a termination notice to Landlord within the applicable period set forth herein, Tenant will be deemed to have waived Tenant’s rights under this Section 11.2(d) to terminate the Lease on account of such Casualty. The provisions of this Section are in lieu of any statutory termination provisions allowable in the event of a Casualty.

(e)    If this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions of this Article XI as a result of a Casualty, Landlord shall be entitled to retain for its benefit the proceeds of insurance maintained by Tenant on the Improvements. This Section 11.2 shall be deemed an express agreement governing any damage or destruction of the Premises by fire or other casualty, and any law providing for a contingency in the absence of an express agreement, now or hereafter in force, shall have no application.

11.3    Abatement of Rent. If the Premises is damaged by a Casualty, Basic Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant shall abate proportionately based upon the extent to which Tenant’s use of the Premises is diminished for the period from the date of such Casualty until the date that Landlord substantially completes Landlord’s Restoration Work. Landlord’s determination of the date Landlord’s Restoration Work to the Premises shall have been substantially completed shall be controlling unless Tenant disputes same by notice to Landlord given within ten (10) days after such determination by Landlord, and pending resolution of such dispute, Tenant shall pay Basic Rent and Additional Rent in accordance with Landlord’s determination.

11.4    Eminent Domain

(a)    If the Premises shall be affected by any exercise of the power of eminent domain, Basic Rent and Additional Rent payable by Tenant shall be justly and equitably abated and reduced according to the nature and extent of the loss of use thereof suffered by Tenant. In no event shall Landlord have any liability for damages to Tenant for inconvenience, annoyance or interruption of business arising from such exercise of the power of eminent domain.

 

30


(b)    If any part of the Buildings are taken by any exercise of the right of eminent domain, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease (even if Landlord’s entire interest in the Premises may have been divested) by giving notice of Landlord’s election so to do within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of the effective date of such taking, whereupon this Lease shall terminate thirty (30) days after the date of such notice with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally established for the expiration of the Term of this Lease.

(c)    If this Lease shall not be terminated pursuant to Section 11.4(b), Landlord shall thereafter use due diligence to restore the Premises (excluding any Alterations made by Tenant pursuant to Section 5.2) to proper condition for Tenant’s use and occupation, provided that Landlord’s obligation shall be limited to the amount of compensation recoverable by Landlord from the taking authority. If, for any reason, such restoration shall not be substantially completed within six (6) months after the expiration of the ninety (90) day period referred to in Section 11.4(b) (which six month period may be extended for such periods of time as Landlord is prevented from proceeding with or completing such restoration for any cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, but in no event for more than an additional three (3) months), Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Landlord thereof within thirty (30) days after the expiration of such period (as so extended). Upon the giving of such notice, this Lease shall cease and come to an end thirty (30) days after the giving of such notice, without further liability or obligation on the part of either party unless, within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord substantially completes such restoration. Such right of termination shall be Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy at law or in equity for Landlord’s failure so to complete such restoration.

(d)    Landlord shall have and hereby reserves and excepts, and Tenant hereby grants and assigns to Landlord, all rights to recover for damages to the Property and the leasehold interest hereby created, and to compensation accrued or hereafter to accrue by reason of such taking, and by way of confirming the foregoing, Tenant hereby grants and assigns, and covenants with Landlord to grant and assign to Landlord, all rights to such damages or compensation, and covenants to deliver such further assignments and assurances thereof as Landlord may from time to time request. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prevent Tenant from prosecuting in any condemnation proceedings a claim for the value of any of Tenant’s Removable Property installed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense and for relocation expenses, provided that such action shall not affect the amount of compensation otherwise recoverable by Landlord from the taking authority.

ARTICLE 12

HOLDING OVER; SURRENDER

12.1    Holding Over. If Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant shall remain in possession of all or any part of the Premises (which shall include a failure by Tenant to remove any Tenant’s Removable Property or Alterations which Landlord notified Tenant were to be removed at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term) after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, such holding over shall be treated as a daily tenancy at sufferance at a Basic Rent equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Basic Rent in effect for the last rental period of the Term plus Additional Rent and other amounts herein provided (prorated on a daily basis). In addition to any other liabilities to Landlord accruing therefrom, Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss, costs and damages, direct and/or indirect, sustained by reason of any such holding over, including, without limitation, claims made by and loss of any succeeding tenant arising out of such failure to timely surrender possession in the condition required under this Lease. In all other respects,

 

31


such holding over shall be on the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease as far as applicable (and excluding any extension, expansion or rights of first offer of tenant) in the Lease. Nothing contained in this Article 12 shall be construed as a consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right to immediately terminate such holding over pursuant to applicable Law. The provisions of this Article 12 shall not be deemed to limit or constitute a waiver of any other rights or remedies of Landlord provided herein or at law.

12.2    Surrender of Premises.

(a)    At least thirty (30) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises (“Exit Survey”) prepared by an independent third party state-certified professional with appropriate expertise, which Exit Survey must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. The Exit Survey shall comply with the American National Standards Institute’s Laboratory Decommissioning guidelines (ANSI/AIHA Z9.11-2008) or any successor standards published by ANSI or any successor organization (or, if ANSI and its successors no longer exist, a similar entity publishing similar standards). In addition, at least ten (10) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall (i) provide Landlord with written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with applicable Laws, including laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises, (ii) place Laboratory Equipment Decontamination Forms on all decommissioned equipment to assure safe occupancy by future users and (iii) conduct a site inspection with Landlord. In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized Environmental Conditions set forth in the Exit Survey for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease and comply with any recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey to extent Tenant would otherwise be responsible therefor hereunder. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

(b)    In addition to the foregoing requirement, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly and peaceably quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises in neat and clean condition and in the order, condition and repair received and thereafter required to be maintained pursuant to this Lease, excepting only ordinary wear and use and damage by fire or other casualty for which, under other provisions of this Lease, Tenant has no responsibility to repair or restore together with all Alterations which may have been made or installed in, on or to the Premises prior to or during the Term of this Lease (except as otherwise required by Landlord pursuant to Section 5.2(e) above or as set forth in Section 5.2(g) above), and all attached equipment, decorations, fixtures, laboratory casework and related appliances, trade fixtures, and additions and improvements attached to or built into the Premises made by either of the parties (including all floor and wall coverings; paneling; sinks and related plumbing fixtures; laboratory benches; exterior venting fume hoods; walk-in freezers and refrigerators; ductwork; conduits; electrical panels and circuits; attached business and trade fixtures; attached machinery and equipment; and built-in furniture and cabinets, in each case, together with all additions and accessories thereto) other than Tenant’s Removable Property. Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Removable Property, all signs installed by or on behalf of Tenant in or on the Premises and the Building, all lines and other wiring and cabling installed by Tenant prior to or during the Term. For the avoidance of doubt, the items listed on Exhibit G attached hereto (which Exhibit G may be updated by Tenant from and after the Term Commencement Date, subject to Landlord’s written consent provided that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed with respect to items purchased and brought onto the Premises by Tenant after the Term Commencement Date) constitute Tenant’s Removable Property and shall be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

32


(c)     Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises or the Building caused by such removal. Any Tenant’s Removable Property which shall remain in the Building or on the Premises after the expiration or termination of the Term of this Lease shall be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned, and either may be retained by Landlord as its property or may be disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

ARTICLE 13

RIGHTS OF MORTGAGEES; TRANSFER OF TITLE

13.1    Rights of Mortgagees or Ground Lessor.

(a)    This Lease, and all rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall be subject and subordinate to any ground or underlying leases of the Property and to all renewals, extensions, modifications and replacements thereof, and to all mortgages, deeds of trust or similar encumbrances which may now or hereafter affect the Property, whether or not such mortgages or other encumbrances shall also cover other lands and/or buildings, and to each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages and other encumbrances, and to all renewals, modifications, replacements, extensions and consolidations of such mortgages and other encumbrances. This Section shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any instrument that Landlord, the lessor under any such lease or the holder of any such mortgage or other encumbrance or any of their respective successors in interest may reasonably request to evidence such subordination. Any lease to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate is herein called “Superior Lease” and the lessor of a Superior Lease or its successor in interest at the time referred to, is herein called “Superior Lessor”; and any mortgage or other encumbrance to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate, is herein called “Superior Mortgage” and the holder of a Superior Mortgage, or its successor in interest at the time referred to, is herein called “Superior Mortgagee.” If any Superior Mortgagee, shall so elect, this Lease and the rights of Tenant hereunder, shall be superior in right to the rights of such holder, with the same force and effect as if this Lease had been executed, delivered and recorded, or a statutory notice hereof recorded, prior to the execution, delivery and recording of any such Superior Mortgage. The election of any such Superior Mortgagee shall become effective upon either notice from such Superior Mortgagee to Tenant in the same fashion as notices from Landlord to Tenant are to be given hereunder or by the recording in the appropriate registry or recorder’s office of an instrument in which the Superior Mortgagee subordinates its rights under such Superior Mortgage to this Lease. Concurrently with the full execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver the subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement from the current Superior Mortgagee (“SNDA”) attached hereto as Exhibit G. As to any future Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease, Landlord shall obtain from such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor an SNDA substantially comparable to the form attached hereto as Exhibit G.

(b)    If any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee or the nominee or designee of any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, or otherwise, then at the request of such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights (herein called “Successor Landlord”), Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such Successor Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such Successor Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Successor Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions and covenants as are set forth in this Lease, except that the Successor Landlord shall not be (i) liable in any way to Tenant for any act or omission, neglect or default on the part of Landlord under this Lease other than any

 

33


default that remains continuing and uncured following such attornment, (ii) responsible for any monies owing by or on deposit with Landlord to the credit of Tenant, except to the extent that such deposit has been transferred into the possession of Successor Landlord, (iii) subject to any counterclaim or setoff which theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord, (iv) bound by any modification of this Lease subsequent to such Superior Lease or Superior Mortgage, or by any previous prepayment of fixed rent for more than one (1) month, which was not approved in writing by the Superior Lessor or the Superior Mortgagee thereto, (v) liable to the Tenant beyond the Successor Landlord’s interest in the Property and the rents, income, receipts, revenues, issues and profits issuing from such Property, (vi) responsible for the performance of any work to be done by the Landlord under this Lease to render the Premises ready for occupancy by the Tenant, (vii) liable for the payment of any improvement allowance or similar amount owing to Tenant on account of the performance of any alterations or leasehold improvements to the Premises or the Building, or (viii) required to remove any person occupying the Premises or any part thereof, except if such person claims by, through or under the Successor Landlord.

13.2    Assignment of Rents and Transfer of Title.

(a)    With reference to any assignment by Landlord of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, or the rents payable hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to a Superior Mortgagee on property which includes the Premises, Tenant agrees that the execution thereof by Landlord, and the acceptance thereof by the Superior Mortgagee shall never be treated as an assumption by the Superior Mortgagee of any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder unless the Superior Mortgagee shall, by notice sent to Tenant, specifically otherwise elect and, except as aforesaid, the Superior Mortgagee shall be treated as having assumed Landlord’s obligations hereunder only upon foreclosure of the Superior Mortgage and the taking of possession of the Premises.

(b)    In no event shall the acquisition of Landlord’s interest in the Property by a purchaser which, simultaneously therewith, leases Landlord’s entire interest in the Property back to the seller thereof be treated as an assumption by operation of law or otherwise, of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, but Tenant shall look solely to such seller-lessee, and its successors from time to time in title, for performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. In any such event, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lease to such purchaser. For all purposes, such seller-lessee, and its successors in title, shall be the Landlord hereunder unless and until Landlord’s position shall have been assumed by such purchaser-lessor.

(c)    Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section, in the event of any transfer of title to the Property by Landlord, Landlord shall thereafter be entirely freed and relieved from the performance and observance of all covenants and obligations hereunder.

13.3    Notice to Mortgagee. Tenant shall not seek to enforce any remedy it may have for any default on the part of Landlord without first giving any Superior Mortgagee and Superior Lessor of which Tenant has been made aware by Landlord, as applicable, written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, specifying the default in reasonable detail, and affording such Superior Mortgagee and Superior Lessor, as applicable, (i) a reasonable opportunity to perform Landlord’s obligations hereunder (but not less than thirty (30) days), if such default can be cured without such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor, as applicable, taking possession of the mortgaged or leased estate, or (ii) time to obtain possession of the mortgaged or leased estate and then to cure such default of Landlord, if such default cannot be cured without such Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor or taking possession of the mortgaged or leased estate. The curing of any of Landlord’s defaults by a Superior Mortgagee or Superior Lessor shall be treated as performance by Landlord.

 

34


ARTICLE 14

DEFAULT; REMEDIES

14.1    Tenants Default.

(a)    If at any time subsequent to the date of this Lease any one or more of the following events (herein referred to as an “Event of Default”) shall occur:

(i)    Tenant shall fail to pay the Basic Rent or any other Additional Rent hereunder when due and such failure shall continue for five (5) Business Days after notice to Tenant from Landlord (except that such written notice shall not be required after a second (2nd) consecutive failure to pay such sums, with such third (3rd) consecutive failure constituting an Event of Default unless paid within five (5) Business Days after the date due without need for an additional written notice); or

(ii)    Tenant shall neglect or fail to perform or observe any other covenant herein contained on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed and Tenant shall fail to remedy the same within thirty (30) days after notice to Tenant specifying such neglect or failure, or if such failure is of such a nature that Tenant cannot reasonably remedy the same within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant shall fail to commence promptly (and in any event within such thirty (30) day period) to remedy the same and thereafter to diligently prosecute such remedy to completion with diligence and continuity (and in any event, within ninety (90) days after the notice described in this subparagraph (ii)); or

(iii)    Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises shall be taken on execution or by other process of law directed against Tenant; or

(iv)    If Tenant or any guarantor of this Lease shall (i) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, (ii) acquiesce in a petition in any court in any bankruptcy, reorganization, composition, extension or insolvency proceedings, (iii) seek, consent to or acquiesce in the appointment of any trustee, receiver or liquidator of Tenant or of any guarantor of this Lease or of all or any part of Tenant’s or such guarantor’s property, (iv) file a petition seeking an order for relief under the Title 11 of the United States Code, as now or hereafter amended or supplemented (the “Bankruptcy Code”), or by filing any petition under any other present or future federal, state or other statute or law for the same or similar relief, or (v) fail to win the dismissal, discontinuation or vacating of any involuntary bankruptcy proceeding filed under the Bankruptcy Code, or under any other present or future federal, state or other statute or law for the same or similar relief, within sixty (60) days after such proceeding is initiated; or

(v)    Any lien has been filed against the Property, or any portion thereof, as a result of Tenant’s acts, omissions or breach of this Lease, and Tenant fails, within 30 days after the lien is filed, either (1) to cause said lien to be removed from the Property, or (2) to furnish a bond sufficient to remove the lien or cause a title insurance endorsement to be issued with respect to such lien, which endorsement shall be satisfactory, in form and substance to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion;

then in any such case Landlord may exercise any of Landlord’s rights or remedies available under this Lease, at law or in equity.

 

35


14.2    Landlords Remedies.

(a)    Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to any and all other rights and remedies available at Law or in equity or otherwise provided in this Lease, any one or more of which Landlord may resort to cumulatively, consecutively, or in the alternative:

(i)    Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and collect Rent and other charges as and when due, without prejudice to Landlord’s right to subsequently elect to terminate this Lease on account of such Event of Default;

(ii)    Landlord may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant to such effect, in which event this Lease (and all of Tenant’s rights hereunder) shall immediately terminate, but such termination shall not affect those obligations of Tenant which are intended by their terms to survive the expiration or termination of this Lease, and Tenant shall remain liable for damages as hereinafter set forth in this Section 14.2. This Lease may also be terminated by a judgment specifically providing for termination;

(iii)    Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right of possession without terminating this Lease upon written notice to Tenant to such effect, in which event Tenant’s right of possession of the Premises shall immediately terminate, but this Lease shall continue subject to the effect of this Section 14.2;

(iv)    Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, perform any defaulted obligation of Tenant, and to recover from Tenant, as Additional Rent, the costs incurred by Landlord in performing such obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, or any other notice and cure period set forth herein, Landlord may exercise its rights under this Section 14.2(a)(iv) without prior notice or upon shorter notice than otherwise required hereunder (and as may be reasonable under the circumstances) in the event of any one or more of the following circumstances is present: (i) there exists a reasonable risk of prosecution of Landlord unless such obligation is performed sooner than the stated cure period; (ii) there exists an emergency arising out of the defaulted obligation; or (iii) the Tenant has failed to obtain insurance required by this Lease, or such insurance has been canceled by the insurer without being timely replaced by Tenant, as required herein; and

(v)    Landlord shall have the right to recover damages from Tenant, as set forth in this Section 14.2.

(b)    Upon any termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession, Landlord, at its sole election, may (i) re-enter the Premises, either by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and remove and dispossess Tenant and all other persons and any and all property from the same, as if this Lease had not been made, (ii) remove all property from the Premises and store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere at Tenant’s expense, and/or (iii) deem such property to be abandoned, and, in such event, Landlord may dispose of such property at Tenant’s expense, free from any claim by Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant. It shall not constitute a constructive or other termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession if Landlord, pursuant to the terms of this Lease (a) exercises its right to repair or maintain the Premises, (b) performs any unperformed obligations of Tenant, (c) stores or removes Tenant’s property from the Premises after Tenant’s dispossession, (d) attempts to relet, or, in fact, does relet, the Premises or (e) seeks the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease.

 

36


(c)    If this Lease shall have been terminated as provided in this Article, Tenant shall pay the Basic Rent, Additional Rent, and other sums payable hereunder up to the time of such termination, and thereafter Tenant, until the end of what would have been the Term of this Lease in the absence of such termination, and whether or not the Premises shall have been relet, shall be liable to Landlord for, and shall pay to Landlord, as liquidated current damages: (x) the Basic Rent, Additional Rent, and other sums that would be payable hereunder if such termination had not occurred, less the net proceeds, if any, of any reletting of the Premises, after deducting all expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such reletting, including, without limitation, all repossession costs, brokerage commissions, legal expenses, attorneys’ fees, advertising, expenses of employees, alteration costs and expenses of preparation for such reletting; and (y) if, in accordance with Section 3.1(a), Tenant commenced payment of the full amount of Basic Rent on any day other than the Commencement Date, the amount of Basic Rent that would have been payable during the period beginning on the Rent Commencement Date and ending on the day Tenant commenced payment of the full amount of Basic Rent under such Section 3.1(a). Tenant shall pay the portion of such current damages referred to in clause (x) above to Landlord monthly on the days which the Basic Rent would have been payable hereunder if this Lease had not been terminated, and Tenant shall pay the portion of such current damages referred to in clause (y) above to Landlord upon such termination.

(d)    At any time after termination of this Lease as provided in this Article, whether or not Landlord shall have collected any such current damages, as liquidated final damages and in lieu of all such current damages beyond the date of such demand, at Landlord’s election Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Basic Rent, Additional Rent and other sums as hereinbefore provided which would be payable hereunder from the date of such demand assuming that, for the purposes of this paragraph, annual payments by Tenant on account of Taxes and Operating Expenses would be the same as the payments required for the immediately preceding Operating or Tax Year plus a three percent (3%) annual increase per year for what would be the then unexpired Term of this Lease if the same remained in effect, over the then fair net rental value of the Premises for the same period.

(e)    In case of any Event of Default, re-entry, expiration and dispossession by summary proceedings or otherwise, Landlord may (i) relet the Premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Landlord or otherwise, for a term or terms which may at Landlord’s option be equal to or less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the Term of this Lease and may grant concessions or free rent to the extent that Landlord considers advisable and necessary to re let the same and (ii) make such alterations, repairs and decorations in the Premises as Landlord considers advisable and necessary for the purpose of reletting the Premises; and the making of such alterations, repairs and decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. Tenant, for itself and any and all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including its creditors, upon the termination of this Lease and of the term of this Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, or in the event of entry of judgment for the recovery of the possession of the Premises in any action or proceeding, or if Landlord shall enter the Premises by process of law or otherwise, hereby waives any right of redemption provided or permitted by any statute, law or decision now or hereafter in force, and does hereby waive, surrender and give up all rights or privileges which it or they may or might have under and by reason of any present or future law or decision, to redeem the Premises or for a continuation of this Lease for the term of this Lease hereby demised after having been dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law, or otherwise.

(f)    In addition to any other remedies under this Article 14, Tenant shall immediately become liable to Landlord for all damages proximately caused by Tenant’s breach of its obligations under this Lease, including all costs Landlord incurs in reletting (or attempting to relet) the Premises or any part thereof, including, without limitation, brokers’ commissions, expenses of cleaning, altering and preparing

 

37


the Premises for new tenants, legal fees and all other like expenses properly chargeable against the Premises and the rental received therefrom and like costs, provided that nothing set forth in this Section 14.2(f) shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation to relet the Premises or to mitigate its damages hereunder, except to the extent expressly required under applicable Law or as otherwise specifically set forth herein. If Landlord does elect to relet the Premises (or any portion thereof), such reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term, and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord deems appropriate, in its sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant shall have no interest in any sums collected by Landlord in connection with such reletting except to the extent expressly set forth herein. If the Premises or any part thereof shall be relet in combination with any other space, then proper apportionment on a per-square foot basis shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of such reletting. If Landlord shall succeed in reletting the Premises during the period in which Tenant is paying monthly rent damages as described in Section 14.2(c), Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents collected by Landlord from such reletting, after first deducting from the gross rents, as and when collected by Landlord, (A) all expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in collecting such rents, and (B) any theretofore unrecovered costs associated with the termination of this Lease or Landlord’s reentry into the Premises, including any theretofore unrecovered expenses of reletting or other damages payable hereunder. If the Premises or any portion thereof be relet by Landlord for the unexpired portion of the Term before presentation of proof of such damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such reletting shall, prima facie, constitute the fair and reasonable rental value for the Premises, or part thereof, so relet for the term of the reletting. Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises or, if the Premises or any part are relet, for its failure to collect the rent under such reletting, and no such refusal or failure to relet or failure to collect rent shall release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages or otherwise under this Lease. In all cases, and notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises and to otherwise mitigate its damages; provided, however, that such efforts shall not require Landlord to (i) lease the Premises prior to any other available space in the Buildings; (ii) accept terms for the re-leasing of all or any portion of the Premises that are less than the then-prevailing market terms for comparable space in Comparable Buildings as reasonably determined by Landlord; or (iii) accept as a tenant any person or entity that does not meet Landlord’s reasonable standards for financial capability and business reputation. Landlord shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to relet the Premises, or in the event that the Premises are relet, for failure to collect the rent under such reletting.

(g)    If the trustee or the debtor in possession assumes the Lease under applicable bankruptcy law, it may assume and assign its interest in this Lease only if the proposed assignee first provides Landlord with (1) notice of such proposed assignment, setting forth (i) the name and address of the proposed assignee, its proposed use of the Premises, reasonably detailed character and financial references for such person (including its most recent balance sheet and income statements certified by its chief financial officer or, if available, a certified public accountant) and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord, and (ii) all of the terms and conditions of such offer, shall be given to Landlord by Tenant or such trustee no later than twenty (20) days after receipt by Tenant or such trustee of such offer, but in any event no later than ten (10) days prior to the date that Tenant or such trustee shall make application to a court of competent jurisdiction for authority and approval to assume this Lease and enter into such assignment; (2) Adequate Assurance of Future Performance (as hereinafter defined) of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and (3) Landlord determines, in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, that the assignment of this Lease will not breach any other lease, or any mortgage, financing agreement, or other agreement relating to the Property by which Landlord or the Property is then bound (and Landlord shall not be required to obtain consents or waivers from any third party required under any lease, mortgage, financing agreement, or other such agreement by which Landlord is then bound). Landlord shall have the option, to be exercised by notice to Tenant or such trustee given at any time prior to the date the application is filed for court approval of the assumption and assignment of

 

38


this Lease to the proposed assignee, to accept an assignment of this Lease upon the same terms and conditions and for the same consideration, if any, as the bona fide offer made by such proposed assignee, less any brokerage commissions which may be payable out of the consideration to be paid by such person for the assignment of this Lease.

(h)    For purposes only of paragraph (g) above, and in addition to any other requirements under the Bankruptcy Code, any future federal bankruptcy law and applicable case law, “Adequate Assurance of Future Performance” means at least the satisfaction of the following conditions, which Landlord and Tenant acknowledge to be commercially reasonable:

(i)    the proposed assignee submitting a current financial statement, audited by a certified public accountant, that allows a net worth and working capital in amounts determined in the reasonable business judgment of Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by the assignee of Tenant’s obligation under this Lease; and

(ii)    if requested by Landlord in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment, the proposed assignee obtaining a guarantee (in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord) from one or more persons who satisfy Landlord’s standards of creditworthiness; and

(iii)    the proposed assignee is of a character and financial worth such as is in keeping with the standards of Landlord in those respects for the Property, the assignee’s tenancy is of the same quality as other tenants at the Property, and the purposes for which the proposed assignee intends to use the Premises are uses expressly permitted by and not prohibited by this Lease or prohibited by any other lease at the Property.

14.3    Additional Rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay when due any sums under this Lease designated as Additional Rent, Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies as Landlord has hereunder for failure to pay Basic Rent.

14.4    Remedying Defaults. Landlord shall have the right, but shall not be required, to pay such sums or do any act which requires the expenditure of monies which may be necessary or appropriate by reason of the failure or neglect of Tenant to perform any of the provisions of this Lease within applicable notice and cure periods, and in the event of the exercise of such right by Landlord, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord forthwith upon demand all such sums, together with interest thereon at the Default Interest Rate, as Additional Rent.

14.5    Remedies Cumulative. The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are not intended to be exclusive of any remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may at any time be entitled lawfully, and Landlord may invoke any remedy (including the remedy of specific performance) allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not herein provided for.

14.6    Enforcement Costs. Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and expenses at both the trial and appellate levels) incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in connection with the successful enforcement of any rights of Landlord or obligations of Tenant hereunder, whether or not occasioned by an Event of Default.

14.7    Waiver.

(a)    Failure on the part of Landlord or Tenant to complain of any action or non-action on the part of the other, no matter how long the same may continue, shall never be a waiver by Tenant or Landlord, respectively, of any of the other’s rights hereunder. Further, no waiver at any time of any of

 

39


the provisions hereof by Landlord or Tenant shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof, and a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same provisions. The consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant to or of any action by the other requiring such consent or approval shall not be construed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s or Tenant’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by the other.

(b)    Any waiver by Landlord of any provisions of this Lease must be in a writing signed by Landlord. In addition, Landlord’s acceptance of any payment from Tenant after a termination of this Lease due to an Event of Default by Tenant shall not have the effect of reinstating this Lease, nor estop Landlord from exercising any of the rights and remedies granted to Landlord hereunder arising out of such Event of Default. No payment by Tenant or acceptance by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Basic Rent, Additional Rent, and other sums due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than on account of the total amount due from Tenant to Landlord, to be applied in such order as Landlord deems appropriate. In no event shall any endorsement or statement on any check or accompanying any check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Basic Rent, Additional Rent, or other sum and to pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

14.8    Security Deposit.

(a)    If a security deposit is specified in Section 1.1 hereof, Tenant agrees that the same will be paid upon execution and delivery of this Lease, and that Landlord shall hold the same throughout the Term of this Lease as security for the performance by Tenant of all obligations on the part of Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall have the right from time to time, without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to apply such deposit, or any part thereof, to Landlord’s damages arising from, or to cure, any Event of Default. If Landlord shall so apply any or all of such deposit, Tenant shall immediately upon demand deposit with Landlord the amount so applied to be held as security hereunder. Landlord shall return the deposit, or so much thereof as shall not have theretofore been applied in accordance with the terms of this Section, to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease. While Landlord holds such deposit, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay interest on the same and shall have the right to commingle the same with Landlord’s other funds. If Landlord conveys Landlord’s interest under this Lease, the deposit, or any part thereof not previously applied, may be turned over by Landlord to Landlord’s grantee, and, if so turned over, Tenant agrees to look solely to such grantee for proper application of the deposit in accordance with the terms of this Section, and the return thereof in accordance herewith. The holder of a mortgage shall not be responsible to Tenant for the return or application of any such deposit, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Landlord hereunder, unless such deposit shall have been received in hand by such holder.

(b)    In lieu of a cash Security Deposit, Tenant, at Tenant’s option, may, simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant, deliver to Landlord, and Tenant shall maintain in effect at all times during the Term, as security for the full and faithful performance and observance by Tenant of Tenant’s covenants and obligations under this Lease, an unconditional, irrevocable, absolutely “clean” letter of credit (each such letter of credit and any extensions or replacements thereof, as the case may be, is hereinafter referred to as a “Letter of Credit”) in the amount set forth in Section 1.1 hereof, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and issued by a domestic bank or a foreign bank having at least one office for accepting draws in the continental United States with a credit rating for its long-term debt of at least “A” according to Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch IBCA, Inc. (an “Approved Bank”), or other issuer reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and either having its principal place of business or a duly licensed branch or agency in Boston, Massachusetts. As of the date of this Lease, Landlord hereby approves Silicon Valley Bank as the issuer of the Letter of

 

40


Credit, subject to Landlord’s rights under Section 14.8(d). Such Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date no earlier than the first anniversary of the date of issuance thereof and shall be automatically renewed from year to year unless terminated by the issuer thereof by notice to Landlord given not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration thereof. Tenant shall, throughout the Term of this Lease, deliver to Landlord, in the event of the termination of any Letter of Credit, a replacement Letter of Credit in lieu thereof or a renewal of the Letter of Credit in the same form as previously issued no later than ten (10) days prior to the expiration date of the preceding Letter of Credit or any renewal thereof. The term of each such replacement Letter of Credit shall be not less than one year and shall be automatically renewable from year to year as aforesaid. If any Letter of Credit delivered to Landlord under this Section 14.8 is subject to a final expiration date that is before the expiration date of the Term, Tenant shall deliver a replacement of or amendment to such Letter of Credit in the same form as previously issued no later than ten (10) days prior to such final expiration date, and the final Letter of Credit delivered to Landlord pursuant to this Section 14.8 shall have a final expiration date occurring not earlier than sixty (60) days following the expiration date of this Lease. If Tenant shall fail to obtain any replacement of or amendment to a Letter of Credit or to deposit with Landlord cash in US currency sufficient to replace the face amount of the Letter of Credit within any of the applicable time limits set forth in this Section 14.8, and if such failure shall continue for more than five (5) Business Days after written notice from Landlord, such failure shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under this Lease without any additional notice or cure period applicable thereto, and Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its option, to draw upon the full available amount of the existing Letter of Credit and use, apply and retain the same as security hereunder, and notwithstanding such draw by Landlord, Landlord shall retain all other rights and remedies that are available to Landlord under this Lease at Law or in equity with respect to such Event of Default. In the event Tenant deposits cash with Landlord pursuant to the foregoing, such deposit shall constitute Cash Security (as hereinafter defined) for purposes of this Section 14.8 and, notwithstanding such deposit, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after such posting, deliver to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements of this Section 14.8 to replace such Cash Security and, if Tenant fails to do so and such failure continues for more than five (5) Business Days after written notice from Landlord, such failure shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under this Lease without any additional notice or cure period applicable thereto. Upon receipt of such replacement Letter of Credit complying with the requirements of this Section 14.8, Landlord shall return to Tenant any unapplied Cash Security then being held by Landlord.

(c)    In the event Tenant defaults in respect of the full and prompt payment and performance of any of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Lease beyond notice (the delivery of which shall not be required for purposes of this Section 14.8 if Landlord is prevented or prohibited from delivering the same under applicable law, including, but not limited to, all applicable bankruptcy and insolvency law) and the expiration of any applicable cure period, including, but not limited to, the payment of Basic Rent and Additional Rent, Landlord may, at its election, (but shall not be obligated to) apply any cash security deposit or draw down the entire available amount of the Letter of Credit or any portion thereof and use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security represented by the Letter of Credit to the extent required for the payment of: (i) Basic Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum which constitutes an Event of Default, (ii) any sum which Landlord may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants, and conditions of this Lease beyond notice (the delivery of which shall not be required for purposes of this Section 14.8 if Landlord is prevented or prohibited from delivering the same under applicable law, including, but not limited to, all applicable bankruptcy and insolvency law) and the expiration of any applicable cure period, including but not limited to, any reletting costs or expenses (including, without limitation, any free rent, tenant improvement allowance, leasing commissions, reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, and other fees, costs and expenses relating to the reletting of all or any portion of the Premises), (iii) any damages or deficiency in the reletting of the Premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other reentry by Landlord, or (iv) any

 

41


damages awarded to Landlord in accordance with the terms and conditions of Article 14 hereof, it being understood that any use of the whole or any part of the security represented by the Letter of Credit shall not constitute a bar or defense to any of Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease or any Law, including but not limited to Landlord’s right to assert a claim against Tenant under 11 U.S.C. §502(b)(6) or any other provision of Title 11 of the United States Code. In no event shall the Letter of Credit require that Landlord submit evidence to the issuing (or advising) bank of the truth or accuracy of any fact or statement and in no event shall the issuing bank or Tenant have the right to dispute the truth or accuracy of any such statement nor shall the issuing (or advising) bank have the right to review any provisions of the Lease. In no event and under no circumstance shall the draw down on or use of any amounts drawn under the Letter of Credit constitute a basis or defense to the exercise of any other of Landlord’s rights and remedies under this Lease or under any Law, including, but not limited to, Landlord’s right to assert a claim against Tenant under 11 U.S.C. §502(b)(6) or any other provision of Title 11 of the United States Code.

(d)    In the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions of this Lease, beyond notice (the delivery of which shall not be required for purposes of this Section 14.8 if Landlord is prevented or prohibited from delivering the same under applicable law, including, but not limited to, all applicable bankruptcy and insolvency law) and the expiration of any applicable cure period, and Landlord utilizes all or any part of the security represented by the Letter of Credit, Landlord may, in addition to exercising its rights as provided in paragraph (b) hereof, retain the unapplied and unused balance of amount of the Letter of Credit drawn upon by Landlord (herein called the “Cash Security”) as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant thereafter of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Lease, and may use, apply, or retain the whole or any part of said Cash Security in accordance with the terms of Section 14.8(b) applicable to use and application of the Letter of Credit proceeds. In the event Landlord uses, applies or retains any portion or all of the security represented by the Letter of Credit, Tenant shall, within ten (10) Business Days thereafter, restore the amount so used or applied (at Landlord’s option, either by the deposit with Landlord of cash or the provision of a replacement Letter of Credit or amendment to the existing Letter of Credit) so that at all times the amount of the security represented by the Letter of Credit and the Cash Security (if any) shall be not less than the security required by Section 1.1 hereof, failing which Tenant shall be in default of its obligations under this Section 14.8 and, if such failure shall continue for more than five (5) Business Days after written notice from Landlord, such failure shall constitute an immediate Event of Default under this Lease without any additional notice or cure period applicable thereto. Upon receipt of a replacement Letter of Credit complying with the requirements of this Section 14.8, Landlord shall return to Tenant any unapplied Cash Security then being held by Landlord.

(e)    In addition to and without limitation of Landlord’s other rights under this Section 14.8, if at any time during the Term of the Lease (as the same may be extended), the issuer of the then current Letter of Credit ceases to be an Approved Bank (or if the issuer of the existing Letter of Credit, including Silicon Valley Bank, shall enter into any supervisory agreement with any governmental authority, or if the issuer of the existing Letter of Credit shall fail to meet any capital requirements imposed by applicable Law), then Landlord may immediately draw upon the Letter of Credit as provided in Section 14.8 and use, apply and retain the same as Cash Security hereunder and Landlord shall have the right, by giving Tenant written notice of such requirement, to require that Tenant obtain from a new issuer a replacement Letter of Credit, which issuer and replacement Letter of Credit shall both comply in all respects with the requirements of this Section 14.8. Upon receipt of such replacement Letter of Credit complying with the requirements of this Section 14.8, Landlord shall return to Tenant any unapplied Cash Security then being held by Landlord. In the event that Tenant shall not have delivered to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements of this Section 14.8 or deposits with Landlord Cash Security pursuant to the terms of Section 14.8(a) above within ten (10) Business Days after Tenant’s receipt of such notice, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its option, to

 

42


give written notice to Tenant stating that such failure constitutes a continuing and immediate Event of Default under this Lease without any additional notice or cure period applicable thereto, and Landlord shall have the right to exercise all rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at Law and in equity with respect to such Event of Default.

(f)    The Letter of Credit and the Cash Security (if any), less any proceeds thereof applied by Landlord in accordance with the Lease, shall be returned to Tenant within sixty (60) days after the date fixed as the end of this Lease and after delivery to Landlord of possession of the Premises in the condition required under this Lease; provided, however, that in no event shall any such return be construed as an admission by Landlord that Tenant has performed all of its obligations hereunder. In the event of any sale, transfer or leasing of Landlord’s interest in the Building whether or not in connection with a sale, transfer or leasing of the Land to a vendee, transferee or lessee, Landlord shall have the right to transfer the Letter of Credit and the Cash Security (if any) to the vendee, transferee or lessee or, in the alternative, to require Tenant to deliver a replacement Letter of Credit in the same form as previously issued or appropriate amendment to the Letter of Credit naming the new landlord as beneficiary, and, upon delivery by Tenant of a replacement Letter of Credit, if applicable, Landlord shall return the existing Letter of Credit to Tenant. Upon such transfer or return of the Letter of Credit and the Cash Security (if any) and the assumption by such transferee of the Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return thereof, and Tenant shall look solely to the new landlord for the return of the same. The provisions of the preceding sentence shall apply to every subsequent sale, transfer or leasing of the Building, and any successor of Landlord may, upon a sale, transfer, leasing or other cessation of the interest of such successors in the Building, whether in whole or in part, transfer the Letter of Credit and the Cash Security (if any) to any vendee, transferee or lessee of the Building (or require Tenant to deliver a replacement Letter of Credit as hereinabove set forth) and shall thereupon be relieved of all liability with respect thereto. If Tenant shall fail to timely deliver a replacement Letter of Credit, as required by Landlord, within ten (10) Business Days of Landlord’s request therefor, and if such failure shall continue for more than five (5) Business Days after written notice from Landlord of such failure, Tenant shall be in default of its obligations under this Section 14.8 and Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its option, to draw upon the existing Letter of Credit and retain the proceeds as Cash Security hereunder until a replacement Letter of Credit is delivered, and notwithstanding such draw by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation), at its option, to give written notice to Tenant stating that such failure constitutes a continuing and immediate Event of Default of Tenant under this Lease without any additional notice or cure period applicable thereto, and Landlord shall have the right to exercise all rights and remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at Law and in equity with respect to such Event of Default. Upon delivery to Landlord of any such replacement Letter of Credit, such default shall be deemed cured and Landlord shall return to Tenant the proceeds of the Letter of Credit which had been drawn by Landlord pursuant to the preceding sentence (or any balance thereof to which Tenant is entitled). Except in connection with a permitted assignment of this Lease, Tenant shall not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the security represented by the Letter of Credit, and neither Landlord nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance. In any event, in the absence of evidence satisfactory to Landlord of an assignment of the right to receive the security represented by the Letter of Credit, Landlord may return the Letter of Credit to the original Tenant regardless of one or more assignments of this Lease.

(g)    Neither the Letter of Credit, any proceeds therefrom or the Cash Security, if any, shall be deemed an advance rent deposit or an advance payment of any other kind, or a measure or limitation of Landlord’s damages or constitute a bar or defense to any of the Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease or at law or in equity upon Tenant’s default.

 

43


(h)    As a material inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Letter of Credit and the proceeds thereof (including, without limitation any Cash Security resulting from Landlord’s draw upon all or any portion of the Letter of Credit) and the obligation to make available or pay to Landlord all or a portion thereof in satisfaction of any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, shall be deemed third-party obligations of the issuer of the Letter of Credit and not the obligation of Tenant hereunder and, accordingly, (A) shall not be subject to any limitation on damages contained in Section 502(b)(6) of Title 11 of the United States Code or any other limitation on damages that may apply under any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation in connection with a bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding by, against or on behalf of Tenant, (B) shall not diminish or be offset against any amounts that Landlord would be able to claim against Tenant pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §502(b)(6) as if no Letter of Credit existed, and (C) may be relied on by Landlord in the event of an assignment of this Lease that is not expressly permitted in accordance with the terms of this Lease even if such assignment has been authorized and approved by a court exercising jurisdiction in connection with a bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding by, against or on behalf of Tenant.

14.9    Landlords Default. Landlord shall in no event be in default under this Lease unless Landlord shall neglect or fail to perform any of its obligations hereunder and shall fail to remedy the same within thirty (30) days after notice to Landlord specifying such neglect or failure, or if such failure is of such a nature that Landlord cannot reasonably remedy the same within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall fail to commence promptly (and in any event within such thirty (30) day period) to remedy the same and to prosecute such remedy to completion with diligence and continuity.

14.10    Independent Covenants. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be separate and independent covenants and agreements, that the obligations of Tenant hereunder, including, without limitation the obligation to pay Basic Rent, Additional Rent, and other sums due hereunder, shall continue unaffected, unless the requirement to pay or perform the same shall have been terminated or abated pursuant to an express provision of this Lease. To the extent of any conflicts or inconsistencies between the terms and provisions of this Section 14.10 and the terms and provisions of the remainder of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Section 14.10 shall control.

ARTICLE 15

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

15.1    Landlords Rights of Access. Landlord and its agents, representatives, contractors and employees shall have the right to enter the Premises upon one (1) Business Day prior notice (except in an emergency, in which event Landlord shall endeavor to give such notice as is reasonably practicable under the circumstances and in all events notice under this Article 15 may be by e-mail sent to info@arcellx.com notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease) for the purpose of doing maintenance, making such repairs, alterations or improvements as Landlord shall reasonably require or shall have the right to make by the provisions of this Lease or otherwise in exercising Landlord’s rights or fulfilling Landlord’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord and its agents, representatives, contractors and employees shall have the right to enter the Premises without notice to Tenant for the purpose of exercising any of Landlord’s rights under Article 14 of this Lease. Landlord and its invitees shall also have the right on one (1) Business Day prior notice to enter the Premises, for the purpose of inspecting them or exhibiting them to prospective purchasers, prospective or actual Superior Lessors or Superior Mortgagees of the Building and, during the final twelve (12) months of the Term, to prospective tenants. For each of the above purposes, Landlord shall at all times have a key with which to unlock all the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults, safes and special security areas designated in advance by Tenant to Landlord. In an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to use any means that Landlord may deem proper to open the doors in and to the Premises. Any entry into the

 

44


Premises by Landlord in the manner hereinbefore described shall not be deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into, or a detainer of, the Premises, or an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant from any portion of the Premises. No provision of this Lease shall be construed as obligating Landlord to perform any repairs, alterations or decorations except as otherwise expressly agreed to be performed by Landlord in this Lease. In the exercise of the rights in this Section 15.1, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to not adversely affect Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises and to comply with Tenant’s reasonable security measures (except in case of emergency).

15.2    Covenant of Quiet Enjoyment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, on payment of the Basic Rent and Additional Rent and other Additional Rent and observing, keeping and performing all of the other terms and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed, kept and performed, Tenant shall lawfully, peaceably and quietly enjoy the Premises during the term hereof, without hindrance or ejection by any persons lawfully claiming under Landlord to have title to the Premises superior to Tenant. The foregoing covenant of quiet enjoyment is in lieu of any other covenant, express or implied.

15.3    Landlords Liability.

(a)    Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s then equity interest in the Buildings at the time of recovery for recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and agrees that neither Landlord nor any successor of Landlord nor any beneficiary, trustee, member, manager, partner, director, officer, employee or shareholder of Landlord or such successor shall ever be personally liable for any such judgment, or for the payment of any monetary obligation to Tenant. The provision contained in the foregoing sentence is not intended to, and shall not, limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or any successor of Landlord, or to take any action not involving the personal liability of Landlord or any successor of Landlord to respond in monetary damages from Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s equity interest in the Buildings.

(b)    In no event shall Landlord ever be liable to Tenant for any loss of business or any other indirect or consequential damages suffered by Tenant from whatever cause.

(c)    Where provision is made in this Lease for Landlord’s consent, and Tenant shall request such consent, and Landlord shall fail or refuse to give such consent, Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages for any withholding by Landlord of its consent, it being intended that Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance or injunction, and that such remedy shall be available only in those cases where Landlord has expressly agreed in writing not to unreasonably withhold its consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold harmless Tenant from, all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses, excluding consequential damages, arising from Landlord’s violation of this Lease with respect to its obligation not to unreasonably withhold its consent. Furthermore, except as otherwise expressly set forth in Section 5.2(a), with respect to Alterations to be performed by Tenant, and Section 6.4, with respect to any Transfer proposed by Tenant, whenever Tenant requests Landlord’s consent or approval (whether or not provided for herein), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, as Additional Rent, any reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, if any) in connection therewith.

(d)    Any repairs or restoration required or permitted to be made by Landlord under this Lease may be made during normal business hours, and Landlord shall have no liability for damages to Tenant for inconvenience, annoyance or interruption of business arising therefrom.

 

45


15.4    Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) Business Days prior written notice by Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord an estoppel certificate containing such statements of fact as Landlord reasonably requests, including, without limitation, whether (i) Landlord is in default of any of its obligations under the Lease; (ii) no construction obligations remain to be performed by Landlord, and (iii) any construction allowance payable to Tenant remains unpaid by Landlord.

15.5    Brokerage. Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has dealt with no broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than Broker, and, in the event of any brokerage claims against Landlord predicated upon prior dealings with Tenant, Tenant agrees to defend the same and indemnify Landlord against any such claim (except any claim by Broker). Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has dealt with no broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than Broker, and, in the event of any brokerage claims against Tenant predicated upon prior dealings with Landlord, Landlord agrees to defend the same and indemnify Tenant against any such claim. Landlord shall be responsible to pay the commission or fee due to Broker as and to the extent provided in a separate written agreement.

15.6    Rules and Regulations. Tenant, its employees, representatives, agents, subtenants, licensees, contractors, and invitees shall abide by the Rules and Regulations from time to time established by Landlord, it being agreed that Landlord shall have the right from time to time during the Term to make reasonable changes in and additions to the Rules and Regulations as Landlord deems necessary for the management, safety, care, cleanliness, conservation and sustainability of the Building and the Property and for the preservation of good order therein, provided that any such changes in and/or additions to the Rules and Regulations are applied in a non-discriminatory manner and do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s right to use the Premises for the Permitted Use or Tenant’s parking rights and do not materially increase Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Rules and Regulations shall be generally applicable to all tenants of the Building of similar nature to the Tenant named herein. Landlord agrees that any such Rules and Regulations will be uniformly enforced, provided, however, Landlord may waive any one or more of the Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant if Landlord reasonably deems such waiver appropriate, but no such waiver shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant, nor prevent Landlord from enforcing such Rules and Regulations against any or all tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not have any obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or the terms of any other lease against any other Tenant and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation thereof by any other tenant, its employees, representatives, agents, contractors, visitors, subtenants, licensees or invitees. In the event that there shall be a conflict between such Rules and Regulations and the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall control. The Rules and Regulations currently in effect are set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto and made a part hereof.

15.7    Financial Statements. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s reasonable request for the same, Tenant’s most recently completed financial statements (audited if available) prepared and certified by an independent certified public accountant and certified by an officer of Tenant as being true and correct in all material respects. Landlord and its affiliates and investors shall keep such financial statements confidential, provided that Landlord shall be permitted to deliver such financial statements to a lender, purchaser or lessor or a prospective lender, purchaser or lessor in connection with (i) a sale or financing of the Building or the Property or any interest in any deed of trust encumbering the Building or the Property, or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the interests in Landlord or (iii) any other recapitalization of the equity interests in Landlord, so long as Landlord first advises the recipient of the confidential nature of such statements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if and only so long as Tenant’s stock is publicly traded on a national exchange (or publicly listed in an equivalent manner, such as on NASDAQ) that requires its financial statements to be publicly disclosed, Tenant shall have no obligation to deliver any financial statements to Landlord. Any such financial statements may be relied upon by any actual or potential lessor, purchaser, or mortgagee of the Property.

 

46


15.8    Intentionally Deleted.

15.9    Intentionally Deleted.

15.10    Invalidity of Particular Provisions; Saving Clause. If any term or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. If (but solely to the extent) the limitations on Landlord’s liability set forth in this Lease would be held to be unenforceable or void in the absence of a modification holding the Landlord liable to Tenant or to another person for injury, loss, damage or liability arising from Landlord’s omission, fault, negligence or other misconduct on or about the Premises, or other areas of the Property appurtenant thereto or used in connection therewith and not under Tenant’s exclusive control, then such provision shall be deemed modified as and to the extent (but solely to the extent) necessary to render such provision enforceable under applicable Law. The foregoing shall not affect the application of Section 15.3 to limit the assets available for execution of any claim against Landlord.

15.11    Provisions Binding, Etc. Except as herein otherwise provided, the terms hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns, respectively, of Landlord and Tenant (except in the case of Tenant, only such successors and assigns as may be permitted hereunder) and, if Tenant shall be an individual, upon and to his heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns. Each term and each provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition. Any reference in this Lease to successors and assigns of Tenant shall not be construed to constitute a consent to assignment by Tenant.

15.12    Recording. Tenant agrees not to record this Lease, but each party hereto agrees, on the request of the other, to execute a short form memorandum of lease in recordable form and complying with applicable Law and shall contain no information other than what is statutorily required to record a short form memorandum of lease. In no event shall such document set forth the rent or other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease; and any such document shall expressly state that it is executed pursuant to the provisions contained in this Lease, and is not intended to vary the terms and conditions of this Lease. At any time following Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord within ten (10) days after such request a release of any document recorded in the real property records for the location of the Property evidencing this Lease or notice of termination of this Lease in recordable form, which shall be held in escrow by Landlord until the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. The obligations of Tenant under this Section shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of the Term.

15.13    Notice. Whenever, by the terms of this Lease, notice shall or may be given either to Landlord or to Tenant (excluding notices pursuant to Section 15.1, which may be delivered via email), such notice shall be in writing and shall be sent by hand, registered or certified mail, or overnight or other commercial courier, postage or delivery charges, as the case may be, prepaid as follows:

If intended for Landlord, addressed to Landlord at the address set forth in Article 1 of this Lease (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Landlord by like notice).

 

47


If intended for Tenant, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth in Article 1 of this Lease (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Tenant by like notice).

Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices shall be effective when received; provided, that (i) if receipt is refused, notice shall be effective upon the first occasion that such receipt is refused, (ii) if the notice is unable to be delivered due to a change of address of which no notice was given, notice shall be effective upon the date such delivery was attempted, (iii) if the notice address is a post office box number, notice shall be effective three (3) Business Days after such notice is sent as provided hereinabove or (iv) if the notice is to a foreign address, notice shall be effective three (3) Business Days after such notice is sent as provided hereinabove.

Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of Landlord or by Landlord’s managing agent shall be considered as given by Landlord and shall be fully effective.

15.14    Authority.

(a)    Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) Tenant is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the state of Maryland, and possesses all licenses and authorizations necessary to carry on its business, (ii) Tenant has full power and authority to carry on its business, enter into this Lease and consummate the transaction contemplated by this Lease, (iii) the individual executing and delivering this Lease on Tenant’s behalf has been duly authorized to do so, (iv) this Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Tenant, (v) this Lease constitutes a valid, legal, binding and enforceable obligation of Tenant (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency or creditor rights laws generally, and principles of equity generally), (vi) the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease by Tenant will not cause or constitute a default under, or conflict with, the organizational documents of Tenant or any agreement to which Tenant is a party, (vii) the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease by Tenant will not violate any applicable Law, and (viii) all consents, approvals, authorizations, orders or filings of or with any court or governmental agency or body, if any, required on the part of Tenant for the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease have been obtained or made.

(b)    Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that (i) Landlord is duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the state of Maryland, (ii) Landlord has full power and authority to carry on its business, enter into this Lease and consummate the transaction contemplated by this Lease, (iii) the individual executing and delivering this Lease on Landlord’s behalf has been duly authorized to do so, (iv) this Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Landlord, and (v) this Lease constitutes a valid, legal, binding and enforceable obligation of Landlord (subject to bankruptcy, insolvency or creditor rights laws generally, and principles of equity generally).

15.15    When Lease Becomes Binding; Entire Agreement; Modification. The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall become effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and Tenant. This Lease is the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and this Lease expressly supersedes any negotiations, considerations, representations and understandings and proposals or other written documents relating hereto. This Lease may be modified or altered only by written agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and no act or omission of any employee or agent of Landlord shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.

 

48


15.16    Paragraph Headings and Interpretation of Sections. The paragraph headings throughout this instrument are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Lease. The provisions of this Lease shall be construed as a whole, according to their common meaning (except where a precise legal interpretation is clearly evidenced), and not for or against either party. Use in this Lease of the words “including,” “such as” or words of similar import, when followed by any general term, statement or matter, shall not be construed to limit such term, statement or matter to the specified item(s), whether or not language of non-limitation, such as “without limitation” or “including, but not limited to,” or words of similar import, are used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other terms or matters that could fall within a reasonably broad scope of such term, statement or matter.

15.17    Joint and Several Liability; Successors and Assigns. If there shall be more than person or entity which constitute the “Tenant” hereunder, the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall be joint and several for all such persons and entities. The covenants and conditions herein contained, subject to the provisions as to assignment, shall inure to and bind the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties hereto.

15.18    Waiver of Jury Trial. In any action or proceeding arising herefrom, Landlord and Tenant hereby consent to (i) the jurisdiction of any competent court within the state where the Building is located, (ii) service of process by any means authorized by the law of the state where the Building is located, and (iii) in the interest of saving time and expense, trial without a jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other or their successors in respect of any matter arising out of or in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the premises, and/or any claim for injury or damage, or any emergency or statutory remedy. In the event Landlord commences any summary proceedings or action for nonpayment of Basic rent or Additional Rent, Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim of any nature or description (unless such counterclaim shall be mandatory) in any such proceeding or action, but shall be relegated to an independent action at law.

15.19    Reservation. Nothing set forth in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to restrict Landlord from making any repairs, renovations, replacements, improvements and modifications to, or to reconfigure, any of the parking or Common Facilities serving the Property, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to make any such repairs, renovations, replacements, improvements and modifications or reconfigurations to such areas and other facilities of the Building and Common Facilities as Landlord may deem appropriate, including the addition or deletion of temporary or permanent improvements therein, or the conversion of areas now dedicated for the non- exclusive common use of tenants (including Tenant) to the exclusive use of one or more tenants or licensees within the Building. In connection with the foregoing, Landlord may temporarily close or cover entrances, doors, windows, corridors, or other facilities without liability to Tenant; however, in doing so, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to not unreasonably interfere with or disturb Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises or Tenant’s parking rights.

15.20    Prohibited Persons and Transactions. Tenant represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any of its affiliates, nor any of their respective partners, members, shareholders or other equity owners, and none of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is, nor will they become, a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC“) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism), or other governmental action and is not and will not Transfer this Lease to, contract with or otherwise engage in any dealings or transactions or be otherwise associated with such persons or entities.

 

49


15.21    Time Is of the Essence. Time is of the essence of each provision of this Lease.

15.22    Multiple Counterparts; Entire Agreement. This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto, Landlord’s managing agent and their respective affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter, and there are no verbal or collateral understandings, agreements, representations or warranties not expressly set forth in this Lease. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant, unless reduced to writing and signed by the party or parties to be charged therewith.

15.23    Governing Law. This Lease shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the Property is located, without regard to application of any conflict of law principles.

ARTICLE 16

OPTION TO EXTEND TERM

16.1    Extended Term. Provided that, at the time of such exercise, (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, and (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (either at the time of exercise or at the commencement of the Extended Term), and (iii) Tenant and/or its Permitted Transferees shall be in occupancy of the Premises and shall not have assigned this Lease or sublet more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the Premises (except in connection with a Permitted Transfer) (any of which conditions described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) may be waived by Landlord at any time in Landlord’s sole discretion), Tenant shall have the right and option to extend the Term of this Lease for two extended terms (each an “Extended Term”) of five (5) years each by giving written notice (in each case, an “Extension Notice”) to Landlord not later than twelve (12) months and not sooner fifteen (15) months than prior to the expiration date of the Term then in effect. The effective giving of such notice of extension by Tenant shall automatically extend the Term of this Lease for the applicable Extended Term, and no instrument of renewal or extension need be executed. In the event that Tenant fails timely to give such notice to Landlord, this Lease shall automatically terminate at the end of the then current Term and Tenant shall have no further option to extend the Term of this Lease. Each Extended Term shall commence on the day immediately succeeding the expiration date of the current Term and shall end on the day immediately preceding the fifth (5th) anniversary of the first day of the applicable Extended Term. Each Extended Term shall be on all the terms and conditions of this Lease, except: (x) during the second Extended Term, Tenant shall have no further option to extend the Term, (y) the Basic Rent for each Extended Term shall be the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises as of the commencement of the Extended Term, taking into account all relevant factors, determined pursuant to Section 16.2 below, and (z) Landlord shall not be required to furnish any materials or perform any work to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy during either Extended Term and Landlord shall not be required to provide any work allowance or reimburse Tenant for any alterations made or to be made by Tenant, or to grant Tenant any rent concession.

16.2    Determination of Fair Market Rental Value. Promptly after receiving Tenant’s Extension Notice pursuant to Section 16.1 above, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Landlord’s good faith estimate of the Fair Market Rental Value (as defined in Section 16.3 below) of the Premises for the upcoming Extended Term, but in no event shall Landlord be required to deliver such estimate sooner

 

50


than eleven (11) months prior to the expiration of the Term then in effect. If Tenant is unwilling to accept Landlord’s estimate of the Fair Market Rental Value as set forth in Landlord’s notice referred to above, and the parties are unable to reach agreement thereon within thirty (30) days after the delivery of such notice by Landlord, then either party may submit the determination of the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises to arbitration by giving notice to the other party naming the initiating party’s arbitrator within ten (10) days after the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. Within fifteen (15) days after receiving a notice of initiation of arbitration, the responding party shall appoint its own arbitrator by notifying the initiating party of the responding party’s arbitrator. If the second arbitrator shall not have been so appointed within such fifteen (15) day period, the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises shall be determined by the initiating party’s arbitrator. If the second arbitrator shall have been so appointed, the two arbitrators thus appointed shall, within fifteen (15) days after the responding party’s notice of appointment of the second arbitrator, appoint a third arbitrator. If the two initial arbitrators are unable timely to agree on the third arbitrator, then either may, on behalf of both, request such appointment by the Boston office of JAMS, Inc., or its successor, or, on its failure, refusal or inability to act, by a court of competent jurisdiction. The Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises for the Extended Term shall be determined by the method commonly known as Baseball Arbitration, whereby Landlord’s selected arbitrator and Tenant’s selected arbitrator shall each set forth its respective determination of the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises, and the third arbitrator must select one or the other (it being understood that the third arbitrator shall be expressly prohibited from selecting a compromise figure). Landlord’s selected arbitrator and Tenant’s selected arbitrator shall deliver their determinations of the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises to the third arbitrator within five (5) Business Days of the appointment of the third arbitrator and the third arbitrator shall render his or her decision within ten (10) days after receipt of both of the other two determinations of the Fair Market Rental Value of the Premises. The third arbitrator’s decision shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant. The third arbitrator shall be a commercial real estate broker who is independent from the parties and who has not worked for either party or their affiliates in the prior five (5) years and who has at least ten (10) years’ experience in Comparable Buildings. Each party shall pay the fees of its own arbitrator, and the fees of the third arbitrator shall be shared equally by the parties. In the event Tenant initiates the aforesaid arbitration process and as of the commencement of the Extended Term the amount of the Basic Rent for the Extended Term has not been determined, Tenant shall pay the amount determined by Landlord for the Premises and when the determination has actually been made, an appropriate retroactive adjustment shall be made as of the commencement of the Extended Term if necessary. In the event that such determination shall result in an overpayment by Tenant of any Basic Rent, such overpayment shall be paid by Landlord to Tenant promptly after such determination has been made, and if such determination shall result in an underpayment by Tenant of any Basic Rent, Tenant shall pay any such amounts to Landlord promptly following such determination.

16.3    Method for Calculating Fair Market Rental Value. For purposes of this Section 16, the determination of “Fair Market Rental Value” shall mean the then fair market rental value of the Premises taking into account all then relevant factors, whether favorable to Landlord or Tenant, and based upon the amount that landlords of Comparable Buildings have agreed to accept with tenants of comparable creditworthiness for comparable space (in terms of condition and floor location) of a comparable size, for a comparable use, for a nonrenewal term equal to the Extended Term and commencing as of the first day of the Extended Term and taking into account all other relevant factors.

ARTICLE 17

RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER

17.1    Available Space. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 17, before Landlord leases any Available Space (as defined below) to any unrelated third party during the Term, Landlord

 

51


will first offer such Available Space to Tenant for lease by written notice to Tenant (“Landlord’s Offer Notice”) and Tenant will have the right to lease the offered Available Space; provided, however, that Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any such notice during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term of this Lease. As used in this Article 17, “Available Space” shall mean and refer to any space in the Building that Landlord reasonably determines will be vacant and free of any possessory right now or hereafter existing in favor of any third party during the Term. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, Tenant’s right of first offer hereunder is subordinate to (i) any right of offer, right of first refusal, renewal right or similar right or option in favor of any third party existing as of the date of this Lease and (ii) Landlord’s right to renew or extend the term of any lease to another tenant in occupancy of the Available Space, whether or not pursuant to an option or right set forth in such other tenant’s lease.

17.2    Landlords Offer Notice; Acceptance by Tenant. Landlord’s Offer Notice shall specify (i) the location and size of the Available Space, (ii) Landlord’s good faith determination of the fair market rent for the Available Space, (iii) the date that Landlord estimates the Available Space will be delivered to Tenant, (iv) the Term of the Lease with respect to the Available Space, (v) tenant improvement allowances (if any), and (vi) all other material terms and conditions which will apply to the Available Space. Tenant will notify Landlord within five (5) Business Days of Landlord’s Offer Notice that (x) Tenant elects to lease the Available Space on the terms set forth in Landlord’s Offer Notice, or (y) Tenant rejects Landlord’s offer. If Tenant elects to lease the Available Space, Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an amendment to the Lease memorializing the addition of the Available Space to this Lease, but failure of the parties to execute such an amendment shall have no effect on the effectiveness of the expansion of the Premises to include the Available Space, and the economic terms associated therewith, as set forth above. If Tenant rejects Landlord’s offer, or fails to notify Landlord within said five (5) Business Day period that Tenant intends to lease such Available Space, Landlord shall be entitled to lease the Available Space at any time to any third party on terms acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion and Tenant shall have no further right to lease such Available Space pursuant to this Lease; provided, however, that if (A) Landlord has not entered into a lease for such Available Space within one hundred eighty (180) days after the expiration of said five (5) Business Day period, or (B) such space again qualifies as Available Space after the initial lease to a third partys, then in each case, Landlord shall re-offer such Available Space to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Article 17.

17.3    Conditions to Exercise of Right by Tenant. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Article 17 or any other provision of the Lease, any exercise by Tenant of its right to lease Available Space shall be void and of no effect unless on the date Tenant notifies Landlord that it elects to lease Available Space and on the commencement date of the amendment for the Available Space (i) the Lease is in full force and effect, and (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (iii) the originally-named Tenant and/or any of its Permitted Transferees shall be in occupancy of the Premises and there shall not then be in effect any sublease or subleases with respect to more than fifteen percent (15%) of the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer (which conditions under clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above Landlord may waive by written notice to Tenant at any time). Without limiting the foregoing, all of the rights created by this Article 17 shall be personal to the originally named Tenant under this Lease and shall not apply in favor of or be exercisable by any assignee of this Lease or other successor to Tenant’s rights under the Lease nor any sublessee of all or any portion of the Premises.

 

52


ARTICLE 18

TENANT’S TERMINATION OPTION

18.1    Termination Option. If (a) as of the date of the delivery of Tenant’s Termination Notice (defined below) to Landlord, Tenant has been acquired in a bona fide, arms-length, third-party transaction; or (b) Tenant has in good faith and within the six (6) months prior to the delivery of Tenant’s Termination Notice submitted a written request to Landlord seeking to enter into a lease for additional space at the Building and/or the Property, and a space of the square footage and use sought by Tenant is not, in Landlord’s reasonable determination, available for lease as of the Effective Termination date (defined below), then in either case Tenant shall have the option (the “Termination Option”) to terminate this Lease effective as of the day prior to the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (the “Effective Termination Date”) by providing Landlord with no fewer than six (6) months’ prior written notice of such termination (the “Tenants Termination Notice”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 18. On or before the Effective Termination Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Termination Fee (defined below). If Tenant timely and properly exercises its Termination Option and timely pays to Landlord the Termination Fee, then the Term of the Lease shall terminate as of the Effective Termination Date as if such date were the original expiration date for all purposes under the Lease. If Tenant fails to timely give Tenant’s Termination Notice or to timely pay the Termination Fee (either of which conditions may be waived in Landlord’s sole discretion), Tenant’s exercise of the Termination Option shall be null and void, and Tenant shall have no further option to terminate the Term of the Lease prior to the original expiration date thereof, except as otherwise set forth herein.

18.2    Termination Fee. As used herein, the “Termination Fee” shall be an amount equal to the sum of (x) the unamortized amount of Landlord’s Contribution and brokerage commissions in connection with the preparation of this Lease which shall be amortized over the Term at eight percent (8%) annual interest rate plus (y) six (6) months of Basic Rent at the then-current rate.

[Signatures commence on following page]

 

53


[Signature page of lease]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have caused this Lease to be duly executed by persons hereunto duly authorized, as of the date first set forth above.

 

LANDLORD:
TFG WEST WATKINS PROPERTY, LLC
a Delaware limited liability company
By:  

/s/ R. Scott Macphee                    

Name:   R. Scott Macphee
Title:   President
TENANT:
ARCELLX, INC., a
Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ David Hilbert                    

Name:   David Hilbert
Title:   CEO
Tenant’s Federal Taxpayer
Identification Number:

 

54


EXHIBIT A

Location Plan of Premises

 

LOGO

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

Plan of the Property

All that lot or parcel of land located in the 9th Election District of Montgomery County, Maryland and described as follows:

BEING KNOWN AND DESIGNATED as Parcel E in a Subdivision known as “Bennington Corporate Center”, as per Plat thereof recorded among the Land Records of Montgomery County in Plat Book 181, Plat No. 20144.

TOGETHER WITH AND SUBJECT TO that certain Deed of Easement dated April 13, 1988 and recorded among the Land Records of Montgomery County in Liber 8241, folio 450 by and between Bennington Community Association, Inc., a Maryland non-profit corporation and Clopper Road Associates, a Maryland general partnership.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

Work Letter

1.    Landlord’s Work.

a.    Scope of Landlord’s Work. Landlord shall construct and, except as provided below to the contrary, pay for the entire cost of constructing the improvements (“Landlord’s Work”) described in Schedule C-1 attached hereto and otherwise in accordance with Building standard materials and finishes (the “Scope of Work”). Tenant may request changes to the Scope of Work, subject to Landlord’s prior approval thereof, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, provided that the changes (a) shall meet or exceed Landlord’s standard specifications for tenant improvements for the Building; (b) conform to applicable governmental regulations and necessary governmental permits and approvals can be secured; (c) do not require Building service beyond the levels normally provided to other tenants in the Building; (d) do not have any adverse effect on the structural integrity or systems of the Building; and (e) will not, in Landlord’s opinion, unreasonably delay Landlord’s Work. If Landlord approves a change requested by Tenant, then, as a condition to the effectiveness of Landlord’s approval, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand by Landlord, any increased cost attributable to such change, as reasonably determined by Landlord.

b.    Performance of Landlord’s Work. Promptly after execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall commence and exercise all reasonable efforts to complete Landlord’s Work, which may, to the extent reasonably practicable, be performed concurrently with Tenant’s Work. Promptly after the commencement of Landlord’s Work, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a construction schedule letter setting forth the projected completion dates therefor and showing the deadlines for any actions required to be taken by Tenant during such construction, and Landlord may from time to time during construction of Landlord’s Work modify such schedule. Landlord’s Work shall be constructed in accordance with the Approved Plans (as hereinafter defined) and all applicable Laws, in a good and workman like manner, free of defects and using new materials and equipment of good quality.

c.    Substantial Completion. The Landlord’s Work shall be deemed substantially complete on the first day as of which Landlord’s Work has been completed except for items of work (and, if applicable, adjustment of equipment and fixtures) which can be completed after occupancy has been taken without causing undue interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises (i.e. so-called “punch list” items).

d.    Conditions; Landlord’s Performance. Tenant shall give Landlord notice, not later than eleven (11) calendar months after the Substantial Completion Date, of any respects in which Landlord has not performed Landlord’s Work fully, properly and in accordance with the terms of this Lease and Landlord shall promptly cause such items to be corrected at Landlord’s sole cost and expense. Except as identified in any such notice from Tenant to Landlord, Tenant shall have no right to make any claim that Landlord has failed to perform any of Landlord’s Work fully, properly and in accordance with the terms of this Lease or to require Landlord to perform any further Landlord’s Work.

2.    Tenant’s Work.

a.    Preparation of Plans. Tenant is currently preparing, at its sole cost and expense, except as set forth in this Section 2, plans and specifications for the improvements Tenant desires to make in connection with Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises (the “Plans”). In addition to the

 

C-1


Landlord’s Contribution (defined below), Landlord shall contribute up to $1,764.23 (i.e., $0.15 per rentable square foot of the Premises) (the “Landlords Plans Contribution”) toward Tenant’s costs in preparing a preliminary space plan and one (1) revision. The Plans shall be submitted to Landlord for Landlord’s approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) no later than thirty (30) days from the date hereof, and Landlord shall approve or disapprove of the Plans within five (5) Business Days after receiving them. Any disapproval by Landlord of the Plans shall be accompanied by a reasonably specific statement of reasons therefor. Tenant shall cause the Plans to be revised in a manner sufficient to remedy Landlord’s objections and/or respond to Landlord’s concerns and shall resubmit the revised the Plans to Landlord, and Landlord shall either approve or disapprove of the revised Plans within five (5) Business Days following the date of resubmission. If Landlord shall again disapprove of the Plans, Tenant shall again revise such plans and resubmit them to Landlord pursuant to the foregoing procedures until the Plans have been approved by Landlord. The Plans shall be stamped by a Maryland-registered architect and engineer, such architect and engineer being subject to Landlord’s approval as set forth in Section 2(b), below, and shall comply with all applicable laws, ordinances and regulations (including, without limitation, the applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder) and the requirements of the Rules and Regulations and shall be in a form satisfactory to appropriate governmental authorities responsible for issuing permits, approvals and licenses required for construction. Landlord will not approve any alterations or additions that require unusual expense to readapt the Premises to the Permitted Use on expiration or termination of this Lease or increase the cost of insurance on the Building, unless Tenant first gives assurances reasonably acceptable to Landlord that such readaptation will be made prior to such expiration or termination without expense to Landlord and for payment of any such increased cost. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any review or approval by Landlord of any plans and/or specifications with respect to Tenant’s Work is solely for Landlord’s benefit, and without any representation or warranty whatsoever to Tenant with respect to the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof or otherwise.

b.    Performance of Tenant’s Work. Promptly after the delivery of the Premises to Tenant, Landlord’s approval of the Plans (the “Approved Plans”) and receipt by Tenant of all required permits and approvals, Tenant shall commence and exercise all reasonable efforts to complete the work specified therein (“Tenant’s Work”). All of Tenant’s Work shall be completed in accordance with the Approved Plans and the requirements for alterations and improvements made by or on behalf of Tenant set forth in this Lease and in the Rules and Regulations; provided, that, (i) Tenant shall not be required to provide any additional security (i.e., lien and completion bonds) in connection with Tenant’s Work, (ii) Tenant shall not be required to use Landlord’s designated contractors with respect to any portions of Tenant’s Work affecting the Structural Elements and/or fire and life safety systems of the Building, unless the same are available at commercially reasonable rates. Tenant’s Work shall be performed by a general contractor approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, under a written construction contract (and Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that Advantage General Construction is hereby approved). Further, Tenant shall have the right to hire its own project manager, architect and engineer (together with Tenant’s general contractor, “Tenant’s Construction Team”), subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval, in connection with the performance of Tenant’s Work (and Landlord hereby acknowledges and agrees that project manager: Adnan Sheikh, Scheer Partners; architect: Jef Fuller, DNC Architects; engineer: Pat Goetz, JennErik Engineering is/are hereby approved). The approval by Landlord of Tenant’s Construction Team shall not impose upon Landlord any responsibility or liability whatsoever to Tenant as a result of, or arising out of, the defaults or other acts or omissions of the Tenant’s Construction Team. Prior to commencing Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall obtain and provide

 

C-2


Landlord with copies of, all state, local and other necessary permits and shall carry such insurance required under the Lease (naming Landlord, Landlord’s property manager, any Superior Mortgagee and any other parties reasonably designated by Landlord as additional insureds). In addition, Landlord may monitor the progress of Tenant’s Work, including, without limitation, attend any weekly or other periodic job meetings. Any review and monitoring of Tenant’s Work by Landlord shall not impose upon Landlord any responsibility or liability whatsoever to Tenant as a result of, or arising out of, Tenant’s Work. Within forty-five (45) days after completion of any Tenant’s Work, Tenant shall provide to Landlord “as-built” plans of the Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of the certificate of occupancy for any Tenant’s Work that requires a certificate of occupancy reasonably promptly after completion of such Tenant’s Work. Nothing herein shall be construed as permitting Tenant to occupy all or any portion of the Premises for which Tenant has not obtained a certificate of occupancy or otherwise failed to comply with applicable legal requirements.

c.    Landlord’s Contribution. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the costs incurred by Tenant with respect to the performance of Tenant’s Work (the “Cost of Tenant’s Work”) up to the amount of Landlord’s Contribution and as more particularly set forth in this Section 2(c), provided that a requisition is submitted by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Exhibit C on or before the date that is twenty-four (24) months after the Commencement Date. As used herein, “Landlord’s Contribution” shall mean $1,696,375.00 (i.e., $125.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises). At least eighty percent (80%) of the total amount of Landlord’s Contribution requisitioned by Tenant must be for hard costs incurred by Tenant, including architectural and mechanical, electrical and plumbing services. The balance of the Landlord’s Contribution may be applied toward soft costs, including without limitation consultant fees; the installation of a security system; the installation of furniture, fixtures and equipment; and telephone and data cabling costs. The Costs of Tenant’s Work shall not include costs arising from an Event of Default or from any facts or circumstances that could become an Event of Default, such as legal fees or bonding costs arising in connection with a mechanic’s lien placed on the Premises or Tenant’s interest therein. Tenant shall be entirely responsible for any excess. Landlord’s Contribution shall be payable by Landlord to Tenant (or, at Tenant’s election, directly to Tenant’s contractor) upon written requisition to Landlord in monthly installments, as provided below, according to reasonable construction disbursement procedures and as Tenant’s Work progresses. In any case, prior to payment of any such installment Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a written request, which request shall be given no more frequently than once every thirty (30) days, for such disbursement, which shall be accompanied by: (i) invoices for Tenant’s Work covered such requisition; (ii) copies of partial lien waivers or final lien waivers (in the case of a final installment); (iii) a certificate signed by the Tenant’s architect certifying that Tenant’s Work represented by the aforementioned invoices has been completed substantially in accordance with the Approved Plans; (iv) a certificate of substantial completion and as-built plans for Tenant’s Work (in the case of a final installment); and (v) all other information and materials reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord shall pay each required installment within thirty (30) days of receiving the materials enumerated in the previous sentence. Each installment by Landlord will be in the amount of Landlord’s pro-rata share based on the ratio of Landlord’s Contribution to the total Cost of Tenant’s Work (as evidenced by reasonably detailed documentation delivered to Landlord with the requisition first submitted by Tenant), less a retainage equal to the retainage set forth in the construction contract, but in no event shall Landlord be required to pay more than Landlord’s Contribution. Landlord shall not be obligated to disburse funds for materials stored off-site.

d.    Delay. In the event Tenant’s completion of Tenant’s Work is delayed due to (i) any breach by Landlord of its obligations under this Work Letter, including, without limitation,

 

C-3


and subject to the applicable notice and cure periods, Landlord’s failure to respond to the submission of Plans by Tenant in a timely manner or Landlord’s failure to timely complete Landlord’s Work, or (ii) any other act or omission of Landlord that continues for more than one (1) Business Day after written notice, then, in each case, the Rent Commencement Date shall be delayed by one (1) day for each day that the completion of Tenant’s Work was so delayed beyond the date completion otherwise would have occurred.

All in

 

C-4


Schedule C-1

“Scope of Work”

 

 

Provide and install new backup generator to provide a minimum of 5 watts per square foot for the Premises

 

 

Sub-metering utilities to Premises

 

 

Pull fiber-optic of Tenants choosing to the Building

 

 

Provide and install a cell phone amplifier for the Building; notwithstanding anything in the Lease or this Exhibit C to the contrary, Landlord shall not be required to incur more than $10,000.00 in costs in the aggregate for this element, and to the extent the total costs of this element exceed $10,000.00, Tenant shall upon demand reimburse Landlord for the balance of such excess costs within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s demand therefor.

 

 

Uninstall and remove current base board heating and cooling units throughout the Premises and install a new HVAC system (as described below); notwithstanding anything in the Lease or this Exhibit C to the contrary, Landlord shall not be required to incur more than $100,000.00 in costs in the aggregate for this element, and to the extent the total costs of this element exceed $100,000.00, Tenant shall upon demand reimburse Landlord for the balance of such excess costs within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s demand therefor.

 

   

Packaged DX, gas fired lab rooftop unit as well as a dedicated office rooftop unit designed in accordance with mutually acceptable specifications.

 

 

Provide and install a lab waste line

 

 

Provide and install five (5) skylights at mutually agreed upon locations

 

 

Provide and install four (4) store front glass fronts in the back of the Building

 

 

Close off entrance at front right of building and install a window

 

 

Provide and install new exterior entrance to the building to include modern glass double door entrance

 

   

To include installing a new awning and landscaping improvements

 

   

Tenant will be consulted and have input on final design

 

   

Provide and install a glass insert at the rear entrance near loading to include a dock leveler for lab deliverables

 

   

Only need one rear entrance door

 

 

Provide and install an autoclave/glass wash area in the Building (specs below); notwithstanding anything in the Lease or this Exhibit C to the contrary, the autoclave/glass wash area shall not be located within the Premises and shall instead be located in a mutually agreed upon location adjacent to the Premises for use as a Common Facility by Tenant and other tenants of the Building, as more particularly set forth in the Lease.

 

   

Autoclave - BMT Laboratory Sterilizer Model Sterlvap SL559-1

 

   

Glasswasher – Miele Model PG8583CD with UG30-90/70-85 Base

 

C-5


EXHIBIT D

Commencement Date Letter

            , 20    

[Name of Contact]

[Name of Tenant]

[Address of Tenant]

RE:      [Name of Tenant]

[Premises Rentable Area and Floor]

[Address of Building]

Dear [Name of Contact]:

Reference is made to that certain Lease, dated as of            , 201    , between [Landlord], as Landlord and [Tenant] as Tenant, with respect to Premises on the                     floor of the above-referenced building. In accordance with Section [    ] of the Lease, this is to confirm that the Commencement Date of the Term of the Lease occurred on                     , and that the Term of the Lease shall expire on                    .

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, kindly execute the enclosed duplicate of this letter, and return the same to us.

 

Very truly yours,
[Landlord]
By:  

                                                             

  Name:  

 

  Title:  

 

 

Accepted and Agreed:

[Tenant]

By:

 

                                                                      

  Name:  

                                                 

  Title:  

 

  Date:  

 

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

Operating Expenses

Operating Expenses shall include the following, without limitation:

 

  1.

All expenses incurred by Landlord or Landlord’s agents which shall be directly related to employment of personnel, including amounts incurred for wages, salaries and other compensation for services, payroll, social security, unemployment and similar taxes, workmen’s compensation insurance, disability benefits, pensions, hospitalization, retirement plans and group insurance, uniforms and working clothes and the cleaning thereof, and expenses imposed on Landlord or Landlord’s agents pursuant to any collective bargaining agreement for the services of employees of Landlord or Landlord’s agents in connection with the operation, repair, maintenance, cleaning, management and protection of the Property, including without limitation day and night supervisors, manager, accountants, bookkeepers, janitors, carpenters, engineers, mechanics, electricians and plumbers and personnel engaged in supervision of any of the persons mentioned above; provided that, if any such employee is also employed on other property of Landlord, such compensation shall be suitably prorated among the Buildings and such other properties.

 

  2.

The cost of services, utilities, materials and supplies furnished or used in the operation, repair, maintenance, cleaning, cleaning supplies and equipment (including rental), snow plowing or removal, or both, care of landscaping and irrigation systems, installing intrabuilding network cabling and maintaining, repairing, securing and replacing existing intrabuilding network cabling, management and protection of the Property and the Buildings.

 

  3.

The cost of replacements for tools and other similar equipment used in the repair, maintenance, cleaning and protection of the Property , provided that, in the case of any such equipment used jointly on other property of Landlord, such costs shall be suitably prorated among the Property and such other properties.

 

  4.

Where the Property is managed by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord, a sum equal to the amounts customarily charged by management firms in the Gaithersburg, Maryland area for similar properties, whether or not actually paid, or where managed by other than Landlord or an affiliate thereof, the amounts accrued for management, together with, in either case, amounts accrued for legal and other professional fees relating to the Property, but excluding such fees and commissions paid in connection with services rendered for securing or renewing leases and for matters not related to the normal administration and operation of the Property.

 

  5.

Premiums for insurance against damage or loss to the Property from such hazards as Landlord shall determine, including, but not by way of limitation, insurance covering loss of rent attributable to any such hazards, and public liability insurance.

 

  6.

The annual amortization of any Permitted Capital Improvements (as hereinafter defined), amortized over the useful life thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord, including interest at a rate that is reasonably equivalent to the interest rate that Landlord would be required to pay to finance the cost of the Permitted Capital Improvements in question as of the date such Permitted Capitals are performed. “Permitted Capital Improvements”

 

E-1


  shall mean capital expenses incurred at the Property (including the Building), which are (1) intended to reduce Operating Expenses, or (2) are required to comply with any Laws first coming into applicability after the date of this Lease.

 

  7.

Costs for electricity, water and sewer use charges, gas and other utilities supplied to the Property and not paid for directly by tenants.

 

  8.

Betterment assessments, provided the same are apportioned equally over the longest period permitted by law, and to the extent, if any, not included in Taxes.

 

  9.

Commercially reasonable management fees.

 

  10.

Amounts paid to independent contractors for services, materials and supplies furnished for the operation, repair, maintenance, cleaning and protection of the Property.

 

  11.

Without limiting the generality of any of the foregoing, the costs of maintaining, repairing and/or replacing the autoclave and glass washer.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, Operating Expenses shall not include the following:

(i)    Any cost or expense to the extent to which Landlord is paid or reimbursed (other than as a payment for Operating Expenses), including work or services performed for any tenant (including Tenant) at such tenant’s cost or the cost of any item for which Landlord has been paid or reimbursed by insurance, warranties, service contracts, condemnation proceeds or otherwise;

(ii)    The cost of any work or services performed for any other property other than the Property;

(iii)    Marketing costs, including leasing commissions, attorneys’ fees, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions and disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Buildings;

(iv)    Costs associated with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Buildings;

(v)    Taxes;

(vi)    Costs (including permit, license, and inspection fees) incurred in renovating, improving, decorating, painting or redecorating vacant leasable space or space for tenants;

(vii)    Depreciation and amortization on the Building, except as expressly permitted elsewhere in the Lease (including with respect to Permitted Capital Expenditures);

(viii)    Overhead and profit paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for management or other services on or to the Property or for supplies or other materials, to the extent that the costs of the service, supplies or materials exceed the competitive costs of the services, supplies or materials were they not provided by a subsidiary or affiliate;

(ix)    Interest on debt or amortization payments on mortgages or deeds of trust or any other debt for borrowed money;

 

E-2


(x)    Items and services which Tenant is not entitled to receive under this Lease but which a Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants of the Buildings other than Tenant or for which Landlord is separately reimbursed;

(xi)    The cost of any items that, under generally accepted accounting principles, are properly classified as capital expenses, except as expressly provided above with respect to Permitted Capital Improvements;

(xii)    Costs incurred, in excess of the deductible, in connection with repairs or other work needed to the Buildings because of fire, windstorm, or other casualty or cause insured against by Landlord;

(xiii)    Any costs, fines or penalties incurred because Landlord, any other occupant of the Property, or their respective agents, employees or contractors violated any governmental rule or authority;

(xiv)    Costs to comply with any covenant, condition, restriction, underwriter’s requirement or Law applicable to the Premises or the Property on the Commencement Date;

(xv)    Any capital cost necessary to cure any violation of any Law, ordinance or regulation applicable to the Building existing as of the Commencement Date;

(xvi)     Any fee, profit, or compensation paid or retained by Landlord or its affiliates for management and administration of the Property in excess of 3.5% of gross revenues for the Property;

(xvii)    Expense reserves;

(xviii)    Insurance deductibles in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) and co-insurance payments; and

(xix)    Costs incurred in connection with the remediation, clean-up, or abatement of any Hazardous Material, except to the extent caused by the release or emission of the Hazardous Material in question by Tenant.

 

E-3


EXHIBIT F

Rules and Regulations of Building

The following regulations are generally applicable:

 

  1.

The public sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls shall not be obstructed or encumbered by Tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

 

  2.

No awnings, curtains, blinds, shades, screens or other projections shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window of the Premises or any outside wall of the Building. Such awnings, curtains. blinds, shades, screens or other projections must be of a quality, type, design and color, and attached in the manner, with prior approval by Landlord.

 

  3.

No show cases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor, if the Building is occupied by more than one tenant, displayed through interior windows into the common areas of the Property, nor placed in the halls, corridors or vestibules.

 

  4.

The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were designed and constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or like substances shall be deposited therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the Tenant.

 

  5.

Tenant shall not use the Premises or any part thereof or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used as a public employment bureau or for the sale of property of any kind at auction.

 

  6.

Tenant must, upon the termination of its tenancy, return to the Landlord all locks, cylinders and keys to offices and toilet rooms of the Premises.

 

  7.

Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building after business hours and at all hours on days other than Business Days all persons connected with or calling upon the Tenant who are not escorted in the Building by an employee of Tenant. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons calling upon Tenant and shall be liable to the Landlord for all wrongful acts of such persons.

 

  8.

The requirements of Tenant will be attended to only upon application at the Building Management Office. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from the office of the Landlord.

 

  9.

There shall not be used in any space in the Building, or in the public halls of the Building, either by Tenant or its agent, contractors, employees or others, in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

 

  10.

No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises.

 

F-1


  11.

No tenant shall make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises or disturb or interfere with occupants of this or any neighboring building or premises or those having business with them whether by use of any musical instrument, radio, talking machine, unmusical noise, whistling, singing, or in any other way. No tenant shall throw anything out of the doors, windows or skylights or down the passageways.

 

  12.

The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

 

  13.

No smoking shall be permitted in the Premises or the Building. Smoking shall only be permitted in smoking areas outside of the Building which have been designated by the Landlord. Tenant shall comply with all applicable “No Smoking” and if Tenant is required by Law to adopt a written smoking policy, a copy of said policy shall be on file in the property manager’s office in the Building.

 

  14.

Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

 

  15.

Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for any purpose other than Tenant’s business address; Tenant shall not use the name of the Building for Tenant’s business address after Tenant vacates the Premises; nor shall Tenant use any picture or likeness of the Building in any circulars, notices, advertisements or correspondence. Tenant shall not represent itself as being associated with any company or corporation by which the Building may be known.

 

  16.

No article which is explosive or dangerous is allowed in the Building.

 

  17.

Canvassing to solicit business from other tenants of the Building is not permitted.

 

  18.

Tenant shall participate in any recycling programs undertaken by Landlord or required by applicable Laws.

 

  19.

No locks or similar devices shall be attached to any door except by Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to retain a key to all such locks. Tenant may not install any locks without Landlord’s prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

  20.

To the extent permitted by law, Tenant shall not cause or permit picketing or other activity which would interfere with the business of Landlord or any other tenant or occupant of the Building, or distribution of written materials involving its employees in or about the Building, except in those locations and subject to time and other limitations as to which Landlord may give prior written consent.

 

  21.

Tenant shall not cook, otherwise prepare or sell any food or beverages in or from the Premises or use the Premises for housing accommodations or lodging or sleeping purposes except that Underwriters’ Laboratory-approved equipment and microwave ovens may be used in the Premises for heating food and brewing coffee, tea and similar beverages for Tenant’s employees and visitors provided such use is in compliance with applicable Laws and does not disturb other tenants in the Building with odor, refuse or pests.

 

F-2


  22.

All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance. Tenant shall not permit the use of any apparatus for sound production or transmission in such manner that the sound so transmitted or produced shall be audible or vibrations therefrom shall be detectable beyond the Premises; nor permit objectionable odors or vapors to emanate from the Premises.

 

  23.

Tenant shall not construct or place partitions, furniture or other obstructions that interfere with Landlord’s free access to mechanical installations located in the Building, including air-cooling, fan, ventilating and machine rooms and mechanical and electrical closets, the proper functioning of the Base Building Systems or the moving of Landlord’s equipment to and from the enclosures containing said installations. Neither Tenant nor any contractor, invitee or licensee of Tenant shall at any time enter said enclosures or tamper with, adjust, touch or otherwise affect in any manner such mechanical installations

 

  24.

No floor covering shall be affixed to any floor in the Premises by means of glue or other adhesive without Landlord’s prior written consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

  25.

Tenant shall comply with all safety, fire protection and evacuation procedures and regulations established by Landlord or any governmental agency.

 

  26.

Tenant shall cause all freight to be delivered to or removed from the Building and the Premises in accordance with the requirements established by Landlord therefor.

 

  27.

The rules and regulations set forth in Attachment I to this Exhibit, which is by this reference made a part hereof, are applicable to any Alterations being undertaken by or for Tenant in the Premises pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Lease.

 

F-3


Attachment I to Exhibit F

Rules and Regulations for Tenant Alterations

A.    General

1.    All Alterations made by Tenant in, to or about the Premises shall be made in accordance with the requirements of this Exhibit and by contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord.

2.    Tenant shall, prior to the commencement of any work, submit for Landlord’s written approval, complete plans for the Alterations, with full details and specifications for all of the Alterations, in compliance with Section D below.

3.    Alterations must comply with the Building Code applicable to the Property and the requirements, rules and regulations and any other governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

4.    No work shall be permitted to commence before Tenant obtains and furnishes to Landlord copies of all necessary licenses and permits from all governmental authorities having jurisdiction.

5.    All demolition, removals or other categories of work that may inconvenience other tenants or disturb Building operations, must be scheduled and performed before 7:00 a.m. or after 6:00 p.m. and Tenant shall provide the Building manager with at least 48 hours’ notice prior to proceeding with such work.

6.    All inquiries, submissions, approvals and all other matters shall be processed through Landlord’s property manager.

7.    All work, if performed by a contractor or subcontractor, shall be subject to reasonable supervision and inspection by Landlord’s representative.

B.    Prior to Commencement of Work

1.    Tenant shall submit to the property manager a request to perform the work. The request shall include the following enclosures:

 

  (i)

A list of Tenant’s contractors and/or subcontractors for Landlord’s approval.

 

  (ii)

Four complete sets of plans and specifications properly stamped by a registered architect or professional engineer and meeting the requirements in Section D below.

 

  (iii)

A properly executed building permit application form.

 

  (iv)

Four executed copies of the Insurance Requirements Agreement in the form attached to this Exhibit as Attachment II and made a part hereof from Tenant’s contractor and, if requested by Landlord, from the contractor’s subcontractors.

 

  (v)

Contractor’s and subcontractor’s insurance certificates, including an indemnity in accordance with the Insurance Requirements Agreement.

 

  (vi)

All applicable licenses held by any contractors and subcontractors.

 

F-4


2.    Landlord will return the following to Tenant:

 

  (i)

Two sets of plans approved or a disapproved with specific comments as to the reasons therefor (such approval or comments shall not constitute a waiver of approval of governmental authorities).

 

  (ii)

Two fully executed copies of the Insurance Requirements Agreement.

3.    Landlord’s approval of the plans, drawings, specifications or other submissions in respect of any Alterations shall create no liability or responsibility on the part of Landlord for their completeness, design sufficiency or compliance with requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental or quasi-governmental agency, board or authority. Any plan or design approval rights reserved to or exercised by Landlord hereunder are for the sole and exclusive benefit of Landlord to ensure compatibility of such work with Building systems and Building standards, and such approval does not constitute any representation or warranty whatsoever as to the adequacy, correctness, efficiency or compliance with applicable Law of such plan or design or the work shown thereon and Landlord is expressly not reviewing Tenant’s plans for such purposes.

4.    Tenant shall obtain a building permit from the Building Department and necessary permits from other governmental agencies. Tenant shall be responsible for keeping current all permits. Tenant shall submit copies of all approved plans and permits to Landlord and shall post the original permit on the Premises prior to the commencement of any work.

C.    Requirements and Procedures

1.    All structural and floor loading requirements shall be subject to the prior approval of Landlord’s structural engineer.

2.    All mechanical (HVAC, plumbing and sprinkler) and electrical requirements shall be subject to the approval of Landlord’s mechanical and electrical engineers and all mechanical and electrical work shall be performed by contractors who are engaged by Landlord in constructing, operating or maintaining the Building or are otherwise reasonably approved by Landlord. When necessary, Landlord will require engineering and shop drawings, which drawings must be approved by Landlord before work is started. Drawings are to be prepared by Tenant and all approvals shall be obtained by Tenant.

3.    If an operating engineer or master mechanic is required by any applicable Law, such engineer or master mechanic shall be paid for by Tenant.

4.    If shutdown of risers and mains for electrical, HVAC, sprinkler and plumbing work is required, such work shall be supervised by Landlord’s representative and shall be performed only at times reasonably approved by Landlord. No work will be performed in Building mechanical equipment rooms without Landlord’s approval and under Landlord’s supervision.

5.    Tenant’s contractor shall:

 

  (i)

have a superintendent or foreman on the Premises at all times;

 

  (ii)

police the job at all times, continually keeping the Premises orderly;

 

  (iii)

maintain cleanliness and protection of all areas, including lobbies and walkways.

 

F-5


  (iv)

protect the front and top of all peripheral HVAC units and thoroughly clean them at the completion of work;

 

  (v)

block off supply and return grills, diffusers and ducts to keep dust from entering into the Building air conditioning system; and

 

  (vi)

avoid disturbance of other tenants.

6.    If Tenant’s contractor is negligent in any of its responsibilities, Tenant shall be charged for corrective work.

7.    All equipment and installations must be equal to the standards generally in effect with respect to the remainder of the Building. Any deviation from such standards will be permitted only if indicated or specified on the plans and specifications and approved by Landlord.

8.    A properly executed air balancing report signed by a professional engineer shall be submitted to Landlord upon the completion of all HVAC work.

9.    Upon completion of the Alterations, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a permanent certificate of occupancy and final approval by the other governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

10.    Tenant shall submit to Landlord a final “as-built” set of drawings in Auto-CAD format and one set of blueprints showing all items of the Alterations in full detail.

11.    Additional and differing provisions in the Lease, if any, will be applicable and will take precedence.

D.    Standards for Plans and Specifications

Whenever Tenant shall be required by the terms of the Lease (including this Exhibit) to submit plans to Landlord in connection with any Alterations, such plans shall include at least the following:

1.    Floor plan indicating location of partitions and doors (details required of partition and door types).

2.    Location of standard electrical convenience outlets and telephone outlets.

3.    Location and details of special electrical outlets; e.g., photocopiers, etc.

4.    Reflected ceiling plan showing layout of standard ceiling and lighting fixtures. Partitions to be shown lightly with switches located indicating fixtures to be controlled.

5.    Locations and details of special ceiling conditions, lighting fixtures, speakers, etc.

6.    Location and specifications of floor covering, paint or paneling with paint colors referenced to standard color system.

7.    Finish schedule plan indicating wall covering, paint, or paneling with paint colors referenced to standard color system.

8.    Details and specifications of special millwork, glass partitions, rolling doors and grilles, blackboards, shelves, etc.

 

F-6


9.    Hardware schedule indicating door number keyed to plan, size, hardware required including butts, latchsets or locksets, closures, stops, and any special items such as thresholds, soundproofing, etc. Keying schedule is required.

10.    Verified dimensions of all built-in equipment (file cabinets, lockers, plan files, etc.)

11.    Location and weights of storage files.

12.    Location of any special soundproofing requirements.

13.    Location and details of special floor areas exceeding 50 pounds of live load per square foot.

14.    All structural, mechanical, plumbing and electrical drawings, to be prepared by the base building consulting engineers, necessary to complete the Premises in accordance with Tenant’s Plans.

15.    All drawings to be uniform size (30” x 46”) and shall incorporate the standard project electrical and plumbing symbols and be at a scale of 1/8” = 1’ or larger.

16.    All drawings shall be submitted in hard-copy paper form (together with a PDF scanned copy of all paper drawings) and on disk in Auto-CAD Version 2000.

17.    All drawings shall be stamped by an architect (or, where applicable, an engineer) licensed in the jurisdiction in which the Property is located and without limiting the foregoing, shall be sufficient in all respects for submission to applicable authorization in connection with a building permit application.

 

F-7


Attachment II to Exhibit F

Contractor’s Insurance Requirements

Building:

Landlord:

Tenant:

Premises:

The undersigned contractor or subcontractor (“Contractor”) has been hired by the tenant named above (hereinafter called “Tenant”) of the Building named above (or by Tenant’s contractor) to perform certain work (“Work”) for Tenant in the Premises identified above. Contractor and Tenant have requested the landlord named above (“Landlord”) to grant Contractor access to the Building and its facilities in connection with the performance of the Work, and Landlord agrees to grant such access to Contractor upon and subject to the following terms and conditions:

1.    Contractor agrees to indemnify and save harmless Landlord and its respective officers, employees and agents and their affiliates, subsidiaries and partners, and each of them, from and with respect to any claims, demands, suits, liabilities, losses and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, arising out of or in connection with the Work (and/or imposed by law upon any or all of them) because of personal injuries, bodily injury (including death at any time resulting therefrom) and loss of or damage to property, including consequential damages, whether such injuries to person or property are claimed to be due to negligence of the Contractor, Tenant, Landlord or any other party entitled to be indemnified as aforesaid except to the extent specifically prohibited by law (and any such prohibition shall not void this Agreement but shall be applied only to the minimum extent required by law).

2.    Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense, until completion of the Work, the following insurance:

(a)    “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount at least equal to 100% of the replacement value of such Alterations.

(b)    Workmen’s Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance covering each and every workman employed in, about or upon the Work, as provided for in and in the amounts required by each and every statute applicable to Workmen’s Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance.

(c)    Commercial General Liability Insurance including coverages for Protective and Contractual Liability (to specifically include coverage for the indemnification clause of this Agreement) for not less than the following limits:

 

Personal Injury:

   $ 5,000,000 per person  
   $ 5,000,000 per occurrence  

Property Damage:

   $ 3,000,000 per occurrence  
   $ 3,000,000 general aggregate  

 

F-8


(d)    Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance (covering all owned, non-owned and/or hired motor vehicles to be used in connection with the Work) for not less than the following limits:

 

Bodily Injury:

   $ 3,000,000 per person  
   $ 5,000,000 per occurrence  

Property Damage:

   $ 1,000,000 per occurrence  
   $ 3,000,000 general aggregate  

Contractor shall furnish a certificate from its insurance carrier or carriers to the Building office before commencing the Work, showing that it has complied with the above requirements regarding insurance and providing that the insurer will give Landlord ten (10) days’ prior written notice of the cancellation of any of the foregoing policies. At Landlord’s request, the foregoing policies shall name Landlord (and such other persons as Landlord reasonably may request) as additional insureds.

3.    Contractor shall require all of its subcontractors engaged in the Work to provide the following insurance:

(a)    Workmen’s Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance covering each and every workman employed in, about or upon the Work, as provided for in and in the amounts required by each and every statute applicable to Workmen’s Compensation and Employers’ Liability Insurance.

(b)    Commercial General Liability Insurance including Protective and Contractual Liability coverages with limits of liability at least equal to the limits stated in paragraph 2(c).

(c)    Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance (covering all owned, non-owned and/or hired motor vehicles to be used in connection with the Work) with limits of liability at least equal to the limits stated in paragraph 2(d).

Upon the request of Landlord, Contractor shall require all of its subcontractors engaged in the Work to execute an Insurance Requirements agreement in the same form as this Agreement.

Agreed to and executed this day of            , 20     .

 

Contractor:

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

F-9


EXHIBIT G

SNDA

SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE

AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made this 5th day of October, 2018, between RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY, a Missouri corporation (hereinafter called “Mortgagee”), ARCELLX, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called “Tenant”) and TFG WEST WATKINS PROPERTY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord” or “Borrower”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

Recitals

A.    Tenant is the tenant under a lease dated 10/5/18, by and between Tenant and Landlord (said Landlord and its successors and assigns occupying the position of landlord under the Lease hereinafter called “Landlord”), covering a portion of the Mortgaged Property (hereinafter called the “Demised Premises”). wherein Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises known as the “Demised Premises” located on the property legally described on Exhibit “A” (the “Mortgaged Property”).

B.    Mortgagee intends to make or is making a loan (the “Loan”) to Borrower, which will be evidenced by a Promissory Note (the “Note”) from Borrower to Mortgagee and secured in part by a first deed of trust, mortgage, or deed to secure debt (which is herein called the “Mortgage”). The Mortgage, the Note and all other documents and instruments evidencing and/or securing the Note or now or hereafter executed by Borrower or others in connection with or related to the Loan including any assignments of leases and rents, other assignments, security agreements, financing statements, guarantys, indemnity agreements (including environmental indemnity agreements), letters of credit, or escrow/holdback arrangements, together with all amendments or modifications thereof, are sometimes herein collectively referred to as the “Loan Documents”.

C.    Tenant has been requested to, and is willing to enter into this agreement as part of the transaction for the Loan from Lender to Borrower, which will be of benefit to Tenant by preserving and maintaining the financial standing of Borrower with regard to the Mortgaged Property and the Demised Premises.

 

G-1


Agreements

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, Mortgagee and Tenant hereby agree and covenant as follows:

1.    The Lease now is, and shall at all times continue to be, subject and subordinate in each and every respect, to the Mortgage and to any and all liens, interests and rights created thereby and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, extensions, and/or consolidations of the Mortgage, provided that any and all such increases, renewals, modifications, extensions, and/or consolidations shall nevertheless be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

2.    So long as Tenant is not in default (following notice and beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any term, covenant or condition of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, (a) Tenant’s possession of the Demised Premises and Tenant’s rights and privileges under the Lease, shall not be disturbed or interfered with by Mortgagee in the exercise of its rights under the Mortgage to foreclose said Mortgage and/or to have the Mortgaged Property sold at trustee’s sale, and (b) Mortgagee will not join Tenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding for the purposes of terminating Tenant’s interest and estate under the Lease because of any default under the Mortgage, however Mortgagee may join Tenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding to enforce the Mortgage or any other instrument given as security for the loan to Landlord, if such is done only for purposes of procedure and required completeness and not for the purposes of canceling the Lease or Tenant’s rights under such Lease. The term “Mortgagee” shall include all persons deriving title to the Mortgaged Property by, through or under Mortgagee.

3.    In the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of the Mortgage, or if the Mortgaged Property be sold pursuant to a trustee’s sale under the Mortgage or if the Mortgagee becomes owner of the Mortgaged Property by acceptance of a deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser or Mortgagee, as the case may be, upon any such foreclosure sale or trustee’s sale or acceptance by Mortgagee of a deed or assignment in lieu of foreclosure and Tenant shall recognize such purchaser or Mortgagee, as the case may be, as the Landlord under the Lease. Such attornment shall be effective and self-operative without the execution of any further instrument on the part of any of the parties hereto. Tenant agrees, however, to execute and deliver at any time and from time to time, upon the request of Landlord or of any holder(s) of any of the indebtedness or other obligations secured by the Mortgage or any such purchaser, any instrument or certificate which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord or of such holder(s) or such purchaser, may be necessary or appropriate in any such foreclosure proceeding or otherwise to evidence such attornment.

4.    If Mortgagee shall succeed to the interest of Landlord under the Lease in any manner, or if any purchaser acquires the Demised Premises upon any foreclosure of the Mortgage or any trustee’s sale under the Mortgage, Mortgagee or such purchaser, as the case may be, shall have the same remedies by entry, action or otherwise in the event of any default by Tenant (following notice and beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed that Landlord had or would have had if Mortgagee or such purchaser had not succeeded to the interest of Landlord. From and after any such attornment, Mortgagee or such purchaser shall be bound to Tenant under all the terms, covenants, and conditions of the Lease, and Tenant shall, from and after the succession to the interest of Landlord under the Lease by Mortgagee or such purchaser, have the same remedies against Mortgagee or such purchaser for the breach of an agreement contained in the Lease that Tenant might have had

 

G-2


under the Lease against Landlord if Mortgagee or such purchaser had not succeeded to the interest of Landlord; provided, however, the Mortgagee or such purchaser shall not be:

(a)     liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord), except to the extent such act or omission constitutes a continuing default under the Lease and Mortgagee shall fail to cure or remedy the same within thirty (30) days after notice from Tenant specifying such default, or if such continuing default is of such a nature that Mortgagee cannot reasonably remedy the same within such thirty (30) day period, Mortgagee shall fail to commence promptly (and in any event within such thirty (30) day period) to remedy the same and to prosecute such remedy to completion with diligence and continuity; or

(b)     subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord); or

(c)     bound by any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including Landlord); or

(d)     bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease made without Mortgagee’s consent; or

(e)     liable for any security deposit, rental deposit or similar deposit given by Tenant to a prior landlord (including Landlord) unless such deposit was actually paid over to Mortgagee or such purchaser by the prior landlord; or

(f)     liable for any moving, relocation or refurbishment allowance or any construction of or payment of allowance for tenant improvements to the Demised Premises or the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof for the benefit of Tenant, other than with respect to the continuing maintenance and repair obligations under the Lease; or

(g)     liable for any repairs or replacements to the Mortgaged Property or the Demised Premises arising prior to the date Mortgagee takes possession of the Mortgaged Property, unless the failure to make such repairs or replacements continues following the succession to the interest of Landlord under the Lease by Mortgagee or such purchaser.

5.    Nothing herein contained is intended, nor shall it be construed, to abridge or adversely affect any right or remedy of Landlord under the Lease in the event of any default by Tenant (following notice and beyond any period given Tenant to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed.

6.    This Agreement and the Lease may not be amended or modified orally or in any manner other than by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their successors and assigns, and any purchaser or purchasers at foreclosure of the Mortgaged Property, and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

G-3


7.    Tenant represents that it has no right or option of any nature to purchase the Mortgaged Property or any portion of the Mortgaged Property or any interest in the Borrower. To the extent Tenant has or acquires any such right or option, these rights or options are acknowledged to be subject and subordinate to the Mortgage and are waived and released as to Mortgagee and any purchaser of the Mortgaged Property under and/or following a trustee’s sale.

8.    To the extent that the Lease shall entitle the Tenant to notice of any mortgage, and/or the address of the Mortgagee, this Agreement shall constitute such notice to the Tenant with respect to the Mortgage and to the address of the Mortgagee. So long as the Mortgage on the premises remains outstanding, Tenant will deliver to Mortgagee a copy of all notices permitted or required to be given to Landlord by Tenant pursuant to which Tenant proposes to abate or reduce the rental payable under the Lease or to terminate or cancel the Lease, and that no such notices to Landlord shall be effective against Mortgagee, unless a copy of such notice is also delivered to Mortgagee. At any time before the rights of Landlord shall have been forfeited or adversely affected because of any default or failure of performance under the Lease as therein provided, Mortgagee shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cure such default or failure of performance within thirty (30) days from Mortgagee’s receipt of such written notice from Tenant stating the nature of such default or failure of performance, or such longer time as may be reasonably required, provided that Mortgagee commences to cure within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues such cure to completion.

9.    Tenant agrees to pay all rents directly to Mortgagee immediately upon notice that Mortgagee is exercising its rights to such rents under the Mortgage or any other loan document executed in connection with the Mortgage, including but not limited to, any assignment of leases and rents, following a default by Landlord or other applicable party beyond any applicable cure period. Landlord consents to such direct payments and agrees that all such payments shall be credited to Tenant’s rental obligations under the Lease.

10.    All notices to be sent hereunder shall be sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, by a nationally recognized overnight courier, or shall be personally delivered to the respective parties at the following addresses:

 

If to Mortgagee:    RGA Reinsurance Company
   16600 Swingley Ridge Road
   Chesterfield, Missouri 63017
   Attn: Mortgage Loan and Real Estate Department
If to Tenant:    Arcellx, Inc.
   25 West Watkins Mill Road
   Gaithersburg, Maryland 20878
   Attention: Chief Business Officer and Head of Finance

or to such other address as hereafter shall be designated in writing by the applicable party sent in accordance herewith. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given and received either at the time of personal delivery or, in the case of delivery service or mail, as of the date of first attempted delivery at the address and in the manner provided herein.

 

G-4


11.    This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland.

12.    This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument with the same signature as if all parties to this Agreement had signed the same signature page.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

MORTGAGEE:     TENANT:
RGA REINSURANCE COMPANY     ARCELLX, INC.
By:  

/s/ Christopher Dolan

    By:  

/s/ David M. Hilbert

Name:   Christopher Dolan     Name:   David M. Hilbert
Title:   VP Portfolio Manager     Title:   President and CEO
LANDLORD:               
TFG WEST WATKINS PROPERTY, LLC      
By:  

/s/ R. Scott Macphee

     
Name:   R. Scott Macphee      
Title:   President      

 

G-5


LOGO

 

H-1

Exhibit 10.8

[CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT IDENTIFIED BY [***] IS CONFIDENTIAL AND HAS BEEN EXCLUDED BECAUSE IT (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) THE REGISTRANT CUSTOMARILY AND ACTUALLY TREATS THAT INFORMATION AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.]

PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

DEVELOPMENT, EVALUATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

between

PFENEX INC.

and

ARCELLX, INC.

Dated as of December 24, 2018


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

BACKGROUND

     1  
1.    Definitions      1  
2.    Development Programs      8  
   2.1    Development Plans      8  
   2.2    Conduct      9  
   2.3    Termination      10  
   2.4    Alliance Managers      11  
   2.5    Joint Development Committee      11  
   2.6    Recordkeeping      12  
   2.7    Regulatory Communications      12  
3.    Delivery; Restrictions      12  
   3.1    Delivery      12  
   3.2    Evaluation      12  
   3.3    No Sale      13  
   3.4    Limitations on Access and Transfer      13  
   3.5    Modifications and Derivations      13  
   3.6    Care in Use of the Deliverables      13  
   3.7    Acknowledgement      13  
4.    Evaluation Licenses      14  
   4.1    License      14  
   4.2    Sublicenses      14  
   4.3    Subcontractors      14  
5.    Commercial Licenses      14  
   5.1    Commercial Option      14  
   5.2    Commercial License      15  
   5.3    Exclusivity of Manufacturing Strain and Related IP      16  
   5.4    Technology Transfer      16  
6.    Fees, Royalties and Other Payments      16  
   6.1    Development Fees      16  
   6.2    Commercial Fees and Royalties      17  
   6.3    Methods of Payment      17  
   6.4    Currency Conversion      18  
   6.5    Acknowledgement      18  
   6.6    Records      18  
7.    Inventions and Patents      19  
   7.1    Ownership of Program Inventions and Technology      19  
   7.2    Improvements      19  
   7.3    Assignment      19  
   7.4    Retention of Rights      19  

 

-ii-


   7.5    Prosecution and Maintenance      19  
   7.6    Cooperation      20  
   7.7    Disclosure      20  
8.    Compliance      20  
   8.1    General      20  
   8.2    Export Controls      20  
9.    Confidentiality      21  
   9.1    General      21  
   9.2    Exceptions      21  
   9.3    Authorized Disclosure      21  
   9.4    Publication      22  
   9.5    Confidential Terms      23  
10.    Term and Termination      23  
   10.1    Term      23  
   10.2    Termination of Commercial Licenses by Arcellx      23  
   10.3    Termination for Cause      23  
   10.4    Termination for Patent Challenge      24  
   10.5    Effects of Expiration or Termination of the Agreement      24  
   10.6    Effects of Termination of a Commercial License      25  
   10.7    Accrued Obligations      25  
   10.8    Survival of Certain Obligations      25  
   10.9    Bankruptcy      25  
11.    Representations, Warranties and Covenants      26  
   11.1    Mutual Representations, Warranties and Covenants      26  
   11.2    Additional Representations and Warranties of Pfenex      26  
   11.3    Additional Covenants of Pfenex      27  
   11.4    DISCLAIMER      27  
12.    Indemnity      28  
   12.1    General      28  
   12.2    By Arcellx      28  
   12.3    By Pfenex      28  
   12.4    Procedure      28  
13.    Assignment      29  
14.    Insurance      29  
15.    Dispute Resolution      29  
   15.1    Initial Escalation      29  
   15.2    Dispute Resolution      30  
   15.3    Provisional Relief      30  
16.    Force Majeure / Delays      30  
17.    Relationship of the Parties      30  

 

-iii-


18.        Notices      31  
19.    Governing Law      31  
20.    Severability      31  
21.    Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies      31  
22.    Equitable Relief      32  
23.    Changes and Modification      32  
24.    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY      32  
25.    No Benefit to Third Parties      32  
26.    Construction      32  
27.    Counterparts      33  
28.    Entire Agreement      33  
29.    Further Assurances      33  

Exhibits

[***]

 

-iv-


DEVELOPMENT, EVALUATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

This DEVELOPMENT, EVALUATION AND LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 24, 2018 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Pfenex Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 10790 Roselle Street, San Diego, CA 92121 (“Pfenex”), and Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at 20271 Goldenrod Lane, Suite 2099, Germantown, MD 20876 (“Arcellx”). Pfenex and Arcellx are sometimes referred to herein individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

BACKGROUND

A.    Pfenex has technology to express difficult-to-produce proteins and other biologic products using its proprietary Pseudomonas fluorescens expression platform (the “Pfenex System”);

B.    Arcellx desires Pfenex to use the Pfenex Technology to develop Manufacturing Strains (as defined below) and production processes for the production of Arcellx’s proprietary sparX Proteins for its evaluation; and

C.    Upon completion of such evaluation and payment of certain fees, as described herein below, Arcellx will have the rights and licenses to incorporate the applicable sparX Proteins in Protein Products (as defined below), all on the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual promises, covenants and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

1.    Definitions.

1.1    “Accounting Standards” means, with respect to a Party or its Affiliates or its or their sublicensees, generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied by such Party, its Affiliate or its or their sublicensee.

1.2    “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly controls, is directly or indirectly controlled by, or is under direct or indirect common control with, such first Person. For the purposes of this definition, the word “control” (including, with correlative meaning, the terms “controlled by” or “under common control with”) means the actual power, either directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting stock of such Person, or by contract or otherwise. For clarity, a Person shall be deemed an Affiliate only for so long as this definition is satisfied with respect to such Person.

1.3    “Alliance Manager” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4.

1.4    “Annual Maintenance Fee” has the meaning set forth in the Collaboration Memorandum.

 

-1-


1.5    “Applicable Law” means any applicable federal, state, local or foreign constitution, treaty, law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, interpretation, guidance document, directive, policy, order, writ, award, decree, injunction, judgment, stay or restraining order of any governmental authority or regulatory authority, the terms of any permit, and any other ruling or decision of, agreement with or by, or any other requirement of, any governmental authority or regulatory authority having proper jurisdiction over the matter.

1.6    “ARC-T Cell” means an antigen-receptor complex T cell designed to assist in, or useful for, the administration of a Protein Product.

1.7    “Arcellx Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

1.8    “Arcellx Inventions” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

1.9    “Arcellx Materials” means, with respect to a particular Development Program those materials identified in the applicable Development Plan to be provided or otherwise provided by Arcellx to Pfenex in connection with Pfenex’s performance of such Development Program.

1.10    “Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

1.11    “CMO” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.2.

1.12    “Collaboration Memorandum” means that certain memorandum referencing this Agreement and agreed by Pfenex and Arcellx coincident with the Parties entering into this Agreement, which memorandum incorporates (a) the Development Plan for each Named sparX Protein as of the Effective Date and (b) certain economic terms associated with this Agreement.

1.13    “Combination Product” means a Protein Product that is comprised of or contains [***].

1.14    “Commercial License” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.1.

1.15    “Commercial Option” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

1.16    “Commercially Reasonable Efforts” means, with respect to a Party, the efforts and resources normally applied by such Party to its other activities of similar nature taking into consideration all relevant factors. Without limiting the foregoing, Commercially Reasonable Efforts shall require the applicable Party to: (a) promptly assign responsibilities for activities for which it is responsible to specific employee(s) who are held accountable for the progress, monitoring and completion of such activities, (b) set and consistently seek to achieve meaningful objectives for carrying out such activities, and (c) consistently make and implement decisions and allocate the full complement of resources necessary or appropriate to advance progress with respect to and complete such objectives in an expeditious manner. In considering a product’s commercial potential a Party shall not consider any payment required to be made by such Party hereunder.

 

-2-


1.17    “Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.18    “Control” means, with respect to any particular Know-How, Patent, material or other intellectual property right, possession by the Party granting the applicable right or release to the other Party as provided herein of the power and authority, whether arising by ownership, license, or other authorization, to disclose and deliver such Know-How, Patent, material or other intellectual property right to the other Party, and to grant and authorize under such Know-How, Patent, material or other intellectual property right the right or release, as applicable, of the scope granted to such other Party in this Agreement without giving rise to any violation of the terms of any written agreement with any Third Party existing at the time such right or release first comes into effect hereunder. “Controlled” and “Controlling” have their correlative meanings. [***].

1.19    “Controlled Technology” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

1.20    “Deliverable” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.2.

1.21    “Development Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1.

1.22    “Development Program” means, with respect to a particular Named sparX Protein, a program to be conducted by the Parties for the development, construction and optimization of (a) Manufacturing Strain(s) for the Expression of such Named sparX Protein (b) [***], all as to be specified in reasonable detail in the Development Plan for the particular Named sparX Protein.

1.23    “Development Term” means, with respect to a particular Development Program, the period beginning on the execution of the applicable Development Plan (which is, in the case of the Development Plan(s) included in the Collaboration Memorandum, the Effective Date) and, unless extended by decision of the JDC pursuant to Section 2.1.1, ending upon the date that is the earlier to occur of (a) the expiration of the Option Period therefor and (b) termination of such Development Program pursuant to Section 2.3.

1.24    “Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.

1.25    “Disputed Portion” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

1.26    “Disclosing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.27    “Evaluation Activities” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

1.28    “Evaluation License” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

1.29    “Expression” means, with respect to a particular protein, the expression, extraction and purification of such protein, together with all bioanalytical testing, validation and processes associated therewith. “Express” and “Expressed” have their correlative meanings.

1.30    “FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration, or any successor agency thereto.

 

-3-


1.31    “Field” means, with respect to a Protein Product, all prophylactic, therapeutic and diagnostic uses for any and all human conditions.

1.32    “Force Majeure” has the meaning set forth in Section 16.1.

1.33    “Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.

1.34    “Indemnitor” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.

1.35    “Infringement Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

1.36    “JDC” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5.

1.37    “Know-How” means all confidential and non-public information, know-how and data, including trade secrets, inventions (whether patentable or not), discoveries, methods, specifications, processes, expertise, technology, other non-clinical, pre-clinical and clinical data, documentation and results (including pharmacological, toxicological, biological, chemical, physical, safety and manufacturing data and results), analytical and quality control data and results, regulatory filings and other technical information. Know-How excludes in any event any Patents.

1.38    “Liabilities” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

1.39    “Licensed sparX Protein” means a Named sparX Protein that is Expressed from a Manufacturing Strain for which Arcellx has provided the applicable Option Notice within the Option Period therefor.

1.40    “Manufacturing Process” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

1.41    “Manufacturing Strain” means, with respect to a Named sparX Protein, a production strain developed by Pfenex in which an Optimized Nucleic Acid Sequence is incorporated into the Pfenex System to Express such Named sparX Protein pursuant to the applicable Development Plan.

1.42    “Material Transfer and Feasibility Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.1.

1.43    “Named sparX Protein” means a sparX Protein that the Parties have designated for the conduct of a Development Program as set forth in a Development Plan for such sparX Protein in accordance with Section 2.1.1. The Named sparX Proteins as of the Effective Date are set forth in Exhibit 1.43.

1.44    “Net Sales” means, with respect to a particular Protein Product, [***], less deductions for the following: (a) actual bad debts related to the Protein Product or amounts invoiced for sales of a Protein Product that are written off as uncollectible after reasonable collection efforts, in accordance with standard practices of Arcellx; (b) normal and customary trade, quantity and cash discounts, credits, price adjustments or allowances for damaged Protein Products, and any other adjustments, allowances, fees, reimbursements, chargeback payments

 

-4-


and rebates (or the equivalent thereof), including granted on account of price adjustments, billing errors, rejected goods, damaged or defective goods, recalls, returns or rejections of Protein Products, rebates, chargeback rebates, reimbursements or similar payments granted or given to wholesalers or other distributors, group purchasing organizations or buying groups, managed health care organizations, pharmacy benefit management companies, health maintenance organizations and any other providers of health insurance coverage, health care institutions (including hospitals) or other health care organizations, Third Party health care administrators or patient assistance or other similar programs, or to wholesalers, distributors or other trade customers, health care insurance carriers or other institutions, adjustments arising from consumer discount programs, in each case actually allowed and taken with respect to sales of the Protein Product; (c) any payment or cash rebate in respect of sales of such Protein Product to any federal, state/provincial, local and other government (including any agency or department thereof) or with respect to any government-subsidized program or managed care organization, including required chargebacks and retroactive price reductions, to the extent allowed and taken, and including government levied fees as a result of healthcare reform policies, to the extent such fees are reasonably allocated to sales of such Protein Product, including that portion of the annual fee on prescription drug manufacturers imposed by the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Pub. L. No. 111-148 (as amended) that Arcellx, its Affiliate or its or their sublicensee, as applicable, allocates to sales of the Protein Products in accordance with Arcellx’s, its Affiliate’s or its or their sublicensee’s standard policies and procedures consistently applied across its products, as applicable; (d) sales taxes, excise taxes or similar taxes, including tariffs, duties or other governmental charges imposed on the sale of the Protein Product to such Third Parties, including value added taxes or other governmental charges otherwise measured by the billing amount, but excluding any taxes imposed on or measured by the net income or profits of the Selling Party in each case to the extent incurred by or for the account of the Selling Party; and (e) freight, insurance, transportation and handling fees actually invoiced (to the extent that the Selling Party actually incurs the cost of freight, insurance, transportation and handling fees for the Protein Product), in each case as determined from books and records of the Selling Party maintained in accordance with Accounting Standards. For clarity, no item may be offset more than once.

Sales of the Protein Product between or among Arcellx, its Affiliates and sublicensees shall be excluded from the computation of Net Sales if such sales are not sold by such Person to Third Party customers, but Net Sales shall include the subsequent final sales to Third Party customers by Arcellx or any such Affiliates or sublicensees. Disposition of a Protein Product for, or use of the Protein Product in clinical trials or other scientific testing or as free samples shall not result in any Net Sales. Disposition of a Protein Product for, or use of the Protein Product (i) on a named patient use, compassionate use, patient assistance, or on an “Affordable Basis”, or (ii) in test marketing programs or other similar programs or studies, in each case ((i) - (ii)) shall result in Net Sales only to the extent such Protein Product is sold above the fully-allocated cost of such disposition. If a sale, transfer or other disposition of the Protein Product involves consideration other than cash or is not at arm’s length, then the Net Sales from such sale, transfer or other disposition shall be the arm’s length fair market value, which generally will mean the Selling Party’s average sales price for the calendar quarter in the country where such sale took place.

 

-5-


With respect to Net Sales not denominated in U.S. dollars, Arcellx shall convert such Net Sales from the applicable foreign currency into U.S. dollars in accordance with Section 6.4.

In the event a Protein Product is a Combination Product, then the Net Sales attributable to such Combination Product shall be determined by the Parties in good faith taking into account [***]; provided, that if the Parties cannot agree on such relative value, the Dispute shall be resolved pursuant to Section 12.5.

1.45    “Optimized Nucleic Acid Sequence” means the nucleic acid sequence developed pursuant to the Development Program that is codon optimized for expression of a particular Named sparX Protein.

1.46    “Option Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

1.47    “Option Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

1.48    “Other Active Agent” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Combination Product.

1.49    “Other Inventions” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

1.50    “Patent” means any of the following, whether existing now or in the future anywhere in the world: (a) any issued patent, including inventor’s certificates, substitutions, extensions, confirmations, reissues, re-examination, renewal or any like governmental grant for protection of inventions; and (b) any pending application for any of the foregoing, including any continuation, divisional, substitution, continuation-in-part, provisional and converted provisional applications.

1.51    “Permitted Modifications” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.5.

1.52    “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or political subdivision thereof.

1.53    “Pfenex Know-How” means, with respect to a Named sparX Protein or a Licensed sparX Protein, as applicable, the Know-How Controlled by Pfenex or any of its Affiliates that is [***] by Pfenex pursuant to this Agreement (other than any Manufacturing Strain) to Express such Named sparX Protein or Licensed sparX Protein using the applicable Manufacturing Strain(s). Pfenex Know-How includes any Pfenex Inventions, Other Inventions or System Improvements Controlled by Pfenex or any of its Affiliates.

1.54    “Pfenex Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

1.55    “Pfenex Inventions” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

1.56    “Pfenex Materials” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.3.

 

-6-


1.57    “Pfenex Patents” means, with respect to a Named sparX Protein or Licensed sparX Protein, as applicable, any Patent Controlled by Pfenex or any of its Affiliates that covers or claims any Pfenex Know-How for such Named sparX Protein or Licensed sparX Protein, any Licensed sparX Protein or the Expression of any Named sparX Protein or the making, having made, importing, use, sale, offering for sale or exploitation of any such Licensed sparX Protein, including any Patents necessary or useful with respect to (a) the composition of such Named sparX Protein, (b) process for Expression of such Named sparX Protein using the applicable Manufacturing Strain(s), and (c) the incorporation of such Named sparX Protein into any Protein Product. Pfenex Patents include any Patents Controlled by Pfenex or any of its Affiliates that cover or claim any Pfenex Inventions, Other Inventions or System Improvements.

1.58    “Pfenex System” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

1.59    “Pfenex Technology” means Pfenex Patents and Pfenex Know-How.

1.60    “Prior Confidentiality Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.61    “Product Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.62    “Program Invention” means any discovery, finding, technology or other subject matter, whether or not patentable, conceived, created or first reduced to practice during the conduct of the Development Program or the Evaluation Activities by or on behalf of either Party (alone or with other Persons).

1.63    “Protein Improvements” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

1.64    “Protein Product” means, with respect to one or more Licensed sparX Proteins, any product in finished form containing such Licensed sparX Protein(s), including any Combination Product incorporating such a product. For purposes of this definition, a Protein Product includes [***].

1.65    “Publication” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4.

1.66    “Receiving Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

1.67    “Royalty Term” means, on a Licensed sparX Protein-by-Licensed sparX Protein and country-by-country basis the shorter of: (a) [***] from the date of first commercial sale of the first Protein Product containing such Licensed sparX Protein in such country and (b) [***] after the launch of a Generic Product in such country. For purposes of this definition and with respect to a particular Protein Product, “Generic Product” means, with respect to any Protein Product, any biosimilar product (or combination product incorporating a biosimilar product) that (a) is sold by a Third Party that is not an Affiliate of Arcellx and (b)(i) is subject to a license under 351(k) of the PHSA is “biosimilar” (as defined in Section 351(i)(2) of the PHSA) regardless of whether such product has been found to be “interchangeable” (as defined in Section 351(i)(3) of the PHSA) with such Protein Product, (ii) has been licensed as a similar biological medicinal product by the EMA pursuant to Directive 2001/83/EC, as may be amended, or any subsequent or superseding law, stature or regulation, or (iii) is under a marketing approval

 

-7-


granted by the regulatory authority in such country in reliance on a prior regulatory or marketing approval for the Protein Product granted to Arcellx or its Affiliate or sublicensee and may be substituted for or is otherwise interchangeable with, the applicable Protein Product.

1.68    “Selected Pfenex Patent” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5.

1.69    “Selling Party” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Net Sales.

1.70    “Senior Officer” means, (a) with respect to Arcellx, its Chief Executive Officer and (b) with respect to Pfenex, its Chief Executive Officer.

1.71    “sparX Protein” means a soluble protein antigen-receptor x-linker (sparX) that is composed of an antigen binding domain and a tag that has the capability of binding an ARC-T Cell.

1.72    “Stage Gate” means, with respect to a Development Plan, a point identified in such Development Plan as requiring Arcellx to provide an Authorization to Proceed (as defined in the Collaboration Memorandum) in order for work under such Development Plan to proceed.

1.73    “Successful Technology Transfer” means, with respect to the Technology Transfer of a particular Manufacturing Process, the first integrated purification run by Arcellx or Arcellx’s designee, the output of which meets the applicable target specifications as defined in the Development Plan for the applicable Licensed sparX Protein, as such target specifications may be modified in accordance with Section 2.5.

1.74    “System Improvements” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2.

1.75     “Technology Transfer” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

1.76    “Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.

1.77    “Third Party” means any entity other than Arcellx or Pfenex and their respective Affiliates.

1.78     “Transferred Technology” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.

2.    Development Programs.

2.1    Development Plans.

2.1.1    General. The Parties have established a plan for each sparX Protein that has been designated a Named sparX Protein as of the Effective Date, which plans are included in the Collaboration Memorandum, and the Parties may after the Effective Date establish additional plans for other sparX Proteins, in each case that outlines the activities that will be performed by or on behalf of Pfenex in the conduct of the Development Program for such sparX Protein (each, a “Development Plan”), which Development Plan shall include a reasonable estimate of aggregate out-of-pocket costs for the materials and Third Party services

 

-8-


identified therein, but shall not include costs for general overhead, postage, communications, photocopying, printing or internet expense, professional dues, operating supplies, laboratory supplies, printers, photocopiers or other office equipment, laboratory equipment, computers or computer service charges. Once agreed upon by the Parties, each Party shall have its authorized representative sign the applicable Development Plan; and thereupon, the subject sparX Protein shall be a Named sparX Protein. During the Development Term of a Development Program, Arcellx, directly or through its representatives on the JDC, may propose any amendment to the applicable Development Plan, including in light of changed circumstances, and, if the JDC determines the Development Term is be extended pursuant to Section 2.5, the Parties shall update the Development Plan to include such additional period(s). Any and all such amendments or updates shall be subject to approval by the JDC, subject to the dispute resolution procedures set forth in Section 2.5. For clarity, the Development Plan shall be deemed to include any task set forth in the [***].

2.1.2    Contents. Each Development Plan will include [***].

2.1.3    Third Party Materials and Services. All materials and services to be provided by Third Parties (e.g., gene synthesis) will be expressly described and forecasted as part of each Development Plan with an aggregate good faith estimate therefor and actual expenses, consistent with such estimate, for materials and Third Party services will be passed through to Arcellx [***]. Such Third Parties will be subject to the same confidentiality obligations as the Parties under this Agreement. Pfenex shall notify Arcellx in advance of any Third Party it intends to utilize in the performance of Third Party services hereunder, [***]. The terms of each subcontract agreement entered into by Pfenex under this Section 2.1.3 shall be consistent with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, including those relating to intellectual property, confidentiality, and restrictions on use and transfer of the Arcellx Materials. Pfenex shall cause its Affiliates and Third Party contractors to comply with all such provisions of this Agreement in connection with such performance, and Pfenex shall remain responsible and liable to Arcellx for all activities of its Affiliates and Third Party contractors to the same extent as if such activities had been undertaken by Pfenex itself.

2.1.4    Incorporated Into Agreement. Once executed by both Parties, each Development Plan is hereby incorporated by reference into this Agreement in its entirety, and together with this Agreement (but separate and apart from any other Development Plan), will collectively constitute the entire agreement between Pfenex and Arcellx with respect to the Development Program of the applicable Named sparX Protein. Terms or conditions in a Development Plan that differ from those in this Agreement take precedence over the terms and conditions in the main body of the Agreement only with respect to the description of the activities to be conducted for the Development Program under that particular Development Plan, and only where such Development Plan sets forth, by section number and title, those terms and conditions in the main body of this Agreement that are intended to be superseded.

2.2    Conduct.

2.2.1    General. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Party shall perform the activities assigned to it in each Development Plan and conduct each Development Program in accordance with such Development Plan, and use Commercially

 

-9-


Reasonable Efforts to achieve the objectives thereof. Pfenex shall be responsible for day-to-day implementation and operation of each Development Program, provided that such implementation is in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the applicable Development Plan and all Applicable Law.

2.2.2    Use of Arcellx Materials. Pfenex agrees that the Arcellx Materials shall be: (a) kept only at Pfenex’s facilities, (b) stored and handled in accordance with Arcellx’s written instructions, (c) used only by Pfenex and its employees and approved subcontractors and only for purposes of performing the Development Program applicable to such Arcellx Materials, and (d) used in accordance with all Applicable Law. Pfenex shall not distribute or otherwise allow the release of the Arcellx Materials to any Third Party other than any subcontractor approved in accordance with Section 2.1.3 with respect to such Arcellx Materials or to any of its employees not involved in the performance of the applicable Development Program. Pfenex and its Affiliates shall not, and shall not allow or encourage its or their employees or any Third Party to, modify, make improvements to or otherwise “reverse engineer” any Arcellx Materials, or replicate or manufacture any Arcellx Materials, except as expressly provided in the Development Plan.

2.2.3    Acknowledgments. Pfenex acknowledges that the Arcellx Materials are experimental in nature and that they are provided “AS IS” AND WITHOUT ANY REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR ANY WARRANTY THAT THE USE OF THE MATERIALS WILL NOT INFRINGE OR VIOLATE ANY PATENT OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHTS OF ANY THIRD PARTY.

2.3    Termination. Arcellx may terminate any Development Program on [***] prior written notice to Pfenex, in which case Pfenex shall promptly wind down all activities under the Development Plan for such terminated Development Program; provided that with respect to any activities actually performed under the Development Plan for such terminated Development Program for which Arcellx has provided an Authorization to Proceed or a payment, (a) Arcellx shall remain responsible for the actual cost, consistent with estimated amounts, of any materials and Third Party services [***] for such activities to the extent uncancellable and non-refundable and not reasonably usable by Pfenex in other aspects of its business, (b) Arcellx shall pay Pfenex any unpaid amount associated with any Deliverable that Pfenex delivered under such Development Plan and (c) Pfenex shall refund to Arcellx any prepaid amount associated with activities under the Development Plan (prorated based on work actually performed by Pfenex) associated with [***]. Additionally, a Development Program shall be deemed terminated if Arcellx fails to pay the undisputed amount associated with [***] of the date of notice from Pfenex that such amount is delinquent; provided, however, that if Arcellx in good faith disputes that such amount is due under this Agreement, Arcellx may prior to the date such amount is due provide Pfenex with written notice specifying the disputed portion (the “Disputed Portion”) and the reasons for such dispute and may withhold the Disputed Portion and the Parties shall use diligent and good faith efforts to resolve the dispute in accordance with Article 15, and Arcellx’s payment obligation with respect to the Disputed Portion shall be tolled until the dispute is resolved in favor of Pfenex (or earlier if and when Arcellx (but not Pfenex) ceases to use diligent and good faith efforts to resolve the dispute),

 

-10-


provided, further, that if the dispute with respect to such Disputed Portion remains unresolved for more than [***] after submission to the Senior Officers in accordance with Section 15.1, then Pfenex may suspend its performance of any activities related to such Disputed Portion until such dispute is resolved. Upon the effective date of any such termination of a Development Program:

2.3.1    the applicable Development Term with respect thereto shall be deemed expired;

2.3.2    Pfenex shall promptly destroy (or with respect to the Arcellx Materials, return), as directed by Arcellx, all Arcellx Materials provided to Pfenex for such Development Program and all tangible items comprising, bearing or containing any Protein Improvements or Confidential Information of Arcellx (including any material incorporating or derived from any of the foregoing) and if requested to destroy any such Arcellx Materials or tangible items comprising, bearing or containing any Protein Improvements or Confidential Information of Arcellx, Pfenex shall promptly certify in writing to Arcellx that all such Arcellx Materials, all tangible items comprising, bearing or containing any Protein Improvements or Confidential Information of Arcellx have been destroyed; and

2.3.3    Arcellx shall destroy, if requested by Pfenex, all tangible items comprising, bearing or containing any Pfenex Know-How or Confidential Information of Pfenex that is in Arcellx’s possession, including any and all Manufacturing Strains (but excluding any Protein Improvements and any Deliverables or any Pfenex Know-How or Confidential Information of Pfenex applicable to any ongoing Development Program or any Licensed sparX Protein) (collectively, “Pfenex Materials”), and if requested by Pfenex, Arcellx shall promptly certify in writing to Pfenex that all such tangible items have been destroyed.

2.4    Alliance Managers. Promptly after the Effective Date, each Party shall appoint an individual to act as alliance manager for that Party (each, an “Alliance Manager”). The Alliance Managers shall be the primary point of contact for the Parties during the Development Term. The name and contact information for the Alliance Managers, as well as any replacement(s) chosen by either Party in its sole discretion from time to time, shall be provided to the other Party in writing.

2.5    Joint Development Committee. Within [***] after the Effective Date or earlier upon the request of Arcellx, the Parties shall establish a joint development committee (the “JDC”) composed of an equal number of appointed representatives of each Party. The chairperson for the JDC shall be a representative of Arcellx and shall be selected by Arcellx. The JDC shall direct and monitor the activities under the Development Plan, including any third-party pass-through costs, and shall have the authority to amend or update the Development Plan, including extending the Development Term therefor and modifying or replacing the target specifications for any Named sparX Protein under the applicable Development Plan. If the JDC cannot, or does not, reach consensus on an issue within [***] after such issue is first presented to the JDC for consideration, then the JDC shall refer such issue to Senior Officers of the Parties for resolution pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.1. If such issue has not been resolved in accordance with the provisions of Section 15.1, then Arcellx shall have the right to finally and definitively resolve such issue in good faith in a manner consistent with this Agreement but excluding (a) any amendment to a Development Plan that would materially increase, or

 

-11-


materially change the scope or nature of, the activities to be performed by Pfenex in the aggregate as compared to the activities included in such Development Plan prior to the proposed amendment and (b) any modification to or replacement of the target specifications for any Named sparX Protein set forth in the applicable Development Plan, which in each case ((a), and (b)) must be resolved by consensus.

2.6    Recordkeeping. Pfenex shall prepare and maintain complete and accurate records of its activities under this Agreement in a manner acceptable for the collection of data for submission to, or review by, appropriate patent or regulatory authorities, and in compliance with Applicable Law. Such records shall include activities performed pursuant to this Agreement and shall not include or be commingled with records of activities outside the scope of this Agreement. Arcellx shall have the right, at reasonable times and on reasonable notice to Pfenex, to inspect and make copies of the records prepared pursuant to this Section 2.6. Without limiting Pfenex’s obligations under any Development Plan, Pfenex shall keep the JDC reasonably informed regarding its activities with respect to each Development Plan and under this Agreement, including through periodic telephonic or face-to-face meetings of the JDC to discuss the status of each Development Plan and for the JDC to provide Pfenex direction on activities to be performed under each such Development Plan, provided that such meetings shall occur no less frequently than once per calendar quarter.

2.7    Regulatory Communications. Pfenex shall submit to all inquiries, audits and inspections by the FDA and other applicable regulatory authorities related to activities hereunder. Pfenex shall promptly inform Arcellx if any governmental or regulatory authority (a) conducts, or gives notice of intent to conduct, an audit of the documentation generated under this Agreement or an inspection of Pfenex’s facilities where any activities under this Agreement are performed or (b) takes, or gives notice of its intent to take, legal or regulatory action alleging improper or inadequate practices in the performance of the activities hereunder or potentially impacting performance of the activities hereunder. Pfenex shall provide Arcellx with copies of any such notices and summaries of related correspondence following receipt thereof. Pfenex shall further inform Arcellx of the findings of any such action or such inspection that may have a material adverse impact on the performance of the activities hereunder and any related quality systems.

3.    Delivery; Restrictions.

3.1    Delivery. As provided in the applicable Development Plan, Pfenex shall deliver to Arcellx the Deliverables for evaluation by Arcellx pursuant to Section 3.2. If prior to [***] after Arcellx’s receipt of all applicable Deliverables, Arcellx identifies specific additional information for use in connection with the evaluation thereof, then Pfenex shall promptly provide such additional information then in Pfenex’s possession or Control that Arcellx reasonably requests for such purposes; provided that Arcellx may request such additional information [***] per Named sparX Protein.

3.2    Evaluation. Pursuant to the Evaluation License granted by Pfenex to Arcellx, upon delivery to Arcellx of the Deliverables with respect to a particular Work Package under the applicable Development Plan, Arcellx shall have the right to evaluate, within the time periods set forth in the applicable Development Plan and in this Agreement, the Deliverables and

 

-12-


determine whether to provide the applicable Authorization to Proceed or exercise the Commercial Option, in each case for the applicable Named sparX Protein and in accordance with the Development Plan (the “Evaluation Activities”).

3.3    No Sale. Nothing herein shall be deemed to be a sale of any Deliverable. Without limiting Article 7 and subject to the provisions of this Section 3.3 and Sections 3.4, 3.5, and 3.6, the physical embodiment of the Deliverables, including of each Named sparX Protein and any Optimized Nucleic Acid Sequence (other than the Manufacturing Strain contained within Deliverables, which shall remain the sole property of Pfenex), all materials [***], and all other materials derived by Arcellx, its Affiliates, Third Party contractors and permitted sublicensees, in whole or in part therefrom under this Agreement, shall be the sole property of Arcellx. For clarity, Pfenex shall retain ownership rights in and to the Pfenex System and any Pfenex Technology which is embodied or otherwise incorporated in such Deliverables.

3.4    Limitations on Access and Transfer. Arcellx shall not, and shall not cause or authorize any Person to, use any Pfenex Materials, Pfenex Know-How or System Improvements or any other Pfenex Technology (other than the Protein Improvements) (the “Transferred Technology”) except (a) to conduct Evaluation Activities pursuant to Section 4.1 or (b) if Arcellx has exercised its Commercial Option, then to develop and commercialize corresponding Protein Products pursuant to Section 5.2.

3.5    Modifications and Derivations. Arcellx may alter or modify the Transferred Technology comprising methods and materials (other than the Manufacturing Strain or constituents thereof) for the expression, extraction, purification and testing of the corresponding Named sparX Protein (“Permitted Modifications”). For clarity, Pfenex shall have no obligation to transfer or provide any additional Pfenex Technology not otherwise provided to Arcellx under this Agreement for evaluation of the Deliverables pursuant to Section 3.2 in order to enable any Permitted Modifications.

3.6    Care in Use of the Deliverables. Arcellx acknowledges that the Transferred Technology is experimental in nature and may have unknown characteristics and therefore agrees to use reasonable care in the use, handling, storage, containment, transportation and disposition of such Transferred Technology.

3.7    Acknowledgement. Arcellx acknowledges that the use or modification of a Manufacturing Strain other than as permitted under this Agreement could cause irreparable damage to Pfenex. As such, Arcellx agrees that: (a) [***] shall be considered a material breach of the Agreement and Arcellx shall be required to cure such breach within [***], (b) Pfenex shall have the right to receive an assignment of all right, title and interest in and to any patent or patent application that contains, discloses or claims any invention relating to an impermissible modification or use of any Manufacturing Strain, and (c) the remedies set forth in (a) and (b) of this Section 3.7 shall not prejudice Pfenex’s right to pursue any legal or equitable remedy available to Pfenex for any violations of this Article 3.

 

-13-


4.    Evaluation Licenses.

4.1    License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Pfenex grants to Arcellx on a Named sparX Protein-by-Named sparX Protein basis, a royalty-free, co-exclusive license, without the right to sublicense, during the Development Term for such Named sparX Protein, under the Pfenex Technology, including the use of the applicable Manufacturing Strain(s) with respect to such Named sparX Protein, to conduct Evaluation Activities on such Named sparX Protein (“Evaluation License”).

4.2    Sublicenses. The Evaluation License granted under Section 4.1 with respect to a Named sparX Protein, includes the right to grant sublicenses through multiple tiers; [***]. Arcellx shall include in its sublicense agreements a requirement for the sublicensee to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in connection with [***], and Arcellx shall remain responsible to Pfenex for all activities of its sublicensees to the same extent as if such activities had been undertaken by Arcellx itself.

4.3    Subcontractors. Notwithstanding Sections 4.1 and 4.2, Arcellx shall have the right to exercise the Evaluation License granted under Section 4.1 through its Affiliates and Third Party contractors (to which Pfenex has no reasonable objection), which exercise shall not be construed as a sublicense for purposes of this Agreement. In any event, Arcellx shall cause its Affiliates and Third Party contractors to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in connection with their conduct of the applicable Evaluation Activities (including compliance with applicable confidentiality terms and restrictions on use and transfer of the Pfenex Technology and the Deliverables and any other materials derived by Arcellx, its Affiliates, Third Party contractors, in whole or in part therefrom under this Agreement set forth herein), and Arcellx shall remain responsible to Pfenex for all activities of its Affiliates and Third Party contractors to the same extent as if such activities had been undertaken by Arcellx itself.

5.    Commercial Licenses.

5.1    Commercial Option. Pfenex hereby grants Arcellx an exclusive option with respect to each Named sparX Protein to obtain an exclusive license to use the applicable Manufacturing Strain to manufacture or have manufactured such Named sparX Protein and to develop and commercialize Protein Products incorporating such Named sparX Protein, as further described in Section 5.2 (each, a “Commercial Option”). Arcellx may exercise each such Commercial Option by providing Pfenex with written notice referencing this Section 5.1 and specifying the particular Manufacturing Strain and corresponding Named sparX Protein (each such notice, an “Option Notice”) at any time from the Effective Date until [***] from the delivery of all Deliverables for the Named sparX Protein pursuant to Section 3.1 (an “Option Period”); provided, however, (x) if prior to [***]after receipt of all applicable Deliverables Arcellx identifies specific additional information for use in connection with the evaluation of the Commercial Option, then Pfenex shall promptly provide such additional information then in Pfenex’s possession or Control that Arcellx reasonably requests for such purposes, and the Option Period shall be extended [***] until [***] from the date Arcellx receives such additional information from Pfenex, and (y) if the applicable Development Term is terminated pursuant to Section 2.3, then the applicable Option Period shall expire upon the effective date of such termination. If Arcellx provides to Pfenex an Option Notice within the Option Period, then

 

-14-


Pfenex shall and does hereby automatically grant to Arcellx the Commercial License as set forth in Section 5.2 and the applicable Named sparX Protein shall become a Licensed sparX Protein. If Arcellx does not provide an Option Notice within the Option Period, (A) the Commercial Option with respect to such Manufacturing Strain and the corresponding Named sparX Protein and Protein Products shall expire; (B) such corresponding Named sparX Protein shall cease to be a Named sparX Protein; (C) Pfenex shall have no further obligations to Arcellx under this Agreement with respect to such sparX Protein, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.8 (Survival of Certain Obligations); (D) Arcellx shall either return to Pfenex or destroy, as directed by Pfenex, all Manufacturing Strains and other Transferred Technology related to the Expression of such sparX Protein and, if requested to destroy any such Manufacturing Strains, certify in writing to Pfenex that all such Manufacturing Strains have been destroyed; and (E) Pfenex shall promptly destroy (or with respect to the Arcellx Materials, return), as directed by Arcellx, all Arcellx Materials provided to Pfenex for the applicable Development Program and all tangible items comprising, bearing or containing any Protein Improvements or Confidential Information of Arcellx (including any material incorporating or derived from any of the foregoing) and if requested to destroy any such Arcellx Materials or tangible items comprising, bearing or containing any Protein Improvements or Confidential Information of Arcellx, Pfenex shall promptly certify in writing to Arcellx that all such Arcellx Materials, all tangible items comprising, bearing or containing any Protein Improvements or Confidential Information of Arcellx have been destroyed.

5.2    Commercial License.

5.2.1    License. Upon the receipt of each Option Notice for a particular Manufacturing Strain and corresponding Licensed sparX Protein and Protein Products pursuant to Section 5.1 Pfenex hereby grants to Arcellx, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, a worldwide, sublicenseable (through multiple tiers) (subject to Section 5.2.2), exclusive license under the Pfenex Technology (a) to use such Manufacturing Strain to Express such Licensed sparX Protein and for purposes of effecting the applicable Technology Transfer, and (b) to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import Protein Products incorporating such Licensed sparX Protein for use in the Field (each, a “Commercial License”); provided, that Arcellx shall not exercise its rights under the foregoing clause (b) unless and until Arcellx has made complete payment of the first Annual Maintenance Fee.

5.2.2    Sublicensees. The Commercial License granted under Section 5.2.1, with respect to a particular Manufacturing Strain and corresponding Licensed sparX Protein and Protein Products, includes the right to grant sublicenses through multiple tiers; provided, however, that Arcellx may not grant or authorize sublicenses through multiple tiers under such Commercial License without the prior written consent of Pfenex, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; [***]. In any event, Arcellx shall ensure that each of its permitted sublicensees is bound by a written agreement containing provisions at least as protective of Pfenex and the Pfenex Technology and the Deliverables and any other materials derived by Arcellx, its Affiliates, Third Party contractors and permitted sublicensees, in whole or in part therefrom under this Agreement (including compliance with applicable confidentiality terms and restrictions on use and transfer thereof set forth herein); and Arcellx shall remain responsible to Pfenex for all activities of its permitted sublicensees to the same extent as if such activities had been undertaken by Arcellx itself.

 

-15-


5.2.3    Subcontractors. Notwithstanding Section 5.2.2, Arcellx shall have the right to exercise the Commercial License granted under Section 5.2.1 through its Affiliates and Third Party contractors, which exercise shall not be construed as a sublicense for purposes of this Agreement; provided, however, that Arcellx may not exercise the Commercial License through a Third Party CMO without the prior written consent of Pfenex, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; [***]. In any event, Arcellx shall cause its Affiliates and Third Party contractors to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in connection with such performance (including compliance with applicable confidentiality terms set forth herein), and Arcellx shall remain responsible to Pfenex for all activities of its Affiliates and Third Party contractors to the same extent as if such activities had been undertaken by Arcellx itself.

5.3    Exclusivity of [***]. Pfenex acknowledges the highly competitive nature of the industry in which Arcellx and Pfenex operate and, accordingly, agrees that, in consideration of Arcellx entering into this Agreement and the promises contained herein, Pfenex shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, by itself or through any Third Party, (a) use, produce, transfer, lease, sell, or grant any license or other rights to any Third Party to use, produce, transfer, lease or sell [***], or (b) undertake any research, development, manufacturing (including Expression) or commercialization activities, with respect to any [***].

5.4    Technology Transfer. Upon Arcellx’s request after the exercise by Arcellx of any Commercial Option, within [***] following such request with respect to the applicable Licensed sparX Protein, Pfenex shall effect a transfer to Arcellx or its designee of (i) Pfenex’s then-current process (i.e., established during WP3 under the applicable Development Plan) for the Expression of such Licensed sparX Protein and (ii) the corresponding Manufacturing Strain, including, in each case (i) and (ii), all applicable analytical methods (each, a “Manufacturing Process”) and to implement each Manufacturing Process at a single facility (assuming Successful Technology Transfer at such facility) per Licensed sparX Protein designated by Arcellx (such transfer, as more fully described below in this Section 5.4, the “Technology Transfer”). Arcellx shall (or shall cause its designee to) timely implement such Technology Transfer and the associated Manufacturing Process at the applicable facility, including making available necessary personnel, equipment and materials reasonably requested by Pfenex or its designee. Pfenex shall provide, and shall cause its Affiliates and any of its Third Party manufacturers to provide, all reasonable assistance requested by Arcellx to enable Arcellx (or its Affiliate or designated Third Party manufacturer, as applicable) to implement each Manufacturing Process at the facility designated by Arcellx to receive such Manufacturing Process, including (a) a report describing unit operations for integrated runs and an estimate bill of materials, and (b) ad hoc support, consisting of phone calls and on-site support from Pfenex’s personnel. [***].

6.    Fees, Royalties and Other Payments.

6.1    Development Fees. In consideration of Pfenex’s performance of each Development Program, Arcellx shall pay Pfenex:

6.1.1    Development Fees. The applicable Development Fees as specified in the Collaboration Memorandum; and

 

-16-


6.1.2    Materials/Services Fees. The documented cost, [***], of materials and Third Party services, each in accordance with the applicable Development Plan and consistent with the aggregate estimate therefor.

6.1.3    Invoices. Arcellx shall not owe, and Pfenex shall not issue, any invoice for any payments under or in connection with this Agreement except as provided in Section 6.1.1 or Section 6.1.2.

Pfenex will issue invoices to Arcellx for such amounts (i) at the time of provision of the applicable Deliverables or (ii) upon its issuance of a purchase order for the corresponding materials or Third Party services, in each case ((i) and (ii)) in accordance with the applicable Development Plan and the terms of the Collaboration Memorandum. For clarity, the payments set forth in this Section 6.1 represent Arcellx’s total financial obligation with respect to work performed by Pfenex under any Development Plan.

6.2    Commercial Fees and Royalties. Arcellx will pay to Pfenex the following amounts in consideration of the grant of each Commercial License:

6.2.1    Annual Maintenance Fees. Arcellx shall pay [***] of the first corresponding Annual Maintenance Fee within [***] after delivery by Arcellx of an Option Notice to Pfenex. Arcellx shall pay the [***] of the first corresponding Annual Maintenance Fee within [***] after the completion of a Successful Technology Transfer in accordance with Section 5.4. Thereafter, Arcellx shall pay the corresponding Annual Maintenance Fee within [***] after each anniversary of the completion of the Successful Technology Transfer until the first commercial sale of a Protein Product incorporating the corresponding Licensed sparX Protein. [***].

6.2.2    Milestone Payments. Subject to Section 6.2.1, Arcellx will pay to Pfenex the Milestone Payments specified in the Collaboration Memorandum with respect to each Protein Product.

6.2.3    Royalty Payments. Subject to Section 6.2.1, during the applicable Royalty Term for a Protein Product, Arcellx will pay to Pfenex as a royalty the applicable percentage of Net Sales of such Protein Product as specified in the Collaboration Memorandum. For clarity, upon expiration of the Royalty Term for a particular Protein Product, the Commercial License granted by Pfenex to Arcellx with respect to such Protein Product will be deemed to be perpetual, irrevocable and fully paid-up.

6.3    Methods of Payment.

6.3.1    Unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, all undisputed payments hereunder will be paid by Arcellx to Pfenex by wire transfer to an account designated by Pfenex within [***] of the date of receipt by Arcellx of an invoice from Pfenex. Except as expressly provided herein, such payments shall be non-refundable not creditable against any other payments to be made by Arcellx to Pfenex under this Agreement.

6.3.2    Any undisputed payments or portions thereof due hereunder which are not paid when due shall bear interest equal to the lesser of (a) the rate equal to the thirty (30)

 

-17-


day U.S. dollar LIBOR rate effective as of the date such payment was due, as published by The Wall Street Journal, Internet Edition at www.wsj.com in the “Money Rates” tab, on the date such payment was due, plus an additional [***], or (b) the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law, calculated based on the number of days such payment is delinquent. This Section 6.3 shall in no way limit any other remedies available to Pfenex. If Arcellx in good faith disputes that such amount is due under this Agreement, Arcellx may provide Pfenex with written notice of the Disputed Portion and the reasons for such dispute and may withhold the Disputed Portion and the Parties shall use diligent and good faith efforts to resolve the dispute in accordance with Article 15, and Arcellx’s payment obligations with respect to the Disputed Portion shall be tolled until the dispute is resolved in favor of Pfenex (or earlier if and when Arcellx (but not Pfenex) ceases to use diligent and good faith efforts to resolve the dispute).

6.4    Currency Conversion. If any currency conversion shall be required in connection with the calculation of amounts payable hereunder, such conversion shall be made using the same exchange rates used by Arcellx for its own financial reporting purposes, or if none is used, then the average of the buying and selling rates on the last business day of the calendar quarter to which the amount applies as published by The Wall Street Journal, Internet Edition at www.wsj.com.

6.5    Acknowledgement. The Parties acknowledge that the economic terms and conditions set forth herein were negotiated and agreed to and represent a fair and equitable allocation of the value of the Protein Product for the Field. The Parties further acknowledge that there is considerable value in the Pfenex Technology (including the Pfenex Know-How) that is consistent with the economic terms and conditions herein.

6.6    Records. Each Party shall keep, and cause its Affiliates and sublicensees to keep, complete, true and accurate books of accounts and records for the purpose of determining the amounts payable to the other Party pursuant to this Agreement. Each Party shall permit the other Party, by independent qualified public accountants engaged by such other Party and reasonably acceptable to the audited Party, to examine such books and records at any reasonable time. The foregoing right of review may be exercised only once during each [***] period, [***]. Such accountants may be required by the audited Party to enter into a reasonably acceptable confidentiality agreement. The opinion of said independent accountants regarding such reports, accountings and payments shall be binding on the Parties other than in the case of clear error. The auditing Party shall bear the cost of any such examination and review; provided that if the inspection and audit shows an underpayment of more than the greater of [***] of the amount due for the applicable period and [***], then the audited Party shall promptly reimburse the auditing Party for all reasonable and verifiable costs incurred in connection with such examination and review. The audited Party shall promptly pay to the auditing Party the amount of any underpayment revealed by an examination and review. Any overpayment by the audited Party revealed by an examination and review shall be fully-creditable against future payments owed by the audited Party to the auditing Party under this Article 6 or, if no future payments are owed by the audited Party, refunded to the audited Party.

 

-18-


7.    Inventions and Patents.

7.1    Ownership of Program Inventions and Technology. Except as provided in Section 7.2, as between the Parties, (a) Program Inventions and intellectual property rights therein invented by or on behalf of employees, agents or consultants of Pfenex, independently of employees, agents or consultants of Arcellx, its Affiliates or their respective sublicensees, will be [***]; and (b) Program Inventions and intellectual property rights therein invented by or on behalf of employees, agents or consultants of Arcellx, its Affiliates or their respective sublicensees, independently of employees, agents or consultants of Pfenex, will be [***]; and (c) Program Inventions and intellectual property rights therein jointly invented by or on behalf of one or more employees, agents or consultants of Pfenex and one or more employees, agents or consultants of Arcellx, its Affiliates or their respective sublicensees (“Other Inventions”) will be owned [***]; and subject to and without limiting any licenses granted under Article 4 and Section 5.2, each Party agrees to grant, and hereby grants, to the other Party a worldwide, non-exclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up perpetual and irrevocable license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses (through multiple tiers), under the Other Inventions for all purposes. For purposes of this Article 7, “invented” means Program Inventions and intellectual property rights therein conceived, created and/or first reduced to practice as determined in accordance with U.S. federal and state intellectual property laws.

7.2    Improvements. Notwithstanding Section 7.1, (a) [***] any and all Arcellx Inventions and Other Inventions that are specifically related to the Pfenex System other than Protein Improvements (“System Improvements”); (b) [***] any and all Pfenex Inventions and Other Inventions that are specifically related to a Licensed sparX Protein or one or more sparX Proteins and not otherwise generally applicable to proteins other than sparX Proteins, other than (except as provided in clause (c) below) any Optimized Nucleic Acid Sequence (“Protein Improvements”); and (c) upon the earlier of [***] and the [***], Arcellx shall own any and all [***].

7.3    Assignment. Each Party agrees to assign and hereby assigns, without additional compensation, to the other Party all of its right, title and interest in and to any Program Inventions and intellectual property rights therein as is necessary to fully effect, as applicable, the ownership provided for in Sections 7.1 and 7.2, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their sublicensees, as applicable, to do the same.

7.4    Retention of Rights. Subject to the licenses granted herein and Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3, as between the Parties: (a) Pfenex will retain all right, title and interest in and to the Pfenex Technology; and (b) Arcellx will retain all right, title and interest in and to the Named sparX Proteins and Arcellx Materials, in each case, existing as of the commencement of the Development Program pursuant to Article 2.

7.5    Prosecution and Maintenance. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.5, each Party shall have the sole right to file, prosecute, maintain and enforce and defend Patents directed to Program Inventions that are owned by such Party under this Agreement. [***], if either Party becomes aware of an infringement or misappropriation of the Pfenex Technology with respect to any Protein Product or the Manufacturing Strain with respect thereto, it shall promptly notify the other Party and provide such other Party with all details of such infringement of which it is aware (an “Infringement Notice”). [***].

 

-19-


7.6    Cooperation. With respect to any Patent filed, prosecuted, maintained or enforced covering or claiming Program Inventions, the Party filing, prosecuting, maintaining or enforcing such Patents shall keep the other Party reasonably informed of filing, prosecution, maintenance and thereof, including by providing the other Party with a copy of material communications to and from any patent authority regarding such Patent, and by providing the drafts of any material filings or responses to be made to such Patent authorities sufficiently in advance of submitting such filings or responses so as to allow for a reasonable opportunity for such other Party to review and comment thereon. The Party filing, prosecuting, maintaining or enforcing such Patents shall consider in good faith any comments and proposed strategies of the other Party. Each Party shall provide the other Party all reasonable assistance and cooperation in the patent-related efforts under Section 7.5, including providing any necessary powers of attorney and executing any other required documents or instruments for such efforts. In the event a Party enforcing a Patent covering any Program Invention finds it necessary or desirable for the other Party to join the prosecuting Party as a party to any related claim, suit or proceeding, such other Party shall, upon written request, join as a party to such claim, suit or proceeding and participate with its own counsel at its own cost and expense.

7.7    Disclosure. Each Party will promptly disclose to the other Party the making, conception or first reduction to practice of any Program Inventions, including System Improvements and Protein Improvements ([***]). The Parties shall at all times fully cooperate in order to reasonably implement the provisions of Sections 7.1 through 7.5. Such cooperation may include the execution of necessary legal documents, coordinating prosecution to avoid or mitigate any patentability issues raised during prosecution including, for instance, enablement, estoppel and double patenting, and the provision of any other assistance to its relevant personnel. Further, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, neither Party shall disclose Confidential Information of the other Party in a patent application of such Party, except as otherwise permitted under the provisions of Article 9.

8.    Compliance.

8.1    General. Each Party agrees to comply with all Applicable Law in conducting the activities under this Agreement, including with respect to the development, production, storage, handling and transportation of sparX Proteins, Manufacturing Strains, and all other materials developed, produced, stored, handled or transported in connection with this Agreement.

8.2    Export Controls. Neither Pfenex nor Arcellx will export, directly or indirectly, Arcellx Materials, Named sparX Proteins, Manufacturing Strains, Pfenex Know-How or Pfenex Technology provided by the other Party or arising under this Agreement or any materials or products using or embodying such technical information, to any country or foreign national for which the United States government or any agency thereof at the time of export requires an export license or other governmental approval (“Controlled Technology”), without first obtaining the written consent to do so from the Department of Commerce or other agency of the United States government when required by an applicable statute or regulation. The transfer,

 

-20-


re-export or other disposition of such Controlled Technology in a manner that is not in compliance with the export control laws and regulations of the United States is strictly prohibited.

9.    Confidentiality.

9.1    General. Each Party agrees that during the Term and for [***] thereafter, it will maintain proprietary and confidential information of the other Party (“Disclosing Party”) disclosed or otherwise made available to such first Party (“Receiving Party”), directly or indirectly, in writing, orally or by inspection of tangible objects and of the type generally deemed to be proprietary in the biotechnology or pharmaceutical industries (“Confidential Information”), and will not use for any purpose or disclose any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party to a Third Party, without the express written consent of the Disclosing Party. Confidential Information shall also include the terms of this Agreement. Each Receiving Party agrees to use the same degree of care to prevent any unauthorized access, disclosure or publication of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party as such Receiving Party uses to protect its own Confidential Information, but in no event less than a reasonable degree of care. All information disclosed by a Party to the other Party pursuant to either the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties dated June 6, 2018 (the “Prior Confidentiality Agreement”) or the Material Transfer and Feasibility Agreement, shall be deemed Confidential Information of such first Party as if it were disclosed hereunder. All Confidential Information generated in connection with any Development Program, including all information relating any research and development with respect to Manufacturing Strains and Named sparX Proteins, shall be the Confidential Information of both Parties (and each Party shall be the Disclosing Party and Receiving Party, respectively, with respect thereto) [***]. For clarity, any Pfenex Know-How other than Product Information shall be deemed Pfenex’s Confidential Information.

9.2    Exceptions. Confidential Information does not include information of the Disclosing Party which:

9.2.1    is in the public domain at the time of disclosure;

9.2.2    after disclosure, becomes part of the public domain by publication or otherwise, except through breach of this agreement by the Receiving Party;

9.2.3    the Receiving Party can establish by competent proof was in its possession at the time of disclosure, without confidentiality restrictions; provided that this Section 9.2.3 shall not apply with respect to Product Information;

9.2.4    is disclosed to the Receiving Party from a Third Party(ies) who are entitled to disclose the information without an obligation to maintain the confidentiality thereof; provided that this Section 9.2.4 shall not apply with respect to Product Information;

9.2.5    is approved for disclosure by written authorization of the Disclosing Party.

9.3    Authorized Disclosure. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.1 and subject to this Section 9.3 and Section 9.4, each Party hereto may use and disclose

 

-21-


Confidential Information of the other Party to its employees, agents or consultants and its Affiliates, licensees, sublicensees, and any other Third Parties to the extent such use and/or disclosure is reasonably necessary to exercise the rights granted to it, under this Agreement, filing or prosecuting Patents, prosecuting or defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental laws or regulations, submitting information to tax or other governmental authorities or conducting clinical trials hereunder with respect to any Protein Product. If a Party is required by law, administrative or judicial order to disclose Confidential Information of the other Party, such Party will give the other Party prompt notice of such fact so that the other Party may obtain a protective order or other appropriate remedy concerning any such disclosure and/or waive compliance with the non-disclosure provisions of this Agreement. Each Party will fully cooperate with the other Party in connection with the other Party’s efforts to obtain any such order or other remedy. If any such order or other remedy does not fully preclude disclosure or the Party having rights to such Confidential Information waives such compliance, the Party required to make such disclosure as set forth under this Section 9.3 may make such disclosure only to the extent that such disclosure is legally required; provided that such Confidential Information disclosed accordingly shall only lose its confidentiality protection for purposes of such disclosure. For any other permitted disclosures of Confidential Information of the other Party, including to a Party’s employees, agents or consultants or its Affiliates, licensees, or any other Third Parties, each Party shall ensure, where practicable, that the recipient thereof is bound by a written confidentiality agreement as materially protective of such Confidential Information as this Article 9.

9.4    Publication. Neither Party shall make any public announcement relating to this Agreement or the transactions covered by it or mention or otherwise use the name, insignia, symbol, trademark, trade name or logotype of the other Party or its Affiliates in any press release, promotional material or other form of publicity without the prior written approval of that Party in each instance. [***], neither Party may publish, present or announce results of such Development Program or Evaluation Activities with respect thereto, either orally or in writing, or Confidential Information of the other Party (a “Publication”) unless (a) it receives the prior written consent of the other Party or (b) necessary to comply with Applicable Law, including securities laws, regulations or guidance; provided that in the case of clause (b) the disclosing Party shall promptly notify the other Party and (other than in the case where such disclosure is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of the disclosing Party’s legal counsel, to comply with securities laws, regulations or guidance) allow the other Party a reasonable opportunity to oppose with the body initiating the process and, to the extent allowable by law, to seek limitations on the portion of Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed. [***], Arcellx may freely make Publications with respect to the Development Program to which such Commercial Option applies and Pfenex shall not make any Publication with respect to such Development Plan unless (x) it receives the prior written consent of Arcellx or (y) necessary to comply with Applicable Law, including securities laws, regulations or guidance; provided that in the case of clause (y) Pfenex shall promptly notify Arcellx and (other than in the case where such disclosure is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of Pfenex’s legal counsel, to comply with securities laws, regulations or guidance) allow Arcellx a reasonable opportunity to oppose with the body initiating the process and, to the extent allowable by law, to seek limitations on the portion of the Confidential Information that is required to be disclosed.

 

-22-


9.5    Confidential Terms. Each Party agrees not to disclose to any Third Party the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto, except each Party may disclose the terms of this Agreement: (a) to advisors (including financial advisors, attorneys and accountants), actual or potential acquisition partners or private investors, and others on a need to know basis, in each case under appropriate confidentiality provisions consistent with the nature of the terms so disclosed; or (b) to the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Law, including securities laws, regulations or guidance; provided that in the case of clause (b) the disclosing Party shall promptly notify the other Party and (other than in the case where such disclosure is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of the disclosing Party’s legal counsel, to comply with securities laws, regulations or guidance) allow the other Party a reasonable opportunity to oppose with the body initiating the process and, to the extent allowable by law, to seek limitations on the portion of this Agreement that is required to be disclosed. The Parties will agree on the content, timing and logistics for a joint press release to announce the execution of this Agreement; thereafter, each Party may disclose to Third Parties the information contained in such press release without the need for further approval by the other.

10.    Term and Termination.

10.1    Term. Unless earlier terminated pursuant to this Article 10, the term of this Agreement (the “Term”) shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until the later of the expiration or termination of all (a) Development Terms, (b) Commercial Options in accordance with Section 5.1, and (c) if a Commercial Option is exercised, the last-to-expire Royalty Term for all Protein Products. Accordingly, if Arcellx exercises a Commercial Option with respect to a Named sparX Protein and corresponding Manufacturing Strain hereunder, the Term shall continue on a Protein Product-by-Protein Product basis until expiration of the Royalty Term for each such Protein Product.

10.2    Termination of Commercial Licenses by Arcellx. In the event Arcellx exercises a Commercial Option, Arcellx will have the right to separately terminate each Commercial License with respect to a Protein Product under this Agreement upon [***] prior written notice to Pfenex referencing this Section 10.2 and specifying the Protein Product for which it is so terminating this Agreement. In the event that all Commercial Licenses and all Commercial Options have expired or been terminated pursuant to this Section 10.2, this Agreement shall terminate in its entirety, subject to Section 10.8 (Survival of Certain Obligations).

10.3    Termination for Cause. Subject to the further provisions of this Section 10.3, in the event of any material breach of this Agreement by a Party, the non-breaching Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement in its entirety upon [***] prior written notice to the breaching Party referencing this Section 10.3 and specifying in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances constituting the material breach of this Agreement, unless the breaching Party cures such breach within such [***] period. If the breaching Party has not cured such material breach within such [***] period, then this Agreement shall terminate effective on the expiration of such [***] period; provided, however, if the Party alleged to be in breach of this Agreement disputes such breach by written notice to the other Party within such [***] period, the non-breaching Party shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement unless and until it has been determined that this Agreement was materially breached in accordance with Article 15, and the breaching Party fails to comply with its obligations hereunder within [***] after such determination.

 

-23-


10.4    Termination for Patent Challenge. Subject to the further provisions of this Section 10.4, in the event Arcellx or any of its Affiliates or its or their respective sublicensees challenges (other than in response to infringement claims brought or threatened by Pfenex or its Affiliates or licensees) any Pfenex Patent licensed to Arcellx pursuant to Section 5.2 that covers the manufacture, use or sale of a Protein Product before any court or governmental authority having jurisdiction (except where such challenge action is ordered by a court, patent office or other tribunal or is required by Applicable Law), Pfenex shall have the right to terminate the Commercial License solely with respect to such challenged Pfenex Patent and Protein Product upon [***] prior written notice to Arcellx referencing this Section 10.4 and specifying the Pfenex Patent so challenged, unless [***].

10.5    Effects of Expiration or Termination of the Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated in its entirety pursuant to Section 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.4 or 16.3:

10.5.1    Licenses. Effective upon such termination of this Agreement, all rights and licenses granted to Arcellx under this Agreement shall terminate (except as otherwise expressly provided under Section 10.8); provided that Arcellx shall have a non-exclusive right under Pfenex Technology to perform its rights and obligations under Section 10.5.4 until the expiration of the period described therein, if applicable; and

10.5.2    Return of Materials. Promptly upon the later of (a) the effective date of any such termination of this Agreement or (b) expiration of the period described in Section 10.5.4, if applicable, Arcellx shall destroy all Pfenex Materials and if requested to destroy any such Pfenex Materials, Arcellx shall promptly certify in writing to Pfenex that all such Pfenex Materials have been destroyed;

10.5.3    Sublicensees. Except as provided in this Section 10.5.3, any sublicenses granted under any Commercial Licenses hereunder shall terminate coincident with the termination of such Commercial Licenses, and Arcellx shall ensure that its Affiliates and such sublicensees shall if directed by Pfenex destroy any Pfenex Materials in their possession in the manner set forth in this Section 10.5 as if such Affiliate or sublicensee were named herein. In the event Pfenex terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.4, any sublicenses granted by Arcellx under any Commercial Licenses hereunder in accordance with the terms of this Agreement will continue in force; provided that each such sublicensee is not in breach of the applicable sublicense or this Agreement and agrees to enter into a direct agreement with Pfenex upon the terms of this Agreement; and

10.5.4    Disposition of Inventories of Protein Products. Except in the event Pfenex terminates this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.4, upon notice of any such termination of this Agreement, Arcellx and its Affiliates and their respective sublicensees shall have the right to continue to sell their existing inventories of such Protein Products for a period not to exceed [***] after the date of notice of such termination and Arcellx shall pay any royalties payable in connection with such sales due under this Agreement.

 

-24-


10.6    Effects of Termination of a Commercial License. If a Commercial License is terminated pursuant to Section 10.2, then the foregoing provisions of Section 10.5 shall apply but only with respect to such Commercial License and the applicable Manufacturing Strain and corresponding Licensed sparX Protein and Protein Products.

10.7    Accrued Obligations. Expiration or termination of this Agreement in its entirety or with respect to a Protein Product for any reason shall not release any Party hereto from any liability that, at the time of such termination, has already accrued to the other Party or that is attributable to a period prior to such expiration or termination, nor will any termination of this Agreement preclude either Party from pursuing all rights and remedies it may have under this Agreement, or at law or in equity, with respect to any breach of this Agreement.

10.8    Survival of Certain Obligations. The following provisions will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement in its entirety for the applicable period if so specified therein: Sections 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 3.3, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 10.9.2, 11.4, and Articles 7, 9, 12, 14, 15 and 17–28.

10.9    Bankruptcy.

10.9.1    Termination. Either Party may terminate this Agreement if, at any time, (a) the other Party shall file in any court or agency pursuant to any statute or regulation of any state, country or jurisdiction, a petition for liquidating bankruptcy or (b) such other Party shall propose or be a Party to any dissolution or liquidation that is not dismissed within [***] after the filing thereof.

10.9.2    Rights. All rights and licenses granted under this Agreement are, and shall be deemed to be, for purposes of Section 365(n) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction, licenses of rights to “intellectual property” as defined under Section 101(56) of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The Parties agree that the Parties, as licensees of such rights under this Agreement, shall retain and may fully exercise all of their rights and elections under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction. The Parties further agree that in the event of the commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding by or against one Party hereunder under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction, the other Party shall be entitled to complete access to any such intellectual property, and all embodiments of such intellectual property, pertaining to the rights granted in the licenses hereunder of the Party by or against whom a bankruptcy proceeding has been commenced, subject, however, to payment of the fees, milestone payments and royalties set forth in this Agreement through the effective date of any termination hereunder. If not already in the non-debtor Party’s possession, such intellectual property and such embodiments thereof shall be promptly delivered to it (a) upon any such commencement of a bankruptcy proceeding upon the non-debtor Party’s written request therefor, unless the Party subject to such proceeding elects to continue to perform all of its obligations under this Agreement, or (b) if not delivered under clause (a) above, following the rejection of this Agreement by or on behalf of the Party subject to such proceeding upon written request therefor by the non-debtor Party. The Parties acknowledge and agree that payments made under Sections 6.2.1, 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 shall not (x) constitute royalties within the meaning of Section 365(n) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any analogous provisions in any other country or jurisdiction or (y) relate to licenses of intellectual property hereunder.

 

-25-


11.    Representations, Warranties and Covenants.

11.1    Mutual Representations, Warranties and Covenants Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that, [***]:

11.1.1    This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Party and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each Party, enforceable against such Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Party, its officers and directors.

11.1.2    The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each Party does not conflict with any agreement, instrument or understanding, oral or written, to which it is a Party or by which it is bound, nor violate any law or regulation of any court, governmental body or administrative or other agency having jurisdiction over it.

11.2    Additional Representations and Warranties of Pfenex Pfenex represents and warrants that, [***]:

11.2.1     (i) it has the right to grant the licenses granted herein, it has validly granted such licenses and it has no knowledge of any rights of any Third Party that would be infringed by the practice of the Pfenex Technology in connection with activities to be conducted or the licenses to be granted hereunder; (ii) there are no claims, judgments or settlements against Pfenex pending or to its knowledge, threatened, seeking to invalidate the Pfenex Patents; (iii) all employees of Pfenex who may conduct the research have a written obligation to assign all intellectual property developed during the course of their employment to Pfenex; and (iv) the activities to be conducted and the licenses to be granted under this Agreement do not constitute or involve the misappropriation of trade secrets or other rights or property of any Person other than the Parties;

11.2.2    none of Pfenex or any of its Affiliates has previously entered into any agreement, whether written or oral, with respect to, or otherwise assigned, transferred, licensed, conveyed, or otherwise encumbered its right, title, or interest in or to the Pfenex Technology (including by granting any covenant not to sue with respect thereto), or any Patent or other intellectual property or proprietary right that would be Pfenex Technology but for such assignment, transfer, license, conveyance, or encumbrance, except in each case where such assignment, transfer, license, conveyance, or encumbrance is (a) terminated and no longer in force or effect or (b) not inconsistent with the rights and licenses proposed to be granted to Arcellx under this Agreement;

11.2.3    to the actual knowledge of Pfenex after due inquiry, no Person is infringing or threatening to infringe, or misappropriating or threatening to misappropriate, the Pfenex Technology;

 

-26-


11.2.4    to the actual knowledge of Pfenex after due inquiry, the use of the Pfenex System, including the applicable Manufacturing Strain, to Express each Named sparX Protein, does not infringe and is not covered or claimed by the intellectual property rights or property of any Person other than the intellectual property rights licensed by Pfenex under Sections 4.1 or 5.2; and

11.2.5    neither Arcellx nor any of its Affiliates has been debarred or is subject to debarment pursuant to Section 306 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetics Act, or is the subject of a conviction described in such section.

11.3    Additional Covenants of Pfenex Pfenex covenants that:

11.3.1    none of Pfenex or any of its Affiliates shall enter into any agreement, whether written or oral, with respect to, or otherwise assign, transfer, license, convey, or otherwise encumber its right, title, or interest in or to the Pfenex Technology, or any Patent or other intellectual property or proprietary right that would be Pfenex Technology but for such assignment, transfer, license, conveyance, or encumbrance, in each case where such assignment, transfer, license, conveyance, or encumbrance is inconsistent with the rights and licenses proposed to be granted to Arcellx under this Agreement;

11.3.2    none of Pfenex or any of its Affiliates shall use in any capacity, in connection with the activities to be performed under this Agreement, any Person who has been debarred pursuant to Section 306 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetics Act, or who is the subject of a conviction described in such section. Pfenex agrees to inform Arcellx in writing immediately if it or any Person who is performing services hereunder is debarred or is the subject of a conviction described in Section 306 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetics Act, or if any action, suit, claim, investigation or legal or administrative proceeding is pending or is threatened, relating to the debarment or conviction of Pfenex or any Person performing such services activities; and

11.3.3    not to knowingly take, or knowingly allow any Person to take, any action in the course of performance of the Development Program that will cause the use of the Pfenex System, including the applicable Manufacturing Strain, to Express each Named sparX Protein, to infringe, be covered or claimed by the intellectual property rights of any Person other than the intellectual property rights licensed by Pfenex under Sections 4.1 or 5.2.

11.4    DISCLAIMER. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE PFENEX PATENTS AND PFENEX KNOW-HOW LICENSED HEREUNDER ARE PROVIDED AND LICENSED TO ARCELLX “AS IS” AND EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF THE PATENTS, KNOW-HOW, INVENTIONS, OR RESULTS OBTAINED, OR PRODUCTS DEVELOPED, CREATED OR PRODUCED IN WHOLE OR PART THROUGH APPLICATION OF THE PATENTS OR KNOW-HOW OR ANY OTHER SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT OR VALIDITY OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS.

 

-27-


WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, EACH PARTY ACKNOWLEDGES AND DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY AS TO THE COMMERCIAL SUCCESS OF ANY PRODUCT OR THE ACHIEVEMENT OF DESIRED GOALS THROUGH USE OF THE PATENTS OR KNOW-HOW LICENSED HEREUNDER. FOR CLARITY, THE FOREGOING DOES NOT LIMIT PFENEX’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER SECTION 2.2.1 OR SECTION 12.3.

12.    Indemnity.

12.1    General. Each Party will defend, indemnify and hold harmless the other Party and its Affiliates and their officers, directors, employees and agents and their respective successors and assigns (individually and collectively, a “Pfenex Indemnitee” when the other Party is Pfenex and individually and collectively a “Arcellx Indemnitee” when the other Party is Arcellx) from and against liabilities, losses, damages, and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by a Pfenex Indemnitee or Arcellx Indemnitee, as applicable (collectively, the “Liabilities”) resulting from all claims made by a Third Party, including suits, actions, terminations or demands (collectively, the “Claims”) that are incurred, relate to or arise out of (a) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by such Party in this Agreement, or (b) the negligence, gross negligence, recklessness, unlawful acts or willful misconduct of the indemnifying Party in connection with the performance of its obligations hereunder.

12.2    By Arcellx. Arcellx will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Pfenex Indemnitees from and against all Liabilities resulting from all Claims relating to or arising out of (a) the development or commercialization of Protein Products by or on behalf of Arcellx, (b) a material breach of this Agreement by Arcellx, or (c) the negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of any Arcellx Indemnitee; except in each case ((a) - (c)) for those Liabilities for which Pfenex must indemnify Arcellx under Section 12.1 or Section 12.3, as to which Liabilities each Party shall indemnify the other to the extent of their respective liability for the Liabilities.

12.3    By Pfenex. Pfenex will defend, indemnify and hold harmless Arcellx Indemnitees from and against all Liabilities resulting from all Claims relating to or arising out of (a) a material breach of this Agreement made by Pfenex, (b) the negligence, recklessness or willful misconduct of any Pfenex Indemnitee, except in each case ((a) and (b)) for those Liabilities for which Arcellx must indemnify Pfenex under Section 12.1, Section 12.2(b) or Section 12.2(c), as to which Liabilities each Party shall indemnify the other to the extent of their respective liability for the Liabilities. For clarity, Pfenex’s breach of Section 11.2 shall be deemed a material breach of this Agreement.

12.4    Procedure. All indemnification claims in respect of an Pfenex Indemnitee or Arcellx Indemnitee shall be made solely by Pfenex or Arcellx, respectively (the “Indemnitee”) by promptly providing notice to the other Party (the “Indemnitor”) of any Liability or action in respect of which the Indemnitee intends to claim such indemnification, which notice will include a reasonable identification of the alleged facts giving rise to such Liability. The Indemnitee will reasonably cooperate with all reasonable requests of the Indemnitor with respect thereto. The Indemnitor will assume the defense thereof, at the sole cost of the Indemnitor, with counsel selected by the Indemnitor. However, notwithstanding the

 

-28-


foregoing, the Indemnitee will have the right to retain its own counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnitor, if representation of such Indemnitee by the counsel retained by the Indemnitor would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnitee and any other Party represented by such counsel in such proceedings. Any settlement of a Liability for which any Indemnitee seeks to be indemnified, defended or held harmless under this Article 12 that could adversely affect the Indemnitee will be subject to prior consent of such Indemnitee, provided that such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. The Indemnitee may not settle any such claim, demand, action or other proceeding or otherwise consent to an adverse judgment in any such action or other proceeding or make any admission as to liability or fault without the express written permission of the Indemnitor, which will not be unreasonably withheld.

13.    Assignment. This Agreement, and any rights or obligations hereunder, will not be assigned by either Party without the written consent of the other Party, except that either Party may otherwise assign its respective rights and transfer its respective duties to any [***]. Without limiting the foregoing, if any permitted assignment of this Agreement by a Party would in and of itself (but without regard to any assignment by the other Party) result in withholding or other similar taxes becoming due on payments hereunder to the other Party, the assigning Party shall be responsible for all such taxes and the amount of such taxes shall not be withheld or otherwise deducted from the amounts payable to such other Party. If, in such event, such other Party actually reduces the amount of income tax paid by such Party as a result of using a credit for the amount of such withholding or similar taxes paid by the assigning Party, then such other Party shall promptly refund to the assigning Party the amount of such reduction in income tax resulting from the use of such credit.

14.    Insurance. Each Party shall at all times maintain insurance policies in such amounts and with such scope of coverage as are normal and customary in the pharmaceutical industry for a Person of comparable size and engaged in activities comparable to the activities in which such Party engages hereunder. If requested by the other Party, the insured Party shall furnish a certificate of insurance or other reasonable proof of coverage (which may be a certificate or other evidence issued by a Party under a program of self-insurance) evidencing the requisite coverage required under this Article 14 during the Term. The insurance policies shall be under an occurrence form, but if only a claims-made form is available to a Party, then such Party shall continue to maintain such insurance after the expiration or termination of this Agreement for a period of five (5) years.

15.    Dispute Resolution.

15.1    Initial Escalation. Except as otherwise provided herein, any disputes arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (and including the applicability of this Article 15 to any such dispute) (each a “Dispute”) shall be first submitted by either Party, by written notice to the other Party referencing this Section 15.1 and specifying the particular Dispute, to a Senior Officer of each of Pfenex and Arcellx for attempted resolution by good faith negotiations within [***] of such notice in the case of a Dispute relating to a Disputed Portion and within [***] of such notice for all other Disputes. In such event, each Party shall cause its Senior Officer to meet and be available to attempt to resolve such issue. If the Parties should resolve such dispute or claim, a memorandum setting forth their agreement will be prepared and

 

-29-


signed by both Parties if requested by either Party. The Parties shall cooperate in an effort to limit the issues for consideration in such manner as narrowly as reasonably practicable in order to resolve the Dispute.

15.2    Dispute Resolution.

15.2.1    Arbitration. Except with respect to a dispute within the JDC, which shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2.5, if the Parties are unable to resolve a Dispute under Section 15.1, [***]. The determination resulting from such alternative dispute resolution shall be final, binding and non-appealable for purposes of this Agreement. Nothing in Section 15.1 or this Section 15.2.1 shall limit any Party’s right to seek and obtain in any such alternative dispute resolutions any equitable relief to which such Party is entitled hereunder.

15.2.2    Patent Disputes. Any Dispute relating to the ownership, scope, validity, enforceability or infringement of any Patent shall be submitted to the governmental authority of competent jurisdiction in the country where such Patent exists.

15.3    Provisional Relief. For the avoidance of doubt, the dispute resolution procedures set forth under this Article 15 will not limit a Party from seeking or a court from granting a temporary restraining order or a preliminary injunction or other provisional relief with respect to any Dispute in order to preserve the status quo of the Parties pending resolution of such Dispute.

16.    Force Majeure / Delays.

16.1    In the event either Party shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reasons of strike, lockouts, labor troubles, restrictive government or judicial orders, or decrees riots, insurrection, war, Acts of God, inclement weather or other similar reason or a cause beyond such Party’s reasonable control (a “Force Majeure”), then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of such delay; provided that the non-performing Party shall exert all reasonable efforts to eliminate, cure or overcome any such event of Force Majeure and to resume performance of its obligations under this Agreement promptly. Notice of the start and stop of any such force majeure shall be provided to the other Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party shall not be excused from making payments owed hereunder because of a Force Majeure affecting such Party.

16.2    To the extent either Party is delayed because of a Force Majeure, any timeline or milestone obligations of said Party shall be extended for a period of time equal to the number of days of the delay reasonably caused by the Force Majeure.

16.3    In the event a Party is delayed because of a Force Majeure for more than ninety (90) days, either Party shall have the right to require the Parties negotiate in good faith either (a) a resolution of the event of Force Majeure, if possible or (b) an extension by mutual agreement of the time period to resolve, eliminate, cure or overcome such event of Force Majeure.

17.    Relationship of the Parties. The relationship of the Parties under this Agreement is that of independent contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement, nor the

 

-30-


performance of any obligations under this Agreement, shall create an association, partnership, joint venture or relationship of principal and agent, master and servant, or employer and employee between the Parties. Neither Party has or shall have any express or implied right or authority under this Agreement to assume or create any obligations or make any representations or warranties on behalf of or in the name of the other Party or such other Party’s Affiliates, nor shall it represent to any Person that it has any such right or authority.

18.    Notices. Any notice, request, approval or consent required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if delivered in person, transmitted by email (receipt verified) or by overnight courier service (signature required) to the Party to which it is directed at its address or such other address as such Party will have last given by notice to the other Party.

 

  If to Pfenex:      Pfenex Inc.   
       10790 Roselle Street   
       San Diego, CA 92121   
       [***]   
  With a copy to:      Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati   
       650 Page Mill Road   
       Palo Alto, CA 94304   
       [***]   
  If to Arcellx:      Arcellx, Inc.   
       20271 Goldenrod Lane, Suite 2099   
       Germantown, MD 20876   
       [***]   

19.    Governing Law. This Agreement or the performance, enforcement, breach or termination hereof shall be interpreted, governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of [***], United States, excluding any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction; provided, that all questions concerning (a) inventorship and ownership of Patents under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with Section 7.1 and (b) the construction or effect of Patents shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the country or other jurisdiction in which the particular Patent has been filed or granted, as the case may be. The Parties agree to exclude the application to this Agreement of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

20.    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared void or unenforceable by any judicial or administrative authority, or clearly in conflict with any public policy, the validity of the other provisions of this Agreement and of the entire Agreement shall not be affected thereby and the affected vision of this Agreement affected only to the extent necessary to bring it within the Applicable Law.

21.    Waiver and Non-Exclusion of Remedies. Any term or condition of this Agreement may be waived at any time by the Party that is entitled to the benefit thereof, but no such waiver shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument duly executed by or on

 

-31-


behalf of the Party waiving such term or condition. The waiver by either Party of any right hereunder or of the failure to perform or of a breach by the other Party shall not be deemed a waiver of any other right hereunder or of any other breach or failure by such other Party whether of a similar nature or otherwise. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and do not exclude any other right or remedy provided by Applicable Law or otherwise available except as expressly set forth herein.

22.    Equitable Relief. Each Party acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions and obligations set forth in Section 5.3 and Articles 7 and 9 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the other Party and that such other Party would not have entered into this Agreement in the absence of such restrictions and that any breach or threatened breach of any provision of such Section or Article shall result in irreparable injury to such other Party for which there shall be no adequate remedy at law. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of any provision of such Section or Articles, the non-breaching Party shall be authorized and entitled to obtain from any court of competent jurisdiction injunctive relief, whether preliminary or permanent, specific performance and an equitable accounting of all earnings, profits and other benefits arising from such breach (subject at all times to the damages limitation set forth in Article 24), which rights shall be cumulative and in addition to any other rights or remedies to which such non-breaching Party may be entitled in law or equity. Each Party hereby waives any requirement that the other Party (a) post a bond or other security as a condition for obtaining any such relief or (b) show irreparable harm, balancing of harms, consideration of the public interest or inadequacy of monetary damages as a remedy. Nothing in this Section 22 is intended or should be construed, to limit either Party’s right to equitable relief or any other remedy for a breach of any other provision of this Agreement.

23.    Changes and Modification. No changes, modifications, release or discharge of this Agreement shall be deemed effective or binding on the Parties unless in writing and executed by the Parties hereto.

24.    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR OTHERWISE, [***], NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AGREEMENT (WHETHER UNDER ANY CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY) FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES; [***].

25.    No Benefit to Third Parties. Except as provided for in Article 12, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving any Person, other than the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns, any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

26.    Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise requires: (a) words of any gender include each other gender; (b) words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively; (c) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby” and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement; (d) the terms “Article,” “Section,” “Schedule,” “Exhibit,” “Appendix” or “clause” refer to the specified Article, Section, Schedule, Exhibit, Appendix or clause of this Agreement; (e) the term “or” has, except where

 

-32-


otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or”; (f) the term “including” or “includes” means “including without limitation” or “includes without limitation”; (g) the term “will” means “shall” and (h) references to any agreement, instrument or other document in this Agreement refer to such agreement, instrument or other document as originally executed or, if subsequently amended, replaced or supplemented from time to time, as so amended, replaced or supplemented and in effect at the relevant time of reference thereto. Whenever this Agreement refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days unless business days are specified. The captions and headers of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, describe, extend, or limit the scope or intent of this Agreement or the intent of any provision contained in this Agreement. The language of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language mutually chosen by the Parties and no rule of strict construction shall be applied against either Party.

27.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which is an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement (and each amendment, modification and waiver in respect of it) by electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed original counterpart of each such instrument.

28.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Collaboration Memorandum and the Exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. All prior express or implied agreements, understandings, promises and representations, either oral or written, including the Prior Confidentiality Agreement and the Material Transfer and Feasibility Agreement, with regard to the subject matter hereunder are superseded by the terms of this Agreement. The foregoing shall not be interpreted as a waiver of any remedies available to either Party as a result of any breach, prior to the Effective Date, by the other Party of its obligations pursuant to the Material Transfer and Feasibility Agreement or the Prior Confidentiality Agreement.

29.    Further Assurances. Each Party shall duly execute and deliver, or cause to be duly executed and delivered, such further instruments and do and cause to be done such further acts and things, including the filing of such assignments, agreements, documents and instruments as may be necessary or as the other Party may reasonably request in connection with this Agreement or to carry out more effectively the provisions and purposes hereof or to better assure and confirm unto such other Party its rights and remedies under this Agreement.

 

-33-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

Pfenex Inc.     Arcellx, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Eef Schimmelpennink

    By:  

/s/ Han Lee

Name:  

E. Schimmelpennink

    Name:  

Han Lee

Title:  

CEO

    Title:  

CBO/Head of Finance

      By:  

/s/ David Hilbert

      Name:  

David Hilbert

      Title:  

CEO and President

 

Signature Page of the Development, Evaluation and License Agreement


[***]


Pfenex Inc.

10790 Roselle Street

San Diego, CA 92121

December 24, 2018

Arcellx, Inc.

20271 Goldenrod Lane, Suite 2099

Germantown, MD 20876

Re:    Collaboration Memorandum under the Development Agreement

Dear Han:

Reference is made to that certain Development, Evaluation and License Agreement (the “Development Agreement”) dated as of the date hereof between Pfenex Inc. (“Pfenex”) and Arcellx, Inc. (“Arcellx”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Development Agreement.

This letter is the Collaboration Memorandum identified in the Development Agreement and sets forth (a) in Exhibit A attached hereto the Development Plans for each Named sparX Protein as of the Effective Date and the Development Fees for such Development Plans and (b) in Exhibit B attached hereto certain financial terms pertaining to the Annual Maintenance Fees, Milestone Payments and royalties.

Pfenex and Arcellx acknowledge and agree that this Collaboration Memorandum may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together, shall constitute one and the same instrument and subject to the terms and conditions of the Development Agreement.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]


Please confirm Arcellx’s acceptance of, and agreement with, the terms and conditions set out above and attached by signing this letter and returning an executed copy of this letter to Pfenex. Once signed by both Parties, this letter shall be governed by and incorporated into the Development Agreement.

Sincerely,

Pfenex Inc.

 

By: /s/ Eef Schimmelpennink                

Name: E. Schimmelpennink                 

Title: CEO                                              

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED

Arcellx, Inc.

 

By:/s/ Han Lee                                                 

Name: Han Lee                                                

Title: CBO/Head of Finance                           

By: /s/ David Hilbert                                       

Name: David Hilbert                                       

Title: CEO and President                                


[***]


APPENDIX 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[***]


APPENDIX 2

[***]


EXHIBIT B

FINANCIAL TERMS

 

  1.

Annual Maintenance Fee: Arcellx shall pay Pfenex the following Annual Maintenance Fee in accordance with Section 6.2.1 of the Development Agreement for the applicable Licensed sparX Protein:

 

   

[***]

 

  2.

Milestone Payments: Arcellx shall pay Pfenex each of the following “Milestone Payments” in accordance with Section 6.2.2 of the Development Agreement:

 

   

[***]

BLA Approval” means the approval by the FDA of a Biologics License Application as more fully defined in 21 C.F.R. Part 600 (including a New Drug Application defined in 21 C.F.R. Part 300 filed with the FDA), or the European Medicines Agency pursuant to the centralized approval procedure or by the applicable regulatory authority of a country in Europe with respect to the mutual recognition or any other national approval procedure for a biologic product (or combination product incorporating a biologic product).

Registrational Trial” means any human clinical trial with respect to a biologic product (or combination product incorporating a biologic product), which is prospectively designed with a sufficient number of patients to demonstrate statistically whether such product is effective and safe for use in a particular indication or otherwise evaluate the efficacy and safety and the overall benefit-risk relationship of such product, in either case in a manner sufficient to support BLA Approval, including as required under 21 C.F.R. § 312.21(c); and any such trial shall be deemed “initiated” upon the dosing of the first subject in such trial.

[***]

 

  3.

Royalties: During the applicable Royalty Term for a Licensed sparX Protein, Arcellx shall pay Pfenex [***] of annual Net Sales of Protein Products containing such Licensed sparX Protein in accordance with Section 6.2.3 of the Development Agreement.

[***]

Exhibit 10.12

ARCELLX, INC.

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR COMPENSATION POLICY

Adopted and approved January 13, 2022, and effective as of the Effective Date

Arcellx, Inc. (the “Company”) believes that providing cash and equity compensation to members of its Board of Directors (the “Board,” and members of the Board, the “Directors”) represents an effective tool to attract, retain and reward Directors who are not employees of the Company (the “Outside Directors”). This Outside Director Compensation Policy (the “Policy”) is intended to formalize the Company’s policy regarding cash compensation and grants of equity awards to its Outside Directors. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used in this Policy will have the meaning given such term in the Company’s 2022 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (or if such plan no longer is in use at the time of the grant of an equity award, the meaning given such term or any similar term in the equity plan then in place under which such equity award is granted) (such applicable plan, the “Plan”). Each Outside Director will be solely responsible for any tax obligations incurred by such Outside Director as a result of the equity awards and cash and other compensation such Outside Director receives under this Policy.

Subject to Section 9 of this Policy, this Policy will be effective as of the date of the first sale of Shares (or other common equity securities of the Company) to the general public upon the closing of an underwritten public offering (1) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed pursuant to Section 12(b) of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and (2) immediately after which such securities (i.e., the Shares or other common equity securities of the Company) are registered on a national securities exchange (as defined under then-applicable United States federal securities laws and regulations) (such date, the “Effective Date”).

1. CASH COMPENSATION

a. Annual Cash Retainers for Service as Outside Director. Each Outside Director will be paid a cash retainer of $40,000 per year. There are no per-meeting attendance fees for attending Board meetings or meetings of any committee of the Board.

b. Additional Annual Cash Retainers for Service as Lead Independent Director, Committee Chair and Committee Member.

i. As of the Effective Date, each Outside Director who serves as the Lead Independent Director, or chair or a member of a committee of the Board will be eligible to earn additional annual fees as follows:

 

Lead Independent Director:

   $ 20,000  

Audit Committee Chair:

   $ 15,000  

Member of Audit Committee:

   $ 7,500  

Compensation Committee Chair:

   $ 10,000  

Member of Compensation Committee:

   $ 5,000  

Nominating and Governance Committee Chair:

   $ 8,000  

Member of Nominating and Governance Committee:

   $ 4,000  


For clarity, each Outside Director who serves as the chair of a committee will receive only the additional annual fee as the chair of the committee and not the additional annual fee as a member of such committee while serving as such chair, provided that the Outside Director who serves as the Lead Independent Director will receive the annual fee as an Outside Director and the additional annual fee as the Lead Independent Director.

c. Payments. Each annual cash retainer under this Policy will be paid quarterly in arrears on a prorated basis to each Outside Director who has served in the relevant capacity at any point during the immediately preceding fiscal quarter of the Company (“Fiscal Quarter”), and such payment will be made no later than 30 days following the end of such immediately preceding Fiscal Quarter. For purposes of clarity, an Outside Director who has served as an Outside Director, as a member of an applicable committee (or chair thereof) during only a portion of the relevant Fiscal Quarter will receive a prorated payment of the quarterly payment of the applicable annual cash retainer(s), calculated based on the number of days during such Fiscal Quarter such Outside Director has served in the relevant capacities. For purposes of clarity, an Outside Director who has served as an Outside Director, as a member of an applicable committee (or chair thereof), as applicable, from the Effective Date through the end of the Fiscal Quarter containing the Effective Date (the “Initial Period”) will receive a prorated payment of the quarterly payment of the applicable annual cash retainer(s), calculated based on the number of days during the Initial Period that such Outside Director has served in the relevant capacities.

2. EQUITY COMPENSATION

Outside Directors will be eligible to receive all types of Awards (except Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan, including discretionary Awards not covered under this Policy. All grants of Awards to Outside Directors pursuant to Section 2 of this Policy will be automatic and nondiscretionary, except as otherwise provided herein, and will be made in accordance with the following provisions:

a. No Discretion. No person will have any discretion to select which Outside Directors will be granted any Awards under this Policy or to determine the number of Shares to be covered by such Awards, except as provided in Sections 2(d)(vi) and 9 below.

b. Initial Awards. Each individual who first becomes an Outside Director following the Effective Date will be granted an award of Options (an “Initial Award”) covering a number of Shares having a Value (as defined below) of $600,000, with any resulting fraction rounded down to the nearest whole Share. The Initial Award will be granted automatically on the first Trading Day on or after the date on which such individual first becomes an Outside Director (the first date as an Outside Director, the “Initial Start Date”), whether through election by the Company’s stockholders or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy. If an individual was a member of the Board and also an employee, becoming an Outside Director due to termination of employment will not entitle the Outside Director to an Initial Award. Each Initial Award will be scheduled to vest as follows: One-third (1/3rd) of the Shares subject to the Initial Award will be scheduled to vest each year following the grant date on the anniversary of the grant date, in each case subject to the Outside Director continuing to be an Outside Director through the applicable vesting date.

 

2


c. Annual Award. On the first Trading Day immediately following each Annual Meeting of the Company’s stockholders (an “Annual Meeting”) that occurs after the Effective Date, each Outside Director automatically will be granted an award of Options (an “Annual Award”) covering a number of Shares having a Value of $300,000; provided that the first Annual Award granted to an individual who first becomes an Outside Director following the Effective Date will have a Value equal to the product of (A) $300,000 multiplied by (B) a fraction, (i) the numerator of which is the number of fully completed days between the applicable Initial Start Date and the date of the first Annual Meeting to occur after such individual first becomes an Outside Director, and (ii) the denominator of which is 365; and provided further that any resulting fraction shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. Each Annual Award will be scheduled to vest as follows: One hundred percent (100%) of the Shares subject to the Annual Award will be scheduled to vest upon the earlier of the one year anniversary of the grant date or the next Annual Meeting that occurs following the grant date, in each case subject to the Outside Director continuing to be an Outside Director through the applicable vesting date.

d. Additional Terms of Initial Awards and Annual Awards. The terms and conditions of each Initial Award and Annual Award will be as follows:

i. Each Option granted pursuant to this Policy will be a nonstatutory stock option for U.S. tax purposes.

ii. The term of each Option granted pursuant to this Policy will be ten (10) years, subject to earlier termination as provided in the Plan.

iii. The exercise price per Share of each Option granted pursuant to this Policy will be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value per Share on such Option’s grant date.

iv. Each Initial Award and Annual Award will be granted under and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the applicable form of Award Agreement previously approved by the Board or its Compensation Committee, as applicable, for use thereunder.

v. For purposes of this Policy, “Value” means the grant date fair value as determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or such other methodology the Board or any committee of the Board designed by the Board with appropriate authority (the “Designated Committee”), as applicable, may determine prior to the grant of the applicable Award becoming effective.

vi. Revisions. The Board or the Designated Committee, as applicable and in its discretion, may change and otherwise revise the terms of Initial Awards and Annual Awards granted under this Policy, including, without limitation, the number of Shares subject thereto and type of Award.

3. OTHER COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

Outside Directors also may be eligible to receive other compensation and benefits, as may be determined by the Board or its Designated Committee, as applicable, from time to time.

 

3


4. CHANGE IN CONTROL

In the event of a Change in Control, each Outside Director will fully vest in his or her outstanding Company equity awards as of immediately prior to a Change in Control, including any Initial Awards and Annual Awards, provided that the Outside Director continues to be an Outside Director through the date of the Change in Control.

5. ANNUAL COMPENSATION LIMIT

No Outside Director may be granted Awards with Values, and be provided cash retainers or fees, with amounts that, in any Fiscal Year, in the aggregate, exceed $750,000, provided that, in the Fiscal Year containing an Outside Director’s Initial Start Date, such limit will be increased to $1,000,000. Any Awards or other compensation provided to an individual (a) for his or her services as an Employee, or for his or her services as a Consultant other than as an Outside Director, or (b) prior to the Effective Date, will be excluded for purposes of the foregoing limit.

6. TRAVEL EXPENSES

Each Outside Director’s reasonable, customary, and properly documented, out-of-pocket travel expenses to meetings of the Board and any of its committees, as applicable, will be reimbursed by the Company.

7. CODE SECTION 409A

In no event will cash compensation or expense reimbursement payments under this Policy be paid after the later of (a) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the end of the Company’s taxable year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, or (b) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month following the end of the calendar year in which the compensation is earned or expenses are incurred, as applicable, in compliance with the “short-term deferral” exception under Code Section 409A. It is the intent of this Policy that this Policy and all payments hereunder be exempt or excepted from or otherwise comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the compensation to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities or ambiguous terms herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or comply. In no event will the Company Group have any responsibility, liability or obligation to reimburse, indemnify, or hold harmless an Outside Director or any other person for any taxes imposed, or other costs incurred, as a result of Code Section 409A.

8. STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

The initial adoption of this Policy will be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders prior to the Effective Date. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, following such approval, the Policy will not be subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, including, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of or in connection with an action taken with respect to this Policy as contemplated in Section 9.

 

4


9. REVISIONS

The Board may amend, alter, suspend or terminate this Policy at any time and for any reason. No amendment, alteration, suspension or termination of this Policy will materially impair the rights of an Outside Director with respect to compensation that already has been paid or awarded, unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing between the Outside Director and the Company. Termination of this Policy will not affect the Board’s or the Designated Committee’s ability to exercise the powers granted to it with respect to Awards granted pursuant to this Policy prior to the date of such termination, including without limitation such applicable powers set forth in the Plan.

*         *     *

 

5

Exhibit 10.13

ARCELLX, INC.

2017 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

AMENDED AND RESTATED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT

Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined in the 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) shall have the same defined meanings in this Amended and Restated Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (the “Award Agreement”). The Award Agreement amends and restates the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, dated June 9, 2021, in all respects and is effecticve as of December 7, 2021.

 

I.

NOTICE OF GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

Name:

   Rami Elghandour

Address:

   561 Harbor Colony Ct
   Redwood City, CA 94065

The undersigned Participant has been granted the right to receive an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, as follows:

Date of Grant: June 9, 2021

Number of Restricted Stock Units: 5,244,329

Vesting Commencement Date: June 9, 2021

Vesting Schedule:

 

  1.

Performance Component: The Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award Agreement shall vest if and to the extent that the Company Value, as of any Measurement Date, is equal to or greater than the values set forth below, subject to the Participant remaining a Service Provider through the applicable Determination Date related to such Measurement Date:

 

  a.

Upon achievement of a Company Value that is equal to $2,500,000,000 (the “Minimum Threshold”), one sixth (1/6th) of the Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award Agreement will vest.

 

  b.

Upon achievement of a Company Value that is equal to or greater than $5,000,000,000 (the “Maximum Threshold”), one hundred percent (100%) of the Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award Agreement will vest.

 

  c.

Upon achievement of a Company Value that is between the Minimum Threshold and the Maximum Threshold, a portion of the Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award Agreement will vest between one sixth (1/6th) and one hundred percent (100%) based on straight line linear interpolation.

 

1


  d.

For the avoidance of doubt, no Restricted Stock Units subject to this Award Agreement will vest on a Measurement Date if Company Value is beneath the Minimum Threshold.

 

  2.

Definitions:

 

  a.

“Cash” means the aggregate value of all cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities held by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary as of 5:00 pm Eastern Time on an IPO Measurement Date. Cash equivalents shall mean all highly liquid marketable securities purchased with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase date. Marketable securities shall mean available-for-sale at fair value as determined by prices for identical or similar securities at the measurement date.

 

  b.

“Change in Control Market Capitalization” means the aggregate amount of deal consideration paid at the closing of a Change in Control by an acquiror for the Company’s Shares of Common Stock in connection with such Change in Control.

 

  c.

“Change in Control Measurement Date” means the closing date of the first Change in Control to occur following the Date of Grant.

 

  d.

“Company Value” means, on a Measurement Date, (i) with respect to a Change in Control Measurement Date, the Change in Control Market Capitalization and (ii) with respect to a IPO Measurement Date, the Enterprise Value.

 

  e.

“Determination Date” means the date, on or following an applicable Measurement Date, upon which the Board determines the Company Value as of such Measurement Date.

 

  f.

“Direct Listing” means the consummation of the direct listing or direct placement of Shares in a publicly traded exchange, as a result of or following which the Shares will be publicly held and listed on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market or other reputable and internationally recognized foreign exchange.

 

  g.

“Enterprise Value” means the sum of (i) the IPO Market Capitalization less (ii) Cash.

 

  h.

“IPO” means an Underwritten Offering, a Direct Listing, or a SPAC Transaction.

 

  i.

“IPO Measurement Date” means June 30 and December 31 of each year.

 

  j.

“IPO Market Capitalization” means, as of an IPO Measurement Date, the total market capitalization of the Company based on the average closing trading price of one Share of the Company over the sixty (60) day period ending on the day prior to the applicable IPO Measurement Date.

 

2


  k.

“Lock-Up Period” shall have the same meaning as defined in Section 5 of the Award Agreement.

 

  l.

“Measurement Date” means (i) the Change in Control Measurement Date or                (ii) following an IPO, the first IPO Measurement Date following the expiration of the Lock-Up Period and each subsequent IPO Measurement Date thereafter.

 

  m.

“SPAC Transaction” means the Company’s completion of a merger or consolidation with a special purpose acquisition company or its subsidiary in which the Shares (or similar securities) of the surviving or parent entity are listed on a national securities exchange.

 

  n.

“Underwritten Offering” means the consummation of the first firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, covering the offer and sale by the Company of Shares, as a result of or following which the equity securities shall be publicly held and listed on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market or other reputable and internationally recognized foreign exchange.

In the event Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason before Participant vests in the Restricted Stock Units, the Restricted Stock Units and Participant’s right to acquire any Shares hereunder will immediately terminate. Additionally, in the event of a Change in Control in which less than all of the Restricted Stock Units vest, any remaining unvested Restricted Stock Units will immediately terminate upon such Change in Control. For the avoidance of doubt, all determinations regarding Company Value on any Measurement Date will be made by the Board on the applicable Determination Date in its sole discretion.

 

II.

AGREEMENT

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units. The Company hereby grants to the individual (“Participant”) named in the Notice of Grant of Restricted Stock Units in Part I of this Award Agreement (the “Notice of Grant”) under the Plan an Award of Restricted Stock Units, subject to all of the terms and conditions in this Award Agreement and the Plan, which is incorporated herein by reference. Subject to Section 18(c) of the Plan, in the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall prevail.

2. Company’s Obligation to Pay. Each Restricted Stock Unit represents the right to receive a Share on the date it vests. Unless and until the Restricted Stock Units will have vested in the manner set forth in Section 4, Participant will have no right to payment of any such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to actual payment of any vested Restricted Stock Units, such Restricted Stock Unit will represent an unsecured obligation of the Company, payable (if at all) only from the general assets of the Company.

 

3


3. Participant’s Representations. In the event the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) at the time the Restricted Stock Units are paid to Participant, Participant shall, if required by the Company, concurrently with the receipt of all or any portion of this Restricted Stock Unit Award, deliver to the Company his or her Investment Representation Statement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

4. Vesting Schedule. Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to Section 7, the Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the Notice of Grant, subject to Participant continuing to be a Service Provider through each applicable vesting date.

5. Lock-Up Period. Participant hereby agrees that Participant shall not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company or enter into any swap, hedging or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by Participant (other than those included in the registration) for a period specified by the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of any registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or the underwriters to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto) (such period, the “Lock-Up Period”).

Participant agrees to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriter which are consistent with the foregoing or which are necessary to give further effect thereto. In addition, if requested by the Company or the representative of the underwriters of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Participant shall provide, within ten (10) days of such request, such information as may be required by the Company or such representative in connection with the completion of any public offering of the Company’s securities pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act. The obligations described in this Section 5 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a Commission Rule 145 transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of said one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Participant agrees that any transferee of the Restricted Stock Unit Award or Shares acquired pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be bound by this Section 5.

6. Payment after Vesting.

(a) General Rule. Subject to Section 10, any Restricted Stock Units that vest will be paid to Participant (or in the event of Participant’s death, to his or her properly designated beneficiary or estate) in whole Shares. Subject to the provisions of Section 6(b), such vested Restricted Stock Units shall be paid in whole Shares as soon as practicable after vesting, but in each such case within sixty (60) days following the vesting date. In no event will Participant be permitted, directly or indirectly, to specify the taxable year of payment of any Restricted Stock Units payable under this Award Agreement.

 

4


(b) Acceleration.

(i) Discretionary Acceleration. The Administrator, in its discretion, may accelerate the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the unvested Restricted Stock Units at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan. If so accelerated, such Restricted Stock Units will be considered as having vested as of the date specified by the Administrator. If Participant is a U.S. taxpayer, the payment of Shares vesting pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall in all cases be paid at a time or in a manner that is exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A. The prior sentence may be superseded in a future agreement or amendment to this Award Agreement only by direct and specific reference to such sentence.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or this Award Agreement or any other agreement (whether entered into before, on or after the Date of Grant), if the vesting of the balance, or some lesser portion of the balance, of the Restricted Stock Units is accelerated in connection with Participant’s termination as a Service Provider (provided that such termination is a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, as determined by the Company), other than due to Participant’s death, and if (x) Participant is a U.S. taxpayer and a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of such termination as a Service Provider and (y) the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will result in the imposition of additional tax under Section 409A if paid to Participant on or within the six (6) month period following Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, then the payment of such accelerated Restricted Stock Units will not be made until the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Participant’s termination as a Service Provider, unless Participant dies following his or her termination as a Service Provider, in which case, the Restricted Stock Units will be paid in Shares to Participant’s estate as soon as practicable following his or her death.

(c) Section 409A. It is the intent of this Award Agreement that it and all payments and benefits to U.S. taxpayers hereunder be exempt from, or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the Restricted Stock Units provided under this Award Agreement or Shares issuable thereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to be so exempt or so comply. Each payment payable under this Award Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2). However, in no event will the Company reimburse Participant, or be otherwise responsible for, any taxes or costs that may be imposed on Participant as a result of Section 409A. For purposes of this Award Agreement, “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, and any final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder, as each may be amended from time to time.

7. Forfeiture Upon Termination as a Service Provider. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Award Agreement, if Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any or no reason, the then-unvested Restricted Stock Units awarded by this Award Agreement will thereupon be forfeited at no cost to the Company and Participant will have no further rights thereunder.

 

5


8. Tax Consequences. Participant has reviewed with his or her own tax advisors the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement. With respect to such matters, Participant relies solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company or any of its agents, written or oral. Participant understands that Participant (and not the Company) shall be responsible for Participant’s own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

9. Death of Participant. Any distribution or delivery to be made to Participant under this Award Agreement will, if Participant is then deceased, be made to Participant’s designated beneficiary, or if no beneficiary survives Participant, the administrator or executor of Participant’s estate. Any such transferee must furnish the Company with (a) written notice of his or her status as transferee, and (b) evidence satisfactory to the Company to establish the validity of the transfer and compliance with any laws or regulations pertaining to said transfer.

10. Tax Obligations

(a) Responsibility for Taxes. Participant acknowledges that, regardless of any action taken by the Company or, if different, Participant’s employer (the “Employer”), the ultimate liability for any tax and/or social insurance liability obligations and requirements in connection with the Restricted Stock Units, including, without limitation, (i) all federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s Federal Insurance Contributions Act (FICA) obligation) that are required to be withheld by the Company or the Employer or other payment of tax-related items related to Participant’s participation in the Plan and legally applicable to Participant, (ii) the Participant’s and, to the extent required by the Company (or Employer), the Company’s (or Employer’s) fringe benefit tax liability, if any, associated with the grant, vesting, or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or sale of Shares, and (iii) any other Company (or Employer) taxes the responsibility for which the Participant has, or has agreed to bear, with respect to the Restricted Stock Units (or settlement thereof or issuance of Shares thereunder) (collectively, the “Tax Obligations”), is and remains Participant’s responsibility and may exceed the amount actually withheld by the Company or the Employer. Participant further acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (i) make no representations or undertakings regarding the treatment of any Tax Obligations in connection with any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units, including, but not limited to, the grant, vesting or settlement of the Restricted Stock Units, the subsequent sale of Shares acquired pursuant to such settlement and the receipt of any dividends or other distributions, and (ii) do not commit to and are under no obligation to structure the terms of the grant or any aspect of the Restricted Stock Units to reduce or eliminate Participant’s liability for Tax Obligations or achieve any particular tax result. Further, if Participant is subject to Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction between the Date of Grant and the date of any relevant taxable or tax withholding event, as applicable, Participant acknowledges that the Company and/or the Employer (or former employer, as applicable) may be required to withhold or account for Tax Obligations in more than one jurisdiction. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of any required Tax Obligations hereunder at the time of the applicable taxable event, Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares.

 

6


(b) Tax Withholding and Default Method of Tax Withholding. When Shares are issued as payment for vested Restricted Stock Units, Participant generally will recognize immediate U.S. taxable income if Participant is a U.S. taxpayer. If Participant is a non-U.S. taxpayer, Participant will be subject to applicable taxes in his or her jurisdiction. The minimum amount of Tax Obligations which the Company determines must be withheld with respect to this Award (“Tax Withholding Obligation”) will be satisfied by Shares being sold on Participant’s behalf at the prevailing market price pursuant to such procedures as the Company may specify from time to time, including through a broker-assisted arrangement (it being understood that the Shares to be sold must have vested pursuant to the terms of this Award Agreement and the Plan). The proceeds from the sale will be used to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation arising with respect to this Award. In addition to Shares sold to satisfy the Tax Withholding Obligation, additional Shares will be sold to satisfy any associated broker or other fees. Only whole Shares will be sold to satisfy any Tax Withholding Obligation and any associated broker or other fees. Any proceeds from the sale of Shares in excess of the Tax Withholding Obligation and any associated broker or other fees will be paid to Participant in accordance with procedures the Company may specify from time to time. By accepting this Award, Participant expressly consents to the sale of Shares to cover the Tax Withholding Obligation (and any associated broker or other fees) and agrees and acknowledges that Participant may not satisfy them by any means other than such sale of Shares, unless required to do so by the Administrator or pursuant to the Administrator’s express written consent.

(c) Administrator Discretion. If the Administrator determines that Participant cannot satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation through the default procedure described in Section 8(b) or the Administrator otherwise determines it is in the best interests of the Company for Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation by a method other than through the default procedure described in Section 8(b), it may permit or require Participant to satisfy Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation, in whole or in part (without limitation), if permissible by applicable local law, by (i) paying cash, (ii) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable Shares having a fair market value equal to the minimum amount statutorily required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences), (iii) withholding the amount of such Tax Withholding Obligation from Participant’s wages or other cash compensation paid to Participant by the Company and/or the Employer, (iv) delivering to the Company Shares that Participant owns and that have vested with a fair market value equal to the amount required to be withheld (or such greater amount as Participant may elect if permitted by the Administrator, if such greater amount would not result in adverse financial accounting consequences), or (v) such other means as the Administrator deems appropriate. To the extent determined appropriate by the Company in its discretion, it will have the right (but not the obligation) to satisfy any Tax Obligations by reducing the number of Shares otherwise deliverable to Participant.

(d) Company’s Obligation to Deliver Shares. For clarification purposes, in no event will the Company issue Participant any Shares unless and until arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator have been made for the payment of Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation. If Participant fails to make satisfactory arrangements for the payment of such Tax Withholding Obligations hereunder at the time any applicable Restricted Stock Units otherwise are scheduled to vest pursuant to Sections 4 or 6 or Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligations otherwise become due,

 

7


Participant will permanently forfeit such Restricted Stock Units to which Participant’s Tax Withholding Obligation relates and any right to receive Shares thereunder and such Restricted Stock Units will be returned to the Company at no cost to the Company. Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company may refuse to issue or deliver the Shares if such Tax Obligations are not delivered at the time they are due.

11. Rights as Stockholder. Neither Participant nor any person claiming under or through Participant will have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect of any Shares deliverable hereunder unless and until certificates representing such Shares (which may be in book entry form) will have been issued, recorded on the records of the Company or its transfer agents or registrars, and delivered to Participant (including through electronic delivery to a brokerage account). After such issuance, recordation and delivery, Participant will have all the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to voting such Shares and receipt of dividends and distributions on such Shares.

12. No Guarantee of Continued Service. PARTICIPANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THE VESTING OF THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS PURSUANT TO THE VESTING SCHEDULE HEREOF IS EARNED ONLY BY CONTINUING AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT THE WILL OF THE COMPANY (OR THE EMPLOYER) AND NOT THROUGH THE ACT OF BEING HIRED, BEING GRANTED THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD OR ACQUIRING SHARES HEREUNDER. PARTICIPANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT THIS AGREEMENT, THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER AND THE VESTING SCHEDULE SET FORTH HEREIN DO NOT CONSTITUTE AN EXPRESS OR IMPLIED PROMISE OF CONTINUED ENGAGEMENT AS A SERVICE PROVIDER FOR THE VESTING PERIOD, FOR ANY PERIOD, OR AT ALL, AND SHALL NOT INTERFERE IN ANY WAY WITH PARTICIPANT’S RIGHT OR THE RIGHT OF THE COMPANY (OR THE EMPLOYER) TO TERMINATE PARTICIPANT’S RELATIONSHIP AS A SERVICE PROVIDER AT ANY TIME, WITH OR WITHOUT CAUSE.

13. Grant is Not Transferable. Except to the limited extent provided in Section 9, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby will not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any way (whether by operation of law or otherwise) and will not be subject to sale under execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of this grant, or any right or privilege conferred hereby, or upon any attempted sale under any execution, attachment or similar process, this grant and the rights and privileges conferred hereby immediately will become null and void.

14. Companys Right of First Refusal. Subject to Section 13, before any Shares held by Participant or any transferee (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “Holder”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 14 (the “Right of First Refusal”).

(a) Notice of Proposed Transfer. The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “Notice”) stating: (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“Proposed Transferee”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Shares (the “Offered Price”), and the Holder shall offer the Shares at the Offered Price to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

8


(b) Exercise of Right of First Refusal. At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (c) below.

(c) Purchase Price. The purchase price (“Right of First Refusal Price”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 14 shall be the Offered Price. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board in good faith.

(d) Payment. Payment of the Right of First Refusal Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness of the Holder to the Company (or, in the case of repurchase by an assignee, to the assignee), or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

(e) Holder’s Right to Transfer. If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 14, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and that the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 14 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee. If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

(f) Exception for Certain Family Transfers. Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14 notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during the Participant’s lifetime or on the Participant’s death by will or intestacy to the Participant’s immediate family or a trust for the benefit of the Participant’s immediate family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 14. “Immediate Family” as used herein shall mean spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister. In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Award Agreement, including this Section 14, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 14.

(g) Termination of Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall terminate as to any Shares upon the earlier of (i) the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public, or (ii) a Change in Control in which the successor corporation has equity securities that are publicly traded.

 

9


15. Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders.

(a) Legends. Participant understands and agrees that the Company shall cause the legends set forth below, or legends substantially equivalent thereto, to be placed upon any certificate(s) evidencing ownership of the Shares together with any other legends that may be required by the Company or by state or federal securities laws:

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT OR, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES, SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATION IS IN COMPLIANCE THEREWITH.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN THE RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER. SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL IN FAVOR OF THE ISSUER OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF TIME FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE UNDERWRITTEN PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF BY THE HOLDER PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH PERIOD WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE MANAGING UNDERWRITER.

(b) Stop-Transfer Notices. Participant agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

(c) Refusal to Transfer. The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Award Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

16. Restrictions on Sale of Securities. Any sale of the Shares issued under this Award Agreement will be subject to any market blackout-period that may be imposed by the Company and must comply with the Company’s insider trading policies and other Applicable Laws.

 

10


17. Nature of Grant. In accepting the grant, Participant acknowledges, understands and agrees that:

(a) the grant of the Restricted Stock Units is voluntary and occasional and does not create any contractual or other right to receive future grants of Restricted Stock Units, or benefits in lieu of Restricted Stock Units, even if Restricted Stock Units have been granted in the past;

(b) all decisions with respect to future Restricted Stock Units or other grants, if any, will be at the sole discretion of the Company;

(c) Participant is voluntarily participating in the Plan;

(d) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not intended to replace any pension rights or compensation;

(e) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units, and the income and value of same, are not part of normal or expected compensation for purposes of calculating any severance, resignation, termination, redundancy, dismissal, end-of-service payments, bonuses, long-service awards, pension or retirement or welfare benefits or similar payments;

(f) the future value of the underlying Shares is unknown, indeterminable and cannot be predicted;

(g) for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units, Participant’s status as a Service Provider will be considered terminated as of the date Participant is no longer actively providing services to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary (regardless of the reason for such termination and whether or not later to be found invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and unless otherwise expressly provided in this Award Agreement (including by reference in the Notice of Grant to other arrangements or contracts) or determined by the Administrator, Participant’s right to vest in the Restricted Stock Units under the Plan, if any, will terminate as of such date and will not be extended by any notice period (e.g., Participant’s period of service would not include any contractual notice period or any period of “garden leave” or similar period mandated under employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any, unless Participant is providing bona fide services during such time); the Administrator shall have the exclusive discretion to determine when Participant is no longer actively providing services for purposes of the Restricted Stock Units grant (including whether Participant may still be considered to be providing services while on a leave of absence);

(h) unless otherwise provided in the Plan or by the Company in its discretion, the Restricted Stock Units and the benefits evidenced by this Award Agreement do not create any entitlement to have the Restricted Stock Units or any such benefits transferred to, or assumed by, another company or exchanged, cashed out or substituted for, in connection with any corporate transaction affecting the Shares; and

 

11


(i) the following provisions apply only if Participant is providing services outside the United States:

(i) the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units are not part of normal or expected compensation or salary for any purpose;

(ii) Participant acknowledges and agrees that none of the Company, the Employer or any Parent or Subsidiary shall be liable for any foreign exchange rate fluctuation between Participant’s local currency and the United States Dollar that may affect the value of the Restricted Stock Units or of any amounts due to Participant pursuant to the settlement of the Restricted Stock Units or the subsequent sale of any Shares acquired upon settlement; and

(iii) no claim or entitlement to compensation or damages shall arise from forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Units resulting from the termination of Participant’s status as a Service Provider (for any reason whatsoever whether or not later found to be invalid or in breach of employment laws in the jurisdiction where Participant is a Service Provider or the terms of Participant’s employment or service agreement, if any), and in consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units to which Participant is otherwise not entitled, Participant irrevocably agrees never to institute any claim against the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary or the Employer, waives his or her ability, if any, to bring any such claim, and releases the Company, any Parent or Subsidiary and the Employer from any such claim; if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any such claim is allowed by a court of competent jurisdiction, then, by participating in the Plan, Participant shall be deemed irrevocably to have agreed not to pursue such claim and agrees to execute any and all documents necessary to request dismissal or withdrawal of such claim.

18. No Advice Regarding Grant. The Company is not providing any tax, legal or financial advice, nor is the Company making any recommendations regarding Participant’s participation in the Plan, or Participant’s acquisition or sale of the underlying Shares. Participant is hereby advised to consult with his or her own personal tax, legal and financial advisors regarding his or her participation in the Plan before taking any action related to the Plan.

19. Data Privacy. Participant hereby explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of Participant’s personal data as described in this Award Agreement and any other Restricted Stock Unit grant materials by and among, as applicable, the Employer, the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing Participant’s participation in the Plan.

 

12


Participant understands that the Company and the Employer may hold certain personal information about Participant, including, but not limited to, Participant’s name, home address and telephone number, date of birth, social insurance number or other identification number, salary, nationality, job title, any Shares or directorships held in the Company, details of all Restricted Stock Units or any other entitlement to Shares awarded, canceled, exercised, vested, unvested or outstanding in Participant’s favor (“Data”), for the exclusive purpose of implementing, administering and managing the Plan.

Participant understands that Data will be transferred to a stock plan service provider as may be selected by the Company in the future, which is assisting the Company with the implementation, administration and management of the Plan. Participant understands that the recipients of the Data may be located in the United States or elsewhere, and that the recipients’ country of operation (e.g., the United States) may have different data privacy laws and protections than Participant’s country. Participant understands that if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may request a list with the names and addresses of any potential recipients of the Data by contacting his or her local human resources representative. Participant authorizes the Company, any stock plan service provider selected by the Company and any other possible recipients which may assist the Company (presently or in the future) with implementing, administering and managing the Plan to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, for the sole purpose of implementing, administering and managing his or her participation in the Plan. Participant understands that Data will be held only as long as is necessary to implement, administer and manage Participant’s participation in the Plan. Participant understands if he or she resides outside the United States, he or she may, at any time, view Data, request additional information about the storage and processing of Data, require any necessary amendments to Data or refuse or withdraw the consents herein, in any case without cost, by contacting in writing his or her local human resources representative. Further, Participant understands that he or she is providing the consents herein on a purely voluntary basis. If Participant does not consent, or if Participant later seeks to revoke his or her consent, his or her status as a Service Provider and career with the Employer will not be adversely affected; the only adverse consequence of refusing or withdrawing Participant’s consent is that the Company would not be able to grant Participant Restricted Stock Units or other equity awards or administer or maintain such awards. Therefore, Participant understands that refusing or withdrawing his or her consent may affect Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan. For more information on the consequences of Participant’s refusal to consent or withdrawal of consent, Participant understands that he or she may contact his or her local human resources representative.

20. Address for Notices. Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement will be addressed to the Company at Arcellx, Inc. 25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A, Gaithersburg, MD 20878, or at such other address as the Company may hereafter designate in writing.

21. Electronic Delivery. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to the Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan or future Restricted Stock Units that may be awarded under the Plan by electronic means or request Participant’s consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. Participant hereby consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and agrees to participate in the Plan through any on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

22. No Waiver. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision or provisions of this Award Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision or provisions, nor prevent that party from thereafter enforcing each and every other provision of this Award Agreement. The rights granted both parties herein are cumulative and shall not constitute a waiver of either party’s right to assert all other legal remedies available to it under the circumstances.

 

13


23. Successors and Assigns. The Company may assign any of its rights under this Award Agreement to single or multiple assignees, and this Award Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company. Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Award Agreement shall be binding upon Participant and his or her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. The rights and obligations of Participant under this Award Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

24. Additional Conditions to Issuance of Stock. If at any time the Company will determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration, qualification or rule compliance of the Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state, federal or foreign law, the tax code and related regulations or under the rulings or regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body or the clearance, consent or approval of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory authority is necessary or desirable as a condition to the issuance of Shares to Participant (or his or her estate) hereunder, such issuance will not occur unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, rule compliance, clearance, consent or approval will have been completed, effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. Subject to the terms of the Award Agreement and the Plan, the Company shall not be required to issue any certificate or certificates for Shares hereunder prior to the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the date of vesting of the Restricted Stock Units as the Administrator may establish from time to time for reasons of administrative convenience.

25. Language. If Participant has received this Award Agreement or any other document related to the Plan translated into a language other than English and if the meaning of the translated version is different than the English version, the English version will control.

26. Interpretation. The Administrator will have the power to interpret the Plan and this Award Agreement and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith and to interpret or revoke any such rules (including, but not limited to, the determination of whether or not any Restricted Stock Units have vested). All actions taken and all interpretations and determinations made by the Administrator in good faith will be final and binding upon Participant, the Company and all other interested persons. Neither the Administrator nor any person acting on behalf of the Administrator will be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan or this Award Agreement.

27. Modifications to the Award Agreement. This Award Agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the parties on the subjects covered. Participant expressly warrants that he or she is not accepting this Award Agreement in reliance on any promises, representations, or inducements other than those contained herein. Modifications to this Award Agreement or the Plan can be made only in an express written contract executed by a duly authorized officer of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or this Award Agreement, the Company reserves the right to revise this Award Agreement as it deems necessary or advisable, in its sole discretion and without the consent of Participant, to comply with Section 409A or to otherwise avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition under Section 409A in connection to this Award of Restricted Stock Units.

28. Governing Law; Severability. This Award Agreement and the Restricted Stock Units are governed by the internal substantive laws, but not the choice of law rules, of Delaware. In the event that any provision hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Award Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

14


29. Entire Agreement. The Plan is incorporated herein by reference. The Plan and this Award Agreement (including the exhibits and addendums referenced herein) constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Participant with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to the Participant’s interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and Participant.

30. Country Addendum. Notwithstanding any provisions in this Award Agreement, the Restricted Stock Unit grant shall be subject to any special terms and conditions set forth in any appendix to this Award Agreement for any country whose laws are applicable to Participant and this Award of Restricted Stock Units (as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion) (the “Country Addendum”). Moreover, if Participant relocates to one of the countries included in the Country Addendum, the special terms and conditions for such country will apply to Participant, to the extent the Company determines that the application of such terms and conditions is necessary or advisable for legal or administrative reasons. The Country Addendum, to the extent applicable, constitutes part of this Award Agreement.

Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Award Agreement subject to all of the terms and provisions thereof. Participant has reviewed the Plan and this Award Agreement in their entirety, has had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Award Agreement and fully understands all provisions of this Award Agreement. Participant hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Administrator upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Award Agreement. Participant further agrees to notify the Company upon any change in the residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT     ARCELLX, INC.

/s/ Rami Elghandour

   

/s/ David Lubner

Signature     By

Rami Elghandour

    David Lubner
Print Name     Audit Committtee Chairperson
Address:    
561 Harbor Colony Ct    
Redwood City, CA 94065    

 

15


EXHIBIT A

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

PARTICIPANT    :    Rami Elghandour
COMPANY    :    ARCELLX, INC.
SECURITY    :    COMMON STOCK
AMOUNT    :    5,244,329
DATE    :    June 9, 2021

In connection with the receipt of the above-listed Securities, the undersigned Participant represents to the Company the following:

(a) Participant is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. Participant is acquiring these Securities for investment for Participant’s own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

(b) Participant acknowledges and understands that the Securities constitute “restricted securities” under the Securities Act and have not been registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Participant’s investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, Participant understands that, in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if Participant’s representation was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of one (1) year or any other fixed period in the future. Participant further understands that the Securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available. Participant further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. Participant understands that the certificate evidencing the Securities shall be imprinted with any legend required under applicable state securities laws.

(c) Participant is familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly from the issuer thereof, in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of the grant of the Restricted Stock Unit Award to Participant, the receipt of the Securities shall be exempt from registration under the Securities Act. In the event the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter (or such longer period as any market stand-off agreement may require) the Securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions specified


by Rule 144, including in the case of affiliates (1) the availability of certain public information about the Company, (2) the amount of Securities being sold during any three (3) month period not exceeding specified limitations, (3) the resale being made in an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”, transactions directly with a “market maker” or “riskless principal transactions” (as those terms are defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and (4) the timely filing of a Form 144, if applicable.

In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time of grant of the Restricted Stock Unit Award, then the Securities may be resold in certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which may require (1) the availability of current public information about the Company; (2) the resale to occur more than a specified period after the purchase and full payment (within the meaning of Rule 144) for the Securities; and (3) in the case of the sale of Securities by an affiliate, the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in sections (2), (3) and (4) of the paragraph immediately above.

(d) Participant further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 701 or 144 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption shall be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rules 144 or 701 shall have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk. Participant understands that no assurances can be given that any such other registration exemption shall be available in such event.

 

PARTICIPANT

/s/ Rami Elghandour

Signature

Rami Elghandour

Print Name

June 9, 2021

Date

 

2

Exhibit 10.14

[CERTAIN INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT IDENTIFIED BY [***] IS CONFIDENTIAL AND HAS BEEN EXCLUDED BECAUSE IT (I) IS NOT MATERIAL AND (II) THE REGISTRANT CUSTOMARILY AND ACTUALLY TREATS THAT INFORMATION AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.]

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This Consulting Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made effective as of January 7, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Arcellx, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal offices located at 25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A, Gaithersburg, MD 20878 (the “Company”) and Danforth Advisors, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company, with its principal place of business being 91 Middle Road, Southborough, MA 01772 (“Danforth”). The Company and Danforth are herein sometimes referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties.”

WHEREAS, the Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company developing novel, adaptive and controllable cell therapies for the treatment of patients with cancer and autoimmune diseases; and

WHEREAS, Danforth has expertise in financial and corporate operations and strategy; and

WHEREAS, Danforth desires to serve as an independent consultant for the purpose of providing the Company with certain strategic and financial advice and support services, using personnel described in Exhibit A attached hereto, (the “Services”); and

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to engage Danforth on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree and covenant as follows.

 

1.

Services of Consultant. Danforth will assist the Company with matters relating to the Services. The Services are more fully described in Exhibit A attached hereto. Danforth and the Company will review the Services on a monthly basis to determine appropriate staffing requirements. Company shall have the right to request changes to the Danforth personnel at any time in writing. If Company makes a written request, Danforth shall replace such personnel subject to the Company’s right of pre-approval.

 

2.

Compensation for Services. In full consideration of Danforth’s full, prompt and faithful performance of the Services, the Company shall compensate Danforth a consulting fee more fully described in Exhibit A (the “Consulting Fee”). Danforth shall, from time to time, but not more frequently than twice per calendar month, invoice the Company for Services rendered, and will be paid upon 30 days of receipt of an undisputed invoice, provided the relevant purchase order number is referenced on each invoice. Each month the Parties shall evaluate jointly the current fee structure and scope of Services. Danforth reserves the right to an annual increase in consultant rates of up to 10.0%, effective January 1 of each year. Upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3, no compensation or benefits of any kind as described


  in this Section 2 shall be payable or issuable to Danforth after the effective date of such termination. In addition, the Company will reimburse Danforth for reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses, including but not limited to travel and parking, incurred by Danforth in performing the Services hereunder, upon submission by Danforth of supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company. Any such accrued expenses in any given three (3) month period that exceed $1,000 shall be submitted to the Company for its prior written approval.

All Danforth invoices and billing matters should be addressed to: Company Accounts Payable Contact:

Address:    25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A, Gaithersburg, MD 20878

E-mail:      [***]

All Company payments and billing inquiries should be addressed to:

Danforth Accounting:     Betsy Sherr

[***]

[***]

Danforth Advisors

PO Box 335

Southborough, MA 01772

 

3.

Term and Termination. The term of this Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will continue until such time as either Party has given notice of termination pursuant to this paragraph 3 (the “Term”). This Agreement or any portion of the Services described herein, may be terminated by either Party hereto: (a) with Cause (as defined below), upon 30 days prior written notice to the other Party; or (b) without cause upon 60 days prior written notice to the other Party. For purposes of this Section 3, “Cause” shall include: (i) a breach of the terms of this Agreement which is not cured within 30 days of written notice of such default or (ii) the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or deliberate disregard of a rule or policy of the Company.

 

4.

Time Commitment. Danforth will devote such time to perform the Services under this Agreement as may reasonably be required. Danforth does not guarantee time and materials estimates in any way and such estimates are not fixed prices. Danforth will notify the Company as soon as practicable if an estimate will be exceeded.

 

5.

Place of Performance. Danforth will perform the Services at such locations upon which the Company and Danforth may mutually agree. Danforth will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, perform any of the Services at any facility or in any manner that might give anyone other than the Company any rights to or allow for disclosure of any Confidential Information (as defined below).


6.

Compliance with Policies and Guidelines. Danforth will perform the Services in accordance with all rules or policies adopted by the Company that the Company discloses in writing to Danforth.

 

7.

Confidential Information. Danforth acknowledges and agrees that during the course of performing the Services, the Company may furnish, disclose or make available to Danforth information, including, but not limited to, material, compilations, data, formulae, models, patent disclosures, procedures, processes, business plans, projections, protocols, results of experimentation and testing, specifications, strategies and techniques, and all tangible and intangible embodiments thereof of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, any apparatus, biological or chemical materials, animals, cells, compositions, documents, drawings, machinery, patent applications, records and reports), which is owned or controlled by the Company and is marked or designated as confidential at the time of disclosure or is of a type that is customarily considered to be confidential information_(collectively the “Confidential Information”). Danforth acknowledges that the Confidential Information or any part thereof is the exclusive property of the Company and shall not be disclosed to any third party without first obtaining the written consent of the Company. Danforth further agrees to take all necessary steps to ensure that the Confidential Information, and any part thereof, shall not be disclosed or issued to its affiliates, agents or employees, except on like terms of confidentiality. The above provisions of confidentiality shall apply for a period of five years after the Term. Pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Danforth acknowledges that Danforth will not have criminal or civil liability under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made (A) as required by a federal, state, or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney and (B) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. In addition, if Danforth files a lawsuit for retaliation by Company for reporting a suspected violation of law, Danforth may disclose the trade secret to its attorney and may use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Danforth (i) files any document containing the trade secret under seal and (ii) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

 

8.

Use of Name and Logo. Upon prior approval by Company, Danforth may use Company’s name and logo in a roster of Danforth clients, which may appear on the Danforth website and in its marketing materials (“Usage Rights”). Company may terminate Danforth’s Usage Rights without cause upon thirty (30) days written notice.

 

9.

Intellectual Property. Danforth agrees that all ideas, inventions, discoveries, creations, manuscripts, properties, innovations, improvements, know-how, designs, developments, apparatus, techniques, methods, and formulae that Danforth conceives, makes, develops or improves as a result of performing the Services, whether or not reduced to practice and whether or not patentable, alone or in conjunction with any other party and whether or not at the request or upon the suggestion of the Company (all of the foregoing being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Inventions”), shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company.


10.

Non Solicitation. All personnel representing Danforth are employees or contracted agents of Danforth. Accordingly, they are not retainable as employees or contractors by the Company and the Company hereby agrees not to solicit, hire or retain their services for so long as they are employees or contracted agents of Danforth and for two years thereafter. Should the Company violate this restriction, it agrees to pay Danforth liquidated damages equal to fifty percent (50%) of the employee’s starting annual base salary and target annual bonus for each Danforth contracted agent hired by the Company in violation of this Agreement plus Danforth’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in enforcing this agreement should the Company fail or refuse to pay the liquidated damages amount in full within 30 days following its violation For purposes herein, “solicit” does not include broad-based recruiting efforts, including, without limitation, help wanted advertising and posting of open positions on a party’s internet site.

 

11.

Warranty; Disclaimer. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant (i) will provide Services in compliance with all applicable law, rules, and regulations, and (ii) has no agreements, relationships, or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, Consultant’s obligations to the Company under this Agreement, and/or Consultant’s ability to perform the Services. Consultant will not enter into any such conflicting agreement during the term of this Agreement. Except for any express warranties stated herein, the Services are provided on an “as is” basis, and the Company disclaims any and all other warranties, conditions, or representations (express, implied, oral or written), relating to the Services or any part thereof. Further, in performing the Services, Danforth is not engaged to disclose illegal acts, including fraud or defalcations, which may have taken place. The foregoing notwithstanding, Danforth will promptly notify the Company if Danforth becomes aware of any such illegal acts during the performance of the Services. Because the Services do not constitute an examination in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (the “AICPA”), Danforth is precluded from expressing an opinion as to whether financial statements provided by the Company are in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles or any other standards or guidelines promulgated by the AICPA, or whether the underlying financial and other data provide a reasonable basis for the statements.

 

12.

Indemnification. Each Party hereto agrees to indemnify and hold the other Party hereto, its directors, officers, agents and employees harmless against any claim based upon circumstances alleged to be inconsistent with such representations and/or warranties contained in this Agreement. Further, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless Danforth and any of its subcontractors against any claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) that arise out of or are based on the Services performed hereunder, except for any such claims, losses, damages or liabilities arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Danforth or any of its subcontractors. Furthermore, during the Term of this Agreement, if the Company desires that Danforth provide treasury services, the Company shall obtain and maintain a Crime and Cyber Insurance Policy that includes coverage for “Social Engineering” claims and extends coverage to Danforth.

 

13.

D&O Insurance. The Company shall use its best efforts to specifically include and cover, as a benefit for their protection, Danforth staff serving as directors or officers of the Company or affiliates from time to time with direct coverage as named insureds under the Company’s policy for directors’ and officers’ (“D&O”) insurance. The Company will maintain such D&O insurance coverage for the period through which claims can be made against such


  persons. The Company disclaims a right to distribution from the D&O insurance coverage with respect to such persons. In the event that the Company is unable to include Danforth under the Company’s policy or does not have first dollar coverage acceptable to Danforth in effect for at least $5 million (e.g., such policy is not reserved based on actions that have been or are expected to be filed against officers and directors alleging prior acts that may give rise to a claim), Danforth may, at its option, attempt to purchase a separate D&O policy that will cover the Danforth staff only. The cost of same shall be invoiced to the Company as an out -of -pocket cash expense. If Danforth is unable to purchase such D&O insurance, then Danforth reserves the right to terminate the Agreement upon delivery of written notice.

 

14.

Independent Contractor. Danforth is not, nor shall Danforth be deemed to be at any time during the term of this Agreement, an employee of the Company, and therefore Danforth shall not be entitled to any benefits provided by the Company to its employees, if applicable. Danforth’s status and relationship with the Company shall be that of an independent contractor and consultant. Danforth shall not state or imply, directly or indirectly, that Danforth is empowered to bind the Company without the Company’s prior written consent. Nothing herein shall create, expressly or by implication, a partnership, joint venture or other association between the parties. Danforth will be solely responsible for payment of all charges and taxes arising from his or her relationship to the Company as a consultant. Except as expressly provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Danforth from consulting for or being employed by any other person or entity.

 

15.

Records. Upon termination of the Agreement, Danforth shall deliver to the Company any property or Confidential Information of the Company relating to the Services which may be in its possession including products, project plans, materials, memoranda, notes, records, reports, laboratory notebooks, or other documents or photocopies and any such information stored using electronic medium.

 

16.

Notices. Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing (except in the case of verbal communications, emails and teleconferences updating either Party as to the status of work hereunder) and shall be deemed delivered upon personal delivery, one day after being sent via a reputable nationwide overnight courier service or two days after deposit in the mail or on the next business day following transmittal via facsimile. Notices under this Agreement shall be sent to the following representatives of the Parties:

If to the Company:

Name:        Julian Gabbard

Title:          Sr. Director of Contracts

Address:     25 West Watkins Mill Road, Suite A, Gaithersburg, MD 20878

E-mail:       [***]

If to Danforth:

Name:        Gregg Beloff

Title:          Managing Director

Address:     91 Middle Road Southborough, MA 01772

Phone:        [***]

E-mail:       [***]


17.

Assignment and Successors. This Agreement may not be assigned by a Party without the consent of the other which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except that each Party may assign this Agreement and the rights, obligations and interests of such Party, in whole or in part, to any of its Affiliates, to any purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets or to any successor corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation of such Party with or into such corporation.

 

18.

Force Majeure. Neither Party shall be liable for failure of or delay in performing obligations set forth in this Agreement, and neither shall be deemed in breach of its obligations, if such failure or delay is due to natural disasters or any causes beyond the reasonable control of either Party. In the event of such force majeure, the Party affected thereby shall use reasonable efforts to cure or overcome the same and resume performance of its obligations hereunder.

 

19.

Headings. The Section headings are intended for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

20.

Integration; Severability. This Agreement is the sole agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all other agreements and understandings between the Parties with respect to the same. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid or is ruled invalid by any court of competent jurisdiction or is deemed unenforceable, it is the intention of the Parties that the remainder of the Agreement shall not be affected.

 

21.

Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, excluding choice of law principles. The Parties agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or related in any way to this Agreement shall be brought solely in a Federal or State court of competent jurisdiction sitting in the State of Delaware.

 

22.

Injunctive Relief. The Parties acknowledge that its breach of any of its obligations under Section 7 may cause irreparable harm, for which monetary damages will be an inadequate remedy. Therefore, in the event of any such breach or the threat of such breach, the non-breaching Party shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedy available under this Agreement, at law or in equity, to seek injunctive relief (whether preliminary or permanent), specific performance of the terms hereof and other equitable relief for such breach or the material anticipatory breach of this Agreement.

 

23.

Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may be amended or supplemented only by a written instrument duly executed by each of the Parties. No provision of this Agreement may be waived except by a written instrument signed by the Party hereto sought to be bound. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right or remedy hereunder or under applicable law will operate as a waiver thereof, and a waiver of a particular right or remedy on one occasion will not be deemed a waiver of any other light or remedy, or a waiver on any subsequent occasion.


24.

Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one agreement. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please sign where indicated below, whereupon this Agreement shall become effective as of the Effective Date.

 

DANFORTH ADVISORS, LLC     ARCELLX, INC
By:  

/s/ Chris Connors

    By:  

/s/ Neeraj Teotia

Print   Name: Chris Connors     Print Name: Neeraj Teotia
Title:   Chief Executive Officer     Title:   Chief Commercial Officer
Date:   1/7/2022     Date:   1/7/2022


EXHIBIT A

Initial Scope of Work:

Danforth will perform mutually agreed to finance and accounting functions which are necessary to support the financial management and operations of the Company, certain of such activities being:

 

   

Assistance in the final aspects of the registration process, including responses to SEC comments, preparation of cheap stock letter, pro forma calculations and implementation of any stock split in connection with the final valuation and preparations for the IPO roadshow

 

   

SEC reporting on forms 10-K and 10-Q, including review/preparation of disclosures, account reconciliations, technical accounting memos;

 

   

Public-company readiness activities, including development of the finance organization skills and capabilities, and evaluation and implementation of financial systems, accounting policy and procedure, disclosure controls, and internal controls over financial reporting;

 

   

Evaluation of director’s and officer’s insurance coverage; and


   

Leadership and support in the ongoing operating activities of the finance and accounting functions of the Company

Initial Staffing F&A

 

Role

  

Hourly Rate

  

Function

Sr. Advisor    [***]    Senior Advisory
CFO    $450/hour    CFO
Sr. Director    [***]    Principal Accounting Officer
Director    [***]    VP Finance
Sr Manager    [***]    Sr Controller/FP&A
Manager    [***]    Controller
Sr. Consultant    [***]    Asst. Controller
Consultant    [***]    Staff Accountant

HR

         

Sr. HR Director

  

[***]

  

Human Resources

HR Director

  

[***]

  

Human Resources

Sr HR Manager

  

[***]

  

Human Resources

HR Manager

  

[***]

  

Human Resources

Initial Staffing will include Lance Thibault, a CFO, who will be acting as Interim CFO, serving as Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer, Charles Darder (Director), and Ed Downey (Sr. Advisor Risk Management Consultant who will be at [***]) who have been approved by the Company. Additional personnel may be added in accordance with Section 1 of this Agreement.

Exhibit 10.15

TRANSITION AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

This Transition Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) is made by and between David M. Hilbert, Ph.D. (“Employee”) and Arcellx, Inc. (the “Company”) (collectively referred to as the “Parties” or individually referred to as a “Party”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Employee was employed by the Company;

WHEREAS, Employee signed an offer letter with the Company on November 10, 2017, as amended on January 26, 2021 (the “Offer Letter”);

WHEREAS, Employee signed an At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement with the Company on March 29, 2015 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”);

WHEREAS, the Company and Employee have entered into stock option agreements dated June 26, 2017 (as amended on November 10, 2017), December 8, 2017, September 18, 2018, January 31, 2021, and June 9, 2021, in each case granting Employee the option to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock subject to the terms and conditions of the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and the applicable stock option agreement (collectively the “Stock Agreements,” and such stock options, the “Options”);

WHEREAS, Employee’s employment with the Company ended without Cause (as defined in the Offer Letter) effective January 1, 2022 (the “Separation Date”); and

WHEREAS, the Parties wish to resolve any and all disputes, claims, complaints, grievances, charges, actions, petitions, and demands that the Employee may have against the Company and any of the Releasees as defined below, including, but not limited to, any and all claims arising out of or in any way related to Employee’s employment with or separation from the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein, the Company and Employee hereby agree as follows:

COVENANTS

1. Consideration. In consideration of Employee’s execution of this Agreement and Employee’s fulfillment of all of its terms and conditions, and provided that Employee does not revoke the Agreement under Section 6 below, the Company agrees as follows:

a. Payment. The Company agrees to pay Employee (i) a lump sum equal to six (6) months of Employees’ base salary, less applicable withholdings, and (ii) a lump sum of $75,000, which is equal to your additional bonus award approved by the Board on March 17, 2021, subject to applicable withholdings and deductions. This payment will be made to Employee within ten (10) business days after the Effective Date of this Agreement. In addition, the Company agrees that Employee will remain eligible to receive a bonus award pursuant to Employee’s Offer Letter, which shall have a target amount of $166,400, which is equal to 40% of Employee’s annual base salary for fiscal year 2021, subject to applicable withholdings and deductions (the “Bonus Severance”). The amount of the Bonus Severance, which may be $0, will be determined by the Company’s board of directors in its sole discretion based on achievement of the Company’s corporate performance goals for the Company’s 2021 fiscal year. The Bonus Severance will be paid at the same time as all other executive bonus awards are paid for fiscal year 2021 (if any); provided, however that Employee must be continuing to provide consulting services pursuant to the Consulting Agreement (as defined below) at the time of payment in order to receive the Bonus Severance.

b. Consulting Agreement. The Company agrees to retain Employee to perform transition services for the Company as a consultant, in which role Employee shall provide ad hoc consulting services to the Company as an independent contractor, between January 2, 2022 and June 30, 2022, pursuant to the terms of the consulting agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Consulting Agreement”) (such period during which the Consulting Agreement is in effect


and hasn’t been terminated, the “Consulting Period”). The Consulting Period may be extended until December 31, 2022 by a mutual written agreement signed by the Parties. Nothing in this Agreement or the Consulting Agreement pertaining to Employee’s anticipated role as a consultant shall in any way be construed to constitute Employee as a continuing agent, officer, executive, or representative of the Company after the Separation Date, but Employee shall perform the services under the Consulting Agreement solely as an independent contractor.

c. COBRA. The Company will provide the Employee a taxable payment in an amount equal to the monthly Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) premium that the Employee would be required to pay to continue the Employee’s group health coverage in effect on the date of termination of employment (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether the Employee elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence in the month following the month of the Separation Date and continue for the period of twelve (12) months.

d. Supplemental Release Consideration/Extension of Option Post-Service Exercisability Period. If Employee remains employed with the Company through January 1, 2022, during such period the Company shall not involuntarily terminate Employee’s employment without Cause (as defined in the Offer Letter), continues to provide consulting services through the Consulting Period, and executes the Supplemental Release Agreement as set forth in Section 1.e., the post-service exercisability period of each of the Options pursuant to the Stock Agreements shall be extended such that each Option, to the extent vested, outstanding and exercisable as of the end of the Consulting Period, will be exercisable until the earlier of (i) twelve (12) months from the date of the end of the Consulting Period or (ii) the applicable Option’s expiration date, as set forth in the applicable Stock Agreement, unless otherwise earlier terminated in accordance with the Plan (the “Supplemental Release Consideration”). Employee acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement is a “modification” of each Option under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and, to the extent any Option or portion thereof is treated as an incentive stock option, entering into this Agreement with respect to such Options will result in converting the incentive stock options into nonstatutory stock options as of the Effective Date. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee remains solely responsible for all tax obligations associated with any exercise of the Options. Except as amended hereby, each Option will remain subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Agreement.

e. Supplemental Release Agreement. In exchange for the Supplemental Release Consideration, Employee agrees to execute, within seven (7) days of the termination of the Consulting Period, the Supplemental Release attached hereto as Exhibit B, which agreement will serve to cover the time period from the Effective Date of this Agreement through the Supplemental Release Effective Date; provided, however, the Parties agree to modify the Supplemental Release to comply with any new laws that become applicable prior to the termination of the Consulting Period. Employee understands and agrees that Employee will only be entitled to the consideration set forth in Section 1.d. if Employee executes the Supplemental Release within the time allotted in this Section 1.e. and does not revoke that agreement. If Employee fails to sign this Agreement or revokes his signature, the Company will not extend the exercise period of the Options.

f. General. Employee acknowledges that without this Agreement, Employee is otherwise not entitled to the consideration listed in this Section 1.

2. Stock. Company and Employee agree that Employee will continue to serve as a Service Provider (as defined in the Plan) during the term of the Consulting Agreement, and shall continue to vest during such period subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Agreements and the Plan. The Parties agree that for purposes of determining the number of shares of the Company’s common stock that have vested under the Options, Employee will be considered to have vested only up to the date Employee ceases to be a Service Provider pursuant to the Consulting Agreement. Except as provided in Section 1() above, each Option and the shares subject thereto shall continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Agreements.

3. Benefits. Employee’s health insurance benefits shall cease on January 31, 2022, subject to Employee’s right to continue Employee’s health insurance under COBRA. Employee’s participation in all benefits and incidents of employment, including, but not limited to, the accrual of bonuses, vacation, and paid time off, ceased as of the Separation Date.


4. Payment of Salary and Receipt of All Benefits. Employee acknowledges and represents that, other than the consideration set forth in this Agreement, the Company and its agents have paid or provided all salary, wages, bonuses, accrued vacation/paid time off, notice periods, premiums, leaves, housing allowances, relocation costs, interest, severance, outplacement costs, fees, reimbursable expenses, commissions, stock, stock options, vesting, and any and all other benefits and compensation due to Employee.

5. Release of Claims. Employee agrees that the foregoing consideration represents settlement in full of all outstanding obligations owed to Employee by the Company and its current and former: officers, directors, employees, agents, investors, attorneys, shareholders, administrators, affiliates, benefit plans, plan administrators, professional employer organization or co-employer, insurers, trustees, divisions, and subsidiaries, and predecessor and successor corporations and assigns (collectively, the “Releasees”). Employee, on Employee’s own behalf and on behalf of Employee’s respective heirs, family members, executors, agents, and assigns, hereby and forever releases the Releasees from, and agrees not to sue concerning, or in any manner to institute, prosecute, or pursue, any claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, or cause of action relating to any matters of any kind, whether presently known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, that Employee may possess against any of the Releasees arising from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the signature date of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

a. any and all claims relating to or arising from Employee’s employment relationship with the Company and the termination of that relationship;

b. any and all claims relating to, or arising from, Employee’s right to purchase, or actual purchase of shares of stock of the Company, including, without limitation, any claims for fraud, misrepresentation, breach of fiduciary duty, breach of duty under applicable state corporate law, and securities fraud under any state or federal law;

c. any and all claims for wrongful discharge of employment; termination in violation of public policy; discrimination; harassment; retaliation; breach of contract, both express and implied; breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing, both express and implied; promissory estoppel; negligent or intentional infliction of emotional distress; fraud; negligent or intentional misrepresentation; negligent or intentional interference with contract or prospective economic advantage; unfair business practices; defamation; libel; slander; negligence; personal injury; assault; battery; invasion of privacy; false imprisonment; conversion; and disability benefits;

d. any and all claims for violation of any federal, state, or municipal statute, including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; the Civil Rights Act of 1991; the Rehabilitation Act of 1973; the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990; the Equal Pay Act; the Fair Labor Standards Act; the Fair Credit Reporting Act; the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967; the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act; the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974; the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act; the Family and Medical Leave Act; the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act; the Maryland Fair Employment Practices Act; the Maryland Human Relations Law; the Maryland Equal Pay For Equal Work Law; the Maryland False Claims Act; and the Maryland Parental Leave Act;

e. any and all claims for violation of the federal or any state constitution;

f. any and all claims arising out of any other laws and regulations relating to employment or employment discrimination;

g. any claim for any loss, cost, damage, or expense arising out of any dispute over the nonwithholding or other tax treatment of any of the proceeds received by Employee as a result of this Agreement; and

h. any and all claims for attorneys’ fees and costs.

Employee agrees that the release set forth in this section shall be and remain in effect in all respects as a complete general release as to the matters released. This release does not extend to any obligations incurred under this Agreement. This release does not release claims that cannot be released as a matter of law, including any Protected Activity (as defined below). This release does not extend to any right Employee may have to unemployment compensation benefits or workers’ compensation benefits. Employee represents that Employee has made no assignment or transfer of any right, claim, complaint, charge, duty, obligation, demand, cause of action, or other matter waived or released by this Section.


6. Acknowledgment of Waiver of Claims under ADEA. Employee acknowledges that Employee is waiving and releasing any rights Employee may have under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA”), and that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary. Employee agrees that this waiver and release does not apply to any rights or claims that may arise under the ADEA after the Effective Date of this Agreement. Employee acknowledges that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which Employee was already entitled. Employee further acknowledges that Employee has been advised by this writing that: (a) Employee should consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement; (b) Employee has twenty-one (21) days within which to consider this Agreement; (c) Employee has seven (7) days following Employee’s execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement; (d) this Agreement shall not be effective until after the revocation period has expired; and (e) nothing in this Agreement prevents or precludes Employee from challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of this waiver under the ADEA, nor does it impose any condition precedent, penalties, or costs for doing so, unless specifically authorized by federal law. In the event Employee signs this Agreement and returns it to the Company in less than the 21-day period identified above, Employee hereby acknowledges that Employee has freely and voluntarily chosen to waive the time period allotted for considering this Agreement. Employee acknowledges and understands that revocation must be accomplished by a written notification to the undersigned Company representative that is received prior to the Effective Date. The Parties agree that changes, whether material or immaterial, do not restart the running of the 21-day period.

7. Unknown Claims. Employee acknowledges that Employee has been advised to consult with legal counsel and that Employee is familiar with the principle that a general release does not extend to claims that the releaser does not know or suspect to exist in Employee’s favor at the time of executing the release, which, if known by Employee, must have materially affected Employee’s settlement with the releasee. Employee, being aware of said principle, agrees to expressly waive any rights Employee may have to that effect, as well as under any other statute or common law principles of similar effect.

8. No Pending or Future Lawsuits. Employee represents that Employee has no lawsuits, claims, or actions pending in Employee’s name, or on behalf of any other person or entity, against the Company or any of the other Releasees. Employee also represents that Employee does not intend to bring any claims on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity against the Company or any of the other Releasees.

9. Confidentiality. Employee agrees to maintain in complete confidence the existence of this Agreement, the contents and terms of this Agreement, and the consideration for this Agreement (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Separation Information”). Except as required by law, Employee may disclose Separation Information only to Employee’s immediate family members, the Court in any proceedings to enforce the terms of this Agreement, Employee’s counsel, and Employee’s accountant and any professional tax advisor to the extent that they need to know the Separation Information in order to provide advice on tax treatment or to prepare tax returns, and must prevent disclosure of any Separation Information to all other third parties. Employee agrees that Employee will not publicize, directly or indirectly, any Separation Information.

10. Trade Secrets and Confidential Information/Company Property. Employee reaffirms and agrees to observe and abide by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, specifically including the provisions therein regarding nondisclosure of the Company’s trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information, non-competition, and nonsolicitation of Company employees. Employee agrees that the above reaffirmation and agreement with the Confidentiality Agreement shall constitute a new and separately enforceable agreement to abide by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement, entered and effective as of the Effective Date. Employee specifically acknowledges and agrees that any violation of the restrictive covenants in the Confidentiality Agreement shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. Employee’s signature below constitutes Employee’s certification that Employee agrees to return all documents and other items provided to Employee by the Company, developed or obtained by Employee in connection with Employee’s service relationship with the Company, or otherwise belonging to the Company, including, but not limited to, all passwords to any software or other programs or data that Employee used in performing services for the Company, no later than Employee’s last day of service with the Company.

11. No Cooperation. Employee agrees that Employee will not knowingly encourage, counsel, or assist any attorneys or their clients in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints by any third party against any of the Releasees, unless under a subpoena or other court order to do so or as related directly to the ADEA waiver in this Agreement. Employee agrees both to immediately notify the Company upon receipt of any such subpoena or court order, and to furnish, within three (3) business days of its receipt, a copy of such subpoena or other court order. If approached by anyone for counsel or assistance in the presentation or prosecution of any disputes, differences, grievances, claims, charges, or complaints against any of the Releasees, Employee shall state no more than that Employee cannot provide counsel or assistance.


12. Nondisparagement. Employee agrees to refrain from any disparagement, defamation, libel, or slander of any of the Releasees, and agrees to refrain from any tortious interference with the contracts and relationships of any of the Releasees. Employee shall direct any inquiries by potential future employers to the Company’s human resources department.

13. Breach. In addition to the rights provided in the “Attorneys’ Fees” section below, Employee acknowledges and agrees that any material breach of this Agreement, unless such breach constitutes a legal action by Employee challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of the waiver herein under the ADEA, or of any provision of the Confidentiality Agreement shall entitle the Company immediately to recover and/or cease providing the consideration provided to Employee under this Agreement and to obtain damages, except as provided by law, provided, however, that the Company shall not recover One Hundred Dollars ($100.00) of the consideration already paid pursuant to this Agreement and such amount shall serve as full and complete consideration for the promises and obligations assumed by Employee under this Agreement and the Confidentiality Agreement.

14. No Admission of Liability. Employee understands and acknowledges that this Agreement constitutes a compromise and settlement of any and all actual or potential disputed claims by Employee. No action taken by the Company hereto, either previously or in connection with this Agreement, shall be deemed or construed to be (a) an admission of the truth or falsity of any actual or potential claims or (b) an acknowledgment or admission by the Company of any fault or liability whatsoever to Employee or to any third party.

15. Costs. The Parties shall each bear their own costs, attorneys’ fees, and other fees incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement.

16. ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, THEIR INTERPRETATION, AND ANY OF THE MATTERS HEREIN RELEASED, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION IN MONTGOMERY COUNTY, MARYLAND BEFORE THE JUDICIAL ARBITRATION AND MEDIATION SERVICE (“JAMS”) UNDER ITS COMPREHENSIVE ARBITRATION RULES (“JAMS RULES”) AND MARYLAND LAW. THE ARBITRATOR MAY GRANT INJUNCTIONS AND OTHER RELIEF IN SUCH DISPUTES. THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ADMINISTER AND CONDUCT ANY ARBITRATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH MARYLAND LAW, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL APPLY SUBSTANTIVE AND PROCEDURAL MARYLAND LAW TO ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ANY CONFLICT-OF-LAW PROVISIONS OF ANY JURISDICTION. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE JAMS RULES CONFLICT WITH MARYLAND LAW, MARYLAND LAW SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. THE DECISION OF THE ARBITRATOR SHALL BE FINAL, CONCLUSIVE, AND BINDING ON THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THE PREVAILING PARTY IN ANY ARBITRATION SHALL BE ENTITLED TO INJUNCTIVE RELIEF IN ANY COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION TO ENFORCE THE ARBITRATION AWARD. THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION SHALL EACH PAY HALF THE COSTS AND EXPENSES OF SUCH ARBITRATION, AND EACH PARTY SHALL SEPARATELY PAY FOR ITS RESPECTIVE COUNSEL FEES AND EXPENSES; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL AWARD ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS TO THE PREVAILING PARTY, EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT PUNITIVE DAMAGES SHALL BE UNAVAILABLE IN ARBITRATION. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE TO WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO HAVE ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN THEM RESOLVED IN A COURT OF LAW BY A JUDGE OR JURY. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, THIS SECTION WILL NOT PREVENT EITHER PARTY FROM SEEKING INJUNCTIVE RELIEF (OR ANY OTHER PROVISIONAL REMEDY) FROM ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE PARTIES AND THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THEIR DISPUTE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE AGREEMENTS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE. SHOULD ANY PART OF THE ARBITRATION AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN THIS PARAGRAPH CONFLICT WITH ANY OTHER ARBITRATION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, THE PARTIES AGREE THAT THIS ARBITRATION AGREEMENT SHALL GOVERN.

17. Tax Consequences. The Company makes no representations or warranties with respect to the tax consequences of the payments and any other consideration provided to Employee or made on Employee’s behalf under the terms of this Agreement. Employee agrees and understands that Employee is responsible for payment, if any, of local, state,


and/or federal taxes on the payments and any other consideration provided hereunder by the Company and any penalties or assessments thereon. Employee further agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any claims, demands, deficiencies, penalties, interest, assessments, executions, judgments, or recoveries by any government agency against the Company for any amounts claimed due on account of (a) Employee’s failure to pay, or Employee’s delayed payment of, federal or state taxes, or (b) damages sustained by the Company by reason of any such claims, including attorneys’ fees and costs.

18. Section 409A. It is intended that this Agreement comply with, or be exempt from, Code Section 409A and the final regulations and official guidance thereunder (“Section 409A”) and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply and/or be exempt from Section 409A. Each payment and benefit to be paid or provided under this Agreement is intended to constitute a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. The Company and Employee will work together in good faith to consider either (i) amendments to this Agreement; or (ii) revisions to this Agreement with respect to the payment of any awards, which are necessary or appropriate to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition prior to the actual payment to Employee under Section 409A. In no event will the Releasees reimburse Employee for any taxes that may be imposed on Employee as a result of Section 409A.

19. Authority. The Company represents and warrants that the undersigned has the authority to act on behalf of the Company and to bind the Company and all who may claim through it to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Employee represents and warrants that Employee has the capacity to act on Employee’s own behalf and on behalf of all who might claim through Employee to bind them to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Each Party warrants and represents that there are no liens or claims of lien or assignments in law or equity or otherwise of or against any of the claims or causes of action released herein.

20. Protected Activity. Employee understands that nothing in this Agreement shall in any way limit or prohibit Employee from engaging for a lawful purpose in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” shall mean filing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating with, cooperating with or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any federal, state or local government agency or commission, including the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, and the National Labor Relations Board (“Government Agencies”). Employee understands that in connection with such Protected Activity, Employee is permitted to disclose documents or other information as permitted by law, and without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information under the Confidentiality Agreement to any parties other than the relevant Government Agencies. Employee further understands that “Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications, and that any such disclosure without the Company’s written consent shall constitute a material breach of this Agreement. In addition, pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Employee is notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.

21. No Representations. Employee represents that Employee has had an opportunity to consult with an attorney, and has carefully read and understands the scope and effect of the provisions of this Agreement. Employee has not relied upon any representations or statements made by the Company that are not specifically set forth in this Agreement.

22. Severability. In the event that any provision or any portion of any provision hereof or any surviving agreement made a part hereof becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be illegal, unenforceable, or void, this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without said provision or portion of provision.


23. Attorneys Fees. Except with regard to a legal action challenging or seeking a determination in good faith of the validity of the waiver herein under the ADEA, in the event that either Party brings an action to enforce or effect its rights under this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to recover its costs and expenses, including the costs of mediation, arbitration, litigation, court fees, and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such an action.

24. Entire Agreement. This Agreement represents the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and Employee concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and Employee’s employment with and separation from the Company and the events leading thereto and associated therewith, and supersedes and replaces any and all prior agreements and understandings concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and Employee’s relationship with the Company, including the Offer Letter, with the exception of the Confidentiality Agreement and the Stock Agreements.

25. No Oral Modification. This Agreement may only be amended in a writing signed by Employee and the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

26. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard for choice-of-law provisions. Employee consents to personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue in the State of Maryland.

27. Effective Date. Employee understands that this Agreement shall be null and void if not executed by Employee, and returned to the Company, within the twenty-one (21) days following the Separation Date. In no event shall Employee sign this Agreement earlier than the Separation Date. Each Party has seven (7) days after that Party signs this Agreement to revoke it. This Agreement will become effective on the eighth (8th) day after Employee signed this Agreement, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by either Party before that date (the “Effective Date”).

28. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts and each counterpart shall be deemed an original and all of which counterparts taken together shall have the same force and effect as an original and shall constitute an effective, binding agreement on the part of each of the undersigned. The counterparts of this Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile, photo, email PDF, Docusign/Echosign or a similarly accredited secure signature service, or other electronic transmission or signature. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and counterparts may be exchanged by electronic transmission (including by email), each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]


29. Voluntary Execution of Agreement. Employee understands and agrees that Employee executed this Agreement voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of Employee’s claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that:

 

  (a)

Employee has read this Agreement;

 

  (b)

Employee has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Agreement by legal counsel of Employee’s own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel;

 

  (c)

Employee understands the terms and consequences of this Agreement and of the releases it contains; and

 

  (d)

Employee is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

      DAVID M. HILBERT, PH.D., an individual
Dated: 12/31/2021      

/s/ David M. Hilber

      David M. Hilbert, Ph.D.
      ARCELLX, INC.
Dated: December 16, 2021     By  

/s/ Rami Elghandour

      Rami Elghandour
      Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

ARCELLX, INC. CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This Consulting Agreement (this “Agreement”) is by and between Arcellx, Inc. (the “Company”), and David M. Hilbert, Ph.D. (“Consultant”) (each herein referred to individually as a “Party,” or collectively as the “Parties”) and effective as of January 2, 2022 (the “Effective Date”).

The Company desires to retain Consultant as an independent contractor to perform consulting services for the Company, and Consultant is willing to perform such services, on the terms described below. In consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Services and Compensation

Consultant shall perform the services described in Exhibit A-1 (the “Services”) for the Company (or its designee), and the Company agrees to pay Consultant the compensation described in Exhibit A-1 for Consultant’s performance of the Services.

2. Confidentiality

A. Definition of Confidential Information.Confidential Information” means any information (including any and all combinations of individual items of information) that relates to the actual or anticipated business and/or products, research or development of the Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, or to the Company’s, its affiliates’ or subsidiaries’ technical data, trade secrets, or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans, or other information regarding the Company’s, its affiliates’ or subsidiaries’ products or services and markets therefor, customer lists and customers (including, but not limited to, customers of the Company on whom Consultant called or with whom Consultant became acquainted during the term of this Agreement), software, developments, inventions, discoveries, ideas, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances, and other business information disclosed by the Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries, either directly or indirectly, in writing, orally or by drawings or inspection of premises, parts, equipment, or other property of the Company, its affiliates or subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any such information which Consultant can establish (i) was publicly known or made generally available prior to the time of disclosure to Consultant; (ii) becomes publicly known or made generally available after disclosure to Consultant through no wrongful action or inaction of Consultant; or (iii) is in the rightful possession of Consultant, without confidentiality obligations, at the time of disclosure as shown by Consultant’s then-contemporaneous written records; provided that any combination of individual items of information shall not be deemed to be within any of the foregoing exceptions merely because one or more of the individual items are within such exception, unless the combination as a whole is within such exception.

B. Nonuse and Nondisclosure. During and after the term of this Agreement, Consultant will hold in the strictest confidence, and take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information, and Consultant will not (i) use the Confidential Information for any purpose whatsoever other than as necessary for the performance of the Services on behalf of the Company, or (ii) subject to Consultant’s right to engage in Protected Activity (as defined below) disclose the Confidential Information to any third party without the prior written consent of an authorized representative of the Company, except that Consultant may disclose Confidential Information to the extent compelled by applicable law; provided however, prior to such disclosure, Consultant shall provide prior written notice to the Company and seek a protective order or such similar confidential protection as may be available under applicable law. Consultant agrees that no ownership of Confidential Information is conveyed to the Consultant. Without limiting the foregoing, Consultant shall not use or disclose any Company property, intellectual property rights, trade secrets or other proprietary know-how of the Company to invent, author, make, develop, design, or otherwise enable others to invent, author, make, develop, or design identical or substantially similar designs as those developed under this Agreement for any third party. Consultant agrees that Consultant’s obligations under this Section 2.B shall continue after the termination of this Agreement.

C. Other Client Confidential Information. Consultant agrees that Consultant will not improperly use, disclose, or induce the Company to use any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or current employer of Consultant or other person or entity with which Consultant has an obligation to keep in confidence. Consultant also agrees that Consultant will not bring onto the Company’s premises or transfer onto the Company’s technology systems any unpublished document, proprietary information, or trade secrets belonging to any third party unless disclosure to, and use by, the Company has been consented to in writing by such third party.

 


D. Third Party Confidential Information. Consultant recognizes that the Company has received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on the Company’s part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. Consultant agrees that at all times during the term of this Agreement and thereafter, Consultant owes the Company and such third parties a duty to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to use it or to disclose it to any person, firm, corporation, or other third party except as necessary in carrying out the Services for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such third party.

3. Ownership

A. Assignment of Inventions. Consultant agrees that all right, title, and interest in and to any copyrightable material, notes, records, drawings, designs, inventions, improvements, developments, discoveries, ideas, and trade secrets conceived, discovered, authored, invented, developed or reduced to practice by Consultant, solely or in collaboration with others, during the term of this Agreement and arising out of, or in connection with, performing the Services under this Agreement and any copyrights, patents, trade secrets, mask work rights or other intellectual property rights relating to the foregoing (collectively, “Inventions”), are the sole property of the Company. Consultant also agrees to promptly make full written disclosure to the Company of any Inventions and to deliver and assign (or cause to be assigned) and hereby irrevocably assigns fully to the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Inventions.

B. Pre-Existing Materials. Subject to Section 3.A, Consultant will provide the Company with prior written notice if, in the course of performing the Services, Consultant incorporates into any Invention or utilizes in the performance of the Services any invention, discovery, idea, original works of authorship, development, improvements, trade secret, concept, or other proprietary information or intellectual property right owned by Consultant or in which Consultant has an interest, prior to, or separate from, performing the Services under this Agreement (“Prior Inventions”), and the Company is hereby granted a nonexclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, irrevocable, transferable, worldwide license (with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses) to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell, reproduce, distribute, modify, adapt, prepare derivative works of, display, perform, and otherwise exploit such Prior Inventions, without restriction, including, without limitation, as part of or in connection with such Invention, and to practice any method related thereto. Consultant will not incorporate any invention, discovery, idea, original works of authorship, development, improvements, trade secret, concept, or other proprietary information or intellectual property right owned by any third party into any Invention without the Company’s prior written permission, including without limitation any free software or open source software.

C. Moral Rights. Any assignment to the Company of Inventions includes all rights of attribution, paternity, integrity, modification, disclosure and withdrawal, and any other rights throughout the world that may be known as or referred to as “moral rights,” “artist’s rights,” “droit moral,” or the like (collectively, “Moral Rights”). To the extent that Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable law, Consultant hereby waives and agrees not to enforce any and all Moral Rights, including, without limitation, any limitation on subsequent modification, to the extent permitted under applicable law.

D. Maintenance of Records. Consultant agrees to keep and maintain adequate, current, accurate, and authentic written records of all Inventions made by Consultant (solely or jointly with others) during the term of this Agreement, and for a period of three (3) years thereafter. The records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, electronic files, reports, or any other format that is customary in the industry and/or otherwise specified by the Company. Such records are and remain the sole property of the Company at all times and upon the Company’s request, Consultant shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) the same.

E. Further Assurances. Consultant agrees to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in Inventions in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments that the Company may deem necessary in order to apply for, register, obtain, maintain, defend, and enforce such rights, and in order to deliver, assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns and nominees the sole and exclusive right, title, and interest in and to all Inventions and testifying in a suit or other proceeding relating to such Inventions. Consultant further agrees that Consultant’s obligations under this Section 3.E shall continue after the termination of this Agreement.


F. Attorney-in-Fact. Consultant agrees that, if the Company is unable because of Consultant’s unavailability, dissolution, mental or physical incapacity, or for any other reason, to secure Consultant’s signature with respect to any Inventions, including, without limitation, for the purpose of applying for or pursuing any application for any United States or foreign patents or mask work or copyright registrations covering the Inventions assigned to the Company in Section 3.A, then Consultant hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as Consultant’s agent and attorney-in-fact, to act for and on Consultant’s behalf to execute and file any papers and oaths and to do all other lawfully permitted acts with respect to such Inventions to further the prosecution and issuance of patents, copyright and mask work registrations with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Consultant. This power of attorney shall be deemed coupled with an interest, and shall be irrevocable.

4. Conflicting Obligations

A. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant has no agreements, relationships, or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with the provisions of this Agreement, Consultant’s obligations to the Company under this Agreement, and/or Consultant’s ability to perform the Services. Consultant will not enter into any such conflicting agreement during the term of this Agreement. Consultant acknowledges and agrees that regardless of this Agreement, Consultant is required to and will observe and abide by the continuing obligations set forth in the At-Will Employment, Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, and Arbitration Agreement entered into with the Company on March 29, 2015 (the “Confidentiality Agreement”).

B. Consultant shall require all Consultant’s employees, contractors, or other third-parties performing Services under this Agreement to execute a nondisclosure and intellectual property assignment agreement in the form provided by the Company, and promptly provide a copy of each such executed agreement to the Company. Consultant’s violation of this Section 4 will be considered a material breach under Section 6.B.

5. Return of Company Materials

Upon the termination of this Agreement, or upon the Company’s earlier request, Consultant will immediately deliver to the Company, and will not keep in Consultant’s possession, recreate, or deliver to anyone else, any and all Company property, including, but not limited to, Confidential Information, tangible embodiments of the Inventions, all devices and equipment belonging to the Company, all electronically-stored information and passwords to access such property, those records maintained pursuant to Section 3.D and any reproductions of any of the foregoing items that Consultant may have in Consultant’s possession or control.

6. Term and Termination

A. Term. The term of this Agreement will begin on the Effective Date of this Agreement and will continue until the earlier of (i) June 30, 2022 (unless the Consulting Period has been extended to December 31, 2022 by a mutual written agreement signed by the Parties, in which case such date shall be December 31, 2022), or (ii) termination as provided in Section 6.B.

B. Termination. The Company may terminate this Agreement immediately for any reason or no reason upon giving Consultant written notice of such termination pursuant to Section 11.G of this Agreement..

C. Survival. Upon any termination, all rights and duties of the Company and Consultant toward each other shall cease except:

(1) The Company will pay, within thirty (30) days after the effective date of termination, all amounts owing to Consultant for Services completed and accepted by the Company prior to the termination date and related reimbursable expenses, if any, submitted in accordance with the Company’s policies; and

(2) Section 2 (Confidentiality), Section 3 (Ownership), Section 4.B (Conflicting Obligations), Section 5 (Return of Company Materials), Section 6 (Term and Termination), Section 7 (Independent Contractor; Benefits), Section 8 (Indemnification), Section 9 (Limitation of Liability), Section 10 (Arbitration and Equitable Relief), and Section 11 (Miscellaneous) will survive termination or expiration of this Agreement in accordance with their terms.


7. Independent Contractor; Benefits

A. Independent Contractor. It is the express intention of the Company and Consultant that Consultant perform the Services as an independent contractor to the Company. Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way be construed to constitute Consultant as an agent, employee or representative of the Company. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Consultant is not authorized to bind the Company to any liability or obligation or to represent that Consultant has any such authority. Consultant agrees to furnish (or reimburse the Company for) all tools and materials necessary to accomplish this Agreement and shall incur all expenses associated with performance. Consultant acknowledges and agrees that Consultant is obligated to report as income all compensation received by Consultant pursuant to this Agreement. Consultant agrees to and acknowledges the obligation to pay all self-employment and other taxes on such income.

B. Benefits. The Company and Consultant agree that Consultant will receive no Company-sponsored benefits from the Company where benefits include, but are not limited to, paid vacation, sick leave, medical insurance and 401k participation. If Consultant is reclassified by a state or federal agency or court as the Company’s employee, Consultant will become a reclassified employee and will receive no benefits from the Company, except those mandated by state or federal law, even if by the terms of the Company’s benefit plans or programs of the Company in effect at the time of such reclassification, Consultant would otherwise be eligible for such benefits.

8. Indemnification

Consultant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and its affiliates and their directors, officers and employees from and against all taxes, losses, damages, liabilities, costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, arising directly or indirectly from or in connection with (i) any negligent, reckless or intentionally wrongful act of Consultant or Consultant’s assistants, employees, contractors or agents, (ii) a determination by a court or agency that the Consultant is not an independent contractor, (iii) any breach by the Consultant or Consultant’s assistants, employees, contractors or agents of any of the covenants contained in this Agreement and any corresponding nondisclosure and intellectual property assignment agreement, (iv) any failure of Consultant to perform the Services in accordance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, or (v) any violation or claimed violation of a third party’s rights resulting in whole or in part from the Company’s use of the Inventions or other deliverables of Consultant under this Agreement.

9. Limitation of Liability

IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPANY BE LIABLE TO CONSULTANT OR TO ANY OTHER PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR DAMAGES FOR LOST PROFITS OR LOSS OF BUSINESS, HOWEVER CAUSED AND UNDER ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER BASED IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHER THEORY OF LIABILITY, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE COMPANY WAS ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES AND NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY LIMITED REMEDY. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPANY’S LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNTS PAID BY THE COMPANY TO CONSULTANT UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE SERVICES, DELIVERABLES OR INVENTION GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY.

10. Arbitration and Equitable Relief

A. Arbitration. IN CONSIDERATION OF CONSULTANT’S CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY, ITS PROMISE TO ARBITRATE ALL DISPUTES RELATED TO CONSULTANT’S CONSULTING RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY AND CONSULTANT’S RECEIPT OF THE COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS PAID TO CONSULTANT BY THE COMPANY, AT PRESENT AND IN THE FUTURE, CONSULTANT AGREES THAT ANY AND ALL CONTROVERSIES, CLAIMS, OR DISPUTES WITH ANYONE (INCLUDING THE COMPANY AND ANY EMPLOYEE, OFFICER, DIRECTOR, SHAREHOLDER OR BENEFIT PLAN OF THE COMPANY IN THEIR CAPACITY AS SUCH OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF, RELATING TO, OR RESULTING FROM CONSULTANT’S CONSULTING OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY OR THE TERMINATION OF CONSULTANT’S CONSULTING OR OTHER RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY, INCLUDING ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO BINDING ARBITRATION UNDER


THE FEDERAL ARBITRATION ACT (THE “FAA”) AND THAT THE FAA SHALL GOVERN AND APPLY TO THIS ARBITRATION AGREEMENT WITH FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. CONSULTANT FURTHER AGREES THAT, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONSULTANT MAY BRING ANY ARBITRATION PROCEEDING ONLY IN CONSULTANT’S INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY, AND NOT AS A PLAINTIFF, REPRESENTATIVE, OR CLASS MEMBER IN ANY PURPORTED CLASS, COLLECTIVE, OR REPRESENTATIVE LAWSUIT OR PROCEEDING. CONSULTANT AGREES TO ARBITRATE ANY AND ALL COMMON LAW AND/OR STATUTORY CLAIMS UNDER LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL LAW, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CLAIMS UNDER MARYLAND STATE LAW, CLAIMS RELATING TO EMPLOYMENT OR INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR STATUS, CLASSIFICATION, AND RELATIONSHIP WITH THE COMPANY, AND CLAIMS OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW. CONSULTANT ALSO AGREES TO ARBITRATE ANY AND ALL DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INTERPRETATION OR APPLICATION OF THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE, BUT NOT TO DISPUTES ABOUT THE ENFORCEABILITY, REVOCABILITY OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE OR ANY PORTION HEREOF OR THE CLASS, COLLECTIVE AND REPRESENTATIVE PROCEEDING WAIVER HEREIN. WITH RESPECT TO ALL SUCH CLAIMS AND DISPUTES THAT CONSULTANT AGREES TO ARBITRATE, CONSULTANT HEREBY EXPRESSLY AGREES TO WAIVE, AND DOES WAIVE, ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY. CONSULTANT FURTHER UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT TO ARBITRATE ALSO APPLIES TO ANY DISPUTES THAT THE COMPANY MAY HAVE WITH CONSULTANT.

B. Procedure. CONSULTANT AGREES THAT ANY ARBITRATION WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY JAMS PURSUANT TO ITS EMPLOYMENT ARBITRATION RULES & PROCEDURES (THE “JAMS RULES”), WHICH ARE AVAILABLE AT HTTP://WWW.JAMSADR.COM/RULES-EMPLOYMENT-ARBITRATION/. CONSULTANT AGREES THAT THE USE OF THE JAMS RULES DOES NOT CHANGE CONSULTANT’S CLASSIFICATION TO THAT OF AN EMPLOYEE. TO THE CONTRARY, CONSULTANT REAFFIRMS THAT CONSULTANT IS AN INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR. THE ARBITRATION SHALL BE BEFORE A SINGLE ARBITRATOR WHO SHALL BE A FORMER FEDERAL OR STATE COURT JUDGE. THE ARBITRATION SHALL APPLY THE FEDERAL RULES OF CIVIL PROCEDURE, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUCH RULES CONFLICT WITH THE JAMS RULES. CONSULTANT UNDERSTANDS THAT THE PARTIES TO THE ARBITRATION SHALL EACH PAY AN EQUAL SHARE OF THE COSTS AND EXPENSES OF SUCH ARBITRATION (“ARBITRATION COSTS”), EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, AND UNDERSTANDS THAT EACH PARTY SHALL SEPARATELY PAY ITS RESPECTIVE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS. IN THE EVENT THAT JAMS FAILS, REFUSES, OR OTHERWISE DOES NOT ENFORCE THE AFOREMENTIONED ARBITRATION COSTS SHARING PROVISION, EITHER PARTY MAY COMMENCE AN ACTION TO RECOVER SUCH AMOUNTS AGAINST THE NON-PAYING PARTY IN COURT AND THE NON-PAYING PARTY SHALL REIMBURSE THE MOVING PARTY FOR THE ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND COSTS INCURRED IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH ACTION. CONSULTANT AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL CONSIDER AND SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO DECIDE ANY MOTIONS BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY TO THE ARBITRATION, INCLUDING MOTIONS FOR SUMMARY JUDGMENT AND/OR ADJUDICATION, AND MOTIONS TO DISMISS, PRIOR TO ANY ARBITRATION HEARING. CONSULTANT AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL ISSUE A WRITTEN DECISION ON THE MERITS. CONSULTANT ALSO AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO AWARD ANY REMEDIES AVAILABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. CONSULTANT AGREES THAT THE DECREE OR AWARD RENDERED BY THE ARBITRATOR MAY BE ENTERED AS A FINAL AND BINDING JUDGMENT IN ANY COURT HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF. CONSULTANT AGREES THAT THE ARBITRATOR SHALL APPLY SUBSTANTIVE MARYLAND LAW TO ANY DISPUTE OR CLAIM, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO RULES OF CONFLICT OF LAW. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE JAMS RULES CONFLICT WITH SUBSTANTIVE MARYLAND LAW, MARYLAND LAW SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE. CONSULTANT AGREES THAT ARBITRATION UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONDUCTED IN MONTGOMERY COUNTY, MARYLAND.

C. Remedy. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW OR PROVIDED BY THIS AGREEMENT, ARBITRATION SHALL BE THE SOLE, EXCLUSIVE AND FINAL REMEDY FOR ANY DISPUTE BETWEEN CONSULTANT AND THE COMPANY. ACCORDINGLY, EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY LAW OR THIS AGREEMENT, NEITHER CONSULTANT NOR THE COMPANY WILL BE PERMITTED TO PURSUE COURT ACTION REGARDING CLAIMS THAT ARE SUBJECT TO ARBITRATION. NOTWITHSTANDING, THE ARBITRATOR WILL NOT HAVE THE AUTHORITY TO DISREGARD OR REFUSE TO ENFORCE ANY LAWFUL COMPANY POLICY, AND THE ARBITRATOR SHALL NOT ORDER OR REQUIRE THE COMPANY TO ADOPT A POLICY NOT OTHERWISE REQUIRED BY LAW WHICH THE COMPANY HAS NOT ADOPTED.


D. Availability of Injunctive Relief. EITHER PARTY MAY ALSO PETITION THE COURT FOR INJUNCTIVE RELIEF WHERE EITHER PARTY ALLEGES OR CLAIMS A VIOLATION OF ANY AGREEMENT REGARDING TRADE SECRETS, OR CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, OR A BREACH OF ANY RESTRICTIVE COVENANT. IN THE EVENT EITHER PARTY SEEKS INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, THE PREVAILING PARTY SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECOVER REASONABLE COSTS AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES.

E. Administrative Relief. CONSULTANT UNDERSTANDS THAT THIS AGREEMENT DOES NOT PROHIBIT CONSULTANT FROM PURSUING AN ADMINISTRATIVE CLAIM WITH A LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL ADMINISTRATIVE BODY SUCH AS THE MARYLAND COMMISSION ON CIVIL RIGHTS, THE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY COMMISSION, THE NATIONAL LABOR RELATIONS BOARD, OR THE WORKERS’ COMPENSATION BOARD. THIS AGREEMENT DOES, HOWEVER, PRECLUDE CONSULTANT FROM PURSUING COURT ACTION REGARDING ANY SUCH CLAIM, EXCEPT AS PERMITTED BY LAW.

F. Voluntary Nature of Agreement. CONSULTANT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT CONSULTANT IS EXECUTING THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND WITHOUT ANY DURESS OR UNDUE INFLUENCE BY THE COMPANY OR ANYONE ELSE. CONSULTANT FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT CONSULTANT HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT CONSULTANT HAS ASKED ANY QUESTIONS NEEDED FOR CONSULTANT TO UNDERSTAND THE TERMS, CONSEQUENCES AND BINDING EFFECT OF THIS AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND IT, INCLUDING THAT CONSULTANT IS WAIVING CONSULTANT’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL. FINALLY, CONSULTANT AGREES THAT CONSULTANT HAS BEEN PROVIDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO SEEK THE ADVICE OF AN ATTORNEY OF CONSULTANT’S CHOICE BEFORE SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT.

11. Miscellaneous

A. Governing Law; Consent to Personal Jurisdiction. With the exception of the arbitration requirements set forth herein, this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the conflicts of law provisions of any jurisdiction. To the extent that any lawsuit is permitted under this Agreement, the Parties hereby expressly consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Maryland.

B. Assignability. This Agreement will be binding upon Consultant’s heirs, executors, assigns, administrators, and other legal representatives, and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns. There are no intended third-party beneficiaries to this Agreement, except as expressly stated. Except as may otherwise be provided in this Agreement, Consultant may not sell, assign or delegate any rights or obligations under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company may assign this Agreement and its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any successor to all or substantially all of the Company’s relevant assets, whether by merger, consolidation, reorganization, reincorporation, sale of assets or stock, change of control or otherwise.

C. Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties with respect to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior written and oral agreements, discussions, or representations between the Parties. For the avoidance of doubt, the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties remains in effect. Consultant represents and warrants that Consultant is not relying on any statement or representation not contained in this Agreement. To the extent any terms set forth in any exhibit or schedule conflict with the terms set forth in this Agreement, the terms of this Agreement shall control unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Parties in such exhibit or schedule.

D. Headings. Headings are used in this Agreement for reference only and shall not be considered when interpreting this Agreement.

E. Severability. If a court or other body of competent jurisdiction finds, or the Parties mutually believe, any provision of this Agreement, or portion thereof, to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent permissible so as to effect the intent of the Parties, and the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect.


F. Modification, Waiver. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in a writing signed by the Parties. Waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

G. Notices. Any notice or other communication required or permitted by this Agreement to be given to a Party shall be in writing and shall be deemed given (i) if delivered personally or by commercial messenger or courier service, (ii) when sent by email (so long as such email is not returned as undelivered), or (iii) if mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), to the Party at the Party’s address written below or at such other address as the Party may have previously specified by like notice. If by mail, delivery shall be deemed effective three business days after mailing in accordance with this Section 11.G. If by email, delivery shall be deemed effective as of the date it is sent.

 

  (1)

If to the Company, to:

25 W Watkins Mill Road

Gaithersburg, MD 20878

Attention: Chief Executive Officer

(2) If to Consultant, to the address for notice on the signature page to this Agreement or, if no such address is provided, to the last address of Consultant provided by Consultant to the Company.

H. Attorneys’ Fees. In any court action at law or equity that is brought by one of the Parties to this Agreement to enforce or interpret the provisions of this Agreement, the prevailing Party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in addition to any other relief to which that Party may be entitled.

I. Signatures. This Agreement may be signed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, with the same force and effectiveness as though executed in a single document.

J. Protected Activity Not Prohibited. Consultant understands that nothing in this Agreement shall in any way limit or prohibit Consultant from engaging in any Protected Activity. For purposes of this Agreement, “Protected Activity” shall mean filing a charge, complaint, or report with, or otherwise communicating, cooperating, or participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted by, any federal, state or local government agency or commission, including the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Government Agencies”). Consultant understands that in connection with such Protected Activity, Consultant is permitted to disclose documents or other information as permitted by law, and without giving notice to, or receiving authorization from, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consultant agrees to take all reasonable precautions to prevent any unauthorized use or disclosure of any information that may constitute Company confidential information to any parties other than the Government Agencies. Consultant further understands that “Protected Activity” does not include the disclosure of any Company attorney-client privileged communications. Pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Consultant is notified that an individual will not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that (i) is made in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official (directly or indirectly) or to an attorney solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if (and only if) such filing is made under seal. In addition, an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the individual’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Consulting Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

CONSULTANT     ARCELLX, INC.
By:  

/s/ David M. Hilbert

    By:  

/s/ Rami Elghandour

Name:   David M. Hilbert, Ph.D.     Name:   Rami Elghandour
      Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A-1

SERVICES AND COMPENSATION

 

  1.

Contact. Consultant’s principal Company contact:

Name: Rami Elghandour

Title: Chief Executive Officer

Email: rami@arcellx.com

 

  2.

Services. The Services will include, but will not be limited to, the following:

 

   

Consultant will provide the following services to the Company as an independent contractor on an ad hoc basis for no greater than fifteen hours per week (unless otherwise mutually agreed):

 

   

assist with transition-related duties are requested by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or its newly hired Chief Technical Officer;

 

   

“ambassadorship” roles as needed on behalf of the Company;

 

   

assist with intellectual property related matters; and

 

   

certain special projects, such as current Process Version 2.0

 

  3.

Compensation.

A. During the Term of this Agreement, Consultant will continue to serve as a Company Service Provider and shall continue to vest in any outstanding stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock held by the Consultant, subject to the terms and conditions of any applicable stock option and related agreements between Consultant and the Company and the Company’s 2017 Equity Incentive Plan.

This Exhibit A-1 is dated as of 12/31/2021.

 

CONSULTANT       ARCELLX, INC.
By:  

/s/ David M. Hilbert

      By:  

/s/ Rami Elghandour

Name:   David M. Hilbert, Ph.D.       Name:   Rami Elghandour
        Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT B

SUPPLEMENTAL RELEASE AGREEMENT

This Supplemental Release Agreement (“Supplemental Release”) is made by and between David M. Hilbert, Ph.D. (“Employee”) and Arcellx, Inc. (the “Company”) (jointly referred to as the “Parties” and individually referred to as a “Party”).

1. Consideration. In consideration for the Supplemental Release Consideration (as applicable) in Section 1.d. of the Transition Agreement and Release signed by Employee in or around January 2022 (the “Transition Agreement”), Employee hereby extends Employee’s release and waiver of claims to any claims that may have arisen between the Effective Date (as such term is defined in the Transition Agreement) and the Supplemental Release Effective Date (as defined below), all such claims shall be released insofar as they arise from any omissions, acts, facts, or damages that have occurred up until and including the Supplemental Release Effective Date.

2. Incorporation of Terms of Release Agreement. The undersigned Parties further acknowledge that the terms of the Transition Agreement, including, but not limited to, the Sections entitled Payment of Salary and Receipt of All Benefits, Release of Claims, Acknowledgement of Waiver of Claims Under ADEA, Trade Secrets and Confidential Information/Company Property, Nondisparagement, Breach, No Admission of Liability, Arbitration, and Protected Activity Not Prohibited shall apply to this Supplemental Release and are incorporated herein to the extent that they are not inconsistent with the express terms of this Supplemental Release.

4. Supplemental Release Effective Date. Employee understands that this Supplemental Release shall be null and void if not executed by Employee, and returned to the Company, within seven (7) days after the termination of the Consulting Period (as defined in the Transition Agreement). This Supplemental Release will become effective on the eighth (8th) day after Employee signs this Supplemental Release, so long as it has been signed by the Parties and has not been revoked by either Party before that date (the “Supplemental Release Effective Date”).

5. Voluntary Execution of Agreement. Employee understands and agrees that Employee executed this Supplemental Release voluntarily, without any duress or undue influence on the part or behalf of the Company or any third party, with the full intent of releasing all of Employee’s claims against the Company and any of the other Releasees. Employee acknowledges that:

 

  (a)

Employee has read this Supplemental Release;

 

  (b)

Employee’s signature below constitutes Employee’s certification under penalty of perjury that Employee has returned all documents and other items provided to Employee by the Company, developed or obtained by Employee in connection with Employee’s employment or consultancy with the Company, or otherwise belonging to the Company, including, but not limited to, all passwords to any software or other programs or data that Employee used in performing services for the Company.

 

  (c)

Employee cannot sign the Supplemental Release before the termination of the Consulting Period, but that Employee must sign the Supplemental Release no later than 7 days following the termination of the Consulting Period;

 

  (d)

Employee has been represented in the preparation, negotiation, and execution of this Supplemental Release by legal counsel of Employee’s own choice or has elected not to retain legal counsel;

 

  (e)

Employee understands the terms and consequences of this Supplemental Release and of the releases it contains; and

 

  (f)

Employee is fully aware of the legal and binding effect of this Supplemental Release.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement on the respective dates set forth below.

 

      DAVID M. HILBERT, PH.D., an individual
Dated: ________________      

 

      David M. Hilbert, Ph.D.
      ARCELLX, INC.
Dated: ________________     By  

 

      Rami Elghandour
      Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated September 27, 2021, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) dated January 14, 2022 and related Prospectus of Arcellx, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Tysons, Virginia

January 14, 2022